Last Days

 

Table of Contents

Excited about The Future!  -Excerpt from letter to a Friend. 2

Ice Shall Flow Down – Possible Interpretations. 3

Persecution Yet to Come. 4

We are Wicked as Sodom – more formatting to do here. 6

Events Preceding the Second Coming of Christ as Taught by Modern Prophets. 9

Notes on 50 Signs of the Times by David Ridges. 16

Who Won’t Abide the Day of Christ’s Coming. 19

Who Will Abide the Day of Christ’s Coming. 22

Notes on The Prophet Joseph: More Than We Know by the Joseph Smith Foundation. 34

Notes on Unlocking the Mystery of the 2 Prophets: Revelation 11 by The Joseph Smith Foundation. 39

Notes on Teenagers Guide to the Second Coming by Robert McKenzie. 44

5 Quotes: The Second Coming Happens Shortly After 2,000 AD.. 45

Prophetic Insight into the Timing of Christ’s Second Coming. 47

A Marked Generation. 55

Notes on A Marvelous Work and a Wonder by LeGrand Richards. 57

Prophets Call for Food Storage etc. for the Coming Famine. 62

Notes on The Cokeville Miracle. 71

Notes on Understanding the Signs of the Times by Donald Parry. 73

Notes on Understanding the Book of Revelation by Donald Parry – Unfinished. 124

Notes on Prophecy Key to the Future by Duane Crowther. 125

Complete Table of Contents. 125

Complete Index of Chronological Events. 128

Complete Summary by Crowther. 138

My Summary of Prophecy Key to the Future by Duane S Crowther, Emphasis on Prophet Quotes. 147

Notes on Richard D. Draper’s “The Book of Revelation”. 172

Book of Revelation Event Chronology. 174

The 144,000: Prophetic Insight. 182

Notes on The Gathering of Israel by Joseph F. McConkie. 184

Notes on You are True Millennials by President Russell M. Nelson, 2016. 185

Notes on Hope of Israel (In “The Very Latter Days”) by President Nelson, 2018. 187

Emergency Preparedness Equipment List. 189

Millennium / Signs of the Times, Additional Quotes sort. 191

Valley’s Exalted: A Vivid Dream.. 192

Notes on Visions of Glory by John Pontius. 196

Appendix A: Warnings from the Past by Mark E. Petersen. 216

Appendix B: Scriptural Search for the Ten Tribes etc. By Joseph Fielding McConkie. 221

Appendix C: Highlights on The Book of Revelation & The Last Days  from Institute New Testament Manual 231

Appendix D: Highlights of Isaiah: The Last Days and the Millennium, Institute Old Testament Manual 245

Appendix E: Scriptures on the Signs of the Times, an Appendix from Donald Parry’s Understanding the Signs of the Times. 258

Scriptures on Gathering of Israel 258

Scriptures on Events that will prepare the earth for the Millennuim.. 259

Scriptures on Physical Conditions of the Earth In the Millennium.. 260

Scriptures on Conditions of those who dwell on the earth in the Millennium.. 260

Scriptures on the Spiritual Blessings of those who dwell on the earth in the Millennium.. 260

Scriptures on Political Conditions in the Millennium.. 261

Scriptures on Conditions at the end of the Millennium.. 261

Scriptures on The Celestial World. 261

Scriptures on Sinners and those who are not members of Christ’s Church in the Millennium.. 262

Scriptures on the Signs of the Second Coming. 262

Scriptures on the Building of the New Jerusalem.. 262

Scriptures on The Second Coming of Jesus Christ. 263

Scriptures on how Knowing the Signs of the Times can help us. 263

Scriptures on The Millennium.. 263

Scriptures on the Struggle After the Millennium.. 264

Appendix F: Quotes & Their Sources in Full from “The Prophet Joseph: More Than We Know (DVD)” by The Joseph Smith Foundation. 265

 

 

 

Excited about The Future!  -Excerpt from letter to a Friend

 

 

 

 

 

Frankly [my wife] and I are quite excited about the future, we believe that either in this life (when Jesus comes in person and heals her and everyone), or after death (when our bodies get pulled out of the grave and become perfect), then [my wife’s] body will not be crippled, and there won’t be any pain; we will still have bodies, but they will be made incorruptible. We believe Jesus is going to come to earth to be the king of it, yes, even for a thousand years (we believe he has the right to be king of earth because he created earth). We believe the wicked (child molesters , murderers) will be burned at the time of Jesus’ coming (for evil cannot stand being in the presence of such good), BUT we do not believe that “non-religious” people will be destroyed! We believe as long as you don’t want to kill others, that’s the main requirement to “getting along” with Jesus. We believe Jesus will save us from oppressions of all kinds, and that this will be an era of peace. We believe there will be no physical death at this time (the thousand year rule of Jesus on earth aka Millennium), and thus sorrow will go away. We believe Jesus will make earth into a heaven! We believe Jesus will settle things that have been mysterious for such a long time, like how the universe was created, and what truth is (it’s so hard to find! We believe he will IN PERSON help us with that hard thing. What a relief!). In summary of this paragraph, [my wife] and I deal with how hard this life is largely by our hope for a better time to come in the NEAR future. And we mean near. I can taste it, it’s almost here. The pain level is about to burst, indeed it is bursting and our hearts are dying, now alas, the relief is at the door! Weep for joy! Though our creator has left us here a while so we can grow, he has not forgotten us, and SOON comes for us! And when I say “us” I don’t mean Mormons, I mean every human with a good heart. And I ABSOLUTELY mean you. And if you prefer to not call him Jesus, you can call him something else, though I do believe this will be the name he presents to us when he comes to deliver us and finally bring peace on earth. Yes, I don’t only believe peace on earth will come, my whole psychology revolves around it, and hangs on it, weeping daily, holding on only for her sake. Building things in the confidence that they will not be utterly be destroyed by growing evil forces, trusting that surely as I live victory will absolutely be ours (the good guys) at last.

 

 

 

 

Ice Shall Flow Down – Possible Interpretations

 

Ideas I’ve heard for “The ice shall flow down at their presence” from D&C 133

 

-Ice moving to make a path

-Heat coming from beneath, melting the glaciers and skating them down the hill to the sea.

-Fires of the second coming turn the land into a paradise, not a cold wasteland, similar to the creation of fertile Hawaii as a product of fire.

-The land becoming green again at the 2nd coming of Christ

-Ice = tribes from the north; flowing = going to Zion

-Immigration and Customs Enforcement ICE will flow down/let  them come to America

-Nothing to do with ice.

-Something to do with the continents coming back together into 1 continent as they were before the days of Peleg.

 

 

 

 

 

Persecution Yet to Come

 

 

 

 

-“Why do we need such resilient faith? Because difficult days are ahead. Rarely in the future will it be easy or popular to be a faithful Latter-day Saint. Each of us will be tested. The Apostle Paul warned that in the latter days, those who diligently follow the Lord ‘shall suffer persecution’ [2 Timothy 3:12]. That very persecution can either crush you into silent weakness or motivate you to be more exemplary and courageous in your daily lives.” (Russell M. Nelson, “Face the Future with Faith,” Ensign or Liahona, May 2011, 35–36.)

 

-“Nor are the days of our greatest sorrows and our deepest sufferings all behind us. They too lie ahead. We shall yet face greater perils, we shall yet be tested with more severe trials, and we shall yet weep more tears of sorrow than we have ever known before…the vision of the future is not all sweetness and light and peace. All that is yet to be shall go forward in the midst of greater evils and perils and desolations than have been known on earth at any time…The way ahead is dark and dreary and dreadful. There will yet be martyrs; the doors in Carthage shall again enclose the innocent. We have not been promised that the trials and evils of the world will entirely pass us by.” (The Coming Tests and Trials of Glory by Elder Bruce R McConkie, April 1980 General Conference; https://www.lds.org/general-conference/1980/04/the-coming-tests-and-trials-and-glory?lang=eng)

 

 

-“After a while the gentiles will gather by the thousands to this place, and Salt Lake City will be classed among the wicked cities of the world. A spirit of speculation and extravagance will take possession of the Saints, and the results will be financial bondage. Persecution comes next and all true Latter-day Saints will be tested to the limit. Many will apostatize and others will be still not knowing what to do.” This does not answer your question directly, in that, it does not say how the persecution will come but it is interesting to note that it follows ‘financial bondage’. (Heber C. Kimball, Desert News, May 23, 1931)

 

-packer quote on pointing fingers coming from both in and out of the church

 

-“It may be, for instance, that nothing except the power of faith and the authority of the priesthood can save individuals and congregations from the atomic holocausts that surely shall be… We do not say that all of the Saints will be spared and saved from the coming day of desolation. But we do say there is no promise of safety and no promise of security except for those who love the Lord and who are seeking to do all that he commands.” (Bruce R McConkie, Stand Independent above All Other Creatures)

“Our garments worn as instructed will clothe us in a manner as protective as temple walls. The covenants and ordinances will fill us with faith as living fire. In a day of desolating sickness, scorched earth, barren waste, sickening plagues, disease, destruction and death, we as a people will rest in the shade of trees, we will drink from the cooling fountains. We will abide in places of refuge from the storm, we will mount up as on eagles wings, we will be lifted out of an insane and evil world. We will be as fair as the sun and as clear as the moon. The Savior will come and will honor His people. Those who are spared and prepared will be a temple loving people. They will know him. They will cry out, ‘blessed be the name of He that cometh in the name of the Lord. Thou art my God and I will bless thee, Thou art my God and I will exalt thee.’ Our children will bow down at his feet and worship Him as the Lord of Lords, the King of Kings. They will bathe His feet with their tears and He will weep and bless them for having suffered through the greatest trials ever known to man. His bowels will be filled with compassion and His heart will swell as wide as eternity and He will love them. He will bring peace that will last a thousand years and they will receive their reward to dwell with Him.” (Vaughn J. Featherstone, Temple Statement – Given in the Manti Temple April 1987)

 

 

 

We are Wicked as Sodom – more formatting to do here

 

 

-“…when I review the performance of this people in comparison with what is expected, I am appalled and frightened. Iniquity seems to abound. The Destroyer seems to be taking full advantage of the time remaining to him in this, the great day of his power. Evil seems about to engulf us like a great wave, and we feel that truly we are living in conditions similar to those in the days of Noah before the Flood.” (President Spencer W Kimball, “The God’s We Worship”)

-Mark Peterson Warnings from the Past from the 70’s said this too

-Packer in his talk with living in great and spacious building because of TV said this

-many more to seek

-“our generation will be comparable in wickedness to the days of Noah” (In His Steps by Ezra Taft Benson (then of the 12 Apostles, later president of the church) Mar. 4, 1979, BYU Devotional, https://speeches.byu.edu/talks/ezra-taft-benson_in-christs-steps/)

-the SLC city to be best and worst of cities quote

-Search for “persecution” in recent talks and also read talks on religious freedom. There was a Hales talk I think it was the last one he gave before he died

-These remaining quotes sift from scottwoodward.org :

Gordon B. Hinckley (President)

The traditional family is under heavy attack. I do not know that things were worse in the times of Sodom and Gomorrah. … We see similar conditions today. They prevail all across the world. I think our Father must weep as He looks down upon His wayward sons and daughters. (Worldwide Leadership Training Meeting, 10 Jan. 2004, 20)

 

We live in a season when fierce men do terrible and despicable things. We live in a season of war. We live in a season of arrogance. We live in a season of wickedness, pornography, immorality. All of the sins of Sodom and Gomorrah haunt our society. Our young people have never faced a greater challenge. We have never seen more clearly the lecherous face of evil. (Ensign, Nov 2001, 4)

Boyd K. Packer (Quorum of the Twelve)

Nothing happened in Sodom and Gomorrah which exceeds in wickedness and depravity that which surrounds us now.

Words of profanity, vulgarity, and blasphemy are heard everywhere. Unspeakable wickedness and perversion were once hidden in dark places; now they are in the open, even accorded legal protection.

At Sodom and Gomorrah these things were localized. Now they are spread across the world, and they are among us. (Address to CES religious educators, Feb. 6, 2004, 4)

Richard G. Scott (Quorum of the Twelve)

Much of the world is being engulfed in a rising river of degenerate filth, with the abandonment of virtue, righteousness, personal integrity, traditional marriage, and family life. Sodom and Gomorrah was the epitome of unholy life in the Old Testament. It was isolated then; now that condition is spread over the world. Satan skillfully manipulates the power of all types of media and communication. His success has greatly increased the extent and availability of such degrading and destructive influences worldwide. In the past some effort was required to seek out such evil. Now it saturates significant portions of virtually every corner of the world. We cannot dry up the mounting river of evil influences, for they result from the exercise of moral agency divinely granted by our Father. But we can and must, with clarity, warn of the consequences of getting close to its enticing, destructive current. (“How to Live Well Amidst Increasing Evil,” Ensign, May 2004)

Harold B. Lee (President)

Husbands, be true to your wives. Wives, be true to your husbands. Guard against the great sin of Sodom and Gomorrah. It has been labeled as a sin second only in seriousness to the sin of murder.

I speak of the sin of adultery, which as you know, is the name used by the Master as he referred to unlicensed sexual sins of fornication, adultery and besides this, the equally grievious sin of homosexuality which seems to be gaining momentum with social acceptance in the Babylon of today’s world, and with which Church members must not be a party. While we are in the world we must not be of the world. Any attempts being made by the schools or places of entertainment to flaunt sexual perversions, which can do nothing but excite to experimentation, must find among the priesthood in this Church a vigorous and unrelenting foe through every lawful means which can be employed. (Decisions for Successful Living, 246)

Bruce R. McConkie (Quorum of the Twelve)

As spoken of in the revelations, pride is the opposite of humility. It is inordinate self-esteem arising because of one’s position, achievements, or possessions; and it has the effect of centering a person’s heart on the things of the world rather than the things of the Spirit. (1 John 2:15-17.) As humility, which is an attribute of godliness possessed by true saints, leads to salvation, so pride, which is of the devil, leads to damnation. (2 Ne. 28:15.) “God resisteth the proud, but giveth grace unto the humble.” (Jas. 4:6; 1 Pet. 5:5.)

Latter-day prevalence of pride in the hearts of men is one of the sure proofs that apostasy and unrighteousness prevail on the earth. (Rom. 1:28-32; 2 Tim. 3:1-7; 2 Ne. 28-10- 15; Morm. 8:28-36.) The Lord hates “a proud look.” (Prov. 6:16-19.) “Pride goeth before destruction, and an haughty spirit before a fall.” (Prov. 16:18.) Pride among the inhabitants of Sodom was one of the chief reasons for her destruction. (Ezek. 16:49.) Pride is wickedness, and those who are proud are living a telestial law and will be utterly destroyed at the Second Coming of Christ. (Isa. 2:12; Mal. 4:1; 1 Ne. 22:15; 3 Ne. 25:1; D. & C. 29:9; 64:24; 133:64.) (Doctrinal New Testament Commentary, 3 vols. [Salt Lake City: Bookcraft, 1965-1973], 3: 110.)

 

If God cast one-third of the hosts of heaven down to eternal damnation, for their rebellion; if in the flood he destroyed all but Noah and his family, for rejecting the divine will; if he rained brimstone and fire upon Sodom and Gomorrah, utterly destroying all, save Lot and his family only, that dwelt therein, for their sins and abominations—why should false prophets and teachers expect to escape the wrath of Him who is no respecter of persons? (Doctrinal New Testament Commentary, 3 vols. [Salt Lake City: Bookcraft, 1965-1973], 3: 359.)

 

When men are “ripened in iniquity,” then the fulness of the Lord’s wrath comes upon them, and they are destroyed in the flesh. (Ether 2:8-9; 14:25.) Such was the case with the Jaredites, the Nephites, and the inhabitants of Sodom and Gomorrah, for instance; such will be the case with the wicked at the Second Coming. The “fiery indignation of the wrath of God” will continue to be poured out upon the wicked in hell until the day of their resurrection. (Alma 40:14; Rev. 14:10; D. & C. 19:15; 76:106-107.) Then, to all eternity, those subject to the second death shall be “vessels of wrath, doomed to suffer the wrath of God, with the devil and his angels in eternity.” (D. & C. 76:33, 38.) (Mormon Doctrine, 2nd ed., p. 851)

Neal A. Maxwell (Quorum of the Twelve)

When we pause to think of nuclear denouement, we find it almost instantly unthinkable. Yet we know that it is avoidable if mankind will keep God’s commandments. If we do not, then again, as God told us (long before man so worried about incinerating the world), the earth can be destroyed by fire. The outcome turns on whether mankind chooses to respond as in Nineveh or as in Sodom, for those are now the choices; Eden is long since behind us! (Even As I Am [Salt Lake City: Deseret Book Co., 1982], 106.)

 

It is likewise a grave error to underestimate secularism’s dulling, desensitizing influence on traditional values. Jesus Himself compared the “business as usual” days of Noah and Lot with our own last days:

“And as it was in the days of Noe, so shall it be also in the days of the Son of man.

“They did eat, they drank, they married wives, they were given in marriage, until the day that Noe entered into the ark, and the flood came, and destroyed them all.

“Likewise also as it was in the days of Lot; they did eat, they drank, they bought, they sold, they planted, they;

“But the same day that Lot went out of Sodom it rained fire and brimstone from heaven, and destroyed them all.

“Even thus shall it be in the day when the Son of man is revealed.” (Luke 17:2630.)

Cataclysm came! (If Thou Endure It Well [Salt Lake City: Bookcraft, 1996], 14)

Spencer W. Kimball (President)

Because of this widespread tolerance toward promiscuity, this world is in grave danger. When evil is decried and forbidden and punished, the world still has a chance. But when toleration for sin increases, the outlook is bleak and Sodom and Gomorrah days are certain to return. (Faith Precedes the Miracle, 154)

Ezra Taft Benson (Quorum of the Twelve)

The shew of their countenance doth witness against them; and they declare their sin as Sodom, they hide it not. Woe unto their soul! for they have rewarded evil unto themselves. (Isaiah 3:9)

Youth leaders, are you holding aloft our standards, or have you compromised them for the lowest common denominator in order to appease the deceived or vile within the Church? Are the dances and music in your cultural halls virtuous, lovely, praiseworthy, and of good report, or do they represent a modern Sodom with short skirts, loud beat, strobe lights, and darkness? (God, Family, Country: Our Three Great Loyalties [Salt Lake City: Deseret Book Co., 1974], 229)

David B. Haight (Quorum of the Twelve)

In recent years, America and most other nations of the free world have been converted into a space-age Sodom and Gomorrah, aided by some publishers and movie producers, and even some so-called educators. Moral principles have been eclipsed by the blind, ungodly pursuit of pleasure at any price. (A Light unto the World, 155 – 156)

Events Preceding the Second Coming of Christ as Taught by Modern Prophets

 

For an audio video format of this presentation: youtube.com/watch?v=GEVvJr9g7ys

 

-For other critical quotes on the subject, see also document “Second Coming Timing, LDS Quotes” at RichardsonStudies.com

-key books for more research on the subject: “Prophecy: Key to the Future” by Dwayne S. Crowther; “Understanding the Signs of the Times” by Donald Parry. Summaries of both are found at RichardsonStudies.com

-There is a period of time “after the opening of the seventh seal, before the coming of Christ” (D&C 77:13). This means that The Millennium won’t happen right at year 2,000 AD, but a little bit after!

-The New Jerusalem will be built so that the Lord’s people can be gathered there LOOKING FORWARD to the time of His coming (Moses 7:62)

-“D&C 77:9. What Is the Significance of the Angel from the East Sealing the Servants of God? The four angels who are given power over the earth are kept from sending forth desolations upon the earth until God’s servants are sealed in their foreheads. The Prophet Joseph Smith taught that this sealing “signifies sealing the blessing upon their heads, meaning the everlasting covenant, thereby making their calling and election sure” (Teachings, p. 321). Elder Orson Pratt gave this additional explanation: “When the Temple is built [in the New Jerusalem] the sons of the two Priesthoods [Melchizedek and Aaronic] … will enter into that Temple … and all of them who are pure in heart will behold the face of the Lord and that too before he comes in his glory in the clouds of heaven, for he will suddenly come to his Temple, and he will purify the sons of Moses and of Aaron, until they shall be prepared to offer in that Temple an offering that shall be acceptable in the sight of the Lord. In doing this, he will purify not only the minds of the Priesthood in that Temple, but he will purify their bodies until they shall be quickened, and renewed and strengthened, and they will be partially changed, not to immortality, but changed in part that they can be filled with the power of God, and they can stand in the presence of Jesus, and behold his face in the midst of that Temple.

“This will prepare them for further ministrations among the nations of the earth, it will prepare them to go forth in the days of tribulation and vengeance upon the nations of the wicked, when God will smite them with pestilence, plague and earthquake, such as former generations never knew. Then the servants of God will need to be armed with the power of God, they will need to have that sealing blessing pronounced upon their foreheads that they can stand forth in the midst of these desolations and plagues and not be overcome by them. When John the Revelator describes this scene he says he saw four angels sent forth, ready to hold the four winds that should blow from the four quarters of heaven. Another angel ascended from the east and cried to the four angels, and said, ‘Smite not the earth now, but wait a little while.’ ‘How long?’ ‘Until the servants of our God are sealed in their foreheads.’ What for? To prepare them to stand forth in the midst of these desolations and plagues, and not be overcome. When they are prepared, when they have received a renewal of their bodies in the Lord’s temple, and have been filled with the Holy Ghost and purified as gold and silver in a furnace of fire, then they will be prepared to stand before the nations of the earth and preach glad tidings of salvation in the midst of judgments that are to come like a whirlwind upon the wicked.” (In Journal of Discourses, 15:365–66.) (Section 77 Questions and Answers on the Book of Revelation, Doctrine and Covenants Student Manual, (2002), 167–171; https://www.lds.org/manual/doctrine-and-covenants-student-manual/section-69-80/section-77-questions-and-answers-on-the-book-of-revelation?lang=eng)

-“D&C 77:11. Who Are the 144,000? “Before the Lord shall come … there is to be a great work among the nations. … The ten tribes will have to come forth and come to this land, to be crowned with glory in the midst of Zion by the hands of the servants of God, even the Children of Ephraim; and twelve thousand High Priests will be elected from each of these ten tribes, as well as from the scattered tribes, and sealed in their foreheads, and will be ordained and receive power to gather out of all nations, kindreds, tongues and people as many as will come unto the general assemblage of the Church of the first-born.” (Orson Pratt, in Journal of Discourses, 16:325.)” (Section 77 Questions and Answers on the Book of Revelation, Doctrine and Covenants Student Manual, (2002), 167–171; https://www.lds.org/manual/doctrine-and-covenants-student-manual/section-69-80/section-77-questions-and-answers-on-the-book-of-revelation?lang=eng)

-“D&C 77:12. What Is the Purpose for the Sounding of Trumpets by Seven Angels? Trumpets were used anciently to herald or announce something or to draw attention to something. The seven angels who sound trumpets in Revelation 8–10will signal events that will take place in the beginning of the seventh thousand years (after the seventh seal is opened; see Revelation 8:1), before the Lord comes in His glory.“ (Section 77 Questions and Answers on the Book of Revelation, Doctrine and Covenants Student Manual, (2002), 167–171; https://www.lds.org/manual/doctrine-and-covenants-student-manual/section-69-80/section-77-questions-and-answers-on-the-book-of-revelation?lang=eng)

-“Revelation’s Seven Seals: John’s seven seals give an overview of the seven thousand years of earth’s “temporal existence,” as follows: 1. (Rev. 6:1–2—about 4000 B.C. to 3000 B.C.) John sees a warrior, conquering. 2. (Rev. 6:3–4—about 3000 B.C. to 2000 B.C.) John sees a representation of human contention and death. 3. (Rev. 6:5–6—about 2000 B.C. to 1000 B.C.) John sees images of famine. 4. (Rev. 6:7–8—about 1000 B.C. to A.D. 1) John sees death by war, famine, beasts. 5. (Rev. 6:9–11—about A.D. 1 to A.D. 1000) John sees the martyrs for Christ of the early Christian era. 6. (About A.D. 1000 to A.D. 2000) Great Earthquake (Rev. 6:12–17) John sees a great earthquake; the sun darkens, the moon turns to blood, stars appear to fall; the wicked mistakenly fear that it is the end of the world. (See also JS—M 1:33; D&C 29:14; D&C 88:87.) 144,000 Sealed (Rev. 7:1–8) A scene shows that angels are held back from sending further judgment until 144,000 high priests can be “sealed” and called to “administer the everlasting gospel.” (See D&C 77:9–11.) Rewards for Those Who Endure Tribulations (Rev. 7:9–17) A heavenly scene, “before the throne”; John sees that a “great multitude, which no man could number” will obtain the rewards of the faithful through righteously enduring “tribulation.” 7. (About A.D. 2000 to A.D. 3000) Six Judgments (Rev. 8 and Rev. 9) Six of seven trumps now sound, signaling six coming judgments on the earth: (1) hail and fire mingled with blood are cast upon the earth (cf. Ex. 9:22–26; Ezek. 38:22); (2) a great burning mountain is cast into the sea (cf. Ex. 7:19–25); (3) a great star falls, affecting 1/3 of fresh water; (4) 1/3 of heavenly bodies turn dark (cf. Ex. 10:21–23); (5) sun is darkened by smoke; 5-month battle plagues mankind, of such extent it is called a “woe”; (6) a 13-month war plagues mankind, but men still don’t repent, suggesting clearly the purposes for the “judgments of God.” An Assignment to John (Rev. 10) At this point, an angel informs John of a “sweet” but “bitter” assignment for him to gather Israel “before the time of [Christ’s] coming .” (See D&C 77:12, 14.) Two Witnesses in Jerusalem (Rev. 11:1–14) John sees the gentiles “tread” Jerusalem “under foot” for 42 months. During that same period two witnesses of the Lord testify with great power. The period ends with an earthquake. Conditions now are such that the period is called a second “woe.” (See D&C 77:15.) Seventh Judgment (Rev. 11:14–19) The seventh angel trumps, and voices in heaven proclaim the coming earthly reign of Christ; lightnings, thunderings, an earthquake, and great hail follow—a “third woe” of mankind.” (Oct. 1983 Ensign “Book of Revelation Overview” https://www.lds.org/ensign/1983/10/book-of-revelation-overview?lang=eng)

-“D&C 77:15. Who Are the Two Witnesses Referred to by John? Elder Parley P. Pratt wrote: “John, in the eleventh chapter of Revelation, gives us many more particulars concerning [the great war in Israel after the Jews are gathered there]. He informs us that after the city and temple are rebuilt by the Jews, the Gentiles will tread it under foot forty and two months, during which time there will be two prophets continually prophesying and working mighty miracles. And it seems that the Gentile army shall be hindered from utterly destroying and overthrowing the city, while these two prophets continue. But, after a struggle of three years and a half, they will at length succeed in destroying these two prophets and then overrunning much of the city; they will send gifts to each other because of the death of the two prophets, and in the meantime will not allow their dead bodies to be put in graves, but suffer them to lie in the streets of Jerusalem three days and a half, during which time the armies of the Gentiles, consisting of many kindreds, tongues and nations, passing through the city, plundering the Jews, will see their dead bodies lying in the street. But after three days and a half, on a sudden, the spirit of life from God will enter them; they will arise and stand upon their feet, and great fear will fall upon them that see them. And then they shall hear a voice from heaven saying, ‘Come up hither,’ and they will ascend up to heaven in a cloud, with enemies beholding them.” (Voice of Warning, p. 33.) Elder Bruce R. McConkie identified the two prophets as “followers of that humble man Joseph Smith, through whom the Lord of Heaven restored the fullness of his everlasting gospel in this final dispensation of grace. No doubt they will be members of the Council of the Twelve or of the First Presidency of the Church.” (Doctrinal New Testament Commentary, 3:509.) The two witnesses are raised up “to the Jewish nation” and are not necessarily from the Jewish nation (see D&C 77:15–16; italics added.)” (Section 77 Questions and Answers on the Book of Revelation, Doctrine and Covenants Student Manual, (2002), 167–171; https://www.lds.org/manual/doctrine-and-covenants-student-manual/section-69-80/section-77-questions-and-answers-on-the-book-of-revelation?lang=eng)

-“The Savior will make several appearances before His Second Coming to all the world.

  1. Christ will appear at Adam-ondi-Ahman (see Daniel 7:9–10, 13–14; D&C 116).
    2. The Savior will appear to those in the New Jerusalem in America (see 3 Nephi 21:23–25; D&C 45:66–67).
    3. The Savior will appear to the Jews in Jerusalem (see D&C 45:48, 51–53; Zechariah 12:10; 14:2–5).
    4. The Lord will appear in glory to all mankind (see D&C 45:44; 101:23; Matthew 24:30; Isaiah 40:5; JST, Revelation 1:7).”
    (The Doctrines of the Gospel Student Manual Ch. 36 “The Lord’s Second Coming”)
    –“Before the Lord Jesus descends openly and publicly in the clouds of glory, attended by all the hosts of heaven; before the great and dreadful day of the Lord sends terror and destruction from one end of the earth to the other; before he stands on Mount Zion, or sets his feet on Olivet, or utters his voice from an American Zion or a Jewish Jerusalem; before all flesh shall see him together; before any of his appearances, which taken together comprise the second coming of the Son of God—before all these, there is to be a secret appearance to selected members of his Church. He will come in private to his prophet and to the apostles then living. Those who have held keys and powers and authorities in all ages from Adam to the present will also be present” (Bruce R. McConkie, The Millennial Messiah, 578–79). (The Doctrines of the Gospel Student Manual Ch 36 “The Lord’s Second Coming”)
    –“This valley will [be filled with] the scene of warfare and bloodshed before the Lord comes….” said President Benson to brother Law referring to Utah. (See “Two Churches Only” by Christian Markham at http://www.twochurchesonly.com)

-gospel preached in all the world (some may reject and McConkie says the gathering of the 10 lost tribes will be a Millennial event, so much of earth may not have come yet.) -McConkie quoted in Parry understanding the signs of the times pg. 108.

-Temple in New and Old Jerusalem to be built pre-millennium. -McConkie quoted in Parry understanding the signs of the times pg. 126.

– Jerusalem temple and walls to be built and water flow from under the temple literally. This will make us need to rebuild the walls of Jerusalem. Will take some good bit of time. JS quoted in Parry understanding the signs of the times pg. 129

-2 prophets testifying in Jerusalem with fire ~3.5 yrs. (Rev 11:3) then killed, brought to life, and taken to heaven as called up by God (Rev 11:3-12). This precedes Millennium but is after opening of the 7th seal (D&C77:12-13). Happens after the Jews “are gathered and have built the city of Jerusalem” (D&C 77:15). This is during the events of the 2nd woe John speaks of.

-D&C 77:12 the beginning o the 7th thousand years is the beginning of the preparing of the way for the coming of the Lord (hence it did not happen at year 2000 AD).

-All nations battle against Jerusalem then it falls and Christ appears and saves them – Parry understanding the signs of the times p 139-141 etc. see refs there of Zech14

-battle against Jerusalem may be at same time as prophets minister there see Ezek. 38:16 and Parry Signs pg. 141.

-earth quakes when mount of Olives splits. Valley is formed and the Jews escape thereby at moment of greatest need. Jesus proclaims his divinity with a voice all earth can hear. -Parry Signs pg. 138-145 for refs.

-the Jews asking what are Jesus’ wounds and He telling them will occur in a Millennial time after the destruction of the wicked. That is when the good are left and will seek and find the Lord. -McConkie quoted in Parry Signs pg. 147

-Zion blossoms like a flower -Parry Signs Ch. 4 p 166-9

-Parry Signs p 161 duties of members before Zion is to be redeemed.

-Great battle between the Saints and the powers of evil see D&C 105 for list of war words and Parry Signs pg. 162.

-If we are to build Zion as the prophets have spoken of we must set aside our consuming selfishness.” Hinckley Ensign Nov 1991 p 59; Parry Signs pg. 165.

-destructions in the U.S. soon to come to prepare the way for the return of the 10 tribes says JS. p107.

*This may be fulfilled already I don’t know, but I feel it has not. Brother Robert Gagnon also feels not, he feels that destructions will prepare the way for baptisms as they’ll humble the people. Donald Parry also suggests this interpretation. If it has been fulfilled I would say it is by way of civil war, for that is the only war inside of America I can think of since the time of JS who spoke this prophecy. Since the civil war had little to do with people of other nations, I think that did not fulfill this requirement. I think there is war to be had on USA soil yet to come. I think a prophet has said that. REF?

–Gathering to New Jerusalem list of things about it i.e. it’s pre-millennial p111-2 of Parry Signs of the times;

– Matt 10:23 won’t reach all Israel before Second Coming

-when Christ come we (LDS) shall be a people all living together as one like was the city of Enoch; Pres. Eyring p172 Parry Signs book (see Ensign Nov. 1989 p13 thereof) (I believe this is also found in one of the books published by Eyring.

-fire to protect New and Old Jerusalem causing wicked to fear Zion; Isa. 31:9; p173 Parry Signs book; also D&C 45:70 & D&C 64:43 on how wicked will be afraid of Zion

-“Judah must return, Jerusalem must be rebuilt, and the temple, and water come out from under the temple, and the waters of the Dead Sea be healed. It will take some time to rebuild the walls of the city and the temple, &c.; and all this must be done before the Son of Man will make his appearance.” (Teachings of the Prophet Joseph Smith, 286)

-One purpose of the meeting at Adam-ondi-Ahman is to prepare the Saints for the Second Coming (Dahl and Cannon, Teachings of Joseph Smith, 364)

-“I know that there are many, and even some among the Latter-day Saints, who are saying just as the Lord said they would say, ‘The Lord delayeth his coming.‘ One man said: ‘It is impossible for Jesus Christ to come inside of three or four hundred years.’ But I say unto you, Watch.” (President Joseph Fielding Smith, Doctrines of Salvation, 3:52)

-“We are members of a world church, a church that has the plan of life and salvation, a church set up by the Lord himself in these last days to carry his message of salvation to all his children in all the earth…. Not only shall we preach the gospel in every nation before the second coming of the Son of Man, butt we shall make converts and establish congregations of Saints among them.” (President Joseph Fielding Smith, Manchester Area Conference Report, Aug. 1971, p.5) p66

-“[Christ’s] next appearance [after his appearance in the New Jerusalem] will be among the distressed and nearly vanquished sons of Judah. At the crisis of their fate, when the hostile troops of several nations are ravaging the city and all the horrors of war are overwhelming the people of Jerusalem, he will set his feet upon the Mount of Olives, which will cleave and part asunder at his touch. Attended by a host from heaven, he will overthrow and destroy the combined armies of the Gentiles, and appear to the worshipping Jews as the mighty Deliverer and Conqueror so long expected by their race; and while love, gratitude, awe, and admiration swell their bosoms, the Deliverer will show them the tokens of his crucifixion and disclose himself as Jesus of Nazareth, whom they had reviled and whom their fathers put to death. Then will unbelief depart from their souls, and ‘the blindness in part which has happened unto Israel’ be removed” (Charles W. Penrose, “The Second Advent,” Millennial Star, 10 Sept. 1859, 583).
(The Doctrines of the Gospel Student Manual Ch 36 “The Lord’s Second Coming”)
-“The great and crowning advent of the Lord will be subsequent to these two appearances [to the New Jerusalem and to the Jews]; but who can describe it in the language of mortals? The tongue of man falters, and the pen drops from the hand of the writer, as the mind is rapt in contemplation of the sublime and awful majesty of his coming to take vengeance on the ungodly and to reign as King of the whole earth. “He comes! The earth shakes, and the tall mountains tremble; the mighty deep rolls back to the north as in fear, and the rent skies glow like molten brass. He comes! The dead Saints burst forth from their tombs, and ‘those who are alive and remain’ are ‘caught up’ with them to meet him. The ungodly rush to hide themselves from his presence, and call upon the quivering rocks to cover them. He comes! with all the hosts of the righteous glorified. The breath of his lips strikes death to the wicked. His glory is a consuming fire. The proud and rebellious are as stubble; they are burned and ‘left neither root nor branch.’ He sweeps the earth ‘as with the besom of destruction.’ He deluges the earth with the fiery floods of his wrath, and the filthiness and abominations of the world are consumed. Satan and his dark hosts are taken and bound—the prince of the power of the air has lost his dominion, for He whose right it is to reign has come, and ‘the kingdoms of this world have become the kingdoms of our Lord and of his Christ.’” (Penrose, “Second Advent,” 583).
(The Doctrines of the Gospel Student Manual Ch. 36 “The Lord’s Second Coming”)
-“His first appearance will be to the righteous Saints who have gathered to the New Jerusalem. In this place of refuge they will be safe from the wrath of the Lord, which will be poured out without measure on all nations. …“The second appearance of the Lord will be to the Jews. To these beleaguered sons of Judah, surrounded by hostile Gentile armies, who again threaten to overrun Jerusalem, the Savior—their Messiah—will appear and set His feet on the Mount of Olives, ‘and it shall cleave in twain, and the earth shall tremble, and reel to and fro, and the heavens also shall shake’ (D&C 45:48).
“The Lord Himself will then rout the Gentile armies, decimating their forces (see Ezek. 38, 39). Judah will be spared, no longer to be persecuted and scattered. …
“The third appearance of Christ will be to the rest of the world. …
“All nations will see Him ‘in the clouds of heaven, clothed with power and great glory; with all the holy angels; …
“‘And the Lord shall utter his voice, and all the ends of the earth shall hear it; and the nations of the earth shall mourn, and they that have laughed shall see their folly.
“‘And calamity shall cover the mocker, and the scorner shall be consumed; and they that have watched for iniquity shall be hewn down and cast into the fire.’ (D&C 45:44, 49–50.)
“Yes, come He will!” (Ezra Taft Benson, “Five Marks of the Divinity of Jesus Christ,” New Era, Dec. 1980, 49–50). (The Doctrines of the Gospel Student Manual Ch. 36 “The Lord’s Second Coming”)
During Millennial Reign of Christ:

-10 tribes gathered -McConkie above

-gospel preached to the rest of the world -Matt. 28:19-20 and Matt. 10:23

-see also LDS Gospel Principals manual

–“At the time appointed by the Father, the Son of Man will come in the clouds of heaven. It is an unknown day in the beginning of the seventh thousand years of the earth’s temporal continuance. War, such as has not been known from the beginning of time, is in progress. All nations are assembled at Armageddon. “All things are in commotion. Never has there been such a day as this. The newspapers of the world, as well as radio and television, speak only of war and calamity and the dread that hangs like a millstone around every neck. …
“And the signs in heaven above are like nothing man has ever seen. Blood is everywhere; fire and vapors of smoke fill the atmospheric heavens. No man has seen a rainbow this year. …
“And above all are the vexing words of those Mormon Elders! They are everywhere preaching their strange doctrine, saying that the coming of the Lord is near, and that unless men repent and believe the gospel they will be destroyed by the brightness of his coming.
“In this setting, as these and ten thousand like things are in progress, suddenly, quickly, as from the midst of eternity, He comes! Fire burns before him; tempests spread destruction; the earth trembles and reels to and fro as a drunken man. Every corruptible thing is consumed. He sets his foot on the Mount called Olivet; it cleaves in twain. The Lord has returned and the great millennium is here! The year of his redeemed has arrived!” (McConkie, Millennial Messiah, 21–22).
(The Doctrines of the Gospel Student Manual Ch 36 “The Lord’s Second Coming”)
-“the Book of Mormon, brought forth through the Prophet Joseph Smith, teaches us that we were meant to have John’s description of the events leading up to the Second Coming of Jesus Christ and that it is worthy of our study.” (Dec. 2015 Ensign “Joseph Smith and the Book of Revelation” by David A. Edward Church Magazines; https://www.lds.org/ensign/2015/12/joseph-smith-and-the-book-of-revelation?lang=eng)

 

Notes on 50 Signs of the Times by David Ridges

 

 

Provo library has this in audiobook.
David Ridges has been a stake President and has written other books namely the “Book of Mormon Made Easier” and other similar titles.
-signs of the times is mentioned 1500 times in the Old Testament and 300 in the new.
-the earth has a temporal existence of 7000 years. Temporal means time. Time has been important to our measuring since the fall of Adam. 6000 years have been used up. Satan is raging knowing that he only has a short time left.
-the signs of the times in fulfillment are proof that God exists. In the world of science, so many “lucky guesses” wouldn’t be considered coincidences. They match the scientific method of determining what is truth.
-forehead symbolizes loyalty among Jews.
-Matt 24:36 and Mark 13:32 say no one knows the time of the Second Coming.
-M. Russel Ballard BYU Devo. March 12, 1996: at Matt. 24:3-7 he said over the past ten years were we to plot the things going on in the earth we see these earthquakes hurricanes floods tornadoes etc. we are seeing an accelerated pattern. But this doesn’t pin the time down. Said he doesn’t know the time of the Second Coming.
-footnotes in LDS scriptures show that the 10 virgins all had oil, but the faithful 5 had extra oil which they needed.
-a “measure” = 2 U.S. pints. (Refers to measures in book of Rev.)
-“not hurt the oil” (see Rev.)= don’t waste it. Terrible famine time.
-pale horse (see Rev) can mean not many saints left at that time
-mountains and islands depart is a theme in Genesis and D&C, it’s the continents coming together as one land again
-of Y2K Pres. Faust said: time changes with time. For a youth, it drags on. For old age, it flies. He said the real concern is the social moral downfall we are experiencing.
-several instances of ways opening up for the gospel to be shared are thus: missionaries who spoke to government officials until finding one of the top leaders one who went to BYU who changed policy to allow the preaching;
-another situation: a Book of Mormon given to a Chinese interpreter, and he used such to teach his 15000 workers English for 1 hour a day.
-we have members in over 150 nations
-speaking of “slaves rising up against their masters” as a thing to happen among all the people in D&C 87:4-5; it can apply to women’s rights, men equal employment, children in good homes growing up, etc. The Church’s D&C institute manual suggests this prophecy refers to slaves all over the world not just the U.S. Civil War time.
-“hiss” (see Isa.) = whistle
-sties Elder Talmage saying the lost 10 tribes could be some scattered, and some together as a group.  D&C 110:11 Implies that gathering Israel and leading the ten tribes from the north are separate events.
-1960 at Gen. Conf.  George Q Morris of the 12 said the Jews have been gathered back at Jerusalem (referring to the 1948 establishment of the nation of Israel)
-Joseph Smith said it will take some time for the Jews to rebuild the temple. Such must happen before the Second Coming.
-Mal. 3:1 “The Lord whom ye seek shall suddenly come to his temple.” This is fulfilled. Kirtland Ohio Temple, see D&C 110:1-10.
-In 1997 64 million Americans had written their own family history or drawn up their own family tree.
Over 1/2 of the patrons who come to the Church’s family history center in SLC are not members of the Church, yet the spirit of Elijah is upon them and they are drawn to the work.
-2003 Aug. Ensign “Your family history: Getting started” Speaks of learning of people as you see the names.
-he suggests the troubled waters so none but the pure in heart can come to Zion would refer to the days past in the church when they were going to Missouri
-he cites a prophet saying that the era of gathering to Missouri is over that now Saints are to gather to their local stakes (*Indeed I say we gather now to our own stakes, but I don’t suppose we’ll never go there again)
-he suggests the reason missionaries can’t go swimming is because many swimming locations have immodest swimsuits which causes immoral thoughts which drives the spirit away. In some missions they travel by water almost daily, so that suggests against a thing under water waiting to pull them under.
-suggests that the waters being troubled in the book of Rev. means that there will be great trouble with pollution or otherwise in the last days.
-the sun being darkened and the moon becoming as blood may suggest that throughout the world there will be overflowing flood of spiritual pollution. Sun and moon are symbolic of celestial and terrestrial kingdoms in scripture. It could be that people are living in a depraved state in the last days. The sun and moon have changed appearance in the past, yet President Hinckley said this is yet to come to pass. Hence this alternate interpretation is suggested.
-some people use medical advances to avoid the consequences of their actions, but none can stop the plagues from happening at the last days.
-desolating sickness in D&C 31:45 may be several plagues, including spiritual darkness which is the worst disease.
-Pres. Hinckley said that in these years there has been more scientific discovery than in any other era in the history of the earth.
-at the time of Joseph Smith, inventions and scientific discoveries started picking up. Typewriter, discovery of bacteria, arch welding, lightbulb, Kodak camera, pneumatic tire, ball point pen, automobile, movies, zipper, printing, tape recorder, airplane, radio . . . many dealing with communication and transportation
-he read there were 53 declared wars going on at the time of writing that book
-with all the rumors of wars and wars we need beware of becoming calls to human suffering
-increasing earthquakes etc. are in current fulfillment. Scientists say it’s not just that we have more equipment to measure these things, we’ve found that they are happening much more often in these days.
-the pattern seen is that people become too wicked to live righteous laws. They make corrupt laws. They refer to whether or not something is legal to determine whether its ok to do. They cease to know how to rule themselves from their own hearts, and anarchy results.
-the scriptures suggest that the last days evil are that immorality is very common among people and that they seem strange those who don’t do that (*I had a teenager tell me in 2015 that I’m crazy for not believing in pre-marital sex!)
-Romans 1:24 “dishonor their own bodies between themselves” refers to masturbation.
-the politically correct terminology for sexual things takes away the
-Apr. 1996 Elder Maxwell said political correct terminology replacing what God has declared correct, the more non-working approaches we will have to human problems. Like C.S. Lewis says, people running around with fire extinguishers in time of flood. Like focusing on rights of prisoners in time of crime. Or like focusing on censorship (“the practice of officially examining books, movies, etc., and suppressing unacceptable parts.“) in this age of pornography.
-Elder Maxwell says that as people become harder, they use softer words to describe evil deeds. see May 1996 “Becometh as a Child” Ensign article.
-Illegitimacy vs non marital birth. Or alternative parency. Or a reproductive healthcare rather than abortion. Or pro-choice rather than abortion. Who oppose pro-choice seem against agency and anti-God. Consenting adults is a way of saying it’s ok if adults do it even though it’s next to murder. Sexual preference (not sin). Safe sex (as if sex had no emotional or spiritual consequences of all). Sexually active (to avoid saying adulterer). All religion aside, sexual relations outside of marriage are inherently evil, and lead to the destruction of civilizations. So voting for such to be illegal isn’t a matter of separation of church and state, it’s a matter of voting for evil to be illegal, as it should be.
-when people become wicked, they cease to be able to understand God’s laws.
-“my strange act”, strange = wonderful.
-when people don’t have the spirit, they cease to recognize what is beauty and good and wholesome and common sense
-Romans 1:29-32: wickedness=depravity; malicious=mean; debate=strife, arguing; malignity=plotting evil against others; whisperers=gossip; slanderers=who ruin others’ reputation; implacable=refusing to make covenants; the text also says they know God’s commandments yet disobey; they improve of and encourage others to commit such sins.
-D&C 115:6 gather as a defense from the storm and from wrath poured out upon all earth: May refer to going to your local church to have these blessings. Pres. Hinckley says we live in a wonderful time in the history of the earth, “the best of all”. He says we did great things in pre mortality to get the privilege of coming to earth at this time.
-1946 the 6 day war: Israeli’s beat a much larger army and regained their nation. This is at least partial fulfillment that that nation would be a strong nation
-when people get wicked, they loose rational thought. Things which others recognize will prove the downfall of society, they try to promote in the political sphere.
-at Hollywood, they insist on the anything goes philosophy for entertainment
-the beast being able to do great miracles to deceive people is a way of saying that the devil is very deceptive
-life to the beast can mean that Satan has power to make sin look very attractive
-one of the signs of the times is that people will refuse to even believe the signs of the times, and say things are just the same as ever, and there is no such things as the last days. 2 Pet. 3:4 “And saying, Where is the promise of his coming? for since the fathers fell asleep, all things continue as they were from the beginning of the creation.“
-airplanes, automobiles, computers, would be astonishing signs to all who’ve lived on earth prior to our day
-Lamanites blossom as a rose: this is being fulfilled by the financial support Senior (including Hispanic) Missionaries get from a Church designated fund recently developed to go on missions so they prosper and blossom spiritually and temporally
-Pres. Benson said we will see “temples in every land where the gospel has penetrated” Ensign May 1980, page 33.
-the Constitution handing by a thread is being fulfilled by people who don’t use the inspired intent of the founding fathers. D&C says the Constitution was inspired of God, as were the writers of it. The words are the same but it’s changed meaning by the courts. Brigham Young said there will be a critical juncture where the Constitution would hang by a thread then the LDS would step in and save it  (JD 7:15) see also (JD 2:182).
-Pres. Wilford Woodruf said the destroying angels of the 4 corners have now been loosed. (Young women’s journal vol. 56 pg. 43)
-Abomination of Desolation means Jerusalem under siege (See LDS bible Dictionary). He says it’s certainly underway currently.
-The Life and Teachings of Jesus and The Apostles Institute manual says Abomination of Desolation was 1st to Jews at Jerusalem: Over 100 million Jews died. Women ate their children out of hunger. The manual also says that in the last days before Jesus comes again that every military weapon will be used at the conflict which centers at Jerusalem. Women again will be ravished. But this time Jesus will come and fight the battle, and be king of all the earth. (Elder McConkie Scriptural Commentary of the New Testament 1:659-60)
-rampant wickedness is upon the land because of intentional evil spread by the media, not natural deterioration of morals and values. It makes a virtual free fall of society.
-Rev. 19:17-21 shows that the wicked who survive the battles get killed by Christ at his coming
-the hailstorm to come as confirmed by Rev. and D&C, has hail that weights a talent. The Old Testament system of weights makes this about 75 pounds, but the New Testament has a different system of weights, so we don’t know for certain the size of these, but we know they’ll have weighty results among the people.
-Doctrines of Salvation 3:45 says another battle of Gog and Magog happens after the Millennium as well as before it.
-Daniel speaks of Adam-Ondi-Ahman that millions will be there and Christ will come.
-the two witnesses slain at Jerusalem in book of Rev. is changed to two “prophets” in the D&C. This will be in the time of the restoration of Jerusalem (D&C). A prophet is anyone in the Quorum of the 12 Apostles or the First Presidency. They’re all sustained as Prophets Seers and Revelators.
-Rev. says the 2 prophets are the 2 olive trees and the two candle sticks are the two Prophets slain at Jerusalem. Oil is to help people prepare for the Christ. The lamp is how to hold the oil. If people mess with these prophets they’re killed by fire (by the power of God).
-when the two prophets are slain, the whole earth rejoices not just those at Jerusalem. Their effect is known by and of to all the earth.
-modern revelation shows that the prophecy of the saints being taken into the air when Christ comes, is to be a literal event. See D&C 88:96…
-Pres. Joseph Fielding Smith verified that it’s Celestial people who will be caught up in the air with the Lord when he comes. We don’t know how the honorable men of the terrestrial kingdom will be preserved from the fire. (Doctrines of Salvation 2:96)
-he gives parallels in the book of Helaman and how things are today. Helaman 1 is 85 years before the coming of Christ and deliverance of the righteous and destruction of the wicked. These include making laws to justify the behavior of the wicked, and claiming their works are good, and having many lawyers in the land, and societies in ethnic groups against each other, and famine in the land because of wickedness (our woes today are the same reason the D&C says), bold testimony of Christ like our Apostles to do the Church and all the world, anger against the prophets for what they say, conspiracy for acts of terror, many corrupt leaders, many convert baptisms just before His coming.
-D&C 84:97; 97:23 plagues will be around until The Second Coming. They’ll vex everyone. Not stayed until the Lord come.

 

Who Won’t Abide the Day of Christ’s Coming

 

 

“But who may abide the day of his coming? and who shall stand when he appeareth? for he is like a refiner’s fire, and like fullers’ soap” (Malachi 3:2)

-non-tithe payers have no guarantee to not be burned at His coming (D&C 64:23)

-LDS who don’t do their family history work will be consumed at His coming (Kimball, “The Things of Eternity- Stand we in Jeopardy?” Ensign Jan. 1977, p.7) (see also D&C 128:24)

-those who don’t pray always to resist temptation will not abide the day of His coming (D&C 61:39)

-Those who don’t have food storage may not survive the last days (Pres. Benson said having food storage in these days is similar to boarding Noah’s ark before the flood: “From the standpoint of food production, storage, handling, and the Lord’s counsel, wheat should have high priority. “There is more salvation and security in wheat,” said Orson Hyde years ago, “than in all the political schemes of the world” (in Journal of Discourses, 2:207). Water, of course, is essential. Other basics could include honey or sugar, legumes, milk products or substitutes, and salt or its equivalent. The revelation to produce and store food may be as essential to our temporal welfare today as boarding the ark was to the people in the days of Noah.” (Oct. 1980 Benson Conf. Report, https://www.lds.org/general-conference/1980/10/prepare-for-the-days-of-tribulation?lang=eng))

–The glory of the Savior’s presence will consume the wicked (see Nahum 1:5–10; D&C 133:41; 5:19) (See also LDS Doctrines of the Gospel Student Manual Ch 36 The Lord’s Second Coming (https://www.lds.org/manual/doctrines-of-the-gospel-student-manual/chapter-36-the-lords-second-coming?lang=eng))

-At Jesus’ coming to the Nephites, which is typical of the 2nd Coming to come: those who survived the destructions were those who were not stoning and casting out the prophets. “ O that we had repented before this great and terrible day, and had not killed and stoned the prophets, and cast them out; then would our mothers and our fair daughters, and our children have been spared, and not have been buried up” (3 Ne. 8:25)

–D&C 133:41–51 (the wicked to be destroyed at His coming)

-“ He comes! with all the hosts of the righteous glorified. The breath of his lips strikes death to the wicked. His glory is a consuming fire. The proud and rebellious are as stubble; they are burned and ‘left neither root nor branch.’ He sweeps the earth ‘as with the besom of destruction.’ He deluges the earth with the fiery floods of his wrath, and the filthiness and abominations of the world are consumed. ” (Doctrines of the gospel LSD student manual Second Coming: Penruse, “Second Advent” , 583)

-“The third appearance of Christ will be to the rest of the world. …
All nations will see Him ‘in the clouds of heaven, clothed with power and great glory; with all the holy angels; …
And the Lord shall utter his voice, and all the ends of the earth shall hear it; and the nations of the earth shall mourn, and they that have laughed shall see their folly.
And calamity shall cover the mocker, and the scorner shall be consumed; and they that have watched for iniquity shall be hewn down and cast into the fire.’ (D&C 45:44, 49–50.)” (Doctrines of the gospel LSD student manual Second Coming: (Ezra Taft Benson, “Five Marks of the Divinity of Jesus Christ,” New Era, Dec. 1980, 49–50))

-“We shall not escape [the judgements] unless we repent, turn to the Lord, honor our Priesthood and our membership in this Church, and be true and faithful to our covenants” (President Joseph Fielding Smith, Conference Report, Apr. 1937, 62)

-“Will he [Jesus] receive us to himself? Are we prepared for his coming and kingdom and the fulness thereof, unless we are sanctified, and lay aside sin, and do right? No. We must sanctify ourselves, and keep the commandments of God, and do those things that are required at our hands, before we can be prepared for the coming of the Great Bridegroom.” (Wilford Woodruff, Journal of Discourses, 2:202)

–-“In our day we are warned in a revelation to the Prophet Joseph Simth, that unless we are more righteous than those who are receiving destruction at the present time in many parts of the world, we, too, must lose our birthright and our opportunity and be destroyed here in the flesh. We will not be justified by saying we are living as well as other people. That is not sufficient, my brethren. We have a special destiny if we live for it. That destiny is to live here upon this earth when it becomes the Celestial Kingdom, where God our Heavely Father and His Son Jesus Christ will be our King and our Lawgiver” (President George Albert Smith, Conference Report, Oct. 1943, 45)

–-“[The Lord] has told us in great plainness that the world will be in distress, that there will be warfare from one end of the world to the other, that the wicked shall slay the wicked and that peace shall be taken from the earth. And He has said, too, that the only place where there will be safety will be in Zion. Will we make this Zion? Will we keep it to be Zion, because Zion means the pure in heart?” (George Albert Smith, in Conference Report, Oct. 1941, 99). (https://www.lds.org/manual/doctrines-of-the-gospel-student-manual/chapter-35-the-fall-of-babylon-and-the-establishment-of-zion?lang=eng)

–-“ 41 But as it was in the days of Noah, so it shall be also at the coming of the Son of Man;

42 For it shall be with them, as it was in the days which were before the flood; for until the day that Noah entered into the ark they were eating and drinking, marrying and giving in marriage;

43 And knew not until the flood came, and took them all away; so shall also the coming of the Son of Man be.” (JS-M 1:41-43)

–-“The one who is taken, of the two laboring side by side, is the righteous one, the one to be gathered with the saints. He is taken to the body of the Church.” (Elder Bruce R. McConkie, Doctrinal New Testament Commentary, 1:670.)

–-Moses 8:22 earth filled with violence before flood at time of Noah

–-Moses 8:19-24 Noah’s contemporaries rejected the preaching of repentance and baptism and faith and the Holy Ghost.

-Moses 7:43 flood swallowed the wicked

–“All things are in commotion. Never has there been such a day as this. The newspapers of the world, as well as radio and television, speak only of war and calamity and the dread that hangs like a millstone around every neck. …
“And the signs in heaven above are like nothing man has ever seen. Blood is everywhere; fire and vapors of smoke fill the atmospheric heavens. No man has seen a rainbow this year. …
“And above all are the vexing words of those Mormon Elders! They are everywhere preaching their strange doctrine, saying that the coming of the Lord is near, and that unless men repent and believe the gospel they will be destroyed by the brightness of his coming. In this setting, as these and ten thousand like things are in progress, suddenly, quickly, as from the midst of eternity, He comes! Fire burns before him; tempests spread destruction; the earth trembles and reels to and fro as a drunken man. Every corruptible thing is consumed.” (Doctrines of the gospel LSD student manual Second Coming:McConkie, Millennial Messiah, 21–22)

– “When the Lord comes in his glory, in flaming fire, that fire will both cleanse the vineyard and burn the earth. In that day, so intense shall be the heat and so universal the burning, the very elements of which this earth is composed shall melt. The mountains, high and glorious and made of solid rock, shall melt like wax. They shall become molten and flow down into the valleys below. The very earth itself, as now constituted, shall be dissolved. All things shall burn with fervent heat. And out of it all shall come new heavens and a new earth whereon dwelleth righteousness” (Doctrines of the gospel LSD student manual Second Coming:McConkie,Millennial Messiah, 526–27)

-“Now brethren and sisters, the great day of the Lord is coming. It is going to be a terrible day. The wicked are going to be destroyed, and when I say the wicked I do not mean everybody outside the Mormon Church. There will be countless millions of people not of this Church spared because they are not ripe in iniquity and to them we will preach the everlasting Gospel and bring them unto Christ” (Doctrines of the gospel LSD student manual Second Coming: Charles A. Callis, in Conference Report, Apr. 1935, 18)

 

 

 

Who Will Abide the Day of Christ’s Coming

 

 

 

Righteous people will be spared:

 

-Mormon 6:22 shows people who didn’t repent before the day of their destruction.

-The Lord will bless the righteous: Ps. 5:12

-The eyes of the Lord are upon the righteous: Ps. 34:15, 17; ( 1 Pet. 3:12; )

Blessed are they who hunger and thirst after righteousness: Matt. 5:6; ( 3 Ne. 12:6; )

The righteous go into life eternal: Matt. 25:46;

The fervent prayer of a righteous man availeth much: James 5:16;

He that is righteous is favored of God: 1 Ne. 17:35;

He will preserve the righteous; they need not fear: 1 Ne. 22:17, 22;

Satan will have no power because of the righteousness of the Lord’s people: 1 Ne. 22:26;

If there be no righteousness there be no happiness: 2 Ne. 2:13;

The righteous shall inherit the kingdom of God: 2 Ne. 9:18;

The righteous fear not the words of truth: 2 Ne. 9:40;

The names of the righteous shall be written in the book of life: Alma 5:58;

Stand, having on the breastplate of righteousness: D&C 27:16; ( Eph. 6:14; )

The death of the righteous is sweet unto them: D&C 42:46;

The righteous shall be gathered out from among all nations: D&C 45:71;

He who does the works of righteousness shall receive peace in this world and eternal life in the world to come: D&C 59:23;

At the Second Coming, there will be an entire separation of the righteous and the wicked: D&C 63:54;

Among the righteous there was peace: D&C 138:22;

3 Nephi 4:30

  • Book of Mormon

And they did rejoice and cry again with one voice, saying: May the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob, protect this people in righteousness, so long as they shall call on the name of their God for protection.

Psalms 119:117

  • Old Testament

Hold thou me up, and I shall be safe: and I will have respect unto thy statutes continually.

1 Samuel 12:11

  • Old Testament

And the Lord sent Jerubbaal, and Bedan, and Jephthah, and Samuel, and delivered you out of the hand of your enemies on every side, and ye dwelled safe.

Proverbs 29:25

  • Old Testament

The fear of man bringeth a snare: but whoso putteth his trust in the Lord shall be safe.

Proverbs 18:10

  • Old Testament

The name of the Lord is a strong tower: the righteous runneth into it, and is safe.

Job 21:9

  • Old Testament

Their houses are safe from fear, neither is the rod of God upon them.

Ezekiel 34:27

  • Old Testament

And the tree of the field shall yield her fruit, and the earth shall yield her increase, and they shall be safe in their land, and shall know that I am the Lord, when I have broken the bands of their yoke, and delivered them out of the hand of those that served themselves of them.

Psalms 4:8

  • Old Testament

I will both lay me down in peace, and sleep: for thou, Lord, only makest me dwell in safety.

2 Nephi 24:30

  • Book of Mormon

And the first-born of the poor shall feed, and the needy shall lie down in safety

Psalms 12:5

  • Old Testament

For the oppression of the poor, for the sighing of the needy, now will I arise, saith the Lord; I will set him in safety from him that puffeth at him.

Deuteronomy 33:12

  • Old Testament

¶And of Benjamin he said, The beloved of the Lord shall dwell in safety by him; and the Lord shall cover him all the day long, and he shall dwell between his shoulders.

Deuteronomy 33:28

  • Old Testament

Israel then shall dwell in safety alone: the fountain of Jacob shall be upon a land of corn and wine; also his heavens shall drop down dew.

-Prov. 24:6 in multitude of counsellors there is safety.

Job 5:11

  • Old Testament

To set up on high those that be low; that those which mourn may be exalted to safety.

Job 11:18

  • Old Testament

And thou shalt be secure, because there is hope; yea, thou shalt dig about thee, and thou shalt take thy rest in safety.

Leviticus 25:18

  • Old Testament

¶Wherefore ye shall do my statutes, and keep my judgments, and do them; and ye shall dwell in the land in safety.

Leviticus 25:19

  • Old Testament

And the land shall yield her fruit, and ye shall eat your fill, and dwell therein in safety.

D&C 45:66

  • Doctrine and Covenants

And it shall be called the New Jerusalem, a land of peace, a city of refuge, a place of safety for the saints of the Most High God;

D&C 45:68

  • Doctrine and Covenants

And it shall come to pass among the wicked, that every man that will not take his sword against his neighbor must needs flee unto Zion for safety.

Deuteronomy 12:10

  • Old Testament

But when ye go over Jordan, and dwell in the land which the Lord your God giveth you to inherit, and when he giveth you rest from all your enemies round about, so that ye dwell in safety;

-Moroni had kept the commandments of God in preparing for the safety of his people.  Alma 49:27

D&C 134:1

  • Doctrine and Covenants

We believe that governments were instituted of God for the benefit of man; and that he holds men accountable for their acts in relation to them, both in making laws and administering them, for the good and safety of society.

D&C 105:25

  • Doctrine and Covenants

And behold, I will give unto you favor and grace in their eyes, that you may rest in peace and safety, while you are saying unto the people: Execute judgment and justice for us according to law, and redress us of our wrongs.

Moses 7:20

  • Pearl of Great Price

And it came to pass that Enoch talked with the Lord; and he said unto the Lord: Surely Zion shall dwell in safety forever. But the Lord said unto Enoch: Zion have I blessed, but the residue of the people have I cursed.

– Alma 34:16 And thus mercy can satisfy the demands of justice, and encircles them in the arms of safety, while he that exercises no faith unto repentance is exposed to the whole law of the demands of justice; therefore only unto him that has faith unto repentance is brought about the great and eternal plan of redemption.

Job 11:18

  • Old Testament

And thou shalt be secure, because there is hope

D&C 109:11

  • Doctrine and Covenants

And in a manner that we may be found worthy, in thy sight, to secure a fulfilment of the promises which thou hast made unto us, thy people, in the revelations given unto us;

Judges 18:10

  • Old Testament

When ye go, ye shall come unto a people secure, and to a large land: for God hath given it into your hands; a place where there is no want of any thing that is in the earth.

D&C 51:4

  • Doctrine and Covenants

…he shall appoint a man his portion, give unto him a writing that shall secure unto him his portion, that he shall hold it, even this right and this inheritance in the church, until he transgresses and is not accounted worthy by the voice of the church, according to the laws and covenants

D&C 24:3

  • Doctrine and Covenants

Magnify thine office; and after thou hast sowed thy fields and secured them, go speedily unto the church which is in Colesville, Fayette, and Manchester, and they shall support thee; and I will bless them both spiritually and temporally;

D&C 101:65

  • Doctrine and Covenants

…I must gather together my people, according to the parable of the wheat and the tares, that the wheat may be secured in the garners to possess eternal life, and be crowned with celestial glory, when I shall come in the kingdom of my Father to reward every man according as his work shall be

Prayer

  • The Guide to the Scriptures

The object of prayer is not to change the will of God, but to secure for ourselves and for others blessings that God is already willing to grant, but that we must ask for in order to obtain.

Jeremiah 29:7

  • Old Testament

And seek the peace of the city whither I have caused you to be carried away captives, and pray unto the Lord for it: for in the peace thereof shall ye have peace.

JST, Genesis 14:33

  • Joseph Smith Translation

And now, Melchizedek was a priest of this order; therefore he obtained peace

Isaiah 57:19

  • Old Testament

I create the fruit of the lips; Peace, peace to him that is far off, and to him that is near, saith the Lord; and I will heal him.

Luke 10:6

  • New Testament

And if the son of peace be there, your peace shall rest upon it: if not, it shall turn to you again.

2 Thessalonians 3:16

  • New Testament

Now the Lord of peace himself give you peace always by all means. The Lord be with you all.

James 3:18

  • New Testament

And the fruit of righteousness is sown in peace of them that make peace.

John 14:27

  • New Testament

Peace I leave with you, my peace I give unto you: not as the world giveth, give I unto you. Let not your heart be troubled, neither let it be afraid.

2 Corinthians 13:11

  • New Testament

Finally, brethren, farewell. Be perfect, be of good comfort, be of one mind, live in peace; and the God of love and peace shall be with you.

Isaiah 27:5

  • Old Testament

Or let him take hold of my strength, that he may make peace with me; and he shall make peace with me.

Matthew 10:13

  • New Testament

And if the house be worthy, let your peace come upon it: but if it be not worthy, let your peace return to you.

Peace

  • The Guide to the Scriptures

In the scriptures, peace can mean either freedom from conflict and turmoil or the inner calm and comfort born of the Spirit that God gives to his faithful Saints.

Leviticus 7:29

  • Old Testament

Speak unto the children of Israel, saying, He that offereth the sacrifice of his peace offerings unto the Lord shall bring his oblation unto the Lord of the sacrifice of his peace offerings.

Numbers 30:14

  • Old Testament

But if her husband altogether hold his peace at her from day to day; then he establisheth all her vows, or all her bonds, which are upon her: he confirmeth them, because he held his peace at her in the day that he heard them.

Alma 24:19

  • Book of Mormon

And thus we see that, when these Lamanites were brought to believe and to know the truth, they were firm, and would suffer even unto death rather than commit sin; and thus we see that they buried their weapons of peace, or they buried the weapons of war, for peace.

Ether 9:22

  • Book of Mormon

And after he had anointed Coriantum to reign in his stead he lived four years, and he saw peace in the land; yea, and he even saw the Son of Righteousness, and did rejoice and glory in his day; and he died in peace.

Zephaniah 1:7

  • Old Testament

Hold thy peace at the presence of the Lord God: for the day of the Lord is at hand: for the Lord hath prepared a sacrifice, he hath bid his guests.

Psalms 119:165

  • Old Testament

Great peace have they which love thy law: and nothing shall offend them.

Isaiah 57:2

  • Old Testament

He shall enter into peace: they shall rest in their beds, each one walking in his uprightness.

Isaiah 57:21

  • Old Testament

There is no peace, saith my God, to the wicked.

Psalms 122:8

  • Old Testament

For my brethren and companions’ sakes, I will now say, Peace be within thee.

Psalms 128:6

  • Old Testament

Yea, thou shalt see thy children’s children, and peace upon Israel.

Colossians 3:15

  • New Testament

And let the peace of God rule in your hearts, to the which also ye are called in one body; and be ye thankful.

Romans 16:20

  • New Testament

And the God of peace shall bruise Satan under your feet shortly. The grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you. Amen.

1 Nephi 20:18

  • Book of Mormon

O that thou hadst hearkened to my commandments—then had thy peace been as a river, and thy righteousness as the waves of the sea.

-God hath called us to peace.  1 Cor. 7:15

Alma 38:15

  • Book of Mormon

And may the Lord bless your soul, and receive you at the last day into his kingdom, to sit down in peace.

1 Thessalonians 5:23

  • New Testament

And the very God of peace sanctify you wholly; and I pray God your whole spirit and soul and body be preserved blameless unto the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ.

Isaiah 26:3

  • Old Testament

Thou wilt keep him in perfect peace, whose mind is stayed on thee: because he trusteth in thee.

Isaiah 26:12

  • Old Testament

¶Lord, thou wilt ordain peace for us: for thou also hast wrought all our works in us.

Judges 6:23

  • Old Testament

And the Lord said unto him, Peace be unto thee; fear not: thou shalt not die.

Isaiah 32:17

  • Old Testament

And the work of righteousness shall be peace; and the effect of righteousness quietness and assurance for ever.

Luke 2:14

  • New Testament

Glory to God in the highest, and on earth peace, good will toward men.

Ephesians 1:2

  • New Testament

Grace be to you, and peace, from God our Father, and from the Lord Jesus Christ.

2 Peter 3:14

  • New Testament

Wherefore, beloved, seeing that ye look for such things, be diligent that ye may be found of him in peace, without spot, and blameless.

Psalms 29:11

  • Old Testament

The Lord will give strength unto his people; the Lord will bless his people with peace.

Ezekiel 34:25

  • Old Testament

And I will make with them a covenant of peace, and will cause the evil beasts to cease out of the land: and they shall dwell safely in the wilderness, and sleep in the woods.

Isaiah 38:17

  • Old Testament

Behold, for peace I had great bitterness: but thou hast in love to my soul delivered it from the pit of corruption: for thou hast cast all my sins behind thy back.

Psalms 72:3

  • Old Testament

The mountains shall bring peace to the people, and the little hills, by righteousness.

Psalms 72:7

  • Old Testament

In his days shall the righteous flourish; and abundance of peace so long as the moon endureth.

Luke 8:48

  • New Testament

And he said unto her, Daughter, be of good comfort: thy faith hath made thee whole; go in peace.

Exodus 18:23

  • Old Testament

If thou shalt do this thing, and God command thee so, then thou shalt be able to endure, and all this people shall also go to their place in peace.

Psalms 37:11

  • Old Testament

But the meek shall inherit the earth; and shall delight themselves in the abundance of peace.

Psalms 37:37

  • Old Testament

Mark the perfect man, and behold the upright: for the end of that man is peace.

Psalms 147:14

  • Old Testament

He maketh peace in thy borders, and filleth thee with the finest of the wheat.

Romans 5:1

  • New Testament

Therefore being justified by faith, we have peace with God through our Lord Jesus Christ:

Jude 1:2

  • New Testament

Mercy unto you, and peace, and love, be multiplied.

Proverbs 16:7

  • Old Testament

When a man’s ways please the Lord, he maketh even his enemies to be at peace with him.

Isaiah 54:10

  • Old Testament

For the mountains shall depart, and the hills be removed; but my kindness shall not depart from thee, neither shall the covenant of my peace be removed, saith the Lord that hath mercy on thee.

Isaiah 54:13

  • Old Testament

And all thy children shall be taught of the Lord; and great shall be the peace of thy children.

Numbers 25:12

  • Old Testament

Wherefore say, Behold, I give unto him my covenant of peace:

Luke 24:36

  • New Testament

¶And as they thus spake, Jesus himself stood in the midst of them, and saith unto them, Peace be unto you.

Galatians 6:16

  • New Testament

And as many as walk according to this rule, peace be on them, and mercy, and upon the Israel of God.

Isaiah 60:17

  • Old Testament

For brass I will bring gold, and for iron I will bring silver, and for wood brass, and for stones iron: I will also make thy officers peace, and thine exactors righteousness.

Romans 15:13

  • New Testament

Now the God of hope fill you with all joy and peace in believing, that ye may abound in hope, through the power of the Holy Ghost.

Jeremiah 23:17

  • Old Testament

They say still unto them that despise me, The Lord hath said, Ye shall have peace; and they say unto every one that walketh after the imagination of his own heart, No evil shall come upon you.

Acts 11:18

  • New Testament

When they heard these things, they held their peace, and glorified God, saying, Then hath God also to the Gentiles granted repentance unto life.

Isaiah 62:1

  • Old Testament

For Zion’s sake will I not hold my peace, and for Jerusalem’s sake I will not rest, until the righteousness thereof go forth as brightness, and the salvation thereof as a lamp that burneth.

Mosiah 14:5

  • Book of Mormon

But he was wounded for our transgressions, he was bruised for our iniquities; the chastisement of our peace was upon him; and with his stripes we are healed.

Joshua 10:21

  • Old Testament

And all the people returned to the camp to Joshua at Makkedah in peace: none moved his tongue against any of the children of Israel.

Psalms 55:18

  • Old Testament

He hath delivered my soul in peace from the battle that was against me: for there were many with me.

1 Samuel 11:15

  • Old Testament

And all the people went to Gilgal; and there they made Saul king before the Lord in Gilgal; and there they sacrificed sacrifices of peace offerings before the Lord; and there Saul and all the men of Israel rejoiced greatly.

Leviticus 26:6

  • Old Testament

And I will give peace in the land, and ye shall lie down, and none shall make you afraid: and I will rid evil beasts out of the land, neither shall the sword go through your land.

Daniel 10:19

  • Old Testament

And said, O man greatly beloved, fear not: peace be unto thee, be strong, yea, be strong. And when he had spoken unto me, I was strengthened, and said, Let my lord speak; for thou hast strengthened me.

Zechariah 6:13

  • Old Testament

Even he shall build the temple of the Lord; and he shall bear the glory, and shall sit and rule upon his throne; and he shall be a priest upon his throne: and the counsel of peace shall be between them both.

 

 

 

Notes on The Prophet Joseph: More Than We Know by the Joseph Smith Foundation

 

 

 

 

Key Points: The root of Jesse is Joseph Smith, he is the servant of Christ, the David of the latter days who will yet have political and ecclesiastical authority over all the earth, who will return in the flesh to lay out inheritances in Missouri the New Jerusalem, who will unite old and new Jerusalem, who will call down the plagues of the last days, a Millennial leader under Christ like Joseph in Egypt was under Pharaoh in his day, etc. As Jesus is the revealer of the Father, so is Joseph Smith the revealer of Jesus. As Jesus visited his people after his resurrection, so will Joseph Smith after his. Joseph will lead the Great Council of God in Zion and Jerusalem. Like Christ, Joseph Smith was largely rejected in his mortal ministry, but will be accepted in his second coming. People of this dispensation need the consent of Joseph Smith to enter the celestial kingdom where God and Christ are. Joseph Smith is the angel of the last days spoken of in Revelation 14, the servant in Jacob 5, the servant in D&C 101, the latter-day Elias preparing the way of the Lord.

-For another presentation by the Joseph Smith Foundation titled “The Mystery of the 2 Prophets” discussing how Joseph and Hyrum Smith could fit the Rev. 11 two prophets, see my summary at this link: http://richardsonstudies.com/2018/06/28/unlocking-mystery-2-prophets-joseph-smith-foundation-summary/

-“Would to God, brethren, I could tell you who I am! Would to God I could tell you what I know! But you would call it blasphemy…” (Joseph Smith)
-Joseph is a messenger, a David, a witness, a servant, etc. Some LDS scholars think Joseph Smith is proud and arrogant, but we will see that he simply stood in his rightful place.
-Who is the latter-day servant of Isa. 42? Is his name David? Who is this “one mighty and strong”?
-The latter-day witness isn’t just A witness, he is THE witness. The leader of the world. He has all political authority under the Savior, and all direction of the church under the Savior. The Moses of the latter-day exodus. It is even likely that ancient Israel sacrifices prefigure this man.
-Joseph Smith and Brigham Young, and the ancient authors of holy writ knew who the latter-day servant is.
-If we don’t know who the servant is, we lose much perspective of the latter days.
-see discourse “Joseph Smith: A Revealer of Christ” where Bruce McConkie shows that just as Jesus Christ is the revealer of Heavenly Father, so is Joseph Smith the revealer of Jesus Christ.
-Joseph clarified Gabriel as Noah, and Michael as Adam. Who is Joseph Smith?
-3 Nephi 21:9 speaks of a marvelous work and a wonder that people won’t believe although a man declare it to them.
-Isaiah 52 speaks of Christ being marred, similarly 3 Ne. 21:10 speaks of the servant of the latter days being marred.
-LDS scholars have said that the latter-day servant would seal the 144,000, would be a king in Israel, would call down plagues upon the wicked in the last days, would preach to the Jews after they had rebuilt Jerusalem, etc. Joseph Smith can fit all of these roles, especially in light of the repeated doctrine that Joseph Smith will return. As the scripture says, he was marred, and will be healed. Like the Savior, his first coming was largely rejected, but his second coming will be wonderful.
-“Though Israel be not gathered, yet shall I be glorious in the eyes of the Lord and my God shall be my strength” this ancient prophecy can apply to Joseph Smith and Jesus Christ. Mortality is not the end, like how patriarchal blessings need not all be fulfilled within the time frame of mortality.
-Heber C Kimball taught in 1861: You will see the say when Joseph Smith, Hyrum Smith, and Brigham Young etc. will be there in the flesh laying out the inheritances in Missouri. The quote continues “…the day will be when I will see those men [the aforementioned latter-day brethren] in the general assembly of the Church of the First Born, in the great council of God in Jerusalem too….I heard Joseph say twice that Brother Brigham and I should be in that council in Jerusalem, when there should be a uniting of the two divisions of God’s government.”
-D&C 85:7 speaks of the one mighty and strong with a scepter and arranging by lot the inheritances of the saints
-D&C 77 speaks of 2 prophets raised up to the Jewish nation at the time of the restoration after the Jews are gathered and have built Jerusalem in the land of their fathers. The time of the restoration is the time of Joseph and Hyrum Smith. More on that in the Joseph Smith Foundation film “The Mystery of the Two Prophets”
– Isa. 11:10 speaks of a “root of Jesse” coming from the stem of Jesse (Jesus Christ); D&C 113:5 speaks of the “root of Jesse” and gives this interpretation in verse 6: “[the root of Jesse] is a descendant of Jesse, as well as of Joseph, unto whom rightly belongs the priesthood, and the keys of the kingdom, for an ensign, and for the gathering of my people in the last days.” The root of Jesse could well be Joseph Smith, Bruce R McConkie teaches that he is this servant and is this servant.
-Ezek. 34:24 speaks of Jehovah’s servant David as a prince
-Days before his martyrdom, Joseph Smith said to his Nauvoo legion “I promise you when I come again I shall lead you forth so that where I am you shall be also.” He also said just before his martyrdom, “Don’t be sad, don’t be cast down, I will come back again…as soon as I can” (autobiography of Wandle Mace)
-“Joseph, Hyrum, Father Smith, and many others will be there [during the Millennium] to dictate and preside. Joseph will stand at the head of this dispensation and hold the keys of it, for they are not taken from him; they never were in time; they never will be in eternity. I shall be there if I live or if I die.” (President Brigham Young, April 1853, when JS had been dead nearly 9 years)
-Joseph Smith will reign during the Millennium under Christ in a similar way that Joseph of old ruled in Egypt under Pharaoh. Joseph in Egypt was a type of Joseph Smith, foreshadowing the even greater role that Joseph Smith would play.
-“I said to Brother Joseph, the spring before he was killed, “you are laying out work for 20 years.” He replied, “you have as yet scarcely begun to work; but I will set you enough to last you during your lives, for I am going to rest.” All I can do or ask now is to do the work, so that it will be right and acceptable to him when he comes here again.” (President Brigham Young, 1857)
-Brigham understood that he held a stewardship to carry out what Joseph told him to do. The marching orders of latter day prophets are dictated by Joseph Smith.
-“Joseph Smith Junior will again be on this earth dictating plans…And he will never cease his operations, under the directions of the Son of God, until the last ones of the children of men are saved that can be, from Adam till now. There is an almighty work to perform in the spirit world. Joseph has not yet got through there. When he finishes his mission in the spirit world, he will be resurrected, but he has not yet done there…When his spirit again quickens his body, he will ascend to heaven, present his resurrected body to the Father and the Son, receive his commission as a resurrected being, and visit his brethren on this earth as did Jesus after his resurrection.” (President Brigham Young, 1857)
-Brigham taught that Joseph Smith has some stewardship for everyone that has lived on this earth, and that he has Millennial keys.
-President Kimball’s prophecy, “An army of Elders”: there will be great prosperity in the west followed by financial bondage, “then persecution comes next and all true latter-day saints will be tested to the limit. Many will apostatize and others will be still not knowing what to do. Darkness will cover the earth and gross darkness the minds of the people. The judgements of god will be poured out on the wicked to the extent that our elders will be called home, or in other words, the gospel will be taken from the Gentiles and later on carried to the Jews. The western boundary of the state of Missouri will be swept so clean of its inhabitants that, as Brigham Young tells us, when you return to that place there will not be left so much as a yellow dog to wag his tail. Before that day comes however, the saints will be put to a test that will try the integrity of the best of them. The pressure will become so great that the more righteous of them will cry to the Lord day and night until deliverance comes. Then the prophet Joseph and others will make their appearance and those who have remained faithful will be selected to return to Jackson County Missouri and take part in the building of that beautiful city, the New Jerusalem.”
-After Joseph’s martyrdom, Parley Pratt received a revelation that “my servant Joseph still holds the keys of my kingdom in this dispensation, and he shall stand in due time on the earth in the flesh and fulfil that to which he is appointed.”
-“Those who are your friends are my friends, and I promise you when I come again, I will lead you forth, so that where I am you shall be with me.” (Joseph Smith)
-The SLC temple east doors niches held statues of Joseph and Hyrum until 1911.
-Joseph likely also fits the description of angels and prophets in the book of Revelation. Revelation 14 speaks of an angel.
-The original architectural designs for the angel Moroni atop the temples featured a temple with the book of Mormon in one hand, and a trumpet in the other, on a weather vane, featuring a stylized tongue of fire, a compass, and a square.
-Brigham saw years before the construction of the SLC temple every time he went to the place it was to be constructed. He never had to ask God how to build it because it was shown him plainly. Similarly, the Nauvoo temple was shown to Joseph Smith.
-according to the Perrigrine Sessions journal, “on this day they raised the figure which is the representation of an Angel in his Priestly robe with the book of Mormon in one hand and a trumpet in the other which is over laid with gold leaf”
-many say this angel on our temples is a representation of Rev. 14:6-7 the angel flying through the midst of heaven with the gospel to preach to every nation, telling that the hour of the judgement of God is come. Its clear this angel has a large role in the latter days. Some have speculated that this angel is Moroni, who indeed helped Joseph Smith. But it could be Joseph Smith himself. Joseph Smith said he would give “a literal rendering” of Matthew 24. Joseph said, “The Savior said when these tribulations should take place, it should be committed to a man who should be a witness over the whole world…the keys of knowledge, power, and revelations should be revealed to a witness who should hold the testimony to the world” (Joseph Smith, cited May 12, 1844, Thomas Bullock report). This witness and the tribulations are clearly referencing the last days.
-“It has always been my providence to dig up new things, hidden things for my hearers. Just at the time when some men think I have no right to the keys of the priesthood, just at that time, I have the greatest right…All the testimony is that the Lord in the last days would commit the keys of the priesthood to a witness over all people. Has the Gospel of the kingdom commenced in the last days? And will God take it from the man until He takes him Himself?” (Joseph Smith, 1844). We realize that aside from Jesus Christ, Joseph Smith was prophesied of more than anyone in scripture. Here we see that Joseph identifies himself as the witness of the last days.
-“The building up of Zion is a cause that has interested the people of God in every age. It is a theme upon which prophet’s priests and kings have dwelt with particular delight. They have looked forward with joyful anticipation to the day in which we live, and fired with heavenly and joyful anticipations, they have written and sung and prophesied of this our day. But they died without the sight. We are the favored people that God has made choice of to bring about the latter-day glory. It is left for us to see, participate in, and help to roll forward the latter-day glory.” (Joseph Smith)
-Since the mission of the witness is to build Zion, how could it be someone other than Joseph Smith?
-“Joseph Smith, the Prophet and Seer of the Lord, has done more, save Jesus only, for the salvation of men in this world, than any other man that ever lived in it.” (John Taylor)
-“no man or woman in this dispensation will ever enter into the celestial kingdom of God without the consent of Joseph Smith…every man and woman must have the certificate of Joseph Smith, Junior, as a passport to their entrance into the mansion where God and Christ are… [Joseph Smith] reigns there as supreme a being in his sphere, capacity, and calling, as God does in heaven. Many will exclaim- “Oh, that is very disagreeable! It is preposterous! We cannot bear the thought!” But it is true.” (Brigham Young, 1859)
-The prophet Joseph Smith reigns under Jesus Christ in the celestial kingdom
-“Jesus Christ excepted, no better man ever lived or does live upon this earth.” (Brigham Young referring to Joseph Smith)
-“Has the gospel of the kingdom commenced in the last days and will God take it from the man until he takes him himself? I have read it precisely as the words flowed from the lips of Jesus Christ. John the revelator saw an angel flying through the midst of heaven having the everlasting gospel to preach unto them that dwell on the earth. The scripture is ready to be fulfilled when great wars famines pestilence great distress judgements and so forth are ready to be poured out on the inhabitants of the earth. John saw the angel having the holy Priesthood, who should preach the everlasting gospel to the nations. God had an angel- a special messenger- ordained and prepared for that purpose in the last days. Woe, woe be to that man or set of men who lift up their hands against God and His witness in these days: for they shall deceive almost the very chosen ones.” (Joseph Smith, May 12, 1844, Thomas Bullock report) Here Joseph Smith connects the angel of Rev. 14 with the special messenger/servant of the last days, and essentially acknowledges that he is the man.
-Joseph Smith shows us that the angel is the special witness, who is the messenger, who is himself.
-the documents from this presentation are available at josephsmithfoundation.org/research
-The above citations by Joseph Smith show himself to be the latter-day witness:
a. he speaks of the latter-day witness,
b. he makes direct reference to himself,
c. again he references the witness,
d. understanding the context of the passage we see that he again directly speaks of himself,
e. he invokes Christ as a witness of this claim,
f. he then introduces the Rev 14 angel as the revealer of the Gospel to all the earth,
g. he places the angel in a latter-day context
h. he speaks of this angel’s right to the priesthood and keys in the latter days
i. he identifies the angel as the messenger who holds the keys in the latter days
j. he finally warns against all those who attempt to slander or vilify himself as the witness in the latter days
-Malachi’s messenger ‘preparing the way’ may allude to Joseph Smith, a latter-day prophet crying in the wilderness to prepare the way of the Lord.
-“Malachi as Isaiah speaks of the Lord sending his servant to prepare the way before him and while that does have reference to the coming of John the Baptist, it is one of those scriptures that has double fulfilment, it has reference also to the coming of the prophet Joseph Smith because that messenger which was to come and prepare the way before him was to come in this day, the latter days.” (President Joseph Fielding Smith)
-The Lord coming suddenly to his temple was fulfilled in the Kirtland temple, but will have dual fulfillment.
-“Why do not my enemies strike a blow at the doctrine? They cannot do it: it is truth, and I defy all men to upset it. I am the voice of one crying in the wilderness, “Repent ye of your sins and prepare the way for the coming of the Son of Man”…for the kingdom of God has come unto you, and henceforth the ax is laid unto the root of the tree; and every tree that bringeth not forth good fruit, God Almighty (and not Joe Smith) shall hew it down and cast it into the fire.” (Joseph Smith) Here Joseph directly quotes John the Baptist, making himself a latter-day John.
-Malachi 3:2 speaks of Christ as a refining fire; Isaiah 10:17-18 speaks of “the light of Israel for a fire and his Holy One for a flame”; Isa. 31:9 speaks of the Lord’s fire being in Zion
-“The Lord in the former dispensation sent a messenger to prepare the way before him, and in this dispensation it was just as necessary that a messenger be sent to prepare the way for the coming of the Lord and the establishment of the reign of peace. If Joseph Smith was not that man, then we must look for another.” If we must look for another, the Book of Mormon, LDS ordinances, and Joseph Smith himself are a fraud. Joseph declared himself to be this man. We know he fulfilled his mission.
-“The Lord declared, through one of his prophets, that before his second coming a messenger should be sent to prepare the way and make it straight. You may apply this to John if you will, [speaking of John the Baptist] and it is true. John, the messenger who came to prepare the way before the Lord in the former dispensation, also came in this dispensation, as a messenger to Joseph Smith; so it applies, if you wish to apply it so, to John who came as a messenger to prepare the way before the Lord. But I go farther and maintain that Joseph Smith was the messenger whom the Lord sent to prepare the way before him. He came, and under direction of holy messengers laid the foundation for the kingdom of God and of this marvelous work and a wonder that the world might be prepared for the coming of the Lord.” (President Joseph Fielding Smith)
-We also consider Joseph Smit has fulfilling the role of the Elias to restore all things, the 2 prophets in Rev. 11, the servant in D&C 101, the 1 sons in Isaiah, the servant in Jacob 5, the Davidic prince, etc.
-“The Restoration of the gospel is true. Someday we’ll know of the greatness of the Prophet Joseph Smith.” (Elder David B. Haight, 1996)

 

 

Notes on Unlocking the Mystery of the 2 Prophets: Revelation 11 by The Joseph Smith Foundation

 

 

 

for more visit JosephSmithFoundation.org/2prophets

Overview: Joseph and Hyrum Smith are the 2 prophets spoken of in the book of Revelation which would prophecy in the last days before the coming of the Lord. Joseph Smith is the latter-day king David spoken of in the scriptures who would rule Israel with the Lord. The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints fulfills much of the events of the Book of Revelation. Joseph and Hyrum Smith were joint prophets and we need not look for some other great big last days prophet to come forth other than Jesus Christ himself. Joseph Smith is the prophet we’ve all been waiting for.

-Joseph Smith said if he told the people who he is and what he knows, they would call it blasphemy.

-Joseph Smith said the book of Revelation is one of the plainest books God ever caused to be written.

-Joseph Smith said John the revelator saw things primarily pertaining to after John’s time.

-You can’t separate the “last days events” from the restoration of the gospel in the dispensation of Joseph Smith.

-Hyrum Smith was given all powers and keys to be a joint prophet with Joseph. He was called a prophet seer and revelator with Joseph, called out from first presidency to receive this, he was a 2ndprophet, a joint dispensation head acting in concert with Joseph. We know of no other time where there have been 2 joint president dispensation heads. The D&C says this and Joseph Fielding Smith repeats it. Hyrum was a president of the church and will stand forever with Joseph as head of this dispensation says Joseph Fielding Smith.

-Oliver Cowdry’s blessings were taken from him and given to Hyrum.

-Joseph Smith said Hyrum has the traits of Job and Christ, that he would be among kings, and his posterity would continue.

-Rev. 11 speaks of 2 witnesses. Verse 3 speaks of the 3-year time frame. This is the amount of time of the ministry of the Lord to the Jews. McConkie called Joseph Smith “a revealer of Christ”.

-The lost tribes scattered into Europe and Asia. The gathering of Israel is the trigger for apocalyptic events.

-it’s estimated 63 million people came to America up to the 1900’s. This is the biggest migration. The book of Mormon speaks of America 8 times as a land of liberty. This could be the highway the north use to come to Zion as referred to in the scriptures.

-KEY: in Jan. 15 1841 Joseph and Hyrum issued an official proclamation for Israel to come home to America the New Jerusalem, for every Latter-day Saint to gather to build Zion. Exactly 1260 days later they lay dead at Carthage. Rev 3 says the 2 witnesses have a special mission that will be performed within 1260 days. This makes Joseph and Hyrum key candidates for the identity of these 2 prophets. (*It says they will be in Jerusalem, but is not America the new Jerusalem?)

-Revelation tells us that the Garden of Eden was in the heartland of North America, D&C 84 says the New Jerusalem will be built there. These have always been sacred lands, and things will wind up here also.

-Joseph taught that without gathering the LDS won’t survive the events of the last days.

-Ancient and latter-day scripture have as the most common theme, gathering. Noah’s ark was a form of gathering. Those who rejected Noah perished. Luke says the last days will be like the days of Noah.

-“Noah came before the flood, I have come before the fire.” -Joseph Smith

-The gathering is an essential a doctrine as are faith repentance baptism and other ordinances. -Joseph F. Smith

-Gathering is as important for this dispensation as building an ark was for Noah’s dispensation. -Joseph F. Smith

-Joseph said all great seers saw our day.

-Joseph and Hyrum had proclaimed that the time for the gathering was now, that gathering being the marvelous work and a wonder.

-80% of church members in the 1970’s were of British extraction. There were more church members in Great Britain than America. Joseph and Hyrum called for a spiritual and physical gathering to Zion. He emphasized the importance of the saints being an independent people. They were fulfilling Isaiah 52:11-12 which called for the Lord’s people to go out of Babylon to Zion, that they would not go in haste, but would go. Joseph in the proclamation even told them to not go in too much haste, to sell their things but not at too great a loss, etc. They made their own tech, inventions, furniture, clothes, school textbooks, etc. Joseph and the brethren taught that we must not be dependent on the things of Babylon.

-The proclamation to come to Zion by Joseph was 2.5 thousand years after Israel was scattered. The message was the rebuilding of the Zion of ancient times.

-after the proclamation those 3 years before Joseph’s death these events occurred: the first recorded marriage sealings, the Nauvoo temple, baptism for the dead began, the Nauvoo legion, the Holy Land dedicated, the Relief Society organized, the temple endowment restored, Joseph became mayor of Nauvoo, plural marriage was restored more earnestly, Joseph organized the “Kingdom of God” also called the “Council of 50” essentially the political government of Zion, Joseph ran for US President, and other things.

-exactly 1260 days from the time Hyrum Smith called as joint president of the church (Jan. 19 1841) to the 3.5 days after martyrdom (~June 30, 1844). John seems to indicate something significant to have happened 3.5 days after martyrdom.

-there was prophesied a ruler of Judah and Joseph, a rightful heir to the throne, would find Israel in a degenerate state and would bring it back. April 11 1844 Joseph Smith was declared King of Israel. The council was ordained to be the governing body of the world, and Joseph Smith was the King. This council was called The Kingdom of God / The Council of 50. It was for protection of all nations and creeds.

-side note see book Zion in the Courts: A Legal History of the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints

By Edwin Brown Firmage, Richard Collin Mangrum

-The minutes of the council of 50 have been released by the church see Joseph Smith Papers etc.

-The “Kingdom of God” would be a political

-Jeremiah in his prophecies of the latter days, says in Jer. 30:21 speaks of a King coming from among the people, one who would come freely into the presence of the Lord. This is the greatest recorded revelation of a vision we’ve ever seen, when both the Father and the Son come. The Lord came more times in the temple to him. The Lord chose his greatest prophet to rule over the latter days.

-Elder David B Haight said, “someday we will know of the greatness of the prophet Joseph Smith”

-Rev. 11:3 the 2 prophets would be in sack cloth. This signified intense grief. The Nauvoo period signals escalating tribulation. Polygamy tore at the heartstrings of the Puritan heritage of Church members. This was Celestial Law, and went against the local laws, and the church members couldn’t handle it. This likely lead to the prophet’s death.

-Joseph said that God told him that he and his people would be damned unless he introduce and practice polygamy. Joseph further said that he knew if he introduced it, the people would kill him.

-John Taylor said that Emma tried to “pervert the minds” of the sisters telling them polygamy was not correct.

-Emma, one of the greatest women that ever lived, even began to falter. But Joseph, like Christ, remained true to the end. It’s hard to imagine the level of trials they suffered.

-Joseph asked the men if they were willing to die for him. They shouted yes. He drew his sword and told them he would die for them to help them keep their rights.

-Joseph taught the people to follow the 12 Apostles, not his posterity. Joseph Smith the 3rd was 13 when Joseph Jr. died, later fought against the church. Only in the past few decades have Joseph Smith Jr’s posterity through Emma come back into activity in the church.

-Joseph Smith is the King of the Kingdom of God on earth, the leader of the Council of 50.

-William Law apostatized and spoke of disagreeing with a doctrine taught at a conference by Joseph that Joseph was a god to this generation.

-The Nauvoo Expositor said these were things they didn’t like about Joseph’s teachings: the plurality of Gods, God can fall if he violates law, Celestial law includes plurality of wives, men can be sealed up to eternal life, that Joseph Smith should be crowned king of Israel, that church and state should be united during Millennium, and that the Gentiles would eventually be spoiled by Israel.

-Joseph Smith taught that eventually all governments would be put down and replaced by the Kingdom of God, people considered this unpatriotic and tyrannical.

-Orson Pratt’s wife accused Joseph Smith of seduction, John Bennett was the real offender, was excommunicated, and wrote anti-Mormon material. Orson was excommunicated and repented 5 months later and was reinstated in the church.

-The beast that ascended out of the bottomless pit made war against them and overcame them and killed them, as John saw. JS and HS were killed.

-Parley Pratt prayed at the time of the martyrdom of JS and HS, the spirit came upon him with indescribable joy and spoke to him that JS still holds the keys of the kingdom, and that he will stand in due time on the earth in the flesh and fulfil that to which he is appointed.

-“Those who are your friends are my friends, and I promise you when I come again, I will lead you forth, so that where I am you shall be with me.” (Joseph Smith)

-Rev. 11:4 speaks of olive trees. Scriptures often use trees to speak of people. “These are the 2 olive trees and the 2 candlesticks standing before the God of the earth” (Rev. 11:4). The Hebrew word for olive tree is etz shemen, meaning tree of oil, from a root meaning “to shine, richness, anointing, fruitful, oil, olive”. It’s related to the Hebrew word shemesh meaning sun.

-“Israel came into being as a chosen and separate congregation before the foundations of the earth were laid. She was a distinct and a peculiar people in preexistence, even as she is in this sphere.” (Bruce R McConkie)

-D&C 101’s parable contains the olive tree as does Jacob 5. The olive tree taught the history of Israel. Olives were pressed and the oil used for sacred temple rights.

-The 2 witnesses stand before the God of the earth as Revelation says, this suggests the preeminence of these 2 prophets. Greek word for standing pertains to appoint, establish, stand by. They have a special standing before God, speaking to him being a special privilege bestowed from purity. 2 witnesses or guardians have been used in sacred spaces dating back to at least the time of Moses. The tabernacle of Moses was built to instruct Israel on entering the presence of God. Entering the courtyard was symbolic of leaving the world, outer cleansings symbolized inner cleansings. The lid on the arc of the covenant features 2 angels facing God. The 2 prophets have the right to enter and dwell in the immediate presence of God.

-Rev. 11:19 speaks of the ark of the covenant shortly after describing the olive tree and 2 candlesticks.

-Joseph F. Smith said the day will soon come when the name Joseph Smith is “coupled with” the name of Jesus Christ as his servant.

-Wilford Woodruf taught that aside from Jesus Christ, Joseph Smith is the greatest prophet that has ever lived.

-It is proposed that the 2 angels atop the ark of the covenant guarding the presence of God are 1. Jesus Christ and 2. Joseph Smith. Or Joseph Smith and Hyrum Smith

-Joseph Smith taught that the ancient prophets looked forward to the work he Joseph Smith would do in the latter-day.

-Zech. 4:2 speaks of the 2 olive trees by the candle stick, on the left and right of it. Verses 11-14 say those prophets stand by the Lord. Cf. Rev. 11:4. They’re obviously referring to the same people.

-Wilford Woodruff saw 7 lamps in the heavens representing the dispensations.

-Heber C Kimball said this last dispensation is the greatest, and that Joseph and Hyrum give power to all dispensations. It is written that the last will be first, this is the last kingdom and the Lord will make it first and it will bestow power upon all that have been. He further said that we could see this if we live our religion and call upon God day and night.

-Heber Kimball’s above statement make JS and HS fit the descriptions of Rev. 11:4 and Zech. 4:2, making them fathers of past dispensations. Zech. 4 also describes branches coming from the olive trees into the lamp between them, which could symbolize, as Kimball said, that JS would bring power to all past dispensations.

-The scriptures show that Joseph Smith is THE last great prophet. There is no prophecy of another greater to come excerpting Jesus Christ himself. The ancient prophets knew this, let us not look forward to some other great prophet to come, Joseph Smith is it.

-The SLC temple was shown in vision to Brigham Young in plainness and vivid imagery. There are 2 sculptural niches, these alcoves originally house sculptures, on one side a sculpture of Joseph Smith, and the other a statue of Hyrum Smith. The SLC temple design was a direct result of revelation from the Lord, consider the symbolism, to enter the temple of God, you must pass by these 2 men who guard the presence of God.

-Heber C Kimball said that one day, in or out of the church, you WILL prize Joseph Smith as a prophet of God and prize him as a God.

-“Would to God…I could tell you who I am!…you would call it blasphemy…” (Joseph Smith)

-for more visit JosephSmithFoundation.org/2prophets. Upcoming topics from the JSF: Moses and Aaron as types of Joseph & Hyrum, The Latter-day Elijah: Joseph Smith, etc.

 

 

Notes on Teenagers Guide to the Second Coming by Robert McKenzie

 

 

-President Packer said he has heard LDS prophets testify that they not only know Jesus Christ lives, but they know Jesus Christ.

-there will be literal cloud over Israel like in old days ref. given

-McConkie : atomic holocaust sure to come

-LDS are calm since know the signs of the times; know what’s coming (fear of the unknown not with the LDS); reference given

-Pres. Hinckley said not know how any LDS can stay gloomy for long

-gather angels to go at end of gathering, announced that they are sent forth now since a specific date in 19th century review recording for when. ref. given.

-Pre-Millennium hail stones will weigh over 1 talent; 75 pounds, over that of 5 bowling balls.

 

 

 

 

5 Quotes: The Second Coming Happens Shortly After 2,000 AD

 

 

 

 

 

For a longer version of this document citing additional prophets, see my article Prophetic Insight into the Timing of Christ’s Second Coming. Those interested in this article will also likely be interested in my article titled “Events Preceding the Second Coming of Jesus Christ” where I show the prophets’ words on things that are prophesied to take place before Christ’s grand return.

I alluded to church material supporting the 7th seal having opened and us living in the ‘Sunday morning of time’ in the preparation period for Jesus’ soon return shortly after Y2K. Here are 4 quotes backing that up:

 

  1. from the Ensign (ref at end of quote): “After the 7th seal is opened, there is a little season before the Second Coming. That time is cut short lest even the elect be lost. The seals represent 1000 year periods of time. The earth has a temporal lifespan of 7000 years (D&C 77). “Christ will come in the beginning of the seventh thousand years” (D&C 77 heading; D&C 77:12; also recall, your 1st year starts when you are at age 0! So the 7th thousand years starts at 6k years in!) The Millennium is to last 1000 years (D&C 29:11) (this makes 6k pre millennium + 1k millennium = 7k year temporal lifespan of earth). At the year 2000 AD, 6000 years will have passed since the beginning. Adam lived at 4000 BC. “The Bible dictionary of the LDS edition of the King James Bible places the Fall near 4000 B.C. (See Bible Dictionary, p. 635.)” (Oct. 1983 Ensign “Book of Revelation Overview” https://www.lds.org/ensign/1983/10/book-of-revelation-overview?lang=eng)

 

  1. another from the Ensign:

 

-“The Apostle is shown a representation of those who “were slain for the word of God” after the opening of the fifth seal. (Rev. 6:9.) For us, however, it is not until the sixth seal is opened (beginning atRev. 6:12) that we begin to deal with events yet to occur. The sixth seal covers the sixth thousand year period, which generally would be about 1000 A.D. to 2000 A.D. When we come to Revelation 8, we begin to read of the seventh seal, or the seventh thousand years of the earth’s temporal existence. During the early part of this period is when judgments come upon the earth in a final attempt to turn mankind’s heart to God; it will be sometime early in this period—how early is unspecified—when at last the earth will be cleansed, Christ will return, and the Millennium will begin. (D&C 77:12–13; note the clear reference to both a time period and events to occur after the opening of the seventh seal but before the time of the Second Coming.) The description of those seventh seal events fills most of the remainder of the book.” (Oct. 1983 Ensign “Book of Revelation Overview” https://www.lds.org/ensign/1983/10/book-of-revelation-overview?lang=eng)

 

  1. AND FINALLY this important D&C set of verses on Jesus to come shortly after Y2K:

 

D&C 77:12-13 “12 Q. What are we to understand by the sounding of the trumpets, mentioned in the 8th chapter of Revelation?

  1. We are to understand that as God made the world in six days, and on the seventh day he finished his work, and sanctified it, and also formed man out of the dust of the earth, even so, in the beginning of the seventh thousand years will the Lord God sanctify the earth, and complete the salvation of man, and judge all things, and shall redeem all things, except that which he hath not put into his power, when he shall have sealed all things, unto the end of all things; and the sounding of the trumpets of the seven angels are the preparing and finishing of his work, in the beginning of the seventh thousand years—the preparing of the way before the time of his coming.

13 Q. When are the things to be accomplished, which are written in the 9th chapter of Revelation?

  1. They are to be accomplished after the opening of the seventh seal, before the coming of Christ.”

 

  1. We also have statements from President Nelson and Elder Christofferson saying that we are now preparing people to live in the Millennium:

 

Elder Christofferson “Fathers” talk April 2016: here is the quote (he starts out by quoting a Book of Mormon passage): “Behold, I say unto you, that it is [Christ] that surely shall come … ; yea he cometh to declare glad tidings of salvation unto his people. And now, my son, this was the ministry unto which ye were called, to declare these glad tidings unto this people, to prepare their minds; or rather … that they may prepare the minds of their children to hear the word at the time of his coming.”23 That is the ministry of fathers today. God bless and make them equal to it, in the name of Jesus Christ, amen.”

 

  1. and finally President Nelson said this in 2016:

 

https://www.lds.org/broadcasts/article/worldwide-devotionals/2016/01/becoming-true-millennials?lang=eng Here is the quote: “We are grateful for each time you stand up and speak up for truth—especially when it is not popular. Many people refer to you as Millennials. I’ll admit that when researchers refer to you by that word and describe what their studies reveal about you—your likes and dislikes, your feelings and inclinations, your strengths and weaknesses—I’m uncomfortable. There is something about the way they use the term Millennial that bothers me. And frankly, I am less interested in what the experts have to say about you than what the Lord has told me about you.

When I pray about you and ask the Lord how He feels about you, I feel something far different from what the researchers say. Spiritual impressions I’ve received about you lead me to believe that the term Millennial may actually be perfect for you. But for a much different reason than the experts may ever understand.

The term Millennial is perfect for you if that term reminds you of who you really are and what your purpose in life really is. A True Millennial is one who was taught and did teach the gospel of Jesus Christ premortally and who made covenants with our Heavenly Father there about courageous things—even morally courageous things—that you would do while here on earth.

A True Millennial is a man or woman whom God trusted enough to send to earth during the most compelling dispensation in the history of this world. A True Millennial is a man or woman who lives now to help prepare the people of this world for the Second Coming of Jesus Christ and His millennial reign. Make no mistake about it—you were born to be a True Millennial… Expect and prepare to accomplish the impossible. God has always asked His covenant children to do difficult things. Because you are covenant-keeping sons and daughters of God, living in the latter part of these latter days, the Lord will ask you to do difficult things. You can count on it—Abrahamic tests did not stop with Abraham.4“

 

 

 

Prophetic Insight into the Timing of Christ’s Second Coming

 

 

 

We don’t know exactly when the Second Coming of Jesus Christ is, but this is what we do know as revealed by the Lord to us via his prophets.

For a shortened version of this document highlighting 5 key quotations, see my document “5 Quotes from the Ensign and Living Prophets which show The Second Coming will occur shortly after year 2,000 AD

Those interested in this article will also likely be interested in my article titled “Events Preceding the Second Coming of Jesus Christ as Taught by Modern Prophets” where I show the prophets’ words on things that are prophesied to take place before Christ’s grand return.

-key books for more research on the subject: “Prophecy: Key to the Future” by Dwayne S. Crowther & “Understanding the Signs of the Times” by Donald Parry. Extensive summaries of both can be found at RichardsonStudies.com. See also my composition “Events Preceding The Second Coming, LDS Quotes”.

-Elder Christofferson “Fathers” talk April 2016: here is the quote (he starts out by quoting a Book of Mormon passage): “Behold, I say unto you, that it is [Christ] that surely shall come … ; yea he cometh to declare glad tidings of salvation unto his people.

“And now, my son, this was the ministry unto which ye were called, to declare these glad tidings unto this people, to prepare their minds; or rather … that they may prepare the minds of their children to hear the word at the time of his coming.”23
That is the ministry of fathers today. God bless and make them equal to it, in the name of Jesus Christ, amen.
(Notice how he said “that is the ministry of fathers today” referring to preparing children to be taught by Jesus in person)
-The day of the coming of the Lord won’t overtake the children of light as a thief in the night (D&C 106:4-5)
–“Question: Does or will anyone know when the Lord will come? Answer: As to the day and hour, No; as to the generation, Yes. Question: Who shall know the generation? Answer: The saints, the children of light, those who can read the signs of the times, those who treasure up the Lord’s word so they will not be deceived.” ( Elder Bruce R. McConkie, D&C student manual for section 133 – https://www.lds.org/manual/doctrine-and-covenants-student-manual/sections-132-138/section-133-the-lords-appendix-to-the-doctrine-and-covenants?lang=eng)
-It is said that Elder Nelson said at a Stake Conference that we are currently in the 7th seal.
-“Joseph Smith showed that a careful reading of the book of Revelation can place limits on permissible interpretations. He pointed out that the first three chapters of the book deal with John’s day and “things which must shortly come to pass” (Revelation 1:1) and that the rest of the book deals with “things which must be hereafter” (Revelation 4:1), or beyond John’s day. (footnote 5 of this text pertains to this area of the text and says “Of course, as Joseph Smith knew, the first five of the seven seals deal with past events, but these serve to highlight the theme of a purpose or an endpoint to human history, culminating in the events leading up to the Second Coming—well beyond John’s day.”)“ (Dec. 2015 Ensign “Joseph Smith and the Book of Revelation” by David A. Edward Church Magazines; https://www.lds.org/ensign/2015/12/joseph-smith-and-the-book-of-revelation?lang=eng)
-“Some Things We Know about the Book of Revelation Because of Joseph Smith: Revelation 5–8: D&C 77:6–7, 12 The seven seals represent seven time periods. The final two deal with our day and beyond.” (Dec. 2015 Ensign “Joseph Smith and the Book of Revelation” by David A. Edward Church Magazines; https://www.lds.org/ensign/2015/12/joseph-smith-and-the-book-of-revelation?lang=eng)
-After the 7th seal is opened, there is a little season before the Second Coming. That time is cut short lest even the elect be lost. The seals represent 1000 year periods of time. The earth has a temporal lifespan of 7000 years (D&C 77). “Christ will come in the beginning of the seventh thousand years” (D&C 77 heading; D&C 77:12; also recall, your 1st year starts when you are at age 0! So the 7th thousand years starts at 6k years in!) The Millennium is to last 1000 years (D&C 29:11) (this makes 6k pre millennium + 1k millennium = 7k year temporal lifespan of earth). At the year 2000 AD, 6000 years will have passed since the beginning. Adam lived at 4000 BC. “The Bible dictionary of the LDS edition of the King James Bible places the Fall near 4000 B.C. (See Bible Dictionary, p. 635.)” (Oct. 1983 Ensign “Book of Revelation Overview” https://www.lds.org/ensign/1983/10/book-of-revelation-overview?lang=eng)

-“When the second seal is opened in the subsequent verses, John is shown something about the second thousand years. And so on through the first four seals. The fifth seal information presented to John represents both a time period and some events of which John knew a great deal. The Apostle is shown a representation of those who “were slain for the word of God” after the opening of the fifth seal. (Rev. 6:9.) For us, however, it is not until the sixth seal is opened (beginning atRev. 6:12) that we begin to deal with events yet to occur. The sixth seal covers the sixth thousand year period, which generally would be about 1000 A.D. to 2000 A.D. When we come to Revelation 8, we begin to read of the seventh seal, or the seventh thousand years of the earth’s temporal existence. During the early part of this period is when judgments come upon the earth in a final attempt to turn mankind’s heart to God; it will be sometime early in this period—how early is unspecified—when at last the earth will be cleansed, Christ will return, and the Millennium will begin. (D&C 77:12–13; note the clear reference to both a time period and events to occur after the opening of the seventh seal but before the time of the Second Coming.) The description of those seventh seal events fills most of the remainder of the book.” (Oct. 1983 Ensign “Book of Revelation Overview” https://www.lds.org/ensign/1983/10/book-of-revelation-overview?lang=eng)

-“Revelation’s Seven Seals: John’s seven seals give an overview of the seven thousand years of earth’s “temporal existence,” as follows: 1. (Rev. 6:1–2—about 4000 B.C. to 3000 B.C.) John sees a warrior, conquering. 2. (Rev. 6:3–4—about 3000 B.C. to 2000 B.C.) John sees a representation of human contention and death. 3. (Rev. 6:5–6—about 2000 B.C. to 1000 B.C.) John sees images of famine. 4. (Rev. 6:7–8—about 1000 B.C. to A.D. 1) John sees death by war, famine, beasts. 5. (Rev. 6:9–11—about A.D. 1 to A.D. 1000) John sees the martyrs for Christ of the early Christian era. 6. (About A.D. 1000 to A.D. 2000) Great Earthquake (Rev. 6:12–17) John sees a great earthquake; the sun darkens, the moon turns to blood, stars appear to fall; the wicked mistakenly fear that it is the end of the world. (See also JS—M 1:33; D&C 29:14; D&C 88:87.) 144,000 Sealed (Rev. 7:1–8) A scene shows that angels are held back from sending further judgment until 144,000 high priests can be “sealed” and called to “administer the everlasting gospel.” (See D&C 77:9–11.) Rewards for Those Who Endure Tribulations (Rev. 7:9–17) A heavenly scene, “before the throne”; John sees that a “great multitude, which no man could number” will obtain the rewards of the faithful through righteously enduring “tribulation.” 7. (About A.D. 2000 to A.D. 3000) Six Judgments (Rev. 8 and Rev. 9) Six of seven trumps now sound, signaling six coming judgments on the earth: (1) hail and fire mingled with blood are cast upon the earth (cf. Ex. 9:22–26; Ezek. 38:22); (2) a great burning mountain is cast into the sea (cf. Ex. 7:19–25); (3) a great star falls, affecting 1/3 of fresh water; (4) 1/3 of heavenly bodies turn dark (cf. Ex. 10:21–23); (5) sun is darkened by smoke; 5-month battle plagues mankind, of such extent it is called a “woe”; (6) a 13-month war plagues mankind, but men still don’t repent, suggesting clearly the purposes for the “judgments of God.” An Assignment to John (Rev. 10) At this point, an angel informs John of a “sweet” but “bitter” assignment for him to gather Israel “before the time of [Christ’s] coming .” (See D&C 77:12, 14.) Two Witnesses in Jerusalem (Rev. 11:1–14) John sees the gentiles “tread” Jerusalem “under foot” for 42 months. During that same period two witnesses of the Lord testify with great power. The period ends with an earthquake. Conditions now are such that the period is called a second “woe.” (See D&C 77:15.) Seventh Judgment (Rev. 11:14–19) The seventh angel trumps, and voices in heaven proclaim the coming earthly reign of Christ; lightnings, thunderings, an earthquake, and great hail follow—a “third woe” of mankind.” (Oct. 1983 Ensign “Book of Revelation Overview” https://www.lds.org/ensign/1983/10/book-of-revelation-overview?lang=eng)

-“the seven seals in the book described by John beginning in chapter 5 of Revelation represent seven major time periods in earth’s history and that the final two are the ones that deal with our day and beyond (see D&C 77:6–7), helping us see why John’s vision spends so much more time with the sixth and seventh seals. Joseph Smith’s revelation then goes on to explain how some of the figures in the sixth seal (the four angels and the 144,000 servants sealed from the tribes of Israel) relate to the work of the Restoration and gathering in the last days (see D&C 77:9–11).” (Dec. 2015 Ensign “Joseph Smith and the Book of Revelation” by David A. Edward Church Magazines; https://www.lds.org/ensign/2015/12/joseph-smith-and-the-book-of-revelation?lang=eng)

-The trumpets to prepare for the Millennium will sound in the beginning of the seventh thousand years (D&C 77:12)

-The 6th thousand years is the opening of the 6th seal (D&C 77:10), etc. (your 1st year starts when you are at age 0! So the 7th thousand years starts at 6k years in! Since year 2000 AD has passed, we are in the time of small season of preparations for the Millennium!)

-“Q. What are we to understand by the seven seals with which it was sealed? A. We are to understand that the first seal contains the things of the first thousand years, and the second also of the second thousand years, and so on until the seventh.” (D&C 77:7)

-“Q. What are we to understand by the sounding of the trumpets, mentioned in the 8th chapter of Revelation? A. We are to understand that as

God made the world in six days, and on the seventh day he finished his work, and sanctified it, and also formed man out of the dust of the earth, even so, in the beginning of the seventh thousand years will the Lord God sanctify the earth, and complete the salvation of man, and judge all things, and shall redeem all things, except that which he hath not put into his power, when he shall have sealed all things, unto the end of all things; and the sounding of the trumpets of the seven angels are the preparing and finishing of his work, in the beginning of the seventh thousand years—the preparing of the way before the time of his coming.” (D&C 77:12)

-After the 7th seal, there will be a half hour of silence before the coming of the Lord (Rev.

–7th seal opens (Rev. 8:1) then the 1/2 hour of silence (Rev. 8: 1) then the 7 trumpets given to 7 angels begin (Rev. 8:6-7); the 7th trumpet announces that the kingdoms of the world now belong to Christ (Rev. 11:15)

-The Book of Revelation says that after the opening of the 7th seal there will be a half hour of silence, then destructions and the coming of the Lord. Elder McConkie, as seen in his book The Millennial Messiah, said that one way to interpret this is that the 7th seal opens at year 2000 AD, then the half hour of silence happens. The half hour could equal 21 years, since 1000 years is a day to God. After these 21 years, at year 2021, would come the major destructions upon the land. A while after that, the Lord would come. Elder McConkie goes on to say that the coming of the Lord will be after the 7th seal is opened, citing the D&C, that a little while after that, the Second Coming happens. He says we don’t know whether it will be 20 50 or 100 years after that seal opening that Christ will come, we only know that it will be shortly after the opening of the 7th seal (2000 AD).

-“D&C 77:6–7. Why Was the Book Sealed That John Saw?

“‘The book which John saw’ represented the real history of the world—what the eye of God has seen, what the recording angel has written; and the seven thousand years, corresponding to the seven seals of the Apocalyptic volume, are as seven great days during which Mother Earth will fulfill her mortal mission, laboring six days and resting upon the seventh, her period of sanctification. These seven days do not include the period of our planet’s creation and preparation as a dwelling place for man. They are limited to Earth’s ‘temporal existence,’ that is, to Time, considered as distinct from Eternity.” (Whitney, Saturday Night Thoughts, p. 11.)” (Section 77 Questions and Answers on the Book of Revelation, Doctrine and Covenants Student Manual, (2002), 167–171; https://www.lds.org/manual/doctrine-and-covenants-student-manual/section-69-80/section-77-questions-and-answers-on-the-book-of-revelation?lang=eng)

-There is a period of time “after the opening of the seventh seal, before the coming of Christ” (D&C 77:13). This means that The Millennium won’t happen right at year 2,000 AD, but a little bit after!

-The D&C attests that the 1000 year marks are on what we call 1000 year marks, i.e. year 0, year 1000 AD, year 2000 AD, etc. This it does by showing that at year 0, Jesus was born. (D&C 20:1). However, this was not in the original version of D&C 20. Several prophets have said that April 6 is Christ’s birthday, seeming to have taken D&C 20:1 as revelation. Further reading on this, see http://en.fairmormon.org/Jesus_Christ/Date_of_birth.

-The Book of Mormon is an account is typical of future events. What happens in the text is that the destructions happen among the Nephites, then one year later, the Lord comes among the Nephites.

– “The day of the coming of the Lord is near. I do not know when…. I sincerely believe it will come in the very day when some of us who are here today [5 April 1936] will be living upon the face of the earth.” (President Joseph Fielding Smith ; see Doctrines of Salvation, 3:2-3; see also the Doctrine and Covenants Institute Manual pg. 61.)

-“Moreover the multitude of her strangers shall be like small dust, and the multitude of the terrible ones shall be as chaff that passeth away: yea, it shall be at an instant suddenly.” (JST Isa. 29:5)

(for further discussion of this happening suddenly, see “Valleys Exalted” https://richardsonstudies.wordpress.com/category/valleys-exalted/)

–“According to our Prophet’s teachings, God gave to this planet, Mother Earth, seven thousand years as the period of “its temporal existence;” and four thousand years, or four of those great days, had passed before Christ was crucified, while nearly two thousand years, or two more days, have gone by since. Consequently, we stand at the present moment in the Saturday Evening of Time, near the close of the sixth day, at the week’s end of human history. Morning will break upon the Millennium, the thousand years of peace, the Sabbath of the World.”

(Orson F. Whitney, Conference Report, April 1920, p.123)

-“Lest coming suddenly he find you sleeping.” (Mark 13:36)

-No man knows the day or the hour of the Savior’s final appearance (see Joseph Smith—Matthew 1:40; D&C 49:6–7; 133:10–11).

–“Jesus Christ never did reveal to any man the precise time that He would come. Go and read the Scriptures, and you cannot find anything that specifies the exact hour He would come; and all that say so are false teachers” (Smith, Teachings, 341).
(The Doctrines of the Gospel Student Manual Ch. 36 “The Lord’s Second Coming”)
-“The precise time of Christ’s coming has not been made known to man. By learning to comprehend the signs of the times, by watching the development of the work of God among the nations, and by noting the rapid fulfilment of significant prophecies, we may perceive the progressive evidence of the approaching event: ‘But the hour and the day no man knoweth, neither the angels in heaven, nor shall they know until he comes’ [D&C 49:7]. His coming will be a surprise to those who have ignored His warnings, and who have failed to watch. ‘As a thief in the night’ will be the coming of the day of the Lord unto the wicked [2 Peter 3:10; 1 Thessalonians 5:2]” (James E. Talmage, The Articles of Faith, 362–63).
(The Doctrines of the Gospel Student Manual Ch 36 “The Lord’s Second Coming”)
-Joseph Smith said that the time it will be revealed to the prophet. He pointed out that when Jesus said no man knoweth the hour, he was referring to those living at the time, not to a general overall time. He used Amos 3:7 to prove this.

-“The Prophet Joseph Smith believed in a rigorous adherence to the literal meaning of the biblical text. “What is the rule of interpretation?” he asked. “Just no interpretation at all.” It should be “understood precisely as it reads.” (The Words of Joseph Smith, ed. Andrew F. Ehat and Lyndon W. Cook (1980), p161) An example of this was his use of Amos 3:7 to refute speculation about the date of the Second Coming. In the early 1840s, Baptist William Miller stirred considerable national interest with his prediction that the Second Coming would occur in 1843. When one of Miller’s followers claimed to have seen the “sign of the Son of Man” as predicted in Matthew 24 [Matt. 24], Joseph replied: “He has not seen the sign of the Son of Man, as foretold by Jesus; neither has any man … for the Lord hath not shown me any such sign; and as the prophet saith, so it must be—‘Surely the Lord God will do nothing but He revealeth His secret unto His servants the prophets.’ (See Amos 3:7.) Therefore hear this, O earth: The Lord will not come to reign over the righteous, in this world, in 1843, nor until everything for the Bridegroom is ready.” (History of the Church, 5:291.) Of the Savior’s words that no man knows the day or the hour of the coming of the Son of Man (see Matt. 24:36), the Prophet asked: “Did Christ speak this as a general principle throughout all generations? Oh, no, He spoke in the present tense. No man that was then living upon the footstool of God knew the day or the hour. But He did not say that there was no man throughout all generations that should not know the day or the hour. No, for this would be in flat contradiction with other scripture. For the prophet says that God will do nothing but what He will reveal unto His servants the prophets. Consequently, if it is not made known to the prophets, it will not come to pass.” (The Words of Joseph Smith, ed. Andrew F. Ehat and Lyndon W. Cook (1980), 180–81. Also: Joseph Smith, discourse of 6 Apr. 1843; cited in Joseph Smith’s Commentary of the Bible, Kent P. Jackson, ed. and comp., 112)…Another inspired literal interpretation that has had a far-reaching effect on our doctrine is the Prophet’s reading of Isaiah 2:3 [Isa. 2:3]: “Out of Zion shall go forth the law, and the word of the Lord from Jerusalem.” He taught that the words Zion and Jerusalem, rather than being an example of Hebrew poetic parallelism, which would make the terms synonymous, referred to two different places, suggesting that nearly every mention of Zion in Old Testament prophecy points toward the New Jerusalem to be built in America.” (THE PROPHET JOSEPH SMITH’S USE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT by Grant Underwood; August 2002; https://www.lds.org/ensign/2002/08/the-prophet-joseph-smiths-use-of-the-old-testament?lang=eng#footnote12-22908_000_008)

-“Wherefore, as those who have been destroyed have been destroyed speedily; and the multitude of their terrible ones shall be as chaff that passeth away—yea, thus saith the Lord God: It shall be at an instant, suddenly—” (2 Ne. 26:18)

–Gen. Conf. April 2016 opening prayer: “we strive to be worthy to welcome in the Second Coming of Thy Son”

-Elder Nelson in a 2016 worldwide broadcast to the youth said that we are Millennials in a very different sense than the world calls us, and this he knows based on spiritual promptings he has been receiving from the Holy Ghost. He said that our role is to help prepare people to live in the Millennium. See https://www.lds.org/broadcasts/article/worldwide-devotionals/2016/01/becoming-true-millennials?lang=eng Here is the quote: “” We are grateful for each time you stand up and speak up for truth—especially when it is not popular.

Many people refer to you as Millennials. I’ll admit that when researchers refer to you by that word and describe what their studies reveal about you—your likes and dislikes, your feelings and inclinations, your strengths and weaknesses—I’m uncomfortable. There is something about the way they use the term Millennial that bothers me. And frankly, I am less interested in what the experts have to say about you than what the Lord has told me about you.

When I pray about you and ask the Lord how He feels about you, I feel something far different from what the researchers say. Spiritual impressions I’ve received about you lead me to believe that the term Millennial may actually be perfect for you. But for a much different reason than the experts may ever understand.

The term Millennial is perfect for you if that term reminds you of who you really are and what your purpose in life really is. A True Millennial is one who was taught and did teach the gospel of Jesus Christ pre-mortally and who made covenants with our Heavenly Father there about courageous things—even morally courageous things—that you would do while here on earth.

A True Millennial is a man or woman whom God trusted enough to send to earth during the most compelling dispensation in the history of this world. A True Millennial is a man or woman who lives now to help prepare the people of this world for the Second Coming of Jesus Christ and His millennial reign. Make no mistake about it—you were born to be a True Millennial… Expect and prepare to accomplish the impossible. God has always asked His covenant children to do difficult things. Because you are covenant-keeping sons and daughters of God, living in the latter part of these latter days, the Lord will ask you to do difficult things. You can count on it—Abrahamic tests did not stop with Abraham.4“”

-“¶Therefore shall evil come upon thee; thou shalt not know from whence it riseth: and mischief shall fall upon thee; thou shalt not be able to put it off: and desolation shall come upon thee suddenly, which thou shalt not know.” (Isa. 47:11)

-“The Lord who shall suddenly come to his temple; the Lord who shall come down upon the world with a curse to judgment; yea, upon all the nations that forget God, and upon all the ungodly among you.” (D&C 133:2)

-like the fig tree getting leaves, we know it’s near time; watch the prophecies

-the children of light are not to be taken as a thief in the night pertaining to Jesus’ coming, and are instructed to watch (1 Thes. 5:4-6)

-the book of revelation can be taken very symbolically, and much of it can already be fulfilled.

-need Armageddon which could be symbolic of the turmoil of our time

-need Adam-ondi-Ahman to happen before the 2nd Coming. (see Millennial Messiah)

-the Church in wilderness 3.5 years.

-Jerusalem under siege 3.5 years.

-Prophets slain in street after prophesying 3.5 years must happen first.

–The coming of the Lord is near, and “it overtaketh the world as a thief in the night” (D&C 106:4; see v. 5; 1 Thessalonians 5:2–4; Matthew 24:42–44).

-A trump will sound long and loud to signal the Lord’s final appearance (see D&C 43:18; 29:13;88:94; 49:23).

-“The Savior will appear to all the world sometime in the beginning of the seventh thousand years of the earth’s temporal existence (see D&C 77:12–13).” (The Doctrines of the Gospel Student Manual Ch. 36 “The Lord’s Second Coming”)
–“At the time appointed by the Father, the Son of Man will come in the clouds of heaven. It is an unknown day in the beginning of the seventh thousand years of the earth’s temporal continuance. War, such as has not been known from the beginning of time, is in progress. All nations are assembled at Armageddon. “All things are in commotion. Never has there been such a day as this. The newspapers of the world, as well as radio and television, speak only of war and calamity and the dread that hangs like a millstone around every neck. …
“And the signs in heaven above are like nothing man has ever seen. Blood is everywhere; fire and vapors of smoke fill the atmospheric heavens. No man has seen a rainbow this year. …
“And above all are the vexing words of those Mormon Elders! They are everywhere preaching their strange doctrine, saying that the coming of the Lord is near, and that unless men repent and believe the gospel they will be destroyed by the brightness of his coming.
“In this setting, as these and ten thousand like things are in progress, suddenly, quickly, as from the midst of eternity, He comes! Fire burns before him; tempests spread destruction; the earth trembles and reels to and fro as a drunken man. Every corruptible thing is consumed. He sets his foot on the Mount called Olivet; it cleaves in twain. The Lord has returned and the great millennium is here! The year of his redeemed has arrived!” (McConkie, Millennial Messiah, 21–22). (The Doctrines of the Gospel Student Manual Ch. 36 “The Lord’s Second Coming”)
-It is an act of righteousness, yea of love for God, to look for the signs of the Second Coming of Christ (D&C 45:39). These people shall indeed see signs and wonders (D&C 45:39). Even he who watches for Christ won’t be cut off (D&C 45:44). For a more full account of D&C 45 about the last days and Second Coming, see of the JST of the New Testament (D&C 45:60). This will enable further preparation for that day (D&C 45:61).
-“D&C 77:8. Four Angels Sent from God with Power to Save Life and to Destroy It
President Joseph Fielding Smith explained that “these angels seem to fit the description of the angels spoken of in the parable of the wheat and the tares, (Matt. 13:24–43 and D. & C. 86:17), who plead with the Lord that they might go forth to reap down the field. They were told to let the wheat and the tares grow together to the time of the end of the harvest, which is the end of the world (Matt. 13:38–39). … These angels have been given power over the four parts [quarters] of the earth and they have the power of committing the everlasting Gospel to the peoples of the earth. The fullness of the Gospel was not restored by any one messenger sent from the presence of the Lord. All the ancient prophets who held keys and came and restored them, had a hand in this great work of restoration. There are, we learn from this revelation, four angels unto whom the power has been given, to shut up the heavens, to open them and with power unto life and also unto death and destruction. These are now at work in the earth on their sacred mission.” (Church History and Modern Revelation, 1:300–301.) Susa Young Gates reported an address by President Wilford Woodruff in which he declared: “Those angels have left the portals of heaven, and they stand over this people and this nation now, and are hovering over the earth waiting to pour out the judgments. And from this very day they shall be poured out.” (Young Women’s Journal, Aug. 1894, p. 512; see also Notes and Commentary for D&C 86:5.)” (Section 77 Questions and Answers on the Book of Revelation, Doctrine and Covenants Student Manual, (2002), 167–171; https://www.lds.org/manual/doctrine-and-covenants-student-manual/section-69-80/section-77-questions-and-answers-on-the-book-of-revelation?lang=eng)

-“the Book of Mormon, brought forth through the Prophet Joseph Smith, teaches us that we were meant to have John’s description of the events leading up to the Second Coming of Jesus Christ and that it is worthy of our study.” (Dec. 2015 Ensign “Joseph Smith and the Book of Revelation” by David A. Edward Church Magazines; https://www.lds.org/ensign/2015/12/joseph-smith-and-the-book-of-revelation?lang=eng)

-While I was taking a class from Donald Parry, BYU professor of Hebrew, he told us that he has an LDS Jewish friend, whom is about age 50 or 60, and when in a most holy place of the temple one day, around year 2016, she received a powerful impression that she would be an ordinance worker in the temple at Jerusalem. So she went and learned Hebrew to help her be prepared!

-The dedication of the Rome Italy Temple is “a hinge-point in the history of the Church. Things are going to move forward at an accelerated pace. The Church is going to have an unprecedented future, unparalleled. We’re just building up to what is ahead now.” (President Russel M Nelson, remarks at Rome temple dedication 2019. See https://www.thechurchnews.com/leaders-and-ministry/2019-03-15/president-nelson-talks-unprecedented-future-of-church-following-rome-italy-temple-dedication-49233?fbclid=IwAR1VeKe0WxZ4FtPs38zMaKogR4Qbh9DLTEKLSKtaVAIsNneUciZ8ZKWZLNk )

-“God has saved for the final inning some of his strongest children, who will help bear off the Kingdom triumphantly. And that is where you come in, for you are the generation that must be prepared to meet your God.” (In His Steps by Ezra Taft Benson (then of the 12 Apostles, later president of the church) Mar. 4, 1979, BYU Devotional, https://speeches.byu.edu/talks/ezra-taft-benson_in-christs-steps/)

 

 

 

A Marked Generation

 

 

 

-“For nearly six thousand years, God has held you in reserve to make your appearance in the final days before the Second Coming of the Lord. Every previous gospel dispensation has drifted into apostasy, but ours will not. True, there will be some individuals who will fall away; but the kingdom of God will remain intact to welcome the return of its head—even Jesus Christ. While our generation will be comparable in wickedness to the days of Noah, when the Lord cleansed the earth by flood, there is a major difference this time. It is that God has saved for the final inning some of his strongest children, who will help bear off the Kingdom triumphantly. And that is where you come in, for you are the generation that must be prepared to meet your God. All through the ages the prophets have looked down through the corridors of time to our day. Billions of the deceased and those yet to be born have their eyes on us. Make no mistake about it—you are a marked generation. There has never been more expected of the faithful in such a short period of time as there is of us. Never before on the face of this earth have the forces of evil and the forces of good been as well organized. Now is the great day of the devil’s power, with the greatest mass murderers of all time living among us. But now is also the great day of the Lord’s power, with the greatest number ever of priesthood holders on the earth. And the showdown is fast approaching. Each day the forces of evil and the forces of good pick up new recruits. Each day we personally make many decisions that show where our support will go. The final outcome is certain—the forces of righteousness will finally win. What remains to be seen is where each of us personally, now and in the future, will stand in this fight—and how tall we will stand. Will we be true to our last-days, foreordained mission? Great battles can make great heroes, but heroes will make great battle. You will never have a better opportunity to be a greater hero in a more crucial battle than in the battle you will face today and in the immediate future. Be warned that some of the greatest battles you will face will be fought within the silent chambers of your own soul. David’s battles in the field against the foe were not as critical as David’s battles in the palace against a lustful eye. We will each find our own battlefield. The tactics that the enemy will use against us will vary from time to time; he will feel after our weak spots. We must be alert to the devil’s devious designs, to the subtle sins and clever compromises as well as the obvious offenses.” (In His Steps by Ezra Taft Benson (then of the 12 Apostles, later president of the church) Mar. 4, 1979, BYU Devotional, https://speeches.byu.edu/talks/ezra-taft-benson_in-christs-steps/)

 

-“It may be, for instance, that nothing except the power of faith and the authority of the priesthood can save individuals and congregations from the atomic holocausts that surely shall be…

We do not say that all of the Saints will be spared and saved from the coming day of desolation. But we do say there is no promise of safety and no promise of security except for those who love the Lord and who are seeking to do all that he commands.”

(Bruce R McConkie-Stand Independent above All Other Creatures)

 

 

 

Notes on A Marvelous Work and a Wonder by LeGrand Richards

For an audio video presentation of this article: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qrxz2w-405Q

-Luke 10:1 we are sent out 2 by 2 as them of old. We are who Jeremiah spoke of when he said I will send hunters to gather them from the rocks and the fishers to search and gather Israel.

-Instruction in the New Testament not to go house to house is thus: the missionaries go on a house. Should the spirit of the Lord be there, then the missionaries are to stay and teach the gospel fully so that there is a witness against that people if they reject it or a blessing to them if they accept it. Too many missionaries run away from the work rather than running to it.

-Missionaries are not going forth to argue and debate. They must tell our story energetically and enthusiastically and then their hearers will become listeners and questioners.

-Telling of the gospel is not just dooming people bringing judgement upon them, rather it’s like building a foundation for a house. We can’t judge yet, the house is not yet finished. People can’t judge the truthfulness of the gospel without having heard it.

-When you find a house that has the peace of the Lord there, we as missionaries should visit it at least once a week for the next 6 months giving them presentations about the gospel. The spirit of the Lord must be there since the letter killeth and the spirit giveth life. 2 Cor. 3:6.

-Some topics missionaries teach take more than one visit to cover. When investigator is asked to read from the bible it is wise that the investigator turn to the passage in his own bible and read with you. It is much more impressive than when the missionary quotes or reads from his own book.

-The LDS Church is the only Christian church which does not merely depend on the bible for it’s instruction. We appeal to it. The Restored gospel teachings are in accord with it.

-One well known radio broadcaster was asked what would be the most important message to broadcast to the world. After thinking a while he said it would be a message from someone who had been dead, then received a message from God, then returned from the dead to give us that message. Hence the LDS have a great message to share. That is the Book of Mormon, a detailed account of the resurrected Jesus’ teachings.

-Jeremiah said they shall sing in the heights of Zion. He was referring to the LDS pilgrimage to the west, and the singing of the Mormon Tabernacle Choir, an over 300 member choir, and it will continue to fulfill this prophecy.

-Moses speaking of the land of Joseph was referring to this land America. Blessed be this land for the precious things from above and beneath. The precious things and the chief things of the ancient mountains and the precious things on the lasting hills and for the precious things of the earth and the fullness there of (Deut. 33:13-16).

-The blessing of Jacob to his son Joseph Gen 49:22-26 these are blessings about America.

-Joseph’s land would be choice above all other lands the Book of Mormon says.

-70 times the Book of Mormon uses the word precious in describing the land (USA) and it’s blessings. These are in actual fulfillment. You will see that as you travel among the valleys of the Saints in the Rocky Mountains.

-Jer. said and they shall not sorrow or anymore toil. Then shall the virgin rejoice and dance both young men and old together and make them rejoice in their sorrow. This is completely fulfilled. If you heard the testimony meetings of the Saints after their trek west when they arrived in the valleys of the Rocky Mountains and expressed their gratitude to the Lord for having brought them here you would know it’s been completely fulfilled. If you would have attended their dances and seen how both the young and old would dance. Practically every ward or branch or congregation has adjoining the chapel a cultural hall. The young and old rejoice together. Surly the Lord has turned their mourning into joy and made them rejoice from their sorrow.

-“And I will satiate the soul and the place with fatness and my people will be satisfied with my goodness”. “Members of the Priesthood in the Church aren’t paid for their services. Thousands have left their families to do missionary work in the nations of the earth paying their own expenses and without funds from the Church yet they are the best paid of anyone because of the joy and satisfaction that the Lord plants in their hearts which couldn’t have POSSIBLY been purchased with money. Thus he has satiated the soul of the priest with fatness and his people are satisfied at his goodness. Where else in all the world in all the annals of history can you find a fulfillment of this prophecy from Jeremiah? This is literal fulfillment, yea, this gathering of the LDS to the mountains in these latter-days. “

-The Lord said via Isa. 11:10-12 about setting his hand to recover his people for the second time: This is plainly the gathering of the seed of Joseph that has been scattered among Gentile nations and among the seed of Judah. This is the LDS. This is an Ensign to the people.

-“The mountain of the Lord’s house will be established in the top of the mountains exalted above the hills and all nations shall flow unto it many people shall say come ye and let us go up to the mountain of the Lord to the house of the God of Jacob and he will teach us in his ways and we will walk in his paths for out of Zion shall go forth the law and from Jerusalem the word of the Lord Isa. 2:2-3. The Lords house established in the top of the mountains: only those associated with The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints in the last dispensation will understand how literally this has been fulfilled. In order that the Saints may enjoy the sealing privileges in the house of the God of Jacob they have gathered from the nations of the earth for the missionaries have carried the message of the Restored gospel of Jesus Christ to them and now we are seeing the holy temples erected in many of these lands. The law of the Lord is going forth from Zion as will ultimately the word of the Lord from JERUSALEM. The establishment of the house of the Lord in the top of the mountains and the gathering of all nations unto it will proceed the judgements of the Lord which shall be followed by a day when nations shall not lift up sword against nation neither shall they learn war anymore Isa. 2:4. We are all hopeful that we are approaching the day when the Lord foretold the anticipated. This part is not yet fulfilled.”

-“How better can they describe the horses wheels as flint than a train or how better describe an airplane than to say it shall not slumber. It can go all night. The Lord can hiss unto people unto the end of the earth to come with speed swiftly; they also understood this gathering would be in the mountains and that the Lord would cause the desert to rejoice and blossom as the rose. In this respect it is remarkable to see what role water was to play in redeeming the desert and wilderness as the gathering place of latter-day Israel. As the prophets described it: The wilderness shall be glad for them and the desert shall rejoice and blossom as a rose; it shall blossom abundantly and rejoice even with joy and singing. The glory of Lebanon shall be given unto it, the excellency of Carmel and Sharon and they shall see the glory of the Lord and the excellency of our God. Then shall the eyes of the blind be opened and the ears of the deaf be unstopped and the lame man leap and the tongue of the dumb speak and then the wilderness shall water cover it and the thirsty land become springs of water.”

-The ransomed of the Lord have returned and come to Zion with songs of everlasting joy upon their heads. And the desert has blossomed and so forth.

-Introduction of irrigation could be one of the “new things” the Lord inspired his servants to teach unto his people when they entered the valleys of the mountains which made possible the fulfillment of his promises to cause the desert to rejoice and blossom as the rose. To make a way in the wilderness and in the desert. (*also I say these roads I drive across the country are a way make to get through the wilderness.)

-The people in the west from Utah have become so prosperous that they have been able to send their posterity all around the world to preach the gospel. This is Gods blessing.

-“I will open rivers of high places”: this could be referring to reservoirs which are built so we could use water as needed. This fulfillments of prophecy have so changed the wilderness that it’s been possible to plant types of trees and flowers that otherwise would not grow. “That they may see and consider and know and understand together that the hand of the Lord hath done this and the holy one of Israel hath created it”. All this therefore may be regarded as the work of the holy one of Israel as a part of the gathering in the latter-days.

-Jim Bridger said he would give 1000 dollars to see an ear of corn grow in the west. They all thought that land wasn’t worth “a pinch of snuff.” It was barren desert before the Saints came. It was no good. No agricultural use at all.

-Joseph Smith prophecies that the Saints would be chased all the way out to the Rocky Mountains and that many would die on the way, and some would apostasies, and some would get there to see the Saints become a mighty people.

-Trust the prophets’ interpretations of the scripture like a light in a dark place. Someday there will be light all around but right now all we have is the prophets for lights.

-The coming of Moses to the prophet Joseph Smith is a great fulfillment of prophecy. It is also very important to tell the world about since it’s someone with a great message that committing of the gathering of Israel is big news.

-Abraham was told in scripture that through his seed, which is his Priesthood, all the world would be blessed.

-D&C 27:5-7 speaks of Christ coming to drink the fruit of the vine with us with Moroni and John the Baptist and others. That event will happen.

-This church is a missionary church. It is how we ‘call on him that has not believed’ they reach all the world. ‘How can they preach except they shall be sent’? How beautiful are the feet of them who preach the gospel of peace and bring glad tidings of good things Rom. 10:14-15. And how is the whole world going to hear about this important message if we don’t do missionary work? How is scattered Israel going to be gathered unless we share?

-Paul said how shall they preach except they be sent. He knew that you can’t self-appoint yourself to preach the gospel.

-Rev. 14 this prophecies that the gospel would be carried to all the inhabitants of the earth it is a great work we have to do.

-We are privileged to live in the day of the preparation of the Kingdom for the advent of the King.

-Spirit bodies look like our bodies. Physical bodies are only houses for spirit bodies to live in.

-All are literally posterity of Heavenly Father and have capacity to become like him.

-Jesus said “our Father which art in heaven” emphasizing that not only he is a son of God but everyone is.

-Prov. 8 speaks of rejoicing before the world was. Hence there is pre mortality.

-Prov. 8:22-31 this is pre mortality scripture. Speaks of at death returning to the spirit world.

-Eccl. 12 speaks of how when we die our spirit goes back to God. How could it go back if it was never there in the first place? This proves pre mortality.

-The LDS stand alone in their capacity to explain the answer to the question “from whence is man?”

-Job speaks of spirits shouting for joy in pre mortality they did this knowing they would get to come to mortality and the wonderful opportunity it would be to grow and the wonderful capacities we would have.

-the first estate has been kept by us here on earth, the second estate if we keep, will bring us glory forever; purpose for being on this earth is testing.

-many devils, legion, inhabited the man spoken of in the bible, they wanted bodies so badly that they were even willing to go into swine when Jesus was casting them out of a human body.

-Melchizedek Priesthood is needed for exaltation as we see in the Doctrine and Covenants for it says who receive that Priesthood, the higher priesthood, they are Christs’ and Christ is Gods’. This is the Church of the firstborn, those who get the Celestial Kingdom. It is not necessarily the case that all holders of the Melchizedek Priesthood are members of the Church of the firstborn, but that is one of the necessary parts of it.

-in some cases, one can be saved as an angel in heaven and yet not be exalted. See D&C 131

-the latter-day student sees his education as part of the preparation for his exaltation. the LDS’ education is second to none in the nation or the world. Utah compared to other states stands first in the percentage of the total population aged 3-34 enrolled in school. Utah stands first in the percentage of the total population enrolled in school at every age level except ages 16-17 where Minnesota ranks first. Utah stands first in the average years of school completed for all of it’s citizens age 25 and older. Utah stands highest in the net migration to it’s institutions of higher education. It is among the highest of medical schools. Utah is found to have no major deficiencies unlike other states. Why has Utah done so well? It’s not the richest or oldest or best located for educational development, this is because the majority of the LDS are there.

-Brigham Young said education is the power to appreciate life.

-Cancer and mortality rate in Utah is lowest in the entire country and lowest in the use of alcohol and cigarettes, about half as much as everywhere else in the US.

-Jesus was attacked by Satan from the beginning as was Joseph Smith. Satan attacked Joseph Smith at age 14 when he prayed. Satan was not attacking other boys at age 14 when they prayed. There were no divine manifestations to Joseph Smith yet up to this point so Satan had to know from a pre mortal knowledge, which he keeps with him, that Joseph had a work to do for God.

-the reason Joseph Smith will be evil spoken of in all nations is because of Satan’s determination to destroy the work of the Lord.

-Franklin D Richards said that Jesus Christ is called the very eternal father of heaven and earth because he is the CREATOR of heaven and earth.

-Spiritual bodies are begotten bodies from Heavenly Father. Spirits can think feel rejoice make decisions etc., the body is just the house for the spirit.

-In Utah, there are more college graduates by its ratio than any other state in the nation.

-LDS youth take their school very seriously as a part of their eternal progression which will lead to joy; they also teach free seminary classes in Utah and where they can.

-Those persecuting Jesus was mainly from the religious leaders of that time. Same with Joseph Smith.

-You can’t just say the Church is persecuted because of polygamy; Joseph Smith was persecuted from age 14 when he first started telling of the revelation he had seen from God. Persecution happened to the church way before polygamy.

-there are 3000 books written on George Washington in possession of the US library, but there are 20,000 written on Joseph Smith in the Church library. This is proof that the wisdom of the wise shall perish.

-1949 vol. 2 Improvement Era: Leo Tolstoy speaks of how if Mormonism goes unchanged for 3 more generations it will be the greatest power in the world. The religious social and economic teachings of the Church will help the people get along, and it helped start America, and would not die out like other movements.

 

 

Prophets Call for Food Storage etc. for the Coming Famine

 

 

-“The first season that we came here I recollect that Brother Brigham proclaimed the policy of our laying up grain, and told us to lay up a seven years supply, and prepare for a famine.” (Heber C. Kimball, The Deseret News 6:38; June 10, 1855)
-“The Lord, through his prophet, has called the mothers of Israel to prepare for a famine. . . .We are well assured that the time is fast approaching when the Lord will pour out his indignation on the nations, and although we should escape, we will feel the effects in a national capacity. Our hearts must be hard indeed if we will not feel for those who may come to us for help. The Lord showed his servant Joseph that such things would come, and it was of such a nature and so distressing and revolting to humanity to witness, that he asked the Lord to close it up.” (Woman’s Exponent, Dec. 1, 1876)
-“There are a few things I want to say. One is, take care of your grain; for it is of more worth to you than gold and silver. I know you will see harder times before another harvest than you have seen this season. There is enough, and we need never want bread, but if we do not take the right course we are sure to see sorrow, and the greatest you have ever seen.” (Life of Heber C. Kimball, p. 411, 1853)

-“Build yourselves good store-houses and save your grain for a time of famine, and sickness, and death upon the nations of the wicked, to get rid of the evil doers.” (Heber C. Kimball, JD 3:227, 1856)
-“The time has come for us to lay up our stores. Will the world follow our example? No, they will not; and if we do our duty, who cares whether they do or not. They will come with their bonnets, their fine clothing, and their jewelry, and be glad to work for us to get their bread.” (Heber C. Kimball, JD 5:10)
-“I would like to see the people take a course to make their own clothing, make their own machinery, their own knives and their own forks, and everything else we need, for the day will come when we will be under the necessity of doing it, for trouble and perplexity, war and famine, bloodshed and fire, and thunder and lightning will roll upon the nations of the earth, insomuch that we cannot get to them, nor they to us.” (Life of Heber C. Kimball, p. 411)
-“After the Angel Moroni appeared to the Prophet Joseph Smith September 21, 1832, he [Joseph] said: “He informed me of great judgments which were coming upon the earth, with great desolations by FAMINE, sword, and pestilence; and that these grievous judgments would come on the earth in this generation.”” (DHC 1:14)
-“Harder times are coming by and bye, and there is going to be an awful famine. And if we do right, we shall take a course to lay up our surplus grain.” (Heber C. Kimball, JD 109, 1856)
-“I will not say much more about grain; you can do as you please. I might just as well say nothing about it, for I know none will listen to it but good Saints, men of God, and men that have an experience, and can see things as they are: they are the men that will save this people. If one to fifty proves a Savior in the end, I shall think that things are much better than I expected to find them.” (Heber C. Kimball, JD 8:246, 1860)
-“I tell you in the name of the Lord God, I know the gate of plenty will be shut down, and your wheat and corn will be blasted; the earth will cease to yield in her strength if this people do not appreciate their blessings, and improve upon them. Further, if this people appreciate these blessings, we will see the time yet, in these mountains, when the people will come from our native countries for bread. If we are faithful, if we are true, if we are humble, and appreciate the blessings of heaven that are poured upon us, and improve upon them, strangers will seek bread at our hands, but, if we neglect our duty, if we become proud, idle, selfish, or covetous, and forget our God, the earth will cease to yield her fruits, they will be blasted, and we will be in poverty; that you may be assured of.” (Brigham Young, Deseret News, Oct. 16, 1852)
-“Will the United States send troops here? Yes. And when they have done, the other inhabitants of the earth will send them. . . . Will you go to work now, and lay up your grain?” (Heber C. Kimball, JD 5:180, 1857)
-“What is going to be the condition of this people and their surrounding neighbors. Do we not see the storm gathering? It will come from the northeast and the southeast, from the east and from the west, and from the northwest. The clouds are gathering; the distant thunders can be heard; the grumblings and mutterings in the distance are audible, and tell of destruction, want, and famine. But mark it well, if we live according to the holy Priesthood bestowed upon us, while God bears rule in the midst of these mountains, I promise you, in the name of Israel’s God, that he will give us seed-time and harvest. We must forfeit our right to the Priesthood before the blessings of the Heavens cease to come upon us. . . .
And here let me say to you, buy what flour you need, and do not let it be hauled away. Have you a horse, or an ox, or a wagon, or anything else, if it takes the coat off your back, or the shoes off your feet, and you have to wear moccasins? Sell them and go to the merchants who have it to sell, and buy the flour before it is hauled away. . . .My faith does not lead me to think the Lord will provide us with roast pigs, bread already buttered, etc. He will give us the ability to raise the grain, to obtain the fruits of the earth, to make habitations, to procure a few boards to make a box, and when harvest comes, giving us the grain, it is for us to preserve it–to save the wheat until we have one, two, five, or seven years’ provisions on hand, until there is enough of the staff of life saved by the people to bread themselves and those who will come here seeking for safety. . . .
Do you see any necessity, Latter-day Saints, for providing for the thousands coming here?. . .The time is coming when. . .this is the only place where there will be peace. There will be war, famine, pestilence, and misery through the nations of the earth, and there will be no safety in any place but Zion, as has been foretold by the Prophets of the Lord, both anciently and in our day.. . .Buy flour, you who can;. . .And then, when the people come here by thousands, you will be able to feed them. What will be your feelings, when the women and children begin to cry in your ears, with not a man to protect them? You can believe it or not, but the time is coming when a good man will be more precious than fine gold. . . .Joseph said, many and many a time, to us,–“Never be anxious for the Lord to pour out his judgments upon the nation; many of you will see the distress and evils poured out upon this nation till you will weep like children.” (Brigham Young, JD 10:292-95, 1864)
-“Missouri is cracked up to be the greatest honey country that there is on the earth; but it will not be many years before they cannot raise a spoonful in that land, nor in Illinois, or in any other land where they fight against God. Mildew shall come upon their honey, their bees, and their crops; and famine and desolation shall come upon the nation like a whirlwind. . . .Shall we ever be brought to want? I tell you, if we live our religion, we never shall. Cannot God Almighty send manna here, honey, and everything else, just as well as he could in the days of Moses? This is the last dispensation, and it has got all the power, the interest, the miracles that were in all of them, and tenfold more. . .The maple trees in the States will be blasted; yes, and they might as well try to make sugar from an oak tree; and everything else will be mildewed and go to destruction, when we shall have thousands.
Have not we felt the rod? Yes; and God says judgment shall come, and it shall commence at the house of God first, and then it will come upon those that have rebelled in the house of God; and of all the suffering that ever fell upon men and women will fall upon the apostates. . . .” (Heber C. Kimball, JD 5:93-94, 1857
-“Lay up your stores, and take your silks and fine things, and exchange them for grain and such things as you need, and the time will come when we will be obliged to depend upon our own resources; for the time is not far distant when the curtain will be dropped between us and the United States. . . You will also see the day that you will wish you had laid up your grain, if you do not do it now; for you will see the day, if you do not take care of the blessings God has given to you, that you will become servants, the same as the world will.. . . I will prove to you that I will put my faith with my works and layup stores for my family and for my friends that are in the United States, and I will be to them as Joseph was to the people in the land of Egypt. Every man and woman will be a saviour if they will do as I say. . . .It behooves us to be saving and to prepare for the time to come. The day will come when the people of the United States will come lugging their bundles under their arms, coming to us for bread to eat. Every Prophet has spoken of this from the early ages of the world. Already we begin to see sickness, trouble, death, famine, and pestilence; and more yet awaits the nations of the wicked. Jesus said, When you hear of these things in foreign nations–destruction and desolation, you may then look forth for my coming, and know that it is nigh at hand.” (Heber C. Kimball, JD 5:10, 1857)
-“Follow the example if you think it is a good one, and lay up stores of grain, against the time of need, for you will see the time when there will not be a kernel raised and when thousands and millions will come to this people for bread.” (Heber C. Kimball, JD 3:252, 1856)
-“We have done first rate; but we can wake up more, and keep waking up, and attend to the things you have been told to attend to; and one of them is, to lay up stores of corn, wheat, oats, peas, beans, buck wheat, and everything else that can be preserved; for you will see a day when you will want it; and it will be when we shall feel the effects of famine, and when the United States have not any food. And inasmuch as we are wise and prudent in this matter, we shall have power over them, and they cannot help themselves.” (Heber C. Kimball, JD 4:330, 1857)
-“But the day will be, and it is right at our doors, when thousands and millions in the United States and in the old countries will come to us and render to us all the rich things that this earth affords, in exchange for food.” (Heber C. Kimball, JD 5:255, 1857)
-“The day will come when millions of people will flock to us for bread, and thousands of them will be honest; they will be the elect of God; they will come to us for salvation, either to this place or to Jackson County.” (Heber C. Kimball, JD 8:89, 1860)
-“There are some who feel that they are secure as long as they have funds to purchase food. Money is not food. If there is no food in the stores or in the warehouses, you cannot sustain life with money. Both President Romney and President Clark have warned us that we will yet live on what we produce.” (J. Richard Clarke, Conference Report, Oct. 1980)
-“You have been warned before hand, and that by revelation from God through Joseph Smith, and afterward through brother Brigham who is our Prophet, you have been warned, time and time again, to take care of your grain. In future build yourselves good store-houses and save your grain for a time of famine, and sickness, and death upon the nations of the wicked, to get rid of the evil doers. . . .We must lay up grain against the famines that will prevail upon the earth. What shall we lay up that grain for? Shall we lay it up to feed the wicked? No, we shall lay it up to feed the Saints who gather here from all the nations of the earth, and for the millions of lovers of good and wholesome laws who will come from the old countries and from the United States, fleeing to this place for their bread, and I know it.” (Heber C. Kimball, JD 3:227-228, 1856)
-“It has been prophesied, scores of times, to different ones of the Latter-day Saints that their relatives and friends who cast them out and scorned them, should yet come begging for bread; then be wise, and prepare yourselves with bread in abundance to feed the hungry.” (Woman’s Exponent, Nov. 15, 1876)
-“I have seen a hungry woman turn down food for a spool of thread. (Ezra Taft Benson, speaking of war-torn Europe at close of World War II;” Conference Report, Oct. 1973))
-“What good will be our greenbacks that we get from the government for security when all the crops of the earth are destroyed by hail?” (“And there shall be a great hailstorm sent forth to destroy the crops of the earth.”) D & C 29:16 (Mathew Cowley Speaks, p. 172)
-“I remember when the sisters used to say, “Well, but we could buy it at the store a lot cheaper than we can put it up.” But that isn’t quite the answer. . . Because there will come a time when there isn’t a store. I remember long years ago that I asked a very prominent grocer who had a chain of grocery stores, “How long would your supply of groceries last if you did not have trucks to bring in new supplies?” He replied, “Maybe we could stretch it out for two weeks from our storehouses and from our supplies.” People could get awfully hungry after two weeks were over. . . .Should trucks fail to fill the shelves of the stores, many would go hungry.” (Pres. Spencer W. Kimball, Conference Report, Oct. 1974)
-“Have you ever paused to realize what would happen to your community or nation if transportation were paralyzed or if we had a war or depression? How would you and your neighbors obtain food? How long would the corner grocery store or supermarket sustain the needs of the community?” (Ezra Taft Benson, Conference Report, Oct. 1980)
-“I presume you have never had the great and trying experience of looking into the faces of people who are starving when you are unable to give them even a crust of bread. We faced that as we first met with the Saints in parts of Europe. But when the welfare supplies came, it was a time never to be forgotten by these faithful Saints. I can see them now in tears, weeping like children, as they looked upon those first boxes of welfare supplies when they reached occupied Germany.” (Ezra Taft Benson, Conference Report, Oct. 1952)

-“I remember great tracts of once fertile and productive land lying idle… and people starving because there was no seed to plant, no machinery with which to plant, cultivate, and harvest, and no power because power machines had been destroyed and horses had been killed during the bombing and many others killed and eaten for human’s food. . . .” (Ezra Taft Benson, Conference Report, Oct. 1952)
-“We are too accustomed to going to stores [and rationalizing]. . .that [we have] no time or space [for a garden]. May I suggest…you store seeds and have sufficient tools on hand to do the job.” (Pres. Ezra Taft Benson, Conference Report, Oct. 1980)
-“The time will come when the judgments of God will be poured out upon this nation because of their wickedness in shedding the blood of the Prophets and other righteous men and women, and in passing laws against the Patriarchal order of marriage; and peace will be taken from the earth. A great revolution will take place in this land and those who will not take up the sword against their neighbor, and the honest in heart, will flee to places of safety; they will come over these Rocky Mountains with knap sacks on their backs and there will be so many to be fed that there will be a famine for the want of food, not because there will not be seed time and harvest, but because of the number of people that will come. Then a sack of wheat will be worth many times more than a bag of gold.” (John W. Taylor, Farmington, Utah, Spring, 1901)
-“Should evil times come, many might wish they had filled all their fruit bottles. . .cultivated a garden. . .planted a few fruit trees and berry bushes.” (Pres. Spencer W. Kimball, Conference Report, Oct. 1974)
-“Suppose you. . .sell all your wheat . . .and you are left with nothing more than a pile of gold, what good would it do you? You could not eat it, drink it, wear it, or carry it off where you could have something to eat. The time will come that gold will hold no comparison in value to a bushel of wheat.” (Brigham Young, JD 1:250, 1853)
-“Obtain a year’s supply [by building] up your food supply just as you would a savings account. Save a little for storage each pay-check. Can or bottle fruits and vegetables from your gardens and orchards. Learn how to preserve food through drying and possibly freezing. Make your storage a part of your budget. . . . We urge you to do this prayerfully and do it now.” (Pres. Ezra Taft Benson, Conference Report, Oct. 1980, “Prepare for the Days of Tribulation”)
-“Store up all your grain and take care of it. . . . it is almost as necessary to have bread to sustain the body as it is to have food for the spirit; for the one is as necessary as the other to enable us to carry on the work of God upon the earth.” (Orson Hyde, JD 5:17)
-“Learn to sustain yourselves, lay up grain and flour, and save it for a day of scarcity.” (Discourses of Brigham Young, pp. 291-93)
-“Some of the recent disasters in which Church members have been involved show that there is a need for diversification in places of storage and in types of containers. Perhaps not all storage should be concentrated in one area of the house, not all should be stored in tin or plastic containers, not all in glass containers.” (Barbara B. Smith, Conference Report, Oct. 1976)
-“Frequently I am asked, “What were the most valuable items in the days of starvation in Germany? As for what we needed, the food item we relied on most was vegetable oil. With a bottle of vegetable oil, one could acquire nearly every other desirable item. It had such value that with a quart of vegetable oil one could probably trade for three bushels of apples or three hundred pounds of potatoes. Vegetable oil has a high calorie content, is easy to transport, and in cooking can give a tasty flavor to all kinds of food items that one would not normally consider as food–wild flowers, wild plants, and roots from shrubs and trees. For me and my family, a high-quality vegetable oil has the highest priority in our food storage, both in times of daily use and for emergency usage. When vegetable oil is well-packed and stored appropriately, it has a long storage life without the necessity of refrigeration. We found ours to be in very good condition after twenty years of storage, but circumstances may vary. . . . . . .Honey could be traded for three times as much as sugar. . . . When a person is very hungry, the taste of food will change for him. In times of emergency, the Lord seems to provide a way to help our bodies adapt.”
(F. Enzio Busche, Ensign, June 1982)
-“The day will come when if this people do not lay up their bread they will be sorry for it.” (Wilford Woodruff, JD 18:127)
-“It will not surprise me, if times get harder and tighter, if somewhere along the line you will be required to give up what you yourselves have or part of it in your cellars. It will be fortunate if you have put away enough so that you can spare some and still be able to live.” (J. Reuben Clark, Jr., Church News, April 20, 1946)

-“[When] distributing food, clothing, and bedding to the suffering members of the Church in Europe following World War I, I witnessed the starving, the emaciated, and the barefoot. It was a piteous sight. My heart went out in compassion to all our Heavenly Father’s suffering children. . . .[Upon] arrival of our first Church welfare supplies in Berlin. . .I took with me the acting President of the mission. . ..[He] took [the] dried beans…put his hands into [them] and ran [them] through his fingers, then broke down and cried like a child with gratitude. We opened another box, filled with cracked wheat, nothing added or taken away. . . .He touched a pinch of it to his mouth. After a moment he looked at me through his tearful eyes–and mine were wet, too–and said, while slowly shaking his head, “Brother Benson, it is hard to believe that people who have never seen us could do so much for us.””(Ezra Taft Benson, Conference Report, Apr. 1977)
-“Elder Lorenzo Snow. . .spoke of the prediction of the servants of God that wheat would be worth its weight in gold. He asked what preparation had been made for that time. . . .When this nation became disrupted by civil strife, thousands would flock here and we should have to feed them. . . .As sure as there was a God in Israel, the famine predicted would come to pass.” (Des. Evening News, Jan. 31, 1877)
-“Brethren, go and build your storehouses before your grain is harvested, and lay it up, and let us never cease until we have got a seven years’ supply. You may think that we shall not see times in which we shall need it.” (Heber C. Kimball, JD 4:337, 1857)
-“Let us go to work and lay up our grain, lay up wheat, and everything that will and can be preserved; and in so doing, we will save ourselves from sorrow, pain, and anguish; . . .This is a part of our religion–to lay up stores and provide for ourselves and for the surrounding country; for the day is near when they will come by thousands and by millions, with their fineries, to get a little bread. That time is right by our door. . . .Wake up, ye Saints of Zion, while it is called to-day, lest trouble and sorrow come upon you, as a thief in the night. Suppose it is not coming, will it hurt you to lay up the products of the earth for seven years? Will it hurt you, if you have your guns, swords, and spears in good condition, according to the law of the United States? . . .But wake up, ye Saints of the Most High, and prepare for any emergency that the Lord our God may have pleasure in bringing forth. We never shall leave these valleys–till we get ready; no, never; no, never. We will live here till we go back to Jackson County, Missouri. I prophesy that, in the name of Israel’s God.” (Heber C. Kimball, JD 5:164-65, 1857)
-“For years past it has been sounded in my ears, year after year, to lay up grain, so that we might have an abundance in the day of want. .. View the actions of the Latter-day Saints on this matter, and their neglect of the counsel given; and suppose the Lord would allow these insects to destroy the crops this season and the next, what would be the result? I can see death, misery and want on the faces of the people. But some may say, “I have faith the Lord will turn them away.” What ground have we to hope this? Have I any good reason to say to my Father in heaven, “Fight my battles,” when He has given me the sword to wield, the arm and the brain that I can fight for myself? Can I ask Him to fight my battles and sit quietly down waiting for Him to do so? I cannot.” (Brigham Young, JD 12:240-241, 186)
-“Let us be in a position so we are able to not only feed ourselves through the home production and storage, but others as well.” (Pres. Ezra Taft Benson, Conference Report, Oct. 1980)
-“The revelation to produce and store food may be as essential to our temporal welfare today as boarding the Ark was to the people in the days of Noah.” (Pres. Ezra Taft Benson, Conference Report, Oct.1987)
-“Joseph warned the people of a famine that was coming on the land, and laid up corn; so Brigham and Heber have taught you that we are going to see a day similar to that, but more terrible–more awful!
. . .I would advise you to take everything that is unnecessary, and buy wheat and barley, and such things as you need with it, and lay up your stores for the time that is to come, that you can feed your own kindred and friends, who will actually come to you.” (Heber C. Kimball, JD 5:174, 175, 1857)
-“It’s better to have your food supply two years early than one day late. Nations shall be cut off when they are ripe in iniquity. . . . A desolating sickness shall cover the land. . . . Famine shall sorely oppress them–confusion and war shall make their hearts to faint, and their knees to tremble. Would to God that our nation had never given cause for the distress which they now only begin to suffer! . . . When these poor starving thousands flock here for food, will it not be glory enough for you to begin with, to feed them, to give them shelter, and administer to their sick? . . . If you will do as you are told, your eyes shall witness just such scenes!” (Orson Hyde, JD 2:206, 1855)
-“A few years ago President Young gave counsel to the people of the Territory–most of whom agreed to it–to lay by seven years’ provisions. We were to have commenced three years ago, and were to have laid up one year’s bread over and above the year’s supply. The following year we were to add another year’s supply, and so have continued until we had our seven years’ supply laid up. … I look upon the subject of storing grain and other kinds of food as a very religious matter. How could a man who was half starved enjoy his religion? How on the earth could a man enjoy his religion when he has been told by the Lord how to prepare for a day of famine, when, instead of doing so, he had fooled away that which would have sustained him and his family. I wish our brethren to lay this matter to heart, and not to rest until they have obeyed this particular item of counsel. I also advise them to live within their means, and avoid getting into debt.” (George A. Smith, JD 12:141-143, 1867)
-“We have said much to the people with regard to laying up provisions to last them a few years. This is our duty now; it has been our duty for years. How many of our bishops have provisions laid up for one year, two years, or seven years. (Brigham Young, JD 12:106, 1867)

I tell you that the judgments of God are at the door of both Zion and great Babylon. …I want to ask you if you ever heard brother Kimball tell about laying up wheat? “Yes,” say some “we have heard him, but the famine has not come yet.” No, but it will come. The Lord is not going to disappoint either Babylon or Zion, with regard to famine, pestilence, earthquakes or storms, . . . they are at the doors . . . . Lay up your wheat and other provisions against a day of need, for the day will come when they will be wanted, and no mistake about it. We shall want bread, and the Gentiles will want bread, and if we are wise we shall have something to feed them and ourselves when famine comes.” (Wilford Woodruff, JD 18:121, 1875)
-“I will tell you a dream which Brother Kesler had lately. He dreamed that there was a sack of gold and a cat placed before him, and that he had the privilege of taking which he pleased, whereupon he took the cat, and walked off with her. Why did he take the cat in preference to the gold? Because he could eat the cat, but could not eat the gold. You may see about such times before you die.” (Heber C. Kimball, JD 3:262, 1855)
-“There are many very good people who keep most of the Lord’s commandments with respect to the virtuous side of life, but who overlook His commandments in temporal things. They do not heed His warning to prepare for a possible future emergency, apparently feeling that in the midst of all this trouble “it won’t happen to us.”” (Mark E. Petersen, Conference Report, April 1981)
-“I have asked of the Lord concerning His coming; and while asking the Lord, He gave a sign and said, “In the days of Noah I set a bow in the heavens as a sign and token that in any year that the bow should be seen the Lord would not come; but there should be seed time and harvest during that year; but whenever you see the bow withdrawn, it shall be a token that there shall be famine, pestilence, and great distress among the nations, and that the coming of the Messiah is not far distant.”” (TPJS, pp. 340-341)
-“Now is the time for us to be like unto Joseph of old–lay up stores for ourselves, and our children; and thousands, and hundreds of thousands from the old world, the United States, and North and South America will flee to this place to get down by the side of Joseph’s cribs, and granaries, and storehouses, to get that which will sustain life. . . .”(Life of Heber C. Kimball, p. 41

-“. . . but those who have known [God] and in the day of tribulation forsaken His laws will be beaten with many stripes. To all those who stand firm and steadfast when the love of many shall wax cold because of the famine and pestilence, and great trials with which the Saints of God are to be tried before the judgments pass from the house of God to the wicked, to all such He has made precious promises, and they will be fulfilled.” (Parley P. Pratt, JD 3:311, 1856)
-“If we sin, and do not repent, God will chastise us until we do repent of and forsake all sin; but He never will scourge us so long as we do right. …Plan to build a good storehouse, every man who has a farm, and never cease until you have accomplished it. And do not forget to pay your tithing before you put the grain into the storehouse. Lay up enough for seven years, at a calculation for from five to ten in each family; and then calculate that there will be in your families from five to ten persons to where you now have one, because you are on the increase. It now takes about one thousand bushels of wheat to bread my family one year, and I want to lay up six thousand for each year of the seven for which I calculate to store it up. . . . Where a family now requires only a hundred bushels a year, let the head of that family lay up a hundred bushels the first year, two hundred the next, and increase the amount every year in proportion to their probable requirements. When we have stored away our grain we are safe, independent of the world, in case of famine, are we not? Yes, we are; for, in that case, we will have the means for subsistence in our own hands. When the famines begin upon the earth, we shall be very apt to feel them first. If judgments must need begin at the house of God, and if the righteous scarcely are saved, how will it be with the wicked? Am I looking for famines? Yes, the most terrible and severe that have ever come upon the nations of the earth. These things are right before us, and some of this people are not thinking anything about them; they do not enter their hearts. Still there is not an Elder here who has read the revelation which says, Go forth and warn the inhabitants of this land of the sickness, the death, and disasters that are coming upon this nation, but what must be satisfied of the truth of what I am saying. …I consider that carefully storing our surplus grain against a time of need is of the greatest importance to this people, in connection with building the Temple. You may build that Temple, and at the same time neglect those things that I am speaking of, and you will perish temporally.
. . .I know that we will see those things of which I have spoken–such famines as this world never beheld. Yes, we have got to see those scenes;. . .and if you will wake up and do as you are told, you will escape. I will advise every man in every settlement to build a storehouse; and if one cannot do so alone, let two or three build one between them. Store up and preserve your grain, and then you will be safe. . . . I know that He is able to suffer famines to come upon us, and then to rain manna down from heaven to sustain us. I also know that He could increase our grain in the granaries and our flour in the bins, and make one small loaf of bread suffice for many persons, by exerting His creative power. . . .
There are a great many things that we can save and take care of, as well as we can wheat, barley, and oats. We can dry pumpkins, squashes, currants, apples, peaches, &c, and save them; we can also save beans, peas, and like articles, and keep them for seven years. And if you will take the right care of your wheat, you can save it just as long as you may wish to; but, in the usual mode of storing it, you have got to stir it, move it, remove it, and turn it over, or it will spoil. . . .Then go to work and build up this kingdom, establish righteousness, and prepare yourselves for the famines that are coming upon the earth; for I tell you that they are coming. Do you suppose that God would give revelations and tell us to warn the inhabitants of the earth of things which were coming speedily upon them, if He did not intend that those things should come? He said that they should feel them, and I know that they are bound to feel them; for they will not repent. Let us go to work and prepare for the thousands upon thousands who will come unto us. . . . The day will come when people will gather here by hundreds and by thousands,–yes, fifty thousand in a year; and very many will come trudging along with their bundles under their arms.” (Heber C. Kimball, JD 5:19-23, 1857)
-“We can so live that we can call upon the Lord for His protection and guidance. . . . We cannot expect His help if we are unwilling to keep His commandments. Those of us who read and believe the scriptures are aware of the warnings of prophets concerning catastrophes that have come to pass and are yet to come to pass.
There was the great Flood, when waters covered the earth and when, as Peter says, only “eight souls were saved” (1 Peter 3:20).
If anyone has any doubt concerning the terrible things that can and will afflict mankind, let him read the 24th chapter of Matthew. Among other things the Lord says: “Ye shall hear of wars and rumours of wars. . . .
“For nation shall rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom: and there shall be famines, and pestilences, and earthquakes, in divers places.
“All these are the beginning of sorrows. . . .
“And woe unto them that are with child, and to them that give suck in those days! . . .
“For then shall be great tribulation, such as was not since the beginning of the world to this time, no, nor ever shall be.
“And except those days should be shortened, there should no flesh be saved: but for the elect’s sake those days shall be shortened” (Matthew 24:6–8, 19, 21–22).
In the Book of Mormon we read of unimaginable destruction in the Western Hemisphere at the time of the Savior’s death in Jerusalem. Again I quote:
“And it came to pass in the thirty and fourth year, in the first month, on the fourth day of the month, there arose a great storm, such an one as never had been known in all the land.
“And there was also a great and terrible tempest; and there was terrible thunder, insomuch that it did shake the whole earth as if it was about to divide asunder.
“And there were exceedingly sharp lightnings, such as never had been known in all the land.
“And the city of Zarahemla did take fire.
“And the city of Moroni did sink into the depths of the sea, and the inhabitants thereof were drowned.
“And the earth was carried up upon the city of Moronihah, that in the place of the city there became a great mountain. . . .
” . . . The whole face of the land was changed, because of the tempest and the whirlwinds, and the thunderings and the lightnings, and the exceedingly great quaking of the whole earth;
“And the highways were broken up, and the level roads were spoiled, and many smooth places became rough.
“And many great and notable cities were sunk, and many were burned, and many were shaken till the buildings thereof had fallen to the earth, and the inhabitants thereof were slain, and the places were left desolate” (3 Nephi 8:5–10, 12–14).
What a terrible catastrophe that must have been.
The plague or Black Death of the fourteenth century took millions of lives. Other pandemic diseases, such as smallpox, have brought untold suffering and death through the centuries.
In the year A.D. 79 the great city of Pompeii was destroyed when Mount Vesuvius erupted.
Chicago was ravaged by a terrible fire. Tidal waves have swamped areas of Hawaii. The San Francisco earthquake in 1906 ruined the city and took some 3,000 lives. The hurricane that hit Galveston, Texas, in 1900 killed 8,000. And more recently, as you know, has been the terrible tsunami of Southeast Asia, where thousands of lives were lost and where relief efforts are still needed.
How portentous are the words of revelation found in the 88th section of the Doctrine and Covenants concerning the calamities that should befall after the testimonies of the elders. The Lord says:
“For after your testimony cometh the testimony of earthquakes, that shall cause groanings in the midst of her, and men shall fall upon the ground and shall not be able to stand.
“And also cometh the testimony of the voice of thunderings, and the voice of lightnings, and the voice of tempests, and the voice of the waves of the sea heaving themselves beyond their bounds.
“And all things shall be in commotion; and surely, men’s hearts shall fail them; for fear shall come upon all people” (D&C 88:89–91).
How interesting are descriptions of the tsunami and the recent hurricanes in terms of the language of this revelation, which says, “The voice of the waves of the sea heaving themselves beyond their bounds.”
Man’s inhumanity to man expressed in past and present conflict has and continues to bring unspeakable suffering. In the Darfur region of Sudan, tens of thousands have been killed and well over a million have been left homeless.
What we have experienced in the past was all foretold, and the end is not yet. Just as there have been calamities in the past, we expect more in the future. What do we do?
Someone has said it was not raining when Noah built the ark. But he built it, and the rains came.
The Lord has said, “If ye are prepared ye shall not fear” (D&C 38:30).
The primary preparation is also set forth in the Doctrine and Covenants, wherein it says, “Wherefore, stand ye in holy places, and be not moved, until the day of the Lord come” (D&C 87:8).
We sing the song:

When the earth begins to tremble,
Bid our fearful thoughts be still;
When thy judgments spread destruction,
Keep us safe on Zion’s hill.
(“Guide Us, O Thou Great Jehovah,” Hymns, no. 83)

We can so live that we can call upon the Lord for His protection and guidance. This is a first priority. We cannot expect His help if we are unwilling to keep His commandments. We in this Church have evidence enough of the penalties of disobedience in the examples of both the Jaredite and the Nephite nations. Each went from glory to utter destruction because of wickedness.
We know, of course, that the rain falls on the just as well as the unjust (see Matthew 5:45). But even though the just die they are not lost, but are saved through the Atonement of the Redeemer. Paul wrote to the Romans, “For whether we live, we live unto the Lord; and whether we die, we die unto the Lord” (Romans 14:8).
We can heed warnings. We have been told that many had been given concerning the vulnerability of New Orleans. We are told by seismologists that the Salt Lake Valley is a potential earthquake zone. This is the primary reason that we are extensively renovating the Tabernacle on Temple Square. This historic and remarkable building must be made to withstand the shaking of the earth.
We have built grain storage and storehouses and stocked them with the necessities of life in the event of a disaster. But the best storehouse is the family storeroom. In words of revelation the Lord has said, “Organize yourselves; prepare every needful thing” (D&C 109:8).
Our people for three-quarters of a century have been counseled and encouraged to make such preparation as will assure survival should a calamity come.
We can set aside some water, basic food, medicine, and clothing to keep us warm. We ought to have a little money laid aside in case of a rainy day.
Now what I have said should not occasion a run on the grocery store or anything of that kind. I am saying nothing that has not been said for a very long time.
Let us never lose sight of the dream of Pharaoh concerning the fat cattle and the lean, the full ears of corn, and the blasted ears; the meaning of which was interpreted by Joseph to indicate years of plenty and years of scarcity (see Genesis 41:1–36).
I have faith, my dear brethren, that the Lord will bless us, and watch over us, and assist us if we walk in obedience to His light, His gospel, and His commandments. He is our Father and our God, and we are His children, and we must be in every way deserving of His love and concern. That we may do so is my humble prayer, in the name of Jesus Christ, amen.” (If Ye Are Prepared Ye Shall Not Fear; by President Gordon B. Hinckley)

 

 

Notes on The Cokeville Miracle

 

 

This film is about an event which took place in 1986. It came out on DVD in September 2015.

A bomber and his wife came to an elementary school and held it hostage. Over 100 people were in a small room with the bomber, including 98 children. When the bomb went off the only people killed were the bombers (the man and his wife). Here are more details.

-the builder of the bomb had practiced several times to make it perfect and his test runs went perfectly.

-The bomb was made to blow up something even much larger than that school room.

-the bomb was analyzed and some of the main wires had been cut as though with wife cutters totally apart, and hence several of the detonations didn’t go off which should have. Something like only 2 of ten detonators went off. An angel must have come and cut those wires.

-children reported seeing bright people dressed in white coming into the room unbeknownst to the adults in the room. The angels told them that the bomber people were doing a very bad thing and that the bomb would go off, but that they would be okay, and to go stay away from the bomb by the windows.

-many of the angels reported as seen by the children they later identified as the grandmothers or other close ancestors of the children. This is natural since our ancestors would be the people most interested in our wellbeing!

-the bomber was irritated by children bothering him as they sat there 3 hours before the bomb went off, so a teacher made a square of tape around the bomber man that none of the children were to cross. This made it so no children were close to the bomb when it went off.

-children reported seeing angels, bright people dressing in white robes, standing in a square between the bomber and them, protecting them. Surely this must have comforted the children.

-the police of the city were out of town for some reason, and this turned out to be God’s will because the bomb went off because they would have stormed in and shot the bomber which would have set the bomb off before they were able to get the windows open which caused the explosion to spread out more.

-the gas was leaking on the bomb because there was a hole in the milk jug it was stored in. In time the gas made the children sick. This caused them to allow the windows to be open so not so many of the children would get sick. With the windows open the blast didn’t do as much damage having an area to escape to outside.

-the bomber was a mathematical genius and wouldn’t have picked a jug which was leaking to store his gas for the bomb in on purpose. An angel must have poked a hole in it.

-the gas leak from the jug fell onto a powder which was designed to fly up into the sky and cause the air to be a ball of flame. Because this powder became wet from the gas, it didn’t fly or ignite.

-there were bullets, large rifle shells, causing shrapnel to heavily damage the walls of the classroom, but this didn’t kill anyone. It by all rights should have, there being over 100 people in that room.

-when the bomb went off, it was at a time when the bombers wife was holding the bomb and the bomber was away in a restroom. She accidentally detonated it. When the main bomber came back into the room, he had gun in hand and was shooting at people. Some of the children reentered the room to make sure their classmates had all escaped alive. The room had much fire in it.

-the doors to the classroom had been kept open for some reason, this allowed the bomb to not have as great an impact allowing air to escape.

-one child reported that as she was fleeing the building after the bomb went off, a woman came and helped her out, and once they had exited the building, the woman disappeared.

-at least one child reported seeing many angels with the appearance of brightly lit light bulbs coming down from the ceiling just before the detonation. When the bomb went off they flew quickly into the ceiling. Investigators discovered that much of the bomb detonated into the ceiling.

-shortly before the school was held hostage, the fire alarm had gone off randomly several times. This turned out to be a miracle since it helped the children be extra prepared for how to escape the building after the bomb.

-while being held hostage before the bomb went off, the children spontaneously said to each other, “lets say a prayer, pass it on”. They bowed their heads to pray and one of the children said the vocal prayer for safety.

-while the children were held hostage, a school leader at a nearby high school said “I may loose my job for this, but anyone who wants to please join in prayer with me now in behalf of the children being held hostage at the elementary school.” They all prayed for them.

-one teacher was shot and the bullet grazed his shoulder. Were it 1/2 inch to the other side, it would have paralyzed and killed him.

-one of the teachers was an older lady. She told the bombers to take her and let the others go though they didn’t accept. When the bomb went off, she was the last one out of the building, making sure the others got out alive.

-even in Christ’s day not all lepers were healed or all blind recovered their sight, but we must learn to recognize God’s hand when we see it.

-the people of the town knew that a miracle had occurred that day, and the town increased in a feeling of love for each other.

-this film is dedicated to the survivors, and to all parents who teach their children to pray.

-2 Kings 6:16 they that be with us are more than they that be with them.

 

 

 

 

Notes on Understanding the Signs of the Times by Donald Parry

 

 

 

 

Understanding the Signs of the Times
by Donald Parry
Summary by Nate Richardson
RichardsonStudies.com
Updated 2-5-18

–nuke p16 McConkie prophecies of

–not as thief p6

for the Saints Christ’s coming won’t be a surprise; scrip refs about this

-we are now living in 6th seal last 1k years which began in 1k a.d. -McConkie p8

-restoration of the gospel most awesome sign of the times p25

–wasting time interpreting some signs and timings p17

–Elijah powers are keys of Melch. priesthood etc. p32

-why Elijah p33

-seal hearts p34

-seal or curse p34

-Book of Mormon (BFM) or no restoration p35

-Charles Anthon p37-8

-begin serious study of BFM for power p38

-number of angels to JS p39

-tutors to prophet p39

-“another angel” fulfillment ref p 41

-loses made up p55

-work for self not fullest aid you’ll receive. that’s to be had in the work of God. p51

-relax till prophet says go if you go at all p57

-follow sustained leaders as to when gather and won’t be lead astray p57

-like Moses in power the prophet leads the gathering p58

-10 tribes come when prophet calls them to p58, and p103-110 and footnote 55 there.

–1 of a city 2 of a family p59

-gather by baptism into the church p59

-challenges and risks yet to be had in the gathering of Israel p60

-could quickly change like Iran Curtain what prevents gospel from being in all places. It’s going to all the world. p60

-fullness of gospel in BFM doesn’t mean all, means all needed for salvation p60-1

-Israel is scattered so missionaries go everywhere p62

-Gentiles are the ones who gather Israel p62

-1st vision fulfills prophecy of gospel to Gentiles by an act of the father p63

-we are the modern Gentiles p63

-Ephraim is majority of church members. They gathered 1st since has birthright and is to gather the rest of Israel p63

-“standard” flag refs of types p64

-Isa 49 Kings and Queens may be who are righteous and join the church -Kimball p65

-lesser glory=lost opportunity, “worlds without end” *they not create! p___

-after missionaries and earth commotion, the words all earth will hear the Lord say in D&C p67

-warning to all people via God’s chosen disciples (LDS) in D&C p68

-eventually who won’t heed the Apostles will be cut off D&C p68

-LDS take the gospel to each individual human p69-70

-the end is after preaching to all world JS-M p70

-Lord’s arm to be revealed=his power manifest Isaiah and D&C p71

-all will have opportunity to hear the gospel between birth and resurrection several refs fn 24 read p71

-baptism then migration. Symbolizes Christ’s gifts migration does. Prophets on scrips on gathering to promised lands p72-3

-who are and what of the elect refs p75

-Gather Israel like a harvest p76

–Stand in holy places: these are LDS temples stakes chapels and homes refs and prophet on it p77 see fn28.

-broken heart heal p80

-curses on who choose not obey the Lord Deut. 28:15-68 and more refs p95

-in temple prophets get and all get all of Priesthood p96

-mountain top can be temple when no temple p96

-whole of America is Zion says JS p97

– temple place where all nations can come for endowments says JS p97-8

-2 religious centers/capitals in Millennium p98

-Constitution fills “law go forth from Zion” p98-99

-“times of the gentiles” is now, then time of the Jews at 2nd Coming. 42 months Gentiles trample Jerusalem and prophets preach during it and killed there, then Jesus comes. We are i the time of the Gentiles. of their gathering. p99-101.

-10 tribes to bring their riches “to the children of Ephraim my servants” D&C 133:30 p103

-Enoch power when he spoke earth trembled and rivers turned their courses Moses 7:13 this may be what like when 10 tribes return making a highway etc or a highway of righteousness requiring the power Enoch used but all analogical to that; fn 55 on McConkie more on 10 tribes p104

–BFM to help gather 10 tribes; Mormon 3:17-18 p107

–10 tribes initially to go local wards stakes etc. which is our way today; Pres Kimball p107

-much of 10 tribes come to America. All tribes but Judah will who are willing and obedient; Judah goes to old Jerusalem JS fn59 p107

-earth chaos in U.S. soon, prepare way for 10 tribes return; JS p107

–in 6th k yr.’s of earth temporal existence 12k High Priests faithful from e/ tribe D&C 77:10-11, 6 p07-108

-earth to exist temporally for 7 k yrs. D&C 77:6

–10 tribes return as primarily a Millennial event; McConkie Millennial Messiah 323-9 p108 fn61

-10 tribes last seen traveling north from middle east; 2 Esdras 13 p108

-10 lost tribes over all earth refs p105

-greater blessing is for Ephraim to bring souls many to Christ Levels of joy D&C p110

-Gathering to New Jerusalem list of things about it i.e. its pre-millennial p111-2

-Jews to their own land; Woodruf Nephi Zechariah p121-2

-many children p124

–new and old Jerusalem temple building for before Millennium fn of p126

-time for temple construction prophecies to be in the last days p126

-temple house analogy peace of parents at their house we go to seek p127

–water from under temple JS seems to say it’s literal; all you want can’t take it al healing power p128

-pre-Millennial water from under temple to heal the dead sea and rebuild temple and Jerusalem walls pre Second Coming of Jesus Christ JS p 129

-see also the doc on “Events preceding the Second Coming of Jesus Christ” I made and print in the Parry book as well as it is referenced so much therein.

-p134 the 2 prophets in Jerusalem killed will be of the 12 or the 1st Presidency (McConkie)

-God power over hell rev 20:1-3; see p 137

-says Lord gather for war, and says devils gather for war, may go to show that God is over all, and He causes all for His purposes. -Parry Signs pg.141

-God’s great love for us is why he keeps his covenants with us (this ref refers to how he will come through for the Jews and speaks of the reason why as being his love for them, so we see he keeps his covenants with them out of his love for them.) –pg. 149 and D&C 109:61.

-2 Ne. 25:15 and pg. 149 Jews scourged until come unto Christ.

-pg. 149 dedicatory temple prayer in our day saying how from then on Jerusalem begin to be blessed; and since that day many more Jews have gone there and are building stuff etc!

-until repented all carry a heavy burden of guilt see Isa. 58 : 6 pg. 149 on Jews to be delivered.

-JS on how prophets priests and kings looked forward to our day and wrote and sung of it but are dead and we are the privileged ones to see the glory of the last days. *It’s like we are going to experience heaven even in our day of earth trial! Don’t spare the flames eh’? We’ll have plenty of reproving along with it, and premarital preparation to enable us to withstand it, even Babylon, and Christ we seek unto for deliverance.

-expressions to characterize Zion refs and definitions of Zion pg. 153-4

-temple to be built in New Jerusalem pg154 D&C 57:1-3

-JS on Eden in Jackson County and there a great temple to be built pg155

-McConkie on how no need go Missouri Jackson County until Prophet says so, and then only needed delegates will go there the rest will remain where they are.

-Zion is all America, center of it is where temple is. p157 JS

-JS consecrated ground in Jackson County for a temple and location thereof exactly p157-8

-D&C 105:16-17 we’re commanded to throw down the towers of the wicked but are not obeying; *I see we must learn what they are doing and not participate and preach against them.

-p161 duties of church members

-Pres Lorenzo Snow taught the specific transgression of the Saints was a failure to obey the law of consecration pg. 162

–temple is the very foundation in Zion D&C 124:39 and pg. 163

-Lord’s people gather for the purpose of enjoying temple blessings. Church Hist. see ref on pg. 163.

-refs of Lord shall fight for you, Jehovah himself marching at the head of armies, battles being called the Lord’s battles. These a type for what will happen in Latter-day Zion as well perhaps. pg. 163.

-Zion not redeemed in day of early restoration for only a few answered the call to Zion’s camp the Lord’s army he wanted built. p164

–welfare program of the church is to prep us for a higher law to come. Zion not so until living Celestial kingdom law; Hinckley on how we will never build Zion without ridding of “Our Consuming selfishness.” p165.

-The church to have great power, like being ready trained for war with weapons around a standard, ready to war against Satan and all evil. It’s like something coming out of the wilderness a light which lights the night like the moon see pg. 165 and D&C 105:31.

-people will admit this is God’s and Christ’s kingdom rev 11:15 and D&C 105:32 and pg. 165.

-after redemption of Zion, law of Consecration will be in full effect D&C 105:34 and pg. 166.

–hope for many who are currently lost that they will be found; p 167 for refs like D&C 49:24-28 and Isa 35:1-2.

–2nd Comforter JC visiting select souls; JS teachings 149-50; pg. 169 see D&C 49:27 “I will be in your midst”

-who seek the Lord early find rest D&C 54:10, pg. 169, pg. 239.

-hear of war in own lands” D&C 45:63 was said to JS *so it’s the USA!

-New Jerusalem why safe refs including they don’t want war p170-171; D&C 45

–when wars come we shall have to flee to Zion. make haste to prepare it; JS; p171

-American Civil War prophecies in D&C p171

–when Christ come we (LDS) shall be a people all living together as one like was the city of Enoch; Pres. Eyring p172 (Ensign Nov. 1989 p13 thereof)

–Glory of the Lord to be seen upon New Jerusalem; see D&C; p172

–war words characterize the wicked; songs of everlasting joy characterize the righteous p173

–fire to protect New and Old Jerusalem causing the wicked to fear Zion; Isa. 31:9; p173; also D&C 45:70 & D&C 64:43 on how wicked will be afraid of Zion

-people will confess Zion can’t fail and that God is there; D&C 97:18-19; p173

-sorrow and sighing shall flee away” Isa 35:10

-Hebrew for Zion denotes citadel, hill crest, castle, stronghold p172

-time to come but when no peace but in Zion; JS; p175

-Chiasm of Isa. speaking of all world dark except rising Zion p175-6 isa60:1-3

-“Independence Missouri is the center place; and a spot for the temple is lying westward, upon a lot which is not far from the courthouse.” D&C 57:3

-now is the time when we must enlarge Zion and carry out the plan of Salvation throughout the world p176 Harold B Lee Pres

-eventually the stakes of Zion will get so big there will be a new name for them p176; D&C 101:21

-SAVE from violence p180

–more in Zion then more principals of Zion we can have until receive the amount we need to receive Christ’s coming. p179

-strengthen where live=Zion must increase in batty fulfillment of prophecy says a prophet

-definition of Zion being those who go to the poor to care for them and the needy and who obey and who have no guile in them/ 2nd motives.

-wicked will die ref. like sweeping whirlwind.

–scourge till Jesus Christ comes. “all” tormented by it.

-firmly believe Zion may escape a prophet said p181-182 JFS

-Zion as a bride refs (*so learn working marriage principals in order to draw nearer to God!) p182

-glory of Lord at temple if worshipers clean (*not now such, so we must repent) p183

-D&C 97:19 Zion can’t fall for God is to be there p183

-ref people intimidated by Zion it being so blessed p183

-we will be with Enoch’s city p185

-we to go up like Enoch’s city being translated and will meet and embrace and kiss and weep with them; Pres. John Taylor; p187

-commanded to bow before Jesus Christ and rejoice in his presence p187

-Zion=the perfection of beauty p188

-before 2nd coming temple built in New Jerusalem p188

-2 reasons why LDS church: restore God’s people; gather them to New Jerusalem p 188

-resurrected Saints and the 144 k and the LDS’s to stand upon Mt. Zion with Christ. unknown timing. p189

-Ensign symbolism=the gospel and BFM and their light p189 fn.

-earlier not able stab. Zion in Missouri, but prophecy D&C we will still.

-refs that New Jerusalem and it’s temple to be built by the Saints p191

-Zion of certain O.T. refs be built in America; JS; p192

-Lord appear personally like was with Enoch. Him to be with those of His city! p193

Ch5

-never was a time more cut off from Christ than ours; Pres. Hugh B Brown ; p200

-Satan is prince of this world and prince of the power of the air; dc; john; p200

–challenges of this era will rival any of the past, and these will increase SPIRITUALLY AND TEMPORALLY.; Pres. Benson; p200

-Moses veil of darkness to cover earth prophecy came to pass in the great apostasy; p201

-Hebrew roots show that “ordinance” means to carve or engrave. shows these aren’t meant to be changed and loose their power when are; Parry; p203.

-people to be desolate translates to guilty in Hebrew; and hence must pay for their sin p203

-many false prophets in days of true NT prophets p 206

-false Christ’s oft are ideas and churches not oft people; McConkie and Joseph Fielding McConkie; p207

-people working wonders by the power of Satan even leading them to war against God Almighty p208

-deceive elect according to the covenant means LDS church members may be deceived by the world; Pres. HB Lee; p209

-wolves among LDS membership seeking lead away the weak some following own notions others sinister motives; only way to guided aright in our day is follow our leaders and seek guidance of the HG; Pres HB Lee; p209

-how to tell if imposter among us via regular ordination by heads of the church; quote pg 210

-false prophets rising in and out of the church; Elder Ballard quote p210

-run from who claims special authority from God outside the church p210 Elder Ballard quote

-antichrist is one who assumes the guise of Christ John says p211

-antichrist messages include all to have eternal life, and no existence of Christ p212

-man of sin that shall be revealed “son of perdition” from bible speaking of apostasy is Satan himself; McConkie quote p 213

-beasts in book of rev are not individuals but organizations cultures and philosophies that follow Satan

-lengthy list of modern transgressions by Pres. Kimball p215-6 quote

-“perhaps never before has the world accepted sin so completely as a way of life” Pres Kimball quote p216

-none accept who have the wedding garment permitted to eat and drink in presence fo the Bridegroom; quote history of church p217

– world we live in today is sick neigh unto death from unrighteousness ; MG Romney quote p 217

-signs of moral decay include spreading of AIDS and graffiti which is an insult to art, endless sex and violence on TV, the emphasis on sex education; quote Pres Hinckley p217

-TSM business without morality; science without humanity; knowledge without character; worship without sacrifice; pleasure without conscience; politics without principle; wealth without works; p217

-immorality homosexuality these are Sodomic practices evidences of loving Satan more than God; McConkie quote 217

-space age Sodom we live in; aided by some movie producers and so called educators; ungodly pursuit of pleasure at any price; David B Haight quote p 218

-Pres McKay says we are near the time when the LDS will save the USA p227

-Elder Benson suggests LDS save USA constitution by natural way, grow up and get employment and step up p227

-USA constitution won’t be saved in Washington but where there are LDS who care about it; subscribing to and living by it; Elder Benson p227

-proliferation of wars, emphasis on sexual situations on TV and movies, loss of civility in our discourse, assisted suicide are signs of moral decay; Parry p218, see Bork’s book referenced below as well.

-*Prophets publicly denounce homosexuality, so need I do.

-incontinent=without self control p219 (Greek)

-heady=rash p219 (Greek)

-highminded=lifted up with pride (Greek) p219

-lack of recognition of God’s power to the point of denial p220 refs scrips 3ne29:6; morm9:26

-NIV bible silly women= weak willed women swayed with evil desires and with sins weighed down p220

-to learn things of eternal significance we need cast away our own learning and consider ourselves fools; 2ne9:42; alma 17:2-3; p220

-1960-1990 500% increase in violent crime; 400%increase in illegitimate births; tripling of % of children living in single-parent homes; tripling in teenage suicide rate; doubling in divorce rate; Elder Ballard; see talk refed; p221;

-godly in Jesus shall suffer persecution great tribulation ; JS p223

-our history is one of being driven ; Pres Hinckley; quote p223

-fruit of sin is pride, namely secret combinations; will yet be the fall of many nations; 1989 gen conference quote p224

-characteristics scriptural of secret combinations p224-5

-communism is secret combination p225 McConkie

-LDS staff upon which USA will lean at brink of destruction and LDS will save constitution JS quote p226

-constitution won’t be destroyed but will hang by a thread. LDS save it p226 BY quote

-we are on the brink of losing some freedoms and once that occurs only blood will bring them back and the saints will have to sacrifice much more than they do now; yes more persecutions in order to keep the church going forward; quote p226 in book referred to thereon, J Reuben Clark.

-Almighty God will spare the USA for the LDS churchs’ sake. They are the leaven. p228

-1/3 plants burned may be symbolic to say less than half p229

-Christs disciples will stand in holy places and be not moved but the wicked will curse God and die ; D&C; p231

-Kimball says lands bank accounts, leisure, boats , cars, and luxuries are our idols p232

-vengeance to come immediately before the 2nd Coming

-worship is what we take action towards, and may be toward our farms and cattle p232

-normal activities of life will be going on before Christ’s coming, and the unmindful and unbelieving will be shocked at Christ’s coming like they were at the coming of the flood. p233

-there will be a world war that will destroy 1/3 of mankind. p235

-this generation is as corrupt as the one that crucified Christ, and were he here today would kill him for what he would preach ; JS; p235

-I the Lord am angry with the wicked and am withholding my spirit from the inhabitants of the earth ; to JS; p237

-who hardens heart gets less of the word till they have none; Alma p238

-not being a respecter of persons means that the Lord does respect more who obey him. He gives all equal opportunity of have his blessings if they will obey him. p239; JFiS;

-no excuse for us not to be prepared for Christ’s coming, being fully warned, although it will happen suddenly. ;JFiS; p240

-the Lord’s soon may be our century, like at 11:45 we say midnight will be soon; Maxwell; p240

-Satan leads captive all who will not hearken to God’s voice p241; Moses;

Ch6 Wars and Rumors of Wars

-not many years until wars in our own lands p 242

-the wicked shall slay the wicked p243

-WW1 killed over 10 million soldiers; WW2 killed 45 million p243

-war is a living testimony that Satan lives; the greatest cause of human misery; I hate it; promoter of hate, waster of treasure; moans most tragic misadventure; Hinckley p244

-the day when peace shall be taken from the earth has come say the prophets; p244 fn.

-Civil War as a sign that marks the beginning of the latter-day wars, the commencement of the difficulties; D&C ; p245

-Zion will be the only people that will not be at war with one another p245; D&C

-WW1 was mostly European war with Turkey and USA joining, WW2 was more of a world war. p246

-list p246

-US Civil war killed 1 million men p247

-US Civil war lost us 8 trillion $, cost of 3/4 of the current property taxable at the time p247

-US Civil war not the final fulfillment of the prophecy of war being on our land p248; JFiS etc.

-communist countries may be the fulfillment of countries whose slaves rise up against their masters p250

-US natives risen up against and vexed the Gentiles p251

-if Gentiles not receive the BofM like a lion treads they will be tread down p251

-unleashing of hell upon the earth p253; after opening the 7th seal before the coming of Christ.

-armies perhaps unknowingly lead by Satan into battle p253 will kill all but who have the Lords mark on their foreheads

-star fall from heaven in Rev. refers to Lucifer p253

-bottomless pit is place of imprisonment for unembodied spirits; king of the abyss is Lucifer; called Abaddon and Apollyon p254

-JS said the saints will have little peace from hence forth; bottomless pit is opened and evil like never before seen is to now be seen p254

-the locusts in Rev. are armies of men p254

-mark on the foreheads on the righteous is symbolic meaning those who have their CALLING AND ELECTION MADE SURE. p255

-locust army to hurt of kill all save saints with the mark in the forehead of Christ p255

-mark put on a parent enables the posterity to be protected as well. ; JS; p255

-4 destroying angels having power of the 4 parts of the earth ; JS; p255

-righteous in Zion to be safe p256

-biological warfare disabling but not killing p256

-5 months may rep a short time not 5 months exactly p256

-locusts shapes rep army men and tanks etc. He may see that era or our era military. p257

-prepared to battle signifies wearing armor. p257

-crowns of gold banding together may mean countries combining to war p257

-long hair sign of strength in the scriptures; they had hair as long as womans p258

-Satan has been called roaring lion who goes about seeking to destroy -258

-breastplates may refer to armored war vehicles p258

-tails like scorpions may refer to variety of weapons them having possession of p258

-Abbadon means destruction/ruin; Apollyon means destruction or destroyer, names for Satan and his work p258-9

-rev9:13-21 description of Armageddon p260

-7 trumpets and their judgments; 7 vials and their judgments p260-1

-loose bound angels may be those that sinned p262

-6th woe separates righteous from the wicked p262

-2 armies of armies p262

-1/3 humans killed by fire smoke brimstone such is a weapon of these armies p263

-them having tails of snakes with heads is evidence of them being sent from the devil p263

-lion head horses signifies their torment p263

-Armageddon will usher in the Millennium, the war of wars, covers all the earth, involves all nations, long and perilous; McConkie; p264

-the battles will be fought by earth warriors but God’s hand will be in it “”””

-will be a religious war; Satan’s servants vs God’s servants; way of worship and God are the issues of the war “”””

-then billions of the earths inhabitants will be in open rebellion against the gospel and every principal of truth found therein “”””

-at the end of all the nations f the earth comes the defeat of God and Magog “”””

-then comes the triumph of the people of the Lord; of Israel as a nation

-the destruction of the political kingdom of Lucifer and fall of great and abominable church “”””

-ancient battles can serve as types of Armageddon “”””

-list of Armageddon traits: occur in 7th seal during 7th thousand year period of earth; Lord use it to his purposes; Satan stirs people up to fight it; all nations come to battle from far countries; the enemy will come speedily; the enemy army will come in great numbers and will be very powerful; the gathering of all nations is specifically directed against Israel; those in Israel will suffer great fear and consternation; the righteous will respond with faith and many pleadings for protection; the war will last many years; may well be during this that the prophets are killed in Jerusalem streets; land of Israel to be laid waste; taking of Jerusalem fulfill prophecies about the abomination of desolation

will be like when Romans destroyed Jerusalem in AD70 an abomination of desolations; hostility among who attack Israel to lead them into a civil war; 1/6 of the enemy of God and Israel will survive the battle; eventual fear against attacking Zion; Israel’s enemy to be spoiled after conquered; hailstone fire and brimstone; God will send a fire on Magog that they know that He is the Lord; great earthquake; darkening of sun and moon and stars from the smoke and atomic warfare or something; God provides deliverance for his people Israel; God’s power manifest through the outcome of the war; plagues of flies maggots and decaying fish; peoples flesh consumed while they are on their feet from atomic warfare or something; beasts eat the dead and it’s the feast of the Lord; will take Israel 7 years to burn the war weapons once it’s over (many years)

-stench and burial of dead of Gog and his people; conflict of Jaredites and Nephites reminiscence of battle of Armageddon to come.

-the devils church has dominion over all earth but the Christ’s church only few in number throughout the earth

-JS said JC said he promises to fight the last battle himself personally p273; prob refers to Armageddon battle.

-nations united under one great head God calls Gog. Pratt. p274

-Jerusalem events 3 in order 1:. 2 prophets slain in Jerusalem and resurrected 2. shaking earth 3. Jesus at olive mount

-dragon beast and false prophet the satanic trinity

-river representing the lies coming from the mouth of the dragon

-frogs evil spirits compared to are unclean animals in the law of Moses

-like the evil men stand as agents of Satan and his spirit followers, Priesthood holders can stand for agents of God on earth.

-“spirits of devils” is better translated as “spirits that are devils” p277

-miracles of Satan and of God can be indistinguishable from the outward senses.

-Lord suffers the devil to work miracles is to allow the world to be deceived because they previously rejected the gospel and this will lead to their entire destruction.

-Satan causes the kings to gather together to battle.

– p278 Megiddo a famous place of travel and battle historically

-battle of Armageddon will be not a localized conflict but the center of a worldwide war -McConkie

-the saints shall hardly escape p279; they have no guarantee of safety

-the wicked will slay the wicked, but what of defending ones country? were the battles in the Book of Mormon all by bad men including the Book of Mormon heroes? WHEN IT’S IN DEFENSE IT’S GOOD WHEN IT’S OFFENCE IT’S BAD.

-As a body the LDS will escape but not every individual

-Lord to bring the Saints into a place of protection into the garner before he burns the vineyard

-pray always to escape the things which will come to pass and watch always p280

-God can feel anger at those who choose wickedness scrips listed p280

-fear on all because of the violent acts and wars

-a full end of nations p281

-the nation bound to the Lord by covenant to continue, perhaps a constitutional America p282

Ch. 7 The Babylon of the Last Days

-p283 just after Lehi warned to leave Jerusalem destroyed in 597 B.C. King Neb. came in and took over.

-Johns depiction of Babylon obviously undesirable p284

-since Satan can appear as an angel of light Babylon may appear as a beautiful woman.

-existence of Babylon is not a sign of the times but her growing in power then falling is

-constantly look past the symbol to the reality

-Fall of Babylon is merely ending of those beliefs and sins and associations all over earth

-church of the devil every worldly organization on earth; who perverts the pure perfect gospel; McConkie says it’s Islam, modern Christianity, Buddhism, communism, Stalin, Mussolini, Hitler, Capital of USA, all places of it’s influence. all pervading evil in high places is one of the signs of the times.

-p288 prostitution image used on bible to show extreme rebellion against God scrip refs given

-fornication via selling what is good even their souls for the pleasures and power of the whore forsaking their true husband who they are betroved to, God.

-p289 people carried away in the spirit include Nephi Lehi Adam Mary mother of Jesus Ezekiel.

-apparently HG can carry people to other locations, and transcend physical limitations and rend the veil.

-p290 purple and scarlet of the woman’s apparel suggest royalty wealth nobility and priest. scrips on it being in the temple the Priesthood given; this is counterfeit religion suggestion which leads to worship of Satan himself.

-Doesn’t compare to the beauty of the woman clothed in the sun in her simple beauty not with trappings.

-gold cup indicates wealth and would expect a pleasurable drink but it’s full of wrath and sin and filth.

-some believe it was common in ancient Rome for prostitutes to write their names on their foreheads, probably on a headband. p291 ref

-Babylon is the mother of harlots, meaning she fosters evil organizations. p291

-book on 291

-list of abominations engendered by Babylon p292

-wondered with admiration at Babylon from Rev. 17:6 better translate admire as astonishment

-horns and crowns symbolize great power

-Rev. 13:17 Babylon has power over “all kindreds, and tongues, and nations.”

-rev. 13:16-17 the beast controls the economy; will require people to associate themselves with the beast if they are to be a part of that economy. May mean can’t get rich without conforming to the beasts ways.

-Enoch’s preaching was so great it made rivers turn their coarse and all nations feared him (Moses 7, D&C 45)

-D&C “eyes of all nations” means everyone will recognize the deliverance of God.

-“The days of tribulation are fast approaching, and the time to test the fidelity of the Saints, has come.— Rumor with her ten thousand tongues is diffusing her uncertain sounds in almost every ear: but in these times of sore trial, let the saints be patient and see the salvation of God. Those who cannot endure persecution and stand in the day of affliction, cannot stand in the day when the Son of God shall burst the veil, and appear in all the glory of his Father with the holy angels.” JS Teachings p42, http://josephsmithpapers.org/paperSummary/letter-to-the-church-not-after-18-december-1833

-“Babylon was truly the great enemy of the Lord’s people anciently, and her overthrow and the destruction of her worldliness was one of the things of greatest interest and concern to them What was more natural, then, than for John and all the prophets to use Babylon as the symbol of sin, and her destruction as the overthrow of the wickedness on earth.” (McConkie Doctrinal New Testament Commentary 3:559) p303

-“she [Babylon] must fall after she has been warned with the sound of the everlasting gospel.” (Elder Orson Pratt ref. p304)

-Rev. 18:3 the merchants of the earth have taken part in the luxuries of babylon and are thus a part of her. p309

-we live in a society of near worship of sports and entertainment and look to “stars” and put our own goals above those of God. p309

-Rev 18:7 deliciously better translation is riotously (for how Babylon lived) (ref p311)

-estimated there were 60 million slaves in the Roman Empire alone. Rev. 18:13 speaks against slavery. ref. p314

-Rev 18:22 ” the sound of the millstone shall be heard no more in thee” means there will cease to be food p317

-Rev 18:23 loss of sound suggests that life as usual will have ceased.

-Rev 18:23 miracles of Babylon cause people to be deceived. This causes her to be able to rule the world. But in the end she has not power of save (Isaiah 47:12-14 “there shall not be a coal to warm at.”)

Ch. 8 God’s Judgements on Satan’s Followers on earth

-we are indebted to God no matter what (Mosiah 2:20-24) thus no one can ever be correct in accusing God of being unfair.

-“Concerning events yet to transpire, we must trust them in the hands of God, and feel that ‘whatever is is right.’ and that God will control all things for our best good and the interest of his Church and kingdom on the earth….By-and-by, when we come to gaze on the fitness of things that are now obscure to us, we shall find that…., although he has moved in a mysterious way to accomplish his purposes on the earth…, all things are governed by that wisdom which flows from God, and all things are right and calculated to promote every person’s eternal welfare before God.” (John Taylor Journal of Discourses, 6:114.)

-“The scripture is ready to be fulfilled when great wars, famines, pestilence, great distress, judgements, &c., are ready to be poured out on the inhabitants of the earth.” (Joseph Smith in History of the Church, 6:363-64)

-“the coming of the Son of Man never will be- never can be till the judgments spoken of for this hour are poured out: which judgements are commenced.” ( Teachings of the Prophet Joseph Smith p 286)

-“Some of these things seem to be occurring with ever-increasing regularity. If you measured the natural disasters that have occurred in the world during the last ten years and plotted that year by year, you would see an acceleration.” (Elder Ballard from When Shall these things be? 186)

-“It is not the design of the Almighty to come upon the earth and crush it and grind it to powder, but he will reveal it to His servants the prophets” (Joseph Smith in History of the Church, 5:336-37)

-“In consequence of rejecting the Gospel of Jesus Christ and the Prophets whom God hath sent, the judgements of God have rested upon people , cities, and nations, in various ages of the world, which was the case with the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah, that were destroyed for rejecting the Prophets” (Joseph Smith in History of the Church, 5:256-57)

-because of his mercy God will uphold his Saints of the last days during the judgements (D&C 109:38)

-“it is a false idea that the Saints will escape all the judgements… all flesh is subject to suffer, and ‘the righteous shall hardly escape;’ still many of the Saints will escape, of the just shall live by faith; yet many of the righteous shall fall a prey to is ease, to pestilence, etc., by reason of the weakness of the flesh, and yet be saved in the Kingdom of God” (Joseph Smith in History of the Church, 4:11)

-“our spirits are special spirits and were reserved until this generation to stand strong against the evil winds that blow, and to stand straight and upright with the heavy burdens that will be placed on us.” (Elder James E. Faust, Ensign April 1994, 10.)

-a catalog of judgements D&C 88:87-92

-“While the wicked fear and tremble at surrounding judgements, the Saints will watch and pray; and waiting the final event in patience, will look calmly on the passing scenery of a corrupted world, and view transpiring events as confirmation of their faith in the holy gospel which they profess and rejoice more and more, as multiplied signs shall confirm the approach of the millennial day.” (The First Presidency consisting of Brigham Young and his councilors, Heber C. Kimball and Willard Richards, “Fifth General Epistle,” 209, 216.)

-this period “will be a time of great and terrible fears, of cataclysmic upheavals of nature, of weeping and wailing, of repentance too late, and of crying out unto the Lord for mercy” to the wicked, but to the righteous this will “be a day of thanksgiving.” (President Gordon B. Hinckley, “We Need Not Fear His Coming” 82-83)

-speaking of the phrase “all things shall be in commotion in D&C 88:91, “Our whole world is in confusion. The wisdom of our wise men has provided inadequate to stay the rising crisis. With the means to unleash universal destruction in the hands of evil men, fear and apprehension ride with every breeze. In the past, situations similar to ours have generally terminated in destruction. It would seem that the judgements of God are about to be once more poured out upon the nations.” (Elder Marion G. Romney, Conference Report, Apr. 1958, 128-29)

-Rev. 15:3 “the song of Moses…and the song of the Lamb” contains phrases from many Old Testament sources, in this order: Ps. 111:2; 139:14; Amos 4:13; Ps. 145:17; Deut. 32:4; Jer. 10:7; Ps. 86:9; Mal. 1:11.)

-D&C 29:19 “And their tongues shall be stayed that they shall not utter against me; and their flesh shall fall from off their bones, and their eyes from their sockets;” sounds like the effects of atomic warfare, see book Hersey, Hiroshima (describes the effect on the skin and eyes, see pg 59 and 67 of that book).

-The wicked will be forced to drink blood (Isa. 49:26); this may mean slaughter by the sword (Davidson, New Bible Commentary, 1187)

-Nuclear war effects on the ozone layer, read Schell, Fate of the Earth, 20-21, 79-92. Speaks of how nuclear war could remove the earths protection from the deadly rays of the sun.

-” 21 And he shall utter his voice out of Zion, and he shall speak from Jerusalem, and his voice shall be heard among all people;

22 And it shall be a voice as the voice of many waters, and as the voice of a great thunder, which shall break down the mountains, and the valleys shall not be found.

23 He shall command the great deep, and it shall be driven back into the north countries, and the islands shall become one land;

24 And the land of Jerusalem and the land of Zion shall be turned back into their own place, and the earth shall be like as it was in the days before it was divided.

25 And the Lord, even the Savior, shall stand in the midst of his people, and shall reign over all flesh.” (D&C 133:21-25)

-“One of the plainest and most-oft-repeated statements about the ushering in of the Millennium is the promise of a great shaking of the earth, of earthquakes that are everywhere at one and the same time, and of mountains and valleys and seas and landmasses that move. ‘Yet once, it is a little while,’ saith the Lord, ‘and I will shake the heavens, and the earth, and the sea, and the try land; and I will shake all nations, and the desire of all nations shall come.’ (Hag. 2:-7) Christ, the Desire of all nations, shall come amid the greatest shaking of the earth and of al things that there has ever been or ever will be in the entire history of this planet. Everything on earth- the historical events then in progress, the beasts and all forms of life, and the inanimate objects that do not act for themselves- everything on earth will be affected by the great shaking.” (McConkie, Millennial Messiah, 620-21)

-Referring to Isaiah 40:1-4 ” 1 Comfort ye, comfort ye my people, saith your God.

2 Speak ye comfortably to Jerusalem, and cry unto her, that her warfare is accomplished, that her iniquity is pardoned: for she hath received of the Lord’s hand double for all her sins.

3 ¶The voice of him that crieth in the wilderness, Prepare ye the way of the Lord, make straight in the desert a highway for our God.

4 Every valley shall be exalted, and every mountain and hill shall be made low: and the crooked shall be made straight, and the rough places plain:”

Elder Parley P Pratt said “From these verses we learn, first, that the voice of one shall be heard in the wilderness, to prepare the way of the Lord, just as the time when Jerusalem has been trodden down of the Gentiles long enough to have received, at the Lord’s hands, double for all her sins, yea, when the warfare of Jerusalem is accomplished, and her iniquities pardoned. Then shall this proclamation be made as it was before by John [the Baptist], yea, a second proclamation, to prepare the way of the Lord, for his second coming; and about that time every valley shall be exalted, and every mountain and hill shall be made low, and the crooked shall be made straight, and rough places plain, and then the glory of the Lord shall be revealed, and all flesh shall see it together, for the mouth of the Lord hath spoken it…. Having restored the earth to the same glorious state in which it first existed- leveling the mountains, exalting the valleys, smoothing the rough places, making the deserts fruitful, and bringing all the continents and islands together, causing the curse to be taken off, that noxious weeds, and thorns, and thistles shall no longer be produced; the next thing is to regulate and restore the brute creation to their former state of peace and glory, causing enmity to cease from off the earth. But this will never be done until there is a general destruction poured out upon man, which will entirely cleanse the earth, and sweep all wickedness from its face.” ()Voice of Warning, 159-60, 162)

-Each hailstone weighs between 45-90 pounds (this is “weight of a talent” (Rev. 16:21) p346

-“Repent ye, repent ye, and embrace the everlasting covenant, and flee to Zion, before the overflowing scourge overtake you.” ( Teachings of the Prophet Joseph Smith, 18; cf. D&C 45:31)

-“the ransomed of the Lord shall return, and come to Zion with songs and everlasting joy upon their heads’ [Isa. 35:10]; and then they will be delivered from the overflowing scourge that shall pass though the land.” (Teachings of the Prophet Joseph Smith, 17)

-“[In that] city of Zion…[the saints] will be delivered from the overflowing scourge that shall pass through the land.” (History of the Church, 1:315)

D&C 5;19-20 “19 For a desolating scourge shall go forth among the inhabitants of the earth, and shall continue to be poured out from time to time, if they repent not, until the earth is empty, and the inhabitants thereof are consumed away and utterly destroyed by the brightness of my coming.

20 Behold, I tell you these things, even as I also told the people of the destruction of Jerusalem (they failed to repent, preferring rather to mock God’s prophet (1 Ne. 1:18-19; cf. 2 Ne. 25:9); and my word shall be verified at this time as it hath hitherto been verified.”

-“Behold, vengeance cometh speedily upon the inhabitants of the earth, a day of wrath, a day of burning, a day of desolation, of weeping, of mourning, and of lamentation; and as a whirlwind it shall come upon all the face of the earth, saith the Lord.

25 And upon my house shall it begin, and from my house shall it go forth, saith the Lord;

26 First among those among you, saith the Lord, who have professed to know my name and have not known me, and have blasphemed against me in the midst of my house, saith the Lord.” (D&C 122:24-26). Here we see that the judgements of God will occur suddenly like a whirlwind, without forewarning.

-Referring to D&C 122: 24-26, Elder Ezra Taft Benson spoke of the cleansing that is coming, “It is well that our people…not be misled by those apostates within the Church who have not yet repented or been cut off. But there is a cleansing coming. The Lord says that his vengeance shall be poured out ‘upon the inhabitants of the earth….And upon my house shall it begin, and from my house shall it go forth, saith the Lord; First among those among you, saith the Lord, who have professed to know my name and have not known me….” (D&C 122:24-26). I look forward to that cleansing.” (Conference Report, Apr. 1969, 10.)

-“We firmly believe that Zion- which is the pure in heart- shall escape, if she observe to do all things whatsoever God has commanded; but in the opposite event, even zion shall be visited ‘with sore affliction, with pestilence, with plague, with sword, with vengeance, and with devouring fire. (D&C 97:26) All this that her people may be taught to walk in the light.” (President Joseph F. Smith, ‘Lesson in Natural Calamities’ 653)

-“All the acts of governments, all the armies of the nations, all the learning and the wisdom of man together cannot turn these calamities aside. The only way they can be averted is for men to accept and conform to the way of life reveal by God our Heavenly Father. Calamities will come as a matter of cause and effect.” (Elder Marion G. Romney, Conference Report, Apr. 1977, 76)

-Joseph Smith teaches that calamities of the earth are judgements of God in the prayer of the Kirtland temple dedication, (D&C 109), “O Jehovah” “O Lord” “we beseech thee” “thy will be done” “let thy peace” “let not thy judgements” “let it be upon that city”. p354

-D&C 133:72 “bind up the law and seal up the testimony” Hebrew word bind can read “tie up” or “shut up”. Hebrew word seal can read “affix a seal”. These suggest a divine pattern: the saints are endowed, preach the gospel, then the judgements come. Joseph Smith explained these things to the First Presidency and Quorum of the Twelve Apostles on 12 November 1835, “But when you are endowed and prepared to preach the Gospel to all nations, kindreds, and tongues, in their own languages, you must faithfully warn all, and bind up the testimony, and seal up the law, and the destroying angel will follow…upon the children of disobedience; and destroy the workers of iniquity, while the Saints will be gathered out from among them, and stand in holy places ready to meet the bridegroom when he comes.” (Teachings of the Prophet Joseph Smith, 92)

-referring to ‘bind the law and seal the testimony’ Hugh Nibley wrote, “We seal and bind up things to keep them safe from fire and flood, or, in nautical terms, we ‘batten down the hatches’ for what is to come, in this case a burning….The words sealing and binding are not vague theological jargon; they actually mean putting things in such a condition as to resist destructive forces.” (House of Glory, 44)

-“The temple is associated with abundance and prosperity, indeed is perceived as the giver of these.” (John Lundquist)

-“as the Holy Ghost falls upon one of the literal seed of Abraham, it is calm and serene; and his whole soul and body are only exercised by the pure spirit of intelligence; while the effect of the Holy Ghost upon a Gentile, is to purge out the old blood, and make him actually of the seed of Abraham” (Teachings of the Prophet Joseph Smith, 149,50) (3 Ne. 27:20)

-Isa. 4:5 Zion shall be a defense; defense should be translated as canopy or protective covering (Brown, Diver, and Briggs, Hebrew and English Lexicon, 342)

-whatever God chooses to do is just and merciful and right (Alma 42:15) p361

-“14 And I looked, and behold a white cloud, and upon the cloud one sat like unto the Son of man, having on his head a golden crown, and in his hand a sharp sickle.

15 And another angel came out of the temple, crying with a loud voice to him that sat on the cloud, Thrust in thy sickle, and reap: for the time is come for thee to reap; for the harvest of the earth is ripe.

16 And he that sat on the cloud thrust in his sickle on the earth; and the earth was reaped.

17 And another angel came out of the temple which is in heaven, he also having a sharp sickle.

18 And another angel came out from the altar, which had power over fire; and cried with a loud cry to him that had the sharp sickle, saying, Thrust in thy sharp sickle, and gather the clusters of the vine of the earth; for her grapes are fully ripe.

19 And the angel thrust in his sickle into the earth, and gathered the vine of the earth, and cast it into the great winepress of the wrath of God.

20 And the winepress was trodden without the city, and blood came out of the winepress, even unto the horse bridles, by the space of a thousand and six hundred furlongs.” (Isa. 14:14-20).

-From Isa. 14:14-20 we learn that in God’s justice, there will be blood running so deep it reaches to a horse’s bridle. p361 It reaches “sixteen hundred furlongs” which is about 184 miles, approximate size of the land of Palestine. Rev. 14:20 “blood came out of the winepress”. The slaughter of the wicked at the day of their destruction creates a river of blood. see p365

-Rev. 14:14 “on his head a golden crown” in Greek (original language of the text) is stephanos, a golden wreath, such as victors would wear. (Harrington, Revelation, 154)

-white cloud symbolism and timing see p. 362

-the unrepentant souls must be cast into the winepress themselves like how Jesus had to suffer in the Atonement. ” 11 Eternal punishment is God’s punishment.

12 Endless punishment is God’s punishment.

13 Wherefore, I command you to repent, and keep the commandments which you have received by the hand of my servant Joseph Smith, Jun., in my name;

14 And it is by my almighty power that you have received them;

15 Therefore I command you to repent—repent, lest I smite you by the rod of my mouth, and by my wrath, and by my anger, and your sufferings be sore—how sore you know not, how exquisite you know not, yea, how hard to bear you know not.

16 For behold, I, God, have suffered these things for all, that they might not suffer if they would repent;

17 But if they would not repent they must suffer even as I;

18 Which suffering caused myself, even God, the greatest of all, to tremble because of pain, and to bleed at every pore, and to suffer both body and spirit—and would that I might not drink the bitter cup, and shrink—

19 Nevertheless, glory be to the Father, and I partook and finished my preparations unto the children of men.” (D&C 19:11-19)

-“I will tread them in mine anger,…and their blood shall be sprinkled upon my garments.” (Isa. 63:3)

Ch. 9 Signs and Wonders in the Heavens and in the Earth

-During the creation of the earth God “organized the lights in the expanse of the heaven” so that they would “be for signs and for seasons, and for days and for years (Abr. 4:14; see also Gen. 1:14)

-Joseph Smith saw signs in the heavens he called a “shower of fire” and “fireworks of eternity”. He said, at 4am, “I arose, and to my great joy, behold the stars fall from heaven like a shower of hailstones; a literal fulfillment of the word of God, as recorded in the holy Scriptures, and a sure sign that the coming of Christ is close at hand. In the midst of this shower of fire, I was lead to exclaim, ‘How marvelous are Thy works, O Lord! I thank Thee for Thy mercy unto Thy servant; save me in Thy kingdom for Christ’s sake. Amen’…The appearance of these signs varied in different sections of the country: in ion, all heaven seemed enwrapped in splendid fireworks, as if every star in the broad expanse had been suddenly hurled from its course, and sent lawless through the wilds of ether. Some at times appeared like bright shooting meteors, with long trains of light following in their course, and in numbers resembled large drops of rain in sunshine….The appearance was beautiful, grand, and sublime beyond description; and it seemed as if the artillery and fireworks of eternity were set in motion to enchant and entertain the Saints, and terrify and awe the sinners of the earth. Beautiful and terrific as was the scenery, it will not fully compare with the time when the sun shall become black like sack-cloth of hair, the moon like blood, and the stars fall to the earth- Rev. vi:13.” (History of the Church, 1:439-40)(Parley P Pratt also saw the same vision see Autobiography of Parley P. Pratt, 110)

-Jesus will not make his appearance in the grand second coming until after the seventh seal (D&C 77:12-13)

-The seventh seal many consider opened at year 2000 AD. See other commentary here illustrating the time tables prophets have spoken which support this.

-airborne particles from an earthquake, debris and dust, could cause the moon to appear as blood

-The moon will appear as blood (Rev. 6:12, Joel 2:31; Acts 2:20, D&C 29:14, D&C 34:9, D&C 45:42, D&C 88:87)

-Rev. 6:13 “stars of heaven fell unto the earth”. Many stars are large and would pulverize the earth. Elder McConkie explained “Such an earthquake [as the one prophecies in the sixth seal] has never before been known (Rev. 16:17-21), and it shall appear to man on earth as though the stars in the sidereal heavens are falling. And in addition, as here recorded, some heavenly meteors or other objects, appearing as stars, will fall ‘unto the earth’” (Doctrinal New Testament Commentary, Bruce R McConkie, 3:486.)

-Rev. 6:14 “heaven[s opened] as a scroll”. This experience by Wilford Woodruf may correspond to such: “When the five men entered the camp there was not a cloud to be seen in the whole heavens, but as the men left the camp there was a small cloud like a black spot appeared in the north west, and it began to unroll itself like a scroll, and in a few minutes the whole heavens were covered with a pall as black as ink. This incited a sudden storm which soon broke upon us.” (Wilford Woodruf in History of the Church, 2:104)

-“The Lord hath set the bow in the cloud for a sign that while it shall be seen, seed time and harvest, summer and winter shall not fail; but when it shall disappear, woe to that generation, for behold the end cometh quickly” (Joseph Smith in History of the Church, 5:402; 21 May 1843) (compare Gen. 9:13-16; JST Gen. 9:21-25; McConkie Millennial Messiah, 413-17)

-“I have asked of the Lord concerning His coming; and while asking the Lord, He gave a sign and said, ‘In the days of Noah I set a bow in the heavens as a sign and token that in any year that the bow should be seen the Lord would not come; but there should be seed time and harvest during that year: but whenever you see the bow withdrawn, it shall be a token that there shall be famine, pestilence, and great distress among the nations, and that the coming of the Messiah is not far distant.’ But I will take the responsibility upon myself to prophesy in the name of the Lord, that Christ will not come this year…for we have seen the bow.” (Joseph Smith on 10 March 1844, History of the Church, 6:254)

-it may be that the Lord will withhold rain, and thus cause that the rainbow not appear. p375

-“after the tribulation of those days…then shall appear the sign of the Son of Man” (JS-M 1:36 (Joseph Smith also placed the chronology of the sign of the Son of Man after several tribulations see History of the Church, 5:337.)

-After the sign appears (the sign of the coming of the Son of Man), then shall the people of earth “see the Son of Man coming in the clouds of heaven” (JS-M 1:36)

-the sign (of the coming of the Son of Man) will appear in heaven (JS-M 1:36) presumably meaning in the sky.

-No man will see “the sign of the Son of Man, as foretold by Jesus…until after the sun shall have been darkened and the moon bathed in blood.” (Teachings of the Prophet Joseph Smith, 280)

-“the devil knows many signs, but does not know the sign of the Son of Man, or Jesus.” (History of the Church, 4:608)

-“when the sign (of the Son of Man) is given, the Lord’s servants the prophets, including all the faithful saints, will know it for what it is, and thus be made aware that the long-expected day has arrived.” (McConkie, Millennial Messiah, 419)

-“one grand sign of the Son of Man in heaven” (Joseph Smith referred to the sign of the Son of Man in this way in History of the Church, 5:337)

-“There will be wars and rumors of wars, signs in the heavens above and on the earth beneath, the sun turned into darkness and the moon to blood, earthquakes in divers places, the seas heaving beyond their bounds; then will appear one grand sign of the Son of Man in heaven. But what will the world do? They will say it is a planet, a comet, &c. But the Son of Man will come as the sign of the coming of the Son of Man, which will be as the light of the morning cometh out of the east.” (Joseph Smith in History of the Church, 5:337)

-“We are already seeing [false Christs and false prophets] among us today, where individuals are coming forward with claims of deity for their leaders. These arch-deceivers are among us, and some have come in person claiming to be God….The Master gave us a sure way for the saints to herald the coming of our Lord again to the earth, as he promised. This is how the Savior said he would appear: ‘Wherefore if they [meaning heralds of the false Christs] shall say unto you, Behold, he is in the desert; go not forth: behold, he is in the secret chambers; believe it not. For as the lightning cometh out of the east, and shineth even unto the west; so shall also the coming of the Son of man be.’ (Matt. 24:26-27; see also JS-M 1:25-26.) If we could remember that, and put to flight all the foolish ideas about how the Savior will appear, we would be ready when he comes.” (President Harold B. Lee, Ensign, Dec. 1971, 31.)

Ch. 10 Jesus’ Second Coming in Power and Glory

-Lord invites the faithful to pray for his coming D&C 133:40

-angels preparing to sound their trumpets while there is silence in heaven at the beginning of the seventh seal p383

-“And when he opened the seventh seal, there was silence in heaven about the space of half an hour.” (Rev. 8:1).

– the trumpets and their destructions once seventh seal is opened (Rev. 8:1; 14:6-13; 14:14-20; 15-16; D&C 88:94-107) p383

–“the sounding of the trumpets of the seven angels are the preparing and finishing of his work, in the beginning of the seventh thousand years- the preparing of the way before the time of his coming.” (D&C 77:12). (*this is why the Millennium of peace with presence of Christ has not happened in year 2000 AD! That is when the 7th seal began, and now (or perhaps after the heavenly equivalent of 1/2 hour (which would be about year 2019 if we use the 1000 years to us is one day to God scale) the trumpets sound, then the Second Coming of Jesus Christ.)

-“I attended prayer-meeting with the quorum in the assembly room and made some remarks respecting the hundred and forty-four thousand mentioned by John the Revelator, showing that the selection of persons to form that number had already commenced.” (Joseph Smith in History of the Church, 6:196)

-the calling of the 144,000 is to “administer the everlasting gospel” and to help bring people to “the church of the Firstborn” (D&C 77:11).

-“The Lord himself shall descend from heaven with a shout, with the voice of the archangel, and with the trump of God” (1 Thes. 4:16) (aka, Michael, who is Adam, will announce Christ’s coming)

-angels will accompany Christ at his coming (Matt. 25:31)

-” 19 Wherefore, go forth, crying with a loud voice, saying: The kingdom of heaven is at hand; crying: Hosanna! blessed be the name of the Most High God.

20 Go forth baptizing with water, preparing the way before my face for the time of my coming;

21 For the time is at hand; the day or the hour no man knoweth; but it surely shall come.

22 And he that receiveth these things receiveth me; and they shall be gathered unto me in time and in eternity.

23 And again, it shall come to pass that on as many as ye shall baptize with water, ye shall lay your hands, and they shall receive the gift of the Holy Ghost, and shall be looking forth for the signs of my coming, and shall know me.

24 Behold, I come quickly. Even so. Amen.” (D&C 39:19-24)

-” 4 And blessed are you because you have believed;

5 And more blessed are you because you are called of me to preach my gospel-

6 To lift up your voice as with the sound of a trump, both long and loud, and cry repentance unto a crooked and perverse generation, preparing the way of the Lord for his second coming.

7 For behold, verily, verily, I say unto you, the time is soon at hand that I shall come in a cloud with power and great glory.

8 And it shall be a great day at the time of my coming, for all nations shall tremble.

9 But before that great day shall come, the sun shall be darkened, and the moon be turned into blood; and the stars shall refuse their shining, and some shall fall, and great destructions await the wicked.

10 Wherefore, lift up your voice and spare not, for the Lord God hath spoken; therefore prophesy, and it shall be given by the power of the Holy Ghost.

11 And if you are faithful, behold, I am with you until I come—

12 And verily, verily, I say unto you, I come quickly. I am your Lord and your Redeemer. Even so. Amen.” (D&C 34:4-12)

-” 11 Q. What are we to understand by sealing the one hundred and forty-four thousand, out of all the tribes of Israel—twelve thousand out of every tribe?

  1. We are to understand that those who are sealed are high priests, ordained unto the holy order of God, to administer the everlasting gospel; for they are they who are ordained out of every nation, kindred, tongue, and people, by the angels to whom is given power over the nations of the earth, to bring as many as will come to the church of the Firstborn.” (D&C 77:11)

-The righteous dead are making preparations for Christ’s coming (D&C 61:38-39; 133:57-59; 1 Thes. 4:13-17; History of the Church, 3:390)

-Christ will make an appearance at Adam-ondi-Ahman (Dan. 7:13-14)(see also p399)

-Christ will stand on the Mount of Olives and save the Jews (Zech. 14:3-5)

-” 16 Hearken and hear, O ye inhabitants of the earth. Listen, ye elders of my church together, and hear the voice of the Lord; for he calleth upon all men, and he commandeth all men everywhere to repent.

17 For behold, the Lord God hath sent forth the angel crying through the midst of heaven, saying: Prepare ye the way of the Lord, and make his paths straight, for the hour of his coming is nigh—

18 When the Lamb shall stand upon Mount Zion, and with him a hundred and forty-four thousand, having his Father’s name written on their foreheads.

19 Wherefore, prepare ye for the coming of the Bridegroom; go ye, go ye out to meet him.

20 For behold, he shall stand upon the mount of Olivet, and upon the mighty ocean, even the great deep, and upon the islands of the sea, and upon the land of Zion.

21 And he shall utter his voice out of Zion, and he shall speak from Jerusalem, and his voice shall be heard among all people;

22 And it shall be a voice as the voice of many waters, and as the voice of a great thunder, which shall break down the mountains, and the valleys shall not be found.

23 He shall command the great deep, and it shall be driven back into the north countries, and the islands shall become one land;

24 And the land of Jerusalem and the land of Zion shall be turned back into their own place, and the earth shall be like as it was in the days before it was divided.

25 And the Lord, even the Savior, shall stand in the midst of his people, and shall reign over all flesh.

26 And they who are in the north countries shall come in remembrance before the Lord; and their prophets shall hear his voice, and shall no longer stay themselves; and they shall smite the rocks, and the ice shall flow down at their presence.

27 And an highway shall be cast up in the midst of the great deep.

28 Their enemies shall become a prey unto them,

29 And in the barren deserts there shall come forth pools of living water; and the parched ground shall no longer be a thirsty land.

30 And they shall bring forth their rich treasures unto the children of Ephraim, my servants.

31 And the boundaries of the everlasting hills shall tremble at their presence.

32 And there shall they fall down and be crowned with glory, even in Zion, by the hands of the servants of the Lord, even the children of Ephraim.

33 And they shall be filled with songs of everlasting joy.” (D&C 133:16-33)

-“The second coming of the Son of Man consists not of one but of many appearances. Our blessed Lord will come- attended by all the hosts of heaven, and in all the glory of his Father’s kingdom- not to one but to many places. He will stand on one continent after another, speak to one great assemblage after another, and work his will among succeeding groups of mortals” (Elder Bruce R. McConkie, Millennial Messiah, 575; see also 576-78)

-“[At his second coming, the Savior’s] first appearance will be to the righteous Saints who have gathered to the New Jerusalem. In this place of refuge they will be safe from the wrath of the Lord, which will be poured out without measure on all nations….The second appearance of the Lord will be to the Jews. To these beleaguered sons of Judah, surrounded by hostile Gentile armies, who again threaten to overrun Jerusalem, the Savior- their Messiah- will appear and set His feet on the Mount of Olives….The third appearance of Christ will be to the rest of the world….All nations will see Him ‘in the clouds of heaven, clothed with power and great glory; with all the holy angels.’” (President Ezra Taft Benson, “Five Marks of the Divinity of Jesus Christ,” 49-50)

-” 1 But of the times and the seasons, brethren, ye have no need that I write unto you.

2 For yourselves know perfectly that the day of the Lord so cometh as a thief in the night.

3 For when they shall say, Peace and safety; then sudden destruction cometh upon them, as travail upon a woman with child; and they shall not escape.

4 But ye, brethren, are not in darkness, that that day should overtake you as a thief.

5 Ye are all the children of light, and the children of the day: we are not of the night, nor of darkness.

6 Therefore let us not sleep, as do others; but let us watch and be sober.

7 For they that sleep sleep in the night; and they that be drunken are drunken in the night.

8 But let us, who are of the day, be sober, putting on the breastplate of faith and love; and for an helmet, the hope of salvation.” (1 Thes. 5:1-8)

-“The last days are here and now.” (Elder N. Eldon Tanner, General Conference report, Oct. 1968, 46.)

-“The Savior has told us that just as when the fig tree puts forth its leaves, we may know that summer is nigh, so it will be with his second coming (see Luke 21:28-30). The foreseen summer of circumstances is now upon us. Let us not, therefore, complain of the heat!” (Elder Neal A. Maxwell, Conference Report, Oct. 1980, 19)

-“I believe that the coming of the Son of God is not far away, how far I do not know, but I do know that it is over one hundred years nearer than it was when Elijah the prophet came to the Prophet Joseph Smith and Oliver Cowdry in the Kirtland Temple on the third day of April, 1836. Elijah’s words point to the fact that we are that much nearer. And this ancient prophet del card that by the restoration of those keys we should know that the great and dreadful day of the Lord is near, even at our doors. (D&C 110:13-16)” (President Joseph Fielding Smith, General Conference Report, Apr. 1951, 58)

-” 22 And he said unto the disciples, The days will come, when ye shall desire to see one of the days of the Son of man, and ye shall not see it.

23 And they shall say to you, See here; or, see there: go not after them, nor follow them.

24 For as the lightning, that lighteneth out of the one part under heaven, shineth unto the other part under heaven; so shall also the Son of man be in his day.

25 But first must he suffer many things, and be rejected of this generation.

26 And as it was in the days of Noe, so shall it be also in the days of the Son of man.

27 They did eat, they drank, they married wives, they were given in marriage, until the day that Noe entered into the ark, and the flood came, and destroyed them all.

28 Likewise also as it was in the days of Lot; they did eat, they drank, they bought, they sold, they planted, they builded;

29 But the same day that Lot went out of Sodom it rained fire and brimstone from heaven, and destroyed them all.

30 Even thus shall it be in the day when the Son of man is revealed.

31 In that day, he which shall be upon the housetop, and his stuff in the house, let him not come down to take it away: and he that is in the field, let him likewise not return back.

32 Remember Lot’s wife.

33 Whosoever shall seek to save his life shall lose it; and whosoever shall lose his life shall preserve it.

34 I tell you, in that night there shall be two men in one bed; the one shall be taken, and the other shall be left.

35 Two women shall be grinding together; the one shall be taken, and the other left.

36 Two men shall be in the field; the one shall be taken, and the other left.

37 And they answered and said unto him, Where, Lord? And he said unto them, Wheresoever the body is, thither will the eagles be gathered together. (Luke 17:22-37)

-” 41 But as it was in the days of Noah, so it shall be also at the coming of the Son of Man;

42 For it shall be with them, as it was in the days which were before the flood; for until the day that Noah entered into the ark they were eating and drinking, marrying and giving in marriage;

43 And knew not until the flood came, and took them all away; so shall also the coming of the Son of Man be.” (JS-M 1:41-43)

-“The one who is taken, of the two laboring side by side, is the righteous one, the one to be gathered with the saints. He is taken to the body of the Church.” (Elder Bruce R. McConkie, Doctrinal New Testament Commentary, 1:670.)

-” 38 Gird up your loins and be watchful and be sober, looking forth for the coming of the Son of Man, for he cometh in an hour you think not.

39 Pray always that you enter not into temptation, that you may abide the day of his coming, whether in life or in death. Even so. Amen.” (D&C 61:38-39)

-“To know when [the Second Coming] will come would take from us much of the self-discipline needed to walk daily in obedience to the principles of the gospel.” (Elder Gordon B. Hinckley, “‘We Need Not Fear His Coming,’” 83.)

-[the specific time is not revealed of the Second Coming] “so that men of each succeeding age shall be led to prepare for it as though it would be in their mortal lives.” (Elder Bruce R. McConkie, Doctrinal New Testament Commentary, 1:675)

-[referring to 1 Thes. 5:6 “watch and be sober”, : “Let us be sure we thoroughly understand the most important things we can do to prepare ourselves for our Lord’s second coming to earth, and, by our obedience and faithfulness, escape his punishment….We must set our lies and homes in order. This means a searching of our souls, an admittance of wrongdoing, and repentance where needed. It means keeping all of God’s commandments. It means loving our neighbor It means being good husbands and wives. It means teaching and training our children in the ways of righteousness. It means being honest in all our doings, in business and at home. It means spreading the gospel of Jesus Christ to all the peoples of the world.” (Elder Delbert L. Stapley, Conference Report, Oct. 1975, 71)

-” 7 Be patient therefore, brethren, unto the coming of the Lord. Behold, the husbandman waiteth for the precious fruit of the earth, and hath long patience for it, until he receive the early and latter rain.

8 Be ye also patient; stablish your hearts: for the coming of the Lord draweth nigh.

9 Grudge not one against another, brethren, lest ye be condemned: behold, the judge standeth before the door.

10 Take, my brethren, the prophets, who have spoken in the name of the Lord, for an example of suffering affliction, and of patience.

11 Behold, we count them happy which endure. Ye have heard of the patience of Job, and have seen the end of the Lord; that the Lord is very pitiful, and of tender mercy.” (James 5:7-11)

-“Patience will see us through troubles because of the perspective that patience bings. A patient Paul declared, ‘We are troubled on every side, yet not distressed; we are perplexed, but not in despair; persecuted, but not forsaken; cast down but not destroyed.’ (2 Cor. 4:8-9)” (Elder Neal A. Maxwell, Notwithstanding My Weakness, 64)

-“While the virtue of patience, which was fully developed in Him [Jesus Christ], is never out of season, patience in tribulation will surely be a [priority?] virtue in the last days.” (Elder Neal A. Maxwell, Even As I Am, 17)

-“We do not know the precise time of the Second Coming of the Savior, but we do know that we are living in the latter days and are closer to the Second Coming than when the Savior lived his mortal life in the meridian of time. We should resolve to begin a new era of personal obedience to prepare for His return. Mortality is fleeting. We all have much to accomplish in preparation to meet Him.” (Elder Joseph B. Wirthlin, Conference Report, Oct. 1998, 31)

-” 56 And at that day, when I shall come in my glory, shall the parable be fulfilled which I spake concerning the ten virgins.

57 For they that are wise and have received the truth, and have taken the Holy Spirit for their guide, and have not been deceived—verily I say unto you, they shall not be hewn down and cast into the fire, but shall abide the day.

58 And the earth shall be given unto them for an inheritance; and they shall multiply and wax strong, and their children shall grow up without sin unto salvation.

59 For the Lord shall be in their midst, and his glory shall be upon them, and he will be their king and their lawgiver.” (D&C 45:56-59)

-“the Ten Virgins represent the people of the Church of Jesus Christ and not the rank and file of the world.” (Elder Spencer W. Kimball, Faith Precedes the Miracle, 253)

-“There are even many members of the Church who are lax and careless and who continually procrastinate. They live the gospel casually but not devoutly. They have complied with some requirements but are not valiant. They do no major crimes but merely fail to do the things required- things like paying tithing, living the Word of Wisdom, having family prayers, fasting, attending meetings, serving….The ten virgins belonged to the kingdom and had every right to the blessings- except that fiver were not valiant and were not ready when the great day came. They were unprepared through not living all the commandments. They were bitterly disappointed at being shut out from the marriage- as likewise their modern counterparts will be.” (Elder Spencer W. Kimball, Miracle of Forgiveness, 7-8)

-Jerusalem 12 Apostles Judge the righteous of Israel (Morm. 3:18; Matt. 19:28; 1 Ne. 12:9)

-Jesus judges the wicked (Matt:25:31; Jude 1:14-16)

-“Some years ago one of our brethren spoke of the payment of tithing as ‘fire insurance.’ That statement evoked laughter. Nonetheless, the word of the Lord is clear that those who do not keep the commandments and observe the laws of God shall be burned at the time of his coming. For that shall be a day of judgement and a day of sifting, a day of separating the good from the evil. I would venture a personal opinion that no event has occurred in all the history of the earth as dreadful as will be the day of the Second Coming; no event as fraught with the destructive forces of nature, as consequential for the nations of the earth, as terrible for the wicked, or as wonderful for the righteous.” (Elder Gordon B. Hinckley, “‘We Need Not Fear His Coming,’” 82-83.)

-” 1 Then shall the kingdom of heaven be likened unto ten virgins, which took their lamps, and went forth to meet the bridegroom.

2 And five of them were wise, and five were foolish.

3 They that were foolish took their lamps, and took no oil with them:

4 But the wise took oil in their vessels with their lamps.

5 While the bridegroom tarried, they all slumbered and slept.

6 And at midnight there was a cry made, Behold, the bridegroom cometh; go ye out to meet him.

7 Then all those virgins arose, and trimmed their lamps.

8 And the foolish said unto the wise, Give us of your oil; for our lamps are gone out.

9 But the wise answered, saying, Not so; lest there be not enough for us and you: but go ye rather to them that sell, and buy for yourselves.

10 And while they went to buy, the bridegroom came; and they that were ready went in with him to the marriage: and the door was shut.

11 Afterward came also the other virgins, saying, Lord, Lord, open to us.

12 But he answered and said, Verily I say unto you, I know you not.

13 Watch therefore, for ye know neither the day nor the hour wherein the Son of man cometh.” (Matt. 25:1-13)

” 56 And at that day, when I shall come in my glory, shall the parable be fulfilled which I spake concerning the ten virgins.

57 For they that are wise and have received the truth, and have taken the Holy Spirit for their guide, and have not been deceived—verily I say unto you, they shall not be hewn down and cast into the fire, but shall abide the day.

58 And the earth shall be given unto them for an inheritance; and they shall multiply and wax strong, and their children shall grow up without sin unto salvation.

59 For the Lord shall be in their midst, and his glory shall be upon them, and he will be their king and their lawgiver.” (D&C 45:56-59)

-” 5 Behold, this is wisdom in me; wherefore, marvel not, for the hour cometh that I will drink of the fruit of the vine with you on the earth, and with Moroni, whom I have sent unto you to reveal the Book of Mormon, containing the fulness of my everlasting gospel, to whom I have committed the keys of the record of the stick of Ephraim;

14 And also with all those whom my Father hath given me out of the world.” (D&C 27:5,14)

-“Those who keep the commandments of the Lord and walk in His statutes to the end, are the only individuals permitted to sit at this glorious feast….[Paul wrote] ‘I have fought a good fight, I have finished my course, I have kept the faith….’ His labors were unceasing to spread the glorious news: and like a faithful soldier, when called to give his life in the cause which he had espoused, he laid it down….Folow the labors of this Aposlte from the time of his conversion to the time of his death, and you will have a fair sample of industry and patience in promulgating the Gospel of Christ. Derided, whipped, and stoned, the moment he escaped the hands of his persecuteors he as zealously as ever proclaimed the doctrine of the Savior…. Reflect for a moment, brethren, and enquire, whether you would consider yourselves worthy a seat at the marriage feast with Paul and others like him, if you had been unfaithful? Had you not fought the good fight, and kept the faith, could you expect to receive?” (Joseph Smith in History of the Church, 2:19-20.)

-In the final event even our righteousness is possible only because of the grace and peer and gifts granted to us by God (Deut. 30:20; John 1:12; 2 Cor. 4:7; Col. 1:10-11)

Ch. 11: Scriptural Types of the Last Days and the Second Coming

-see Millennial Messiah, 361-65

-“If we had sufficient insight, we would see in every gospel ordinance, in every rite that is part of revealed religion, in every performance commanded of God, in all things Diety gives his people, something that typifies the eternal ministry of the Eternal Christ.” (Elder Bruce R. McConkie, Promised Messiah, 378)

-Moses 7:33, 36 people without affection

-Moses 8:22 earth filled with violence before flood at time of Noah

-Heb. 11:17 Abraham offer Isaac a type of Christ and His Father

-Jacob 4:5

-Hel. 8:14-15, Alma 33:19 explains serpent lifted by Moses symbolism

-John 3:14-15

-Mosiah 13:30-31

-Rom. 6; D&C 128:12-13 Baptism symbolizes Christ’s death and resurrection

-2 Ne. 11:4

-Mosiah 3:15 God had given ancient Israel many signs and types

-Alma 25:15 Law of Moses a type of Christ

-Alma 13:16

-Num. 21: 6-9 serpent lifted by Moses

-Moses 8:19-24 Noah’s contemporaries rejected the preaching of repentance and baptism and faith and the Holy Ghost.

-Moses 7:43 flood swallowed the wicked

-Moses 7:43 God delivers the people in the ark

-Moses 7:42 God preserved Noah’s family “with a temporal salvation”

-“Let the anointing of thy ministers be sealed upon them with power from on high. Let it be fulfilled upon them, as upon those on the day of Pentecost; let the gift of tongues be poured out upon thy people, even cloven tongues as of fire, and the interpretation thereof. And let thy house be filled, as with a rushing mighty wind, with thy glory” (D&C 109:35-37).

-Exiled Jews return to Judah and rebuild the temple (Ezra 1:2-5) which was destroyed decades earlier (2 Kgs. 24-25; 2 Chr. 36) they hence celebrate (Ezra 3:10-13)

-“Judah must return, Jerusalem must be rebuilt, and the temple, and water come out from under the temple, and the waters of the Dead Sea be healed. It will take some time to rebuild the walls of the city and the temple, &c.; and all this must be done before the Son of Man will make his appearance.” (Teachings of the Prophet Joseph Smith, 286)

-” 53 Three years previous to the death of Adam, he called Seth, Enos, Cainan, Mahalaleel, Jared, Enoch, and Methuselah, who were all high priests, with the residue of his posterity who were righteous, into the valley of Adam-ondi-Ahman, and there bestowed upon them his last blessing.

54 And the Lord appeared unto them, and they rose up and blessed Adam, and called him Michael, the prince, the archangel.

55 And the Lord administered comfort unto Adam, and said unto him: I have set thee to be at the head; a multitude of nations shall come of thee, and thou art a prince over them forever.

56 And Adam stood up in the midst of the congregation; and, notwithstanding he was bowed down with age, being full of the Holy Ghost, predicted whatsoever should befall his posterity unto the latest generation.

57 These things were all written in the book of Enoch, and are to be testified of in due time.” (D&C 107:53-57 Gatherings at Adam-ondi-Ahman)

-“I saw Adam in the valley of Adam-ondi-Ahman. He called together his children and blessed them with a patriarchal blessing. The odd appeared in their midst, and he (Adam) blessed them all, and foretold what should befall them to the latest generation. This is why Adam blessed his posterity; he wanted to bring them into the presence of God.” (Teachings of the Prophet Joseph Smith, 15-59)

-Adam will be present at the upcoming gathering at Adam-ondi-Ahman (Teachings of the Prophet Joseph Smith, 122)

-One purpose of the meeting at Adam-ondi-Ahman is to prepare the Saints for the Second Coming (Dahl and Cannon, Teachings of Joseph Smith, 364)

-” 4 And it came to pass that in the commencement of the ninety and second year, behold, the prophecies of the prophets began to be fulfilled more fully; for there began to be greater signs and greater miracles wrought among the people.

5 But there were some who began to say that the time was past for the words to be fulfilled, which were spoken by Samuel, the Lamanite.

6 And they began to rejoice over their brethren, saying: Behold the time is past, and the words of Samuel are not fulfilled; therefore, your joy and your faith concerning this thing hath been vain.

7 And it came to pass that they did make a great uproar throughout the land; and the people who believed began to be very sorrowful, lest by any means those things which had been spoken might not come to pass.

8 But behold, they did watch steadfastly for that day and that night and that day which should be as one day as if there were no night, that they might know that their faith had not been vain.

9 Now it came to pass that there was a day set apart by the unbelievers, that all those who believed in those traditions should be put to death except the sign should come to pass, which had been given by Samuel the prophet.

10 Now it came to pass that when Nephi, the son of Nephi, saw this wickedness of his people, his heart was exceedingly sorrowful.” (3 Ne. 1:4-10 Many deny the signs of Christ’s coming)

-“I know that there are many, and even some among the Latter-day Saints, who are saying just as the Lord said they would say, ‘The Lord delayeth his coming.’ One man said: ‘It is impossible for Jesus Christ to come inside of three or four hundred years.’ But I say unto you, Watch.” (President Joseph Fielding Smith, Doctrines of Salvation, 3:52)

-Righteous Nephites and Lamanites are spared (3 Ne. 10:12-19) p448

-Christ’s appearance at the temple in Bountiful (3 Ne. 11: 8-12)

-The Nephites’ Zion (4 Ne. 1:13-18)

-Solomon’s earthly kingdom (Psalm 72:1-19)

-“It is no surprise to spiritually literate souls to learn that the prophecies of the First Coming are but types and shadows of similar revelations relative to the Second Coming.” (Elder Bruce R. McConkie, Promised Messiah, 31)

Conclusion: p457:

-“It was the best of times, it was the worst of times, it was the age of wisdom, it was the age of foolishness, it was the epoch of belief, it was the epoch of incredulity, it was the season of Light, it was the season of Darkness, it was the spring of hope, it was the winter of despair, we had everything before us, we had nothing before us.” (Charles Dickens, A Tale of Two Cities, opening lines)

-“1 Again the word of the Lord came unto me, saying,

2 Son of man, speak to the children of thy people, and say unto them, When I bring the sword upon a land, if the people of the land take a man of their coasts, and set him for their watchman:

3 If when he seeth the sword come upon the land, he blow the trumpet, and warn the people;

4 Then whosoever heareth the sound of the trumpet, and taketh not warning; if the sword come, and take him away, his blood shall be upon his own head.

5 He heard the sound of the trumpet, and took not warning; his blood shall be upon him. But he that taketh warning shall deliver his soul.

6 But if the watchman see the sword come, and blow not the trumpet, and the people be not warned; if the sword come, and take any person from among them, he is taken away in his iniquity; but his blood will I require at the watchman’s hand.

7 ¶So thou, O son of man, I have set thee a watchman unto the house of Israel; therefore thou shalt hear the word at my mouth, and warn them from me.

8 When I say unto the wicked, O wicked man, thou shalt surely die; if thou dost not speak to warn the wicked from his way, that wicked man shall die in his iniquity; but his blood will I require at thine hand.

9 Nevertheless, if thou warn the wicked of his way to turn from it; if he do not turn from his way, he shall die in his iniquity; but thou hast delivered thy soul.

10 Therefore, O thou son of man, speak unto the house of Israel; Thus ye speak, saying, If our transgressions and our sins be upon us, and we pine away in them, how should we then live?

11 Say unto them, As I live, saith the Lord God, I have no pleasure in the death of the wicked; but that the wicked turn from his way and live: turn ye, turn ye from your evil ways; for why will ye die, O house of Israel?

12 Therefore, thou son of man, say unto the children of thy people, The righteousness of the righteous shall not deliver him in the day of his transgression: as for the wickedness of the wicked, he shall not fall thereby in the day that he turneth from his wickedness; neither shall the righteous be able to live for his righteousness in the day that he sinneth.

13 When I shall say to the righteous, that he shall surely live; if he trust to his own righteousness, and commit iniquity, all his righteousnesses shall not be remembered; but for his iniquity that he hath committed, he shall die for it.

14 Again, when I say unto the wicked, Thou shalt surely die; if he turn from his sin, and do that which is lawful and right;

15 If the wicked restore the pledge, give again that he had robbed, walk in the statutes of life, without committing iniquity; he shall surely live, he shall not die.

16 None of his sins that he hath committed shall be mentioned unto him: he hath done that which is lawful and right; he shall surely live.” (Ezek. 33:1-16)

-” 23 And I did read many things unto them which were written in the books of Moses; but that I might more fully persuade them to believe in the Lord their Redeemer I did read unto them that which was written by the prophet Isaiah; for I did liken all scriptures unto us, that it might be for our profit and learning.

24 Wherefore I spake unto them, saying: Hear ye the words of the prophet, ye who are a remnant of the house of Israel, a branch who have been broken off; hear ye the words of the prophet, which were written unto all the house of Israel, and liken them unto yourselves, that ye may have hope as well as your brethren from whom ye have been broken off; for after this manner has the prophet written.” (1 Ne. 19:23-24)

-“And now I write some of the words of Isaiah, that whoso of my people shall see these words may lift up their hearts and rejoice for all men. Now these are the words, and ye may liken them unto you and unto all men.” (2 Ne. 11:8)

-“Son of man, thou dwellest in the midst of a rebellious house, which have eyes to see, and see not; they have ears to hear, and hear not: for they are a rebellious house.” (Ezek. 12:2)

-” 22 Ye say that ye know that the end of the world cometh; ye say also that ye know that the heavens and the earth shall pass away;

23 And in this ye say truly, for so it is; but these things which I have told you shall not pass away until all shall be fulfilled.

24 And this I have told you concerning Jerusalem; and when that day shall come, shall a remnant be scattered among all nations;

25 But they shall be gathered again; but they shall remain until the times of the Gentiles be fulfilled.

26 And in that day shall be heard of wars and rumors of wars, and the whole earth shall be in commotion, and men’s hearts shall fail them, and they shall say that Christ delayeth his coming until the end of the earth.

27 And the love of men shall wax cold, and iniquity shall abound.

28 And when the times of the Gentiles is come in, a light shall break forth among them that sit in darkness, and it shall be the fulness of my gospel;

29 But they receive it not; for they perceive not the light, and they turn their hearts from me because of the precepts of men.

30 And in that generation shall the times of the Gentiles be fulfilled.

31 And there shall be men standing in that generation, that shall not pass until they shall see an overflowing scourge; for a desolating sickness shall cover the land.

32 But my disciples shall stand in holy places, and shall not be moved; but among the wicked, men shall lift up their voices and curse God and die.

33 And there shall be earthquakes also in divers places, and many desolations; yet men will harden their hearts against me, and they will take up the sword, one against another, and they will kill one another.

34 And now, when I the Lord had spoken these words unto my disciples, they were troubled.

35 And I said unto them: Be not troubled, for, when all these things shall come to pass, ye may know that the promises which have been made unto you shall be fulfilled.

36 And when the light shall begin to break forth, it shall be with them like unto a parable which I will show you—

37 Ye look and behold the fig trees, and ye see them with your eyes, and ye say when they begin to shoot forth, and their leaves are yet tender, that summer is now nigh at hand;

38 Even so it shall be in that day when they shall see all these things, then shall they know that the hour is nigh.

39 And it shall come to pass that he that feareth me shall be looking forth for the great day of the Lord to come, even for the signs of the coming of the Son of Man.

40 And they shall see signs and wonders, for they shall be shown forth in the heavens above, and in the earth beneath.

41 And they shall behold blood, and fire, and vapors of smoke.

42 And before the day of the Lord shall come, the sun shall be darkened, and the moon be turned into blood, and the stars fall from heaven.

43 And the remnant shall be gathered unto this place;

44 And then they shall look for me, and, behold, I will come; and they shall see me in the clouds of heaven, clothed with power and great glory; with all the holy angels; and he that watches not for me shall be cut off.” (D&C 45:22-44)

-“We must have faith in the future regardless of the ultimate eventualities. One of the greatest calamities in this world would be the calamity of sitting down ad waiting for calamities. We must not let the things we can’t do keep us from doing the things we can do. We must not let remote possibilities or even imminent probabilities keep us from moving forward with all earnestness and all effort. I should like to say to the young people of this generation that they too must have faith in the future. In spite of all the uncertainties, they must go forward and prepare themselves as best they can for all the problems and opportunities of life. Whatever may come here or hereafter, the future will always be better for those who are best prepared. No generation has ever lived without facing uncertainty. If those who faced the uncertainties of ten or twenty-five years ago had sat by and waited for what seemed to them to be imminent calamities, we should not have had the able and ready lad well-qualified men that we have today, and that we need and shall need in the next generation. So I say to these youth of ours: go forth and live your lives with humility, with gratitude, with repentance, keeping the commandments of God and having faith in the future and preparing yourselves for the future, as the Church itself continues its building. There is nothing to lose by having faith in the future, but there is much to lose by not preparing for the future…. I recall a reported statement, attributed, as I remember it, to President Wilford Woodruff. Some of the brethren of his time are said to have approached him (they had their troubles also) and to have inquired of him as to when he felt the end would be- when would be the coming of the Master? These, I think, are not his exact words, but they convey the spirit of his reported reply: ‘I would live as if it were to be tomorrow- but I am still planting cherry trees!‘ I think we may well take this as a page for our own book and live as if the end might be tomorrow- and still plant cherry trees! In worrying about things that are beyond our reach, we should not overlook our opportunities with our own families and friends; in worrying about possible eventualities we should not neglect the things that need to be done here and now, and that are within our reach; the things for which we are immediately responsible; we should not neglect [our] present opportunities and obligations. I should like to close with a statement of William Allen White: ‘I am not afraid of tomorrow, for I have seen yesterday, and I love today.‘” (Elder Richard L. Evans, Conference Report, Apr. 1950,105-6)

-“¶And therefore will the Lord wait, that he may be gracious unto you, and therefore will he be exalted, that he may have mercy upon you: for the Lord is a God of judgment: blessed are all they that wait for him.” (Isa. 30:18)

-“6 And he said unto me, These sayings are faithful and true: and the Lord God of the holy prophets sent his angel to shew unto his servants the things which must shortly be done.

7 Behold, I come quickly: blessed is he that keepeth the sayings of the prophecy of this book.” (Rev. 22:6-7)

-” 11 He that is unjust, let him be unjust still: and he which is filthy, let him be filthy still: and he that is righteous, let him be righteous still: and he that is holy, let him be holy still.

12 And, behold, I come quickly; and my reward is with me, to give every man according as his work shall be.” (Rev. 22:11-12)

-“He which testifieth these things saith, Surely I come quickly. Amen. Even so, come, Lord Jesus.” (Rev. 22:20)

The Millennuim and Beyond:

Events that will prepare the earth for the Millennuim:

-When the Lord comes, every corruptible things will “melt with fervent heat” and the works of the world will be burned up (2 Pet. 3:10-12; D&C 101:24-25)

-After the earth is cleansed by burning, the Lord will bring “new heavens and a new earth” (2 Pet. 3:10-13; D&C 101:24-25); the Lord said “old things shall pass away, and all things become new” (D&C 63:49)

– The Lord will separate the righteous from the wicked (D&C 63:54). The righteous remain on earth for the Millennium, whereas the wicked will be destroyed by burning (Mal. 4:1; D&C 29:9; 64:23-24; 133:63-64).

-The Lord will make a full end of all nations (D&C 87:6).

-The Lord will bring the city of Enoch back to earth, there to dwell in Zion (Moses 7:62-64)

-The wicked will remain in the spirit world until after the Millennium has ended (D&C 88:101; Rev. 20:5).

Physical Conditions of the Earth In the Millennium:

-“In the beginning of the seventh thousand years…the Lord God [will] sanctify the earth” (D&C 77:12).

– The mountains and valleys will be made smooth (D&C 133:22)

– The land will all be brought into one continent, “like as it was in the days before it was divided” (D&C 133:23-24)

-“The earth shall be transfigured” (D&C 63:20-21)

-“The earth will be renewed and receive it’s paradicical glory” (A of F 1:10), becoming like the Garden of Eden (Ezek. 36:35). Like the Garden of Eden, the earth will be devoid of thorns and thistles (Gen. 3:18).

– Earth will rest for a thousand years (Moses 7:64)

– The enmity between animals will cease (Isa. 11:6, 8; D&C 101:26)

– The enmity between animals and man will cease (Isa. 11:6, 8; D&C 101:26)

-The curse between the serpent and the seed of the woman will be removed (Gen. 3:15; Isa. 11:8)

-Man’s perfect dominion over the animals will be restored (Gen. 1:28; Isa. 11:6)

-People will enjoy the fruits of their labors (Isa. 65:21-23; D&C 101:101)

-Time will be no longer (D&C 84:100; 88:110)

Conditions of those who dwell on the earth in the Millennium:

-Children will grow up and grow old (D&C 63:51)

-People will die only after they reach a hundred years old (Isa. 65:20), and then they will “be changed in the twinkling of an eye” to a glorious state (D&C 43:32; 63:51; 101:30-31)

-There will be no death as we know it: “there shall be no sorrow because there is no death” (D&C 101:29)

-It will be a state of gladness, rejoicing, and joy; “and the voice of weeping shall be no more heard in her, nor the voice of crying” (Isa. 65:18-19)

– Those who are resurrected will dwell in the New Jerusalem (D&C 63:49)

– Family history and temple work will be accelerated, without the obstacles we now know. (Smith, Doctrines of Salvation, 2:251-52)

Spiritual Blessings of those who dwell on the earth in the Millennium:

-Satan will be bound by the power of God (Rev. 20:1-3; see also D&C 43:31; 45:55; 88:110), leaving him “no place in the hearts of the children of men” and “no power over [their] hearts” (D&C 45:55; 1 Ne. 22:26; see also 2 Ne. 30:18; D&C 101:28). Satan will also have no power “because of the righteousness of [the] people” (1 Ne. 22:26).

-Children will “grow up without sin unto salvation” (D&C 45:58).

-The Lord’s glory will dwell on the earth, that all may see it (Isa. 35:2; D&C 84:101; 101:25)

-The entire earth will be as a temple, which God calls “my holy mountain” (Isa. 65:25)

-The Lord himself will dwell “with men on earth” (D&C 29:11; see also Zech. 2:10; D&C 84:101; 133:25)

-“The earth shall be full of the knowledge of the Lord” (Isa. 11:9; Hab. 2:14; 2 Ne. 30:15); everyone will know the Lord (Jer. 31:34; D&C 84:98)

-Eventually, all will come to worship the Lord (Isa. 66:23)

-All things will be revealed to the children of men (2 Ne. 30:16-18; D&C 101:32-34)

-Man’s every request of the Lord will be granted (D&C 101:27), surely because no one will ask amiss (James 4:3; 2 Ne. 4:35).

-The prayer of one’s heart will be answered even before it is uttered (Isa. 65:24)

Sinners and those who are not members of Christ’s Church in the Millennium:

-At least for a time, there will be some on earth who are not members of Christ’s church during the Millennium. (Smith, Doctrines of Salvation, 1:86-87; 3:63-64)

-At least for a time, there will be some who worship other gods (Mic. 4:5; Zech. 14:16-19)

-“There will be wicked men on the earth during the thousand years. The heathen nations who will not come up to worship will be visited with the jug dements of God and must eventually be destroyed from the earth” (Teachings of the Prophet Joseph Smith, 268. Joseph Fielding Smith clarified this statement in a footnote in Teachings, “The Prophet’s statement that there will be wicked men on the earth during the Millennium has caused considerable confusion in the minds of many who have read in the Scripture in many paces that when Christ comes the earth shall be cleansed from its wickedness, and that the wicked shall not stand, but shall be consumed. See D&C 5:18-19, 29:8-10; 101:23-25; Isa. 24:1-3; Mal. 4:1. The evil-minded inhabitants, those ‘who love and make a lie; and are guilty of all manner of corruption, will be consumed and pass away when Christ comes. In using the term ‘wicked men’ in this instruction at the home of Judge Adams, the Prophet did so in the same sense in which the Lord uses it in the eighty-fourth section of the Dctrine and Covenants, 49-53, The Lord in this scripture speaks of those who have not received the Gospel as being under the bondage of sin, and hence ‘wicked.‘ Howeveer, many of these people are honorable, clean living men, but they have not embraced the Gospel. The inhabitants of the terrestrial order will remain on the earth during the Millennion, and this class are without the Godpsl ordinances. See D&C 76:73-76″)

-At least for a time, there will be those who are called “sinners” (Isa. 65:20). Perhaps their destiny is the same as that of the heathen nations described above.

-The Lord will give the people “a pure language” (Zeph. 3:9).

-The people will come to a true unity (Zeph. 3:9; D&C 84:98)

Political Conditions in the Millennium:

-The Lord will reign over the earth as king (Dan. 7:13-14; D&C 38:21; 133:25; A of F 10).

-Jesus Christ will be our lawgiver (D&C 38:22; 45:59).

-The Saints will rule with Jesus Christ (Dan. 7:27; Rev. 5:10; Rev. 20:4, 6; D&C 43:29)

-Christ and the resurrected Saints will probably not dwell upon the earth continually during the thousand years. (Teachings of the Prophet Joseph Smith, 268)

-There will be two world capitals, Zion and Jerusalem (Isa. 2:3) (*Perhaps a third, the City of Enoch)

Conditions at the end of the Millennium:

-When the thousand years are over, meant will “again begin to deny their God” (D&C 29:22)

-Satan will be loosed to reign for a “little season” (Rev. 20:3, 7; D&C 43:31)

-Satan will go forth again to “deceive the nations” (Rev. 20:8)

-Satan will gather his armies to fight against Michael and his armies (D&C 88:111-13). The number of Satan’s followers will be “as the sand of the sea” (Rev. 20:8) In the “battle of the great God,” Satan and his armies will surround the Saints and “the beloved city,” but “fire [will come] down from God out of heaven, and [devour] them” (D&C 88:114; Rev. 20:9)

-The devil will be cast into “the lake of fire and brimstone,” where he “shall be tormented day and night for ever and ever” (Rev. 20:10)

-The remaining dead will all be resurrected (D&C 29:26-28)

-The family of man will be judged, to receive a blessing or a cursing (Rev. 20:11-15; 21:7-8; D&C 29:26-28)

-“And the end shall come, and the heaven and the earth shall be consumed and pass away” (D&C 29:23)

The Celestial World:

-A celestial glory will be established on the earth; it is called “a new heaven and a new earth.” The celestialized earth will have no sea (Rev. 21:1; D&C 29:23-24).

-The earth will be “crowned with glory” and “sanctified” (D&C 88:19, 26)

-The righteous will inherit the glorified earth (D&C 88:26)

-God himself will dwell with mankind on the celestialized earth (Rev. 21:3; D&C 88:19)

-“There shall be no more death, neither sorrow, nor crying, neither shall there be any more pain: for the former things are passed away” (Rev. 21:4)

Prophets on Preparedness in the Last Days:

-“When I contemplate the rapidity with which the great and glorious day of the coming of the Son of Man advances, when He shall come to receive His Saints unto Himself, where they shall dwell in His presence, and be crowned with glory and immortality; when I consider that soon the heavens are to be shaken, and the earth tremble and reel to and fro; and that the heavens are to be unfolded as a scroll when it is rolled up; and that every mountain and island are to flee away, I cry out in my heart, What manner of persons ought we to be in all holy conversation and godliness! [See 2 Peter 3:11.]” (History of the Church, 1:442; from a letter from Joseph Smith to Moses Nickerson, Nov. 19, 1833, Kirtland, Ohio.) (https://www.lds.org/manual/teachings-joseph-smith/chapter-21?lang=eng#16-36481_000_025)

-“If the church with one united effort perform their duties If they do this the work shall be complete If they do not this in all humility making preparation from this time forth like Joseph in Egypt laying up store against the time of famine every man having his tent, his horses, his charrots [chariots] his armory his cattle his family and his whole substance in readiness against the time it shall be said To your tents O Israel!! and let not this be noised abroad; let every heart beat in silence and every mouth be shut”(Joseph Smith, History of the Church, 2:145) (http://josephsmithpapers.org/paperSummary/letter-to-lyman-wight-and-others-16-august-1834?p=3)

-“While sex-tenths or three-fourths of this people will keep the commandments of God, the curse and judgements of the Almighty will never come upon them, though we will have trials of various kinds, and the elements to contend with- natural and spiritual elements” (Brigham Young, Journal of Discourses, 10:335-36)

-“In relation to events that will yet take place and the kind of trials, troubles, and sufferings which we shall have to cope with, it is to me a matter of very little moment; these things are in the hands of God. He dictates the affairs of the human family, and directs and controls our affairs; and the great thing that we, as a people, have to do is to seek after and cleave unto our God, to be in close affinity with him, and to seek for his guidance, and his blessing and Holy Spirit to lead and guide us in the right path. Then it matters not what it is nor who it is that we have to contend with, God will give us strength according to our day” (Gospel Kingdom, 349)

-“Can you tell me where the people are who will be shielded and protected from these great calamities and judgments which are even now at our door? I’ll tell you. The priesthood of God who honor their priesthood and who are worthy of their blessings are the only ones who shall have this safety and protection. They are the only mortal beings. No other people have a right to be shielded from these judgments. They are at our doors; not even this people will escape them entirely.” (Wilford Woodruff, Young Women’s Journal, 5:512, June 1894.) (see also Gates, “Temple Workers’ Excursion,” 512) (https://www.lds.org/new-era/1982/05/prepare-yourself-for-the-great-day-of-the-lord?lang=eng)

-“I want the Latter-day Saints to stop murmuring and complaining at the providence of God. Trust in God. Do your duty. Remember your prayers. Get faith in the Lord, and take hold and build up Zion. All will be right. The Lord is going to visit His people, and He is going to cut His work short in righteousness, lest no flesh should be saved. I say to you, watch the signs of the times (D&C 68:11) and prepare yourselves for that which is to come.” (Discourse by President Wilford Woodruff.” 796-97) (Dec. 1978 “We are lead by Revelation”) (https://www.lds.org/liahona/1978/12/we-are-led-by-revelation?lang=eng)

-“those who have got oil in their lamps, are men who live their religion, pay their tithing, pay their debts, keep the commandments of God, and do not blaspheme his name; men and women who walk in the light of the Lord; men and women who will not sell their birthright for a mess of pottage or for a little gold or silver; these are those that will be valiant in the testimony of Jesus Christ.” (Journal of Discourses, 21:126) (Wilford Woodruff, Teachings, Ch. 24, see http://www.lds.org/manual/teachings-wilford-woodruff/chapter-24?lang=eng)

-“Will he [Jesus] receive us to himself? Are we prepared for his coming and kingdom and the fulness thereof, unless we are sanctified, and lay aside sin, and do right? No. We must sanctify ourselves, and keep the commandments of God, and do those things that are required at our hands, before we can be prepared for the coming of the Great Bridegroom.” (Wilford Woodruff, Journal of Discourses, 2:202)

-“We should understand that the Lord has provided, when the days of trouble come upon the nations, a place for you and me, and we will be preserved as Noah was preserved, not in an ark, but we will be preserved by going into these principles of union by which we can accomplish the work of the Lord and surround ourselves with those things that will preserve us from the difficulties that are now coming upon the world, the judgments of the Lord.” (President Lorenzo Snow, Conference Report, Oct. 1900, 4-5)

-“There is rapidly coming something that will try you, perhaps as you have never been tried before. All, however, that is necessary for us to do now is to see where our faults and weaknesses lie, if we have any. If we have been unfaithful in the past, let us renew our covenants with God and determine, by fasting and prayer, that we will get forgiveness of our sins, that the Spirit of the mighty may rest upon us, that peradventure we may escape those powerful temptations that are approaching. The cloud is gathering in blackness….Therefore, take warning” (“Discourse,” 762-63)

-“We believe that these severe, natural calamities are visited upon men by the Lord for the good of his children, to quicken their devotion to others, and to bring out their better natures, that they may love and serve him. We believe, further, that they are the heralds and tokens of his final judgment, and the schoolmasters to teach the people to prepare themselves by righteous living for the coming of the Savior to reign upon the earth, when every knee shall bow and every tongue confess that Jesus is the Christ.

If these lessons are impressed upon us and upon the people of our country, the anguish, and the loss of life and toil, sad, great and horrifying as they were, will not have been endured in vain.” (Joseph F. Smith, Gospel Doctrine, 5th ed. (1939), 55.)

-” I … testify, that unless the Latter-day Saints will live their religion, keep their covenants with God and their brethren, honor the priesthood which they bear, and try faithfully to bring themselves into subjection to the laws of God, they will be the first to fall beneath the judgments of the Almighty, for his judgments will begin at his own house.” (Joseph F. Smith, Conference Report, Apr. 1880, 96.) (https://www.lds.org/manual/teachings-joseph-f-smith/chapter-44?lang=eng#7-35744_000_048)

-“In our day we are warned in a revelation to the Prophet Joseph Simth, that unless we are more righteous than those who are receiving destruction at the present time in many parts of the world, we, too, must lose our birthright and our opportunity and be destroyed here in the flesh. We will not be justified by saying we are living as well as other people. That is not sufficient, my brethren. We have a special destiny if we live for it. That destiny is to live here upon this earth when it becomes the Celestial Kingdom, where God our Heavely Father and His Son Jesus Christ will be our King and our Lawgiver” (President George Albert Smith, Conference Report, Oct. 1943, 45)

-“[The Lord] has told us in great plainness that the world will be in distress, that there will be warfare from one end of the world to the other, that the wicked shall slay the wicked and that peace shall be taken from the earth. And He has said, too, that the only place where there will be safety will be in Zion. Will we make this Zion? Will we keep it to be Zion, because Zion means the pure in heart?” (George Albert Smith, in Conference Report, Oct. 1941, 99). (https://www.lds.org/manual/doctrines-of-the-gospel-student-manual/chapter-35-the-fall-of-babylon-and-the-establishment-of-zion?lang=eng)

-“We shall not escape [the judgements] unless we repent, turn to the Lord, honor our Priesthood and our membership in this Church, and be true and faithful to our covenants” (President Joseph Fielding Smith, Conference Report, Apr. 1937, 62)

pages where Books refered to that would be good to read:

289

287

277

278

268

263

263

p250

260

262

p251

p249

p239

p246

p247

p243

p231

p228

p226

p227

p226 2 reads

p227 4 reads

p226 words of JS by J Reuben Clark

p223 loneliness of leadership

p221 on when will Jesus come and stats

p221 same as above

p25 fn1

p26 fn2

p33 fn12

p35 fn16

p39 fn20

p39 fn21

p45 fn27

p46 fn28

p49 fn2 pages to read of a book on gathering

p64 fn16 on Ephraim

p71 fn24 excerpts

p75 fn27 “few chosen” excerpts

p77 fn28 stand in holy places

p84 fn30 online tree allegory

p91 fn38

p91 fn38 again

p95 fn43 on 1st pres. message collection book

p102 fn53

p103 fn54

p104 fn55 2 refs on 10 tribes

p108 fn 61 10 tribes return Millennial event

p108 fn62 Esdras?

p125 fn refs on Jerusalem temple

p147 fn40

p158 “Refiners Fire” Elder Alvin R Dyer on temple of New Jerusalem etc.

p164 fn on Zion’s camp book

-book on false Christs p208 fn

–p202 fn ref books on great apostasy

-p218 on going towards Sodom and Gomorrah

p39 Parry and Morris “Mormon Book of Lists”

 

 

 

End of notes on Understanding the Signs of the Times by Donald  Parry.

 

 

Notes on Understanding the Book of Revelation by Donald Parry – Unfinished

 

 

-how overcome the world p31

-saints in Ephesius p28

-not tolerate evil p27

-*scrips are written by Jesus Christ (see Parry’s plain witness of this herein, referring to how Jesus said such and such referring to the letters of Paul or John etc.)

-candlesticks=the church=hold up the light of Christ (they’re not the light themselves) p26

-crown of life p33

-it’s exhausting to endure to the end p41

Books to read:

p19

p zero; bible types

UNFINISHED

 

 

 

 

Notes on Prophecy Key to the Future by Duane Crowther

 

 

See also his other 2 volumes titled “Inspired Prophetic Warnings” for more words of the prophets which he couldn’t fit into this text.

See duanescrowther.com

Complete Table of Contents

 

 

Ch1 War to be poured out on all nations

-the beginning of war in the last days

-slaves are to rise up against their masters

-the purpose of the wars is to prepare for the preaching of the gospel

-two periods of war: preparatory wars and wars of complete destruction

-United States warned of conflict during period of preparatory wars

– Third World War

 

Ch2 Missionary Work Among the Gentiles

-the gospel must be taught to every nation

-4 periods of missionary labor

-who are the Gentiles?

-what are the “Times of the Gentiles?”

-what is the Fullness of the Gentiles?

-Conditional promises made to the Gentiles in The Americas

-most of the Gentiles will reject the Gospel

-The fulfilling of The Times of the Gentiles: The gospel will be taken instead to The House of Israel

-signs of the approaching fulfillment of the Times of the Gentiles

-the fulfilling of the times of the Gentiles is an important chronological event

 

Ch3 God will pour out his judgments

-great calamities are to come after the Gospel is taken from the Gentiles

-the Lord’s desolating scourge

-famine, drought and pollution

-an earthquake in America

-Jackson County to be swept clean

-will the Saints escape the judgments?

 

Ch4 Internal Wars and the collapse of the United States Government

-future war and strife within the United States

-the government of the United States will completely collapse

-war will spread from America to other lands

-a remnant of Jacob to tread down the Gentiles

-the gathering of the Saints to the mountains

-the righteous Gentiles will also gather to the mountains

-the Saints will eventually be cut off from the rest of the land

-the influx of people will bring danger of famine in the west

 

Ch. 5 The establishment of the Kingdom of God (a political organization, not the Church)

-when the United States government fails, the Saints will uphold the Constitution

-the foundation for The Kingdom of God was laid through revelation to Joseph Smith

-the future policy of The Kingdom of God

-The Kingdom of God will eventually gain world-wide dominion

 

Ch. 6 Establishment of the New Jerusalem

-a leader like unto Moses is to be chosen

-the eastward journey of the Saints while strife continues in the United States

-many Saints will remain in the west

-establishing the New Jerusalem under the Law of Consecration

-an inspired plan for the city and for the temple

-who will build the New Jerusalem

-life within the New Jerusalem

 

Ch7 Four important events in America

-the conversion of the Lamanites

-the Lord shall come to His Temple in Zion

-coming of the Ten Tribes

-calling of the 144,000

 

Ch8 The gathering of the House of Israel to Palestine

-time of the gathering of the Jews

-the present – A period of preparatory gathering

-times of the conversion of the Jews

 

Ch9 Plagues and the Book of Revelation

-chronological importance of the choosing of the 144,000 High Priests

-the beginning of the 7th thousand-year period

-trumps and plagues are literal

-the plagues

-comparison with other series of seven angels in the book of Revelation

-comparison with angels with trumpets in the D&C

 

Ch10 Universal Conflict and the Fall of Christian Nations

-world-wide conflict

– 4th world war

-the Christian nations will fall

 

Ch11 Christ’s appearance in the Council at Adam-ondi-Ahman

-Adam is the Ancient of Days

-location and description of the council at Adam-ondi-Ahman

-Christ’s appearance and acceptance of dominion

 

Ch12 Growth and Development in Zion and Palestine after the era of universal conflict

-growth of Zion in America

-David, The Prince

-removal of the Ten Tribes from Zion to Palestine

-distribution of the land among the Tribes

-construction of the temple in Jerusalem and the restoration of sacrificial worship

-prophecies concerning Israel’s political affairs

 

Ch13 The battle of Armageddon and Christ’s appearance on the Mount of Olives

-nations will attack Palestine

-location of the battlefield

-the battle

-Christ’s coming

-the earthquake

-conclusion of the battle

-the conversion of the Jews and Christ’s coming to the Jerusalem temple

-interval between the coming of Christ to Palestine and Christ’s coming in glory

-missionary work in the interval between the battle of Armageddon and Christ’s coming in glory

 

Ch14 Christ’s Coming in glory

-trumps introduce Christ’s coming

-Saints also ascend

-description of the Lord at his coming

-every eye shall witness his advent

-changes in the configuration of the earth

-the earth will be cleansed by fire

-the marriage of the lamb

 

Ch15 the Millennium

-extended life and resurrection

-a period of peace and righteousness

-home life and sociality as the Lord dwells among men

-government of The Saints

-spirit to be poured out

-many churches during the Millennium

-missionary work

-temple work

-Saints will be prepared for exaltation

 

Ch16 Events at the end of the earth

-the battle of Gog and Magog

-consideration of chronological sequence of final events

-second resurrection

-final judgment

-Christ and the Saints to be crowned and exalted

-dissolution and re-establishment of the earth

 

Ch17 The Earth’s final state

-descent of New and Old Jerusalem

-meaning of living in the presence of God

-life on the Celestial earth

 

Appendix 1: The US Constitution will hang by a thread

Appendix 2: Analysis of the White Horse prophecy

Appendix 3: notes on Jackson County and the plot of the city of Zion

 

Complete Index of Chronological Events

 

INDEX II: CHRONOLOGICAL INDEX OF EVENTS Summarizing Quotations of prophets in the text: by Crowther:

(summarizes quotes of the prophets upon which the chronology of this study is based)

 

Times of the Gentiles:

-The fullness of the gospel shall break forth when the times of the Gentiles is come in

 

Fullness of the Gentiles:

-the fullness of the Gentiles was soon to come in 1823

 

World wars began in the last days:

-When England calls on other nations for assistance, war shall be poured out upon all nations

 

Preparatory wars cause governments to be formed which will accept the missionaries:

-God shall soon cast down thrones and form other governments more favorable to religious liberty and the missionaries of this Church will visit those nations

-the Elders of the Church will traverse all the nations of Europe after the despotic governments are torn down.

-God will bring his gospel unto those who are of the House of Israel

-the missionaries are to preach in Russia during the coming century after communism is overruled

-Christ contrasts the two periods of wars

-Nephi, while expounding Isaiah’s prophecies, contrasts the two periods of wars.

 

Mission to the Gentile Nations (1st period of missionary labor):

-after they have been fully warned by God’s servants, the Spirit of God will withdraw from the Gentile nations

-the missionaries will preach in Russia during the coming century after communism is overruled

-the gospel is to be preached unto all nations and then comes the destruction of the wicked

-God will send the gospel to every Gentile nation before he will permit his servants to go to the scattered remnants of Israel

-the last warning will be taken first to the Gentiles and then to the House of Israel after the Gentile nations reject the Gospel

 

Slaves to rise up against their masters:

-the slaves will rise up at a time many days after Great Britain calls on other nations for assistance (WW1)

-the slaves will rise in a time when their masters shall be marshaled and disciplined for war.

 

Third World War:

-the war will begin after the US has spent its strength and means warring in foreign lands

-God will send Russia down to defeat never to rise again, and will bring about a speedy victory for America and her allies

-the missionaries will preach in Russia during the coming century after communism is overruled

-God is moving in Russia to break up the older order of things- preparing the way for the blood of Israel in that land

 

Saints to remain in foreign lands and suffer persecution during the preparatory wars:

-multitudes will gather to fight against the Saints

-the unconverted in Europe, Asia, and Africa will fight against the Saints

-while the Saints and the descendants of Joseph are scattered among all the nations and kingdoms of the Gentiles, the multitudes will gather against them to battle.

-the Gentiles will stop fighting against the Saints in their midst when the Spirit of God withdraws from the Gentile nations (they will then go war against each other)

-during the preparatory wars nations will fight against Israel and persecute the Church

-the Church is to be established in Russia and multitudes will fight against it there

-after the Gentile nations have accounted themselves unworthy and have persecuted the Saints and closed their meeting houses, the Lord will say, “It is enough.”

-persecution will test the Saints after Salt Lake City has become wicked and the Saints have come into financial bondage through speculation. Darkness will cover the minds of the people.

-The Saints are to be tried and tested before Jackson county is swept clean.

-The “Horn” made war with the Saints and overcame them, until the Ancient of Days came.

 

Fulfilling of the times of the Gentiles:

-if the Gentiles are filled with wickedness God will bring his Gospel from among them.

-The times of the Gentiles shall be fulfilled in the generation when they don’t receive the Gospel.

-the last warning will be taken first to the Gentiles and then to the House of Israel after the Gentile nations reject the Gospel.

-The Lord will tell his servants among the Gentile nations to come out of them for their times are fulfilled

-when the Gentile nations reject the Gospel the missionaries will go to the scattered remnants of the House of Israel. Then shall Jerusalem be rebuilt and the temple reared.

-the Jews will remain scattered until the times of the Gentiles are fulfilled.

-persecution will test the Saints after Salt Lake City has become wicked and the Saints have come into financial bondage through speculation. Darkness will cover the minds of the people.

-the fulfilling of the times of the Gentiles ends the period of preparatory wars and begins the period of wars of complete destruction

-the arm of the Lord shall be revealed in power in the day the word of the Lord is taken from the Gentiles and turns to the Jews.

-when the Gospel is sealed among the Gentiles, and it turns to the House of Israel the judgments of God will back up the testimony of the elders of this Church.

-the remnant of Israel will remain scattered until the times of the Gentiles are fulfilled.

-when the Gentiles are drunken with iniquity and abominations they shall be visited with earthquake, storm, and fire.

-when the Lord tells the missionaries to come home he will preach a sermon of great destruction.

-when the times of the Gentiles are fulfilled there will be an uprooting of their governments and institutions.

-when we have laid the foundation for Zion and built the temple there we must be sent forth as missionaries to the Lamanites – not to the Gentiles for their times will be fulfilled.

-when the Gentiles are drunken with iniquity and abominations they shall be visited with earthquake, storm, and fire

-when the Lord tells the missionaries to come home he will preach a sermon of great destruction.

-when the times of the Gentiles are fulfilled there will be an uprooting of their governments and institutions.

 

Saints and friends in foreign lands to gather to America:

-the Saints will not remain among the Gentile nations but will gather to Zion out of every nation

-mine elect shall be gathered from the four quarters of the earth.

-the Lord will tell his servants among the Gentile nations to come out of them for their times are fulfilled.

-There will be a gathering together on the land of Zion when the wrath of God shall be poured out upon the whole earth

-the Gentiles will come here as a flowing stream when their nations crumble to ruin.

-when the Gentiles reject the gospel and the upright withdraw from them, the nations will engage in frightful and bloody warfare.

 

Judgments to be poured out:

-the gospel is to be preached unto all nations and then comes the destruction of the wicked

-the arm of the Lord shall be revealed in power in the day the word of the Lord is taken from the Gentiles and turns to the Jews

-when the gospel is sealed among the Gentiles and it turns to the House of Israel the judgments of God will back up the testimony of the elders of this Church.

-judgments by famine, sword, and pestilence will be poured out in this generation.

-judgments are to be poured out and the missionaries called home before the Saints return to Jackson county

-judgments will sweep the wicked off the land to prepare for the coming of the lost tribes from the north country.

-go among the Gentiles for the last time to seal up the testimony… after your testimony cometh wrath and indignation

-after your testimony comes earthquakes and the sea heaving itself beyond its bounds

-when the Gentiles are drunken with iniquity and abominations they shall be visited with earthquake, storm and fire

-there will be men standing in the generation when the times of the Gentiles be fulfilled that will see an overflowing scourge; for a desolating sickness will cover the land

-there will be a gathering together on the land of Zion when the wrath of God shall be poured out upon the whole earth

-an inland empire for millions will be established in the mountains when the great day of the judgments of God comes upon the earth

– when the Saints return to Jackson county there will be no owners left to occupy the country

-The Rocky Mountains have been designed to hide up the Saints in the last days, until the indignation of the Almighty be over.

 

Wars of complete destruction:

-all nations are to be engaged in deadly war except the Latter-day Kingdom

-the Saints will be gathered to Zion out of every nation

-iniquity shall abound and the love of many shall wax cold

-the wars will be accompanied by famines, pestilences, and earthquakes

-wars will follow the withdrawing of God’s Spirit from the Gentile nations

-Christ contrasts the two periods of wars

-Nephi, while expounding Isaiah’s prophecies, contrasts the two periods of wars

-when the Lord tells the elders to “come home,” nation will rise against nation and states will rise against states in our own land

-when the times of the Gentiles are fulfilled there will be an uprooting of their government and institutions

-when the Gentiles reject the gospel, and the upright withdraw from them, then nations will engage in frightful and bloody warfare

 

Internal wars in the United States:

-when the Lord tells the elders to “come home,” nation will rise against nation and states will rise against states in our own land

-it is not very far in the future till the Lord will lay his hand on this American nation and bring about internal war

-those who will not take up the sword against their neighbors during the internal wars must flee to Zion

-when calamities come upon this nation the wicked will slay the wicked

-a remnant of Jacob will be like a lion among the Gentiles when the cities and strongholds are cut off and God executes fury upon them such as they have not heard

-when the nations shall be convulsed the Saints will stand forth as Saviors and redeem a ruined world in both a religious and political manner.

-when the Lord shall waste away this nation he will command this people to return to Missouri

-when you see this land bound with iron you may look toward Jackson county

-The Saints will return to Jackson county defending themselves on the right and the left as when they came to the west.

-when this nation reaps the whirlwind, when he who will not take up the sword against his brother must flee to Zion, when the judgments will commence at the house of the Lord will have passed away, Utah will be undisturbed and be the most delightful place in all the Union

-we will offer protection there

 

World-wide warfare during the U.S. internal wars:

-when the Lord tells the elders to “come home,” nation will rise against nation and states will rise against states in our own land

-people will be fleeing from state to state during the internal wars. It will mean the complete overthrow of this nation and the nations of Europe.

-peace will be taken from the earth and there will be no peace except in the Rocky Mountains

-when the nations shall be convulsed the Saints will stand forth as Saviors and redeem a ruined world in both a religious and political manner.

-I expect one nation after another to rise against us until they will all be broken in pieces

-when the times of the Gentiles are fulfilled there will be an uprooting of their governments and institutions

 

Saints to gather to the mountains:

-Cache valley will be filled with tens of thousands of Saints during or after the time when New York, Boston, and Albany are destroyed

-those who will not take up the sword against their neighbors during the internal wars must flee to Zion

-peace will be taken from the earth and there will be peace only in the Rocky Mountains. This will cause many to gather there.

-let them who are among the Gentiles flee to Zion

-there will be a gathering together on the land of Zion when the wrath of God shall be poured out upon the whole earth

-the Rocky Mountains have been designed to hide up the Saints in the last days, until the indignation of the Almighty is over.

-an inland empire will be established in the mountains to which millions will gather when the judgment of God come upon the earth

 

Famine during the internal wars:

-the pursuit of farming and agriculture will be neglected and people will think themselves will off if they can flee from city to city

-you will be so numerous that you will be in danger of famine when many come to escape the calamities

 

Political Kingdom of God to be established:

-when internal wars come we shall be obliged to have a government to preserve ourselves in unity and peace.

-when the people shall have torn to shreds the Constitution of the U.S. the elders will be found holding it up to the nations of the earth

-the first principles must be preached to all nations before there can be a kingdom of God

-when the nations shall be convulsed the Saints will stand forth as Saviors and redeem a ruined world in both a religious and political manner

 

Law of consecration to be established:

-Zion cannot be built up unless it is by the principles of the law of the celestial kingdom

-there will be an approximation of the United Order here in the mountains

-let these laws be fulfilled after the redemption of Zion

-the Saints will not be permitted to enter until their hearts are prepared to honor the law.

 

New Jerusalem to be established in Western Missouri:

-Judgments are to be poured out and the missionaries called home before the Saints return to Jackson county.

-Zion is to be redeemed after the gospel is taken from the Gentiles and God brings it to the House of Israel

-Jackson county will be purged and the evil doer cut off to prepare for the return of the Saints

-when the Saints return to Jackson county they won’t find so much as a yellow dog.

-God will visit Jackson county in judgment and there will be no owners left to occupy the country.

-the Saints are to be tried before Jackson county is sweep clean

-when the Saints return to Jackson county three will be no owners left to occupy the country

-first, a Lamanite remnant will be converted; second, the city will be built; third, the Lamanites will be gathered in; and then the Lord will be in their midst

 

Conversion of the Lamanites:

-the door for the establishing of the Gospel among the Lamanites will be opened in the Rocky Mountains

-the remnants of Joseph will come into the covenant in the days of the New Jerusalem

-after Zion is redeemed and the New Jerusalem temple has been built, then we are to assist the Lamanites to gather in, and then Christ will come and his powers will be in your midst

-when we have laid the foundations for Zion and built the temple there we must be sent forth as missionaries – not to the Gentiles, for their times will be fulfilled. We must gather in the Lamanites; and then the Lord will be in their midst

 

Ten tribes to come from the North:

-the ten tribes are to come after the times of the Gentiles are fulfilled and while the Jews are gathering to Jerusalem.

-Judgments will sweep the wicked off the land to prepare for the coming of the lost tries from the north country

-the ten tribes and the scattered remnants of Israel will look to the political kingdom of God

-after the Church has been sanctified and the glory of the Lord has rested upon them the ten tribes will be revealed in the North

 

Christ’s coming to the temple in the New Jerusalem:

-he will come after Joseph Smith is resurrected and long before he will destroy the wicked from off the face of the earth

-after Zion is redeemed and the New Jerusalem temple has been built, then we are to assist the Lamanites to gather in, and then Christ will come and his powers will be in your midst. He won’t come before the temple is constructed.

-after the New Jerusalem has been built and the Lamanites gathered the Lord will be in their midst

-we will see the Savior in the flesh in the temple but not till after the temple is built

-after the building of the New Jerusalem has begun then the world will commence among the tribes which have been lost

-the ten tribes will help build the New Jerusalem

-the priesthood will see the Lord in the New Jerusalem temple before he comes in his glory

 

Calling of the 144,000:

-12,000 from each of the tribes are to be sealed

-12,000 are to be selected from each of the ten tribes after they have been crowned with glory in the midst of Zion. This will probably be in the morning of the 7th thousand years.

-a series of plagues will come upon the earth following the choosing of the 144,000 and before the Battle of Armageddon

-the ten tribes will linger in Zion for a good while and during that time there will be 12,000 chosen from each tribe

 

Removal of the ten tribes from Zion to Palestine:

-the ten tribes will linger in Zion for a good while and during that time there will be 12,000 chosen from each tribe

-the 12 tribes are to return to Palestine and rebuild the city and temple preparatory to the coming of the Lord

-there won’t be 2 nations divided but one nation, and David will be their king and the sanctuary will be set in the midst of them.

-John’s prophecy that Israel would be gathered between the 6th plague and the Battle of Armageddon

 

Trumpets and plagues of the Book of Revelation (Ch. 8-11 thereof)

-the events in Revelation nine are to be accomplished after the opening of the 7th seal but before the coming of Christ

-a series of plagues will come upon the earth following the choosing of the 144,000 and before the Battle of Armageddon.

 

Universal conflict:

-there will be one general revolution throughout the earth, the Jews fleeing to their own country.

-when the missionaries are called home there will be a desolating war that will lay the European nations in waste.

-there will be no nation of Gentiles that will not be engaged in deadly war, except the Latter-day Kingdom. When that day comes, the Jews will flee to Jerusalem.

-the 4th beast (Europe) will be slain and given to the burning flame. The lives of the rest of the beasts will be prolonged.

-after God has visited and overthrown the nations he will gather out the tribes of Israel and return them to their own land

-the length of time involved shows that this war is separate from the battle of Armageddon

 

Council at Adam-ondi-Ahman:

-I beheld till the thrones were cast down, and the Ancient of days did sit.

-the council will be before Jesus comes in his glory

-wars, fires, pestilence and earthquakes will continue until the Ancient of days comes, then judgment will be given to the Saints

 

Gathering to the New Jerusalem after the universal conflict:

-many people will say, “Come, let us be subject to her laws.” That will be after the Lord has broken up the nations and wasted them away

-many cities will be left vacant when their inhabitants are swept off. Their houses will remain until Zion shall enlarge the place of her tents.

 

Mission to the House of Israel (2nd period of missionary labor):

-God will send the gospel to every Gentile nation before he will permit his servants to go to the scattered remnants of Israel

-blindness is happened to Israel until the fullness of the Gentiles be come in

-the last warning will be taken first to the Gentiles and then to the House of Israel after the Gentile nations reject the gospel.

-when the Gentile nations reject the gospel the missionaries will go to the scattered remnants of the House of Israel. then shall Jerusalem be rebuilt and the temple reared.

-the last shall be first and the first last.

-the gospel shall go to the Gentiles first then turn unto the Jews.

-the gospel shall be taken from the Gentiles and given to the House of Israel before Zion is redeemed.

-when the Jews shall come to a knowledge of their redeemer they shall be gathered.

-when Christ appears on the Mount of Olives then shall they know that he is the Lord.

 

Gathering of the tribes of Israel to Palestine:

-the subjugation of Japan was to take place before the gathering of the tribes of Israel to Palestine

-the Jews will remain scattered among the nations until the times of the Gentiles are fulfilled

-after the times of the Gentiles are fulfilled the tribes will return

-after the Gentiles have received the gospel and have hardened their hearts against the Lord he will remember his covenant with Israel and gather them.

-when the Jews shall come to a knowledge of their redeemer they shall be gathered

-when Christ appears on the Mount of Olives then shall they know that he is the Lord

-there will be one general revolution throughout the earth, the Jews fleeing to their own country.

-there will be no nation of Gentiles that will not be engaged in deadly war except the Latter-day Kingdom. When that day of universal war comes, the Jews will flee to Jerusalem.

-after God has visited and overthrown the nations he will gather out the tribes of Israel and return them to their own land.

-after the Kingdom of God has spread upon the face of the earth and the sun is turned to darkness, then the Devil will gather up millions of people to Armageddon to destroy the Jews after they have gathered.

 

Rule of David the Prince:

-He shall build the temple of the Lord

-He shall call a nation that he does not know (the gathering of Israel)

-He will approach the Lord when he appears in Jerusalem

-He will build the temple which will stand before the battle of Armageddon

-there won’t be two nations divided but one nation, and David will be their king and the sanctuary will be set in the midst of them.

 

Jerusalem temple to be built:

-when the Gentile nations reject the gospel the missionaries will go to the scattered remnants of the House of Israel. Then shall Jerusalem be rebuilt and the temple reared.

-the 144,000 sealed are the priests who should be anointed to administer in the daily sacrifice

-the 12 tribes are to return to Palestine and rebuild the city and temple preparatory to the coming of the Lord.

-Judah must return, Jerusalem and the temple be rebuilt and all this must be done before the Son of Man will make his appearance.

 

Battle of Armageddon:

-a series of plagues will come upon the earth following the choosing of the 144,000 and before the battle of Armageddon.

-in the days of David’s rule shall Judah be saved.

-after the kingdom of God has spread upon the face of the earth and the sun is turned to darkness, then the Devil will gather up millions of people to Armageddon to destroy the Jews after they have gathered.

-the length of time involved shows that this battle is separate from the universal conflict.

-surely in the day when Gog shall attack there shall be a great shaking in the land of Israel and the mountains shall be thrown down.

 

Christ’s coming on the Mount of Olives:

-Judah must return, Jerusalem and the temple be rebuilt, and all this must be done before the Son of Man will make his appearance.

-the day of the Lord is near in the valley of decision (Armageddon)

-at the crisis of the battle of Armageddon when Jerusalem is being ravished Christ will appear on the Mount of Olives

-the Jews will see Christ’s wounds and then shall they know that he is the Lord

 

Mission to the heathen nations (3rd period of missionary labor):

-after the heathen nations have seen my coming like a whirlwind I will send people to declare my glory unto them

-many people and strong nations shall come to seek the Lord in Jerusalem

 

Final mission to all mankind (4th period of missionary labor):

-after Jerusalem has put on the garments of the priesthood, then shall a cry go forth: go ye out from that which is unclean

 

Christ’s coming in glory:

-Christ’s coming will be at least a generation after the battle of Armageddon for the sons also of them that afflicted thee shall come bending unto thee

-when Christ comes the wicked will not as yet have been destroyed

-when the veil which covers the earth is taken off all flesh shall see me together.

 

Resurrection of the righteous:

-this resurrection will take place in conjunction with Christ’s coming in glory

 

The Millennium:

-the final judgment will take place more than 1,000 years after the council at Adam-ondi-Ahman

-when Christ comes the enmity of man and of all flesh shall cease from before my face

-the angel laid hold on the Devil and bound him 1,000 years

 

Battle of Gog and Magog:

-when the 1,000 years are expired Satan shall be loosed and shall gather the nations of the earth to battle

-the battle of Gog and Magog will be after the millennium

-when Satan is loosed again for a little while, when the thousand years shall be ended, it will be through mankind departing from the principles of God

-when the period called the Millennium has passed away, Satan will again be loosed

-there will be a great division of the people at the end of the 1,000 years.

 

Resurrection of the unjust:

-before the earth shall pass away shall all the dead awake

-Satan’s hosts will attack the beloved city, then the trump will bring forth the sleeping nations, and Christ will appear on his white throne. Then the heaven and earth will flee away.

-before the earth shall pass away Michael shall sound his trump and then all the dead shall awake.

-and these are the rest of the dead, and they live not again until the 1,000 years are ended, neither again, until the end of the earth.

-after men have become immortal they must appear at the judgment seat

 

Final Judgment:

-the final judgment will take place more than a thousand years after the Council at Adam-ondi-Ahman

-Satan’s hosts will attack the beloved city, then the trump will bring forth the sleeping nations, and Christ will appear on his white throne. Then heaven and earth will flee away.

-the wicked are reserved in chains of darkness until the judgment of the great day, which shall come at the end of the earth.

-after men have become immortal they must appear at the judgment seat.

 

Dissolution and resurrection of the earth:

-Satan’s hosts will attack the beloved city, then the trump will bring forth the sleeping nations, and Christ will appear on his white throne. Then the heaven and the earth will flee away.

-when this white throne appears the earth and heaven will flee away

-before the earth shall pass away Michael shall sound his trump and then shall all the dead awake

-and these are the rest of the dead; and they live not again until the 1000 years are ended, neither again, until the end of the earth

-the wicked are reserved in chains of darkness until the judgment of the great day, which shall come at the end of the earth.

-when the earth has become like a sea of glass and has been placed in the cluster of the celestial kingdoms, then the Saints will receive their everlasting inheritances.

-as the earth passes through its final change the old and New Jerusalem will be caught up into heaven. These two cities will descend on the glorified earth.

 

Complete Summary by Crowther

 

Crowther’ s Full Summary of the Text:

Ch1 War to be poured out on all nations

  1. There is a period of preparatory wars, which began with the rebellion of South Carolina in 1861. This period of wars has its purpose the overthrow of despotic governments which prohibit the preaching of the gospel. It is in progress now and will continue for an unknown time until the times of the Gentiles are fulfilled.
  2. the slaves are to rise against their masters. This seems to be in the process of being fulfilled now.
  3. The United States will spend her strength and means warring in foreign lands. Other nations (which appear to be Russia and her allies) will attack her and war will be waged. This war will end with the USA emerging victorious, after help is provided for the US Army in a miraculous fashion by the Elders of the Church. This will be WW3.
  4. The gospel will be carried to Russia and other countries where the word has not yet penetrated.
  5. As more and more of the countries become receptive to the Church’s missionary efforts, converts will be made within them. These converts will be instructed to remain in those countries. There they will be subjected to varying degrees of persecution because of their religious beliefs.
  6. There is to be a period of terrible wars of destruction.
  7. The times of the Gentiles will be fulfilled. The Gentiles, because of their wickedness, will have the missionaries taken from them. The time of fulfillment of the times of the Gentiles is the time when God’s judgments of plagues, famine, pestilence, earthquakes, tidal waves, etc. will begin to sweep the wicked off the earth with greatly increased violence.
  8. The converts and members of the Church living in other countries will be called out and instructed to come to Zion in America when the times of the Gentiles are fulfilled.
  9. An internal war will rage within the USA which will bring about the collapse of national and state government.
  10. A world war or wars of terrible destruction will be fought which will lay waste the Gentile world. The Saints will, for the most part, escape the impact of this war This war apparently will be WW4.

 

Ch2 Missionary Work Among the Gentiles

  1. The Lord has commanded that the gospel be preached unto every nation. This will be done in 4 periods of proselyting activity:
  2. Mission to the Gentile Nations
  3. Mission to the House of Israel
  4. Mission to the Heathen Nations
  5. Final mission to all mankind.

The first of these periods has already begun and the last will be immediately proceeding and during the Millennium.

  1. Five terms were defined in the sense in which they are usually used in prophecies:
  2. Gentiles: The nations which have embraced Christianity.
  3. Heathen Nations: The nations which have not embraced Christianity.
  4. Times of the Gentiles: The period which began with the restoration of the Church in which the Gentile nations are to hear the gospel.
  5. Fullness of the Gentiles: The period during which the Gentile Nations will have a full opportunity to have the gospel preached to them.
  6. Fulfilling of the times of the Gentiles: The ending of the missionary labor to the Gentiles because of their wickedness and refusal to accept the Gospel. When this event takes place, the second missionary period will begin, in which the gospel will be carried to those of the House of Israel.
  7. Certain signs indicate the nearness of the fulfilling of the times of the Gentiles, yet there are many Gentile nations who must still be reached by our missionaries before their times are fulfilled.
  8. The members of the Church have been warned of the wickedness which will penetrate their ranks if they adopt the ways of their non-member neighbors.
  9. The fulfilling of the times of the Gentiles is an important item in the chronology of the future. The teachings and prophecies of the scriptures and of general authorities indicate that the following happenings will definitely come after this event:
  10. Wars of complete destruction will begin.
  11. God’s judgments will be poured out on the world.
  12. Israel will be gathered to Palestine.
  13. The Saints will go back to build up the New Jerusalem.
  14. The Lost Tribes will come down from the North.

 

 

Ch3 God will pour out his judgments

Great calamities and disasters caused by nature are predicted to come upon the earth beginning at the time when the missionaries are called home and the times of the Gentiles are fulfilled. It appears that these disasters have already begun but will be sent by God with greatly increased intensity at that time. These judgments can be classed under 3 general headings:

  1. Pestilences.
  2. A desolating sickness is to cover the USA.
  3. It will come rapidly and will cause people to lie by the hundreds and thousands unburied.
  4. The sickness will come mainly upon the wicked, but some of the Saints who are righteous will also suffer and die.
  5. Pestilence will continue to be poured out, from time to time “until the earth is empty.”
  6. Famines.
  7. The Lord has said that a great hailstorm will destroy the crops of the earth. Famines may also be caused by the changing of seasons (which will affect growing periods), and by lack of water.
  8. A serious lack of water already exists in the US. Government specialists predict that by 1970 the problem of water shortage will be of disaster proportions in many areas.
  9. Water pollution is also a serious problem and is increasing in intensity. The purification processes in use today do not remove all dangerous elements from the water supply and some diseases have already been found to have been transported through the culinary water supply.
  10. Earthquakes, floods, tidal waves, storms, etc.
  11. Prophecies say that New York will be destroyed by earthquake, Albany by fire, Boston by tidal wave, and that many other cities on the American continent will be destroyed or left desolate.
  12. Earthquakes are increasing in number and intensity. They are happening frequently in the US. They are far more destructive than atomic bombs.
  13. Although the manner of its destruction has not been revealed, Jackson County, Missouri, the site for the New Jerusalem, is to be swept clean of its inhabitants.

 

The Saints will suffer from these calamities to a degree, but will, in general, escape the worst of these disasters to the extent that they are righteous.

 

Ch4 Internal Wars and the collapse of the United States Government

Latter-day Saint prophets have made many prophecies concerning a series of internal wars which will bring about the collapse of the government and dominion of the US. The wars are to have the following characteristics and results:

  1. The wars will involve family strife. Fathers will be pitted against their sons and mothers will fight against their daughters.
  2. Instead of one general war, there will be many local wars involving neighborhoods, cities, and states.
  3. Instead of battles between armies, the struggles will be between mobs which will roam from one location to another intent on destroying their opposition.
  4. Farming and manufacturing will cease. The farmers will flee before the pillaging mobs. This will, undoubtedly, cause famine and starvation in many areas.
  5. It appears that the Lamanites, or Indians of North, Central, and South America will also rise up and challenge the Gentile people during this period of internal wars.
  6. The struggle in the US will take place after the times of the Gentiles are fulfilled – in the same period as earthquakes, droughts, great storms, and pestilence are being poured out upon that nation and the other nations of the world.
  7. Wars will rage during this period in foreign lands.
  8. The Saints will gather to the tops of the mountains for protection. Those members of the Church who remain in other areas of the country will be persecuted and driven by the mobs.
  9. Righteous non-members will also come to the tops of the mountains for protection.
  10. The Saints and Gentiles in the tops of the mountains will eventually be completely cut off from the rest of the country.
  11. The great increase in population in the West will place the people in danger of famine unless the Saints have sufficient food supplies stored to provide for the newcomers as well as for themselves.
  12. The wars will cause the complete collapse of national and state governments in the United States.

 

Ch. 5 The establishment of the Kingdom of God (a political organization, not the Church)

When law, order, and government collapse in the US, the Church will be compelled to establish a government to preserve peace in the Western US. This government will be known as the “Kingdom of God.” Much has been said about the history, characteristics, and future of this kingdom:

  1. History
  2. The Kingdom of God was first organized by Joseph Smith shortly before his death.
  3. It was to be governed by a “General Counsel” which was also called the “Council of Fifty.”
  4. This organization played an important part in the Westward exodus of the Church, but became a source of antagonism to the non-members in the West and so it was discontinued by the Church.
  5. Characteristics
  6. The Kingdom of God will be led by a Council of Fifty. Some of them might not be Latter-day Saints.
  7. It will uphold the rights of men of all creeds and will be dedicated to rule justly.
  8. The Kingdom will be a theocracy.
  9. It will uphold the principles of the United States Constitution and be somewhat similar in method of operation to the present US Government.
  10. In the Kingdom will be including people of all nations.
  11. Future (3 stages)
  12. The beginning stage: The Saints will be in the West. Here the influence of the Kingdom will be relatively limited and unknown.
  13. The growth stage: During this period many of the Saints will journey from the West to Missouri to establish the New Jerusalem. There the Kingdom of God will rise in power, not by waging war on other nations, but by being a standard of peace and lawfulness while other governments collapse through corruption and war.
  14. The world-ruling stage: This period will commence with the second coming of Christ and will take place during the Millennium.

 

 

Ch. 6 Establishment of the New Jerusalem

  1. When the time comes for the saints to return to Jackson County, Missouri, the Lord will raise up a man “who shall lead them like as Moses.” There has been speculation as to the identity of this man which includes the possibility of the Prophet Joseph being raised from the dead to guide the Saints in their return.
  2. The Saints will make the journey eastward during the period when internal strife is stiff raging in the US. They will have to defend themselves against their enemies and will apparently be denied the more modern means of transportation because of the poor condition of the roads and facilities.
  3. many of the Saints are expected to remain in the West although the center of Church influence will remove to Jackson County.
  4. The Saints, as they begin to lay out the city, will organize themselves under the United Order. There will be an approximation of this program in the West as a preparatory measure.
  5. The Saints will have great wealth and will purchase those lands which they do not already own.
  6. The land, as the Saints arrive, will be in a desolate and abandoned condition.
  7. The plan for the city was given to Joseph Smith by revelation. It is anticipated that further revelation will be given directing the construction of the city and the temple.
  8. The city will be built by three groups of people over an extended period of time. These groups are
  9. The members of the Church and those of the House of Israel including the Ten Tribes.
  10. The Lamanites, or Indians.
  11. The Gentiles who will come into the Church after the period of internal strife in the US.
  12. The Saints expect to grow and prosper there and to construct a mighty city. Their activities will be designed to sanctify and exalt the people.

 

Ch7 Four important events in America

Four important events are anticipated in the early days of the New Jerusalem:

  1. The Gospel will be taken to the Lamanites.
  2. While a relatively small number of the Lamanites have been and will be converted before the return to the New Jerusalem, the main period of their conversion will begin in the early days of that city.
  3. Millions of Lamanites are expected to come into the Church. They will gather to the area surrounding Jackson County and inhabit the nearby cities which will have been left desolate.
  4. The Lord will visit the Saints in the New Jerusalem.
  5. The faithful Saints will be able to see him in the Temple. His stay will be prolonged and He will enter into the homes of the members of the Church.
  6. The city will glow because of the presence of God’s glory. The light will be visible for many miles around. The presence of God will work some change in the temple to make it resistant to decay – it will become immortal.
  7. The Ten Tribes will be revealed in the North and will come to the New Jerusalem
  8. A great earthquake will accompany their coming.
  9. They will settle in the New Jerusalem area and will receive their priesthood and ordinances there.
  10. A group of 144,000 High Priests will be chosen to administer the gospel.
  11. There will be 12,000 from each of the Twelve Tribes of Israel.
  12. These men will undergo physical changes which will protect them against the ravages of severe plagues which God will pour out after they are called.

 

Ch8 The gathering of the House of Israel to Palestine

  1. The Gathering of the Jews was identified by the Savior as being a process which will follow the fulfilling of the times of the Gentiles and the construction of the New Jerusalem.
  2. However, Latter-day Saints recognize the hand of the Lord in the preparation of the Jewish people to return to Palestine. Beginning with the reiteration of the keys for the gathering of Israel in 1836, a series of important events have led to the recent establishment of the nation of Israel in Palestine and an increased Jewish population in that country.
  3. When the time for the gathering of the Jews arrives, they will be brought from throughout the world to Palestine in varying conditions of religious belief.
  4. Some Jews will accept the gospel before gathering to Palestine.
  5. Others will be converted in Palestine after gathering there.
  6. A large group, if not the majority, will not accept the gospel until Christ manifests himself to them on the Mount of Olives.

See Ch13 for more on the subject.

 

Ch9 Plagues and the Book of Revelation

  1. The choosing of the 144,000 is an important chronological link because it relates the many prophecies concerning America and the New Jerusalem with the Biblical prophecies of later happenings. It also represents a shifting point from prophecies which have been made predominantly by modern prophets in the last days back to prophecies found in the Bible.
  2. The calling of the 144,000 is an event which is prophecies to take place during the sixth thousand-year period of the earth’s temporal existence. Chronologies indicate that the end of this thousand-year period is near.
  3. The Revelation account also describes a great earthquake which will happen during the sixth thousand-year era. Since we know of no fulfillment of this prophecy in the past it is expected to transpire in the future. The nearness of the end of the thousand-year period seems to indicate that the earthquake will immediately precede the calling of the 144,000. This links the earthquake with the earthquake which will accompany the return of the Ten Tribes, whose coming will of necessity need to precede the calling of the 144,000 since many of the 144,000 will be taken from the returning tribes.
  4. The seventh thousand-year period will encompass the Millennium. Beginning shortly after the calling of the 144,000, this period will be preached by a series of plagues which were prophecies by John the Revelator.
  5. These plagues will be introduced by angels sounding trumps. These will be literal trumpet blasts and will be heard throughout the world.
  6. It appears that the plagues spoken of in Revelation 8-11 may be the same plagues prophesied in Revelation chapter 16. If they are not, then the plagues of Revelation 16 begin after the sixth trump of the plagues prophesied in Revelation 8-11.
  7. It appears that the angels sounding the trumps in Revelation 8-11 are different than the angels spoken of in D&C 88:95-110. Apparently the angels mentioned in the D&C fulfill their responsibilities after those mentioned in Revelation.

 

Ch10 Universal Conflict and the Fall of Christian Nations

  1. There is to be a period of universal conflict when terrible war will engulf the world. It will come after the New Jerusalem is built and during the period in which Israel will be gathering to Palestine.
  2. The only place which will be free from war at this time will be the New Jerusalem – apparently because of the glory of God which will be radiating from it.
  3. The conflict will apparently serve as a force which will cause many Jewish people who otherwise would have remained in other lands to gather to Palestine.
  4. The conflict will destroy, as political entities, the nations which have descended from the Roman Empire. Since these are the nations which have accepted Christian principles, this represents a major judgment upon present-day Christianity.
  5. Non-Christian, or heathen nations, will also be affected by the war. They will lose their power and dominion but will maintain their national identities.
  6. The war will be far more devastating than any war which has yet been fought, for it will cause the death of 1/3 of the world’s population. The survivors will be left in a disorganized condition in lands filled with rubble and chaos.

 

Ch11 Christ’s appearance in the Council at Adam-ondi-Ahman

  1. During the period of universal conflict an important council will be held at Adam-ondi-Ahman, Missouri.
  2. The Council will be under the direction of the Ancient of Days, who is Adam.
  3. According to Daniel, there is to be a vast number of participants in the Council. Some of them will apparently be from beyond the veil.
  4. The Savior is to appear to Adam and receive the dominion which comes through the acceptance of the Kingdom of God.
  5. The Council at Adam-ondi-Ahman will fulfill 5 purposes:
  6. The keys for each dispensation will be turned over to Adam.
  7. The members of the Church will be organized into one grand family with Adam as the patriarch.
  8. Each priesthood quorum which has existed down through the ages will be assigned its place in the government of the Church.
  9. Judgment will be set. In addition to judging the affairs within the Church, the Saints are expected to judge the nations then in existence and determine their fate.
  10. Power, glory, and dominion will be turned over to the Savior.

 

Ch12 Growth and Development in Zion and Palestine after the era of universal conflict

In the era between the universal conflict and the battle of Armageddon, both the New Jerusalem and the land of Palestine will experience an important period of expansion.

  1. The New Jerusalem will grow and extend its boundaries outward for many miles in all directions.
  2. The Lamanites and the Ten Tribes who will have recently gathered there will be joined by Gentiles from throughout the world who will come because their nations will have been devastated. They will come because of the standard of peace and lawfulness which the New Jerusalem will maintain.
  3. The Kingdom of God will extend its rule throughout the two American continents and unite all the peoples of the Americas during this period.
  4. This will be the period in which both Judah and the Ten Tribes of Israel will gather to Palestine. They will be apportioned parallel east-west strips of land on which the people from each of the twelve tribes will settle.
  5. The boundaries of Israel will be much larger in that era than they are at the present time.
  6. The temple will be rebuilt in Jerusalem and sacrificial worship will be restored there.
  7. As the people of Israel return to Israel an important leader known as David, the Prince, will be raised up by God to lead them. He will:
  8. Be the ensign to which Israel will gather.
  9. Build the Jerusalem temple.
  10. Officiate in the temple services and receive the Messiah when becomes to the temple.
  11. Judge the people with righteousness.
  12. Live just before the beginning of the Millennium and into that period.
  13. Be a descendant of both Judah and Joseph.
  14. Several wars or political disputes are prophesied which will seemingly involve Israel after all the tribes have gathered but before the battle of Armageddon. The present day counterparts of Egypt, Philistia, Edom, Moab, and Assyria are to be conquered.

 

Ch13 The battle of Armageddon and Christ’s appearance on the Mount of Olives

Following the return of the Jews and the Ten Tribes to Palestine the Israelite people will rise in wealth and power. Their prosperity will attract the surrounding nations which will wage war against them because of jealousy and greed.

  1. It will be the surrounding nations which will attack Palestine, Because their forces are to be so numerous several passages say that all nations will be gathered to battle, yet it has been seen in a preceding chapter that Europe, during this period, will be in devastated condition and the Americas will be under the influence of Zion. Ezekiel’s description (the most complete one found in the scriptures) indicates that the war will be local rather than world-wide in character.
  2. The war takes its name from the valley of Armageddon which is located about 60 miles northwest of Jerusalem. The war is expected to cover most of the area of Palestine and to continue for at least 3.5 years.
  3. During the battle there will be two prophets in Jerusalem who will have power to control the elements. They will be killed and then brought back to life.
  4. As the strength of the Israelites is waning and they are about to succumb to their enemies, the Savior will suddenly appear on the Mount of Olives. An earthquake will then split the mount apart and will shake both Palestine and other nations.
  5. Many people have understood that Christ’s coming on the Mount of Olives was his final coming in glory which would be seen by all men and which would cleanse the earth by fire. This is a mistune assumption. Numerous events which are prophesied to follow Christ’s appearance indicate that his coming on the Mount of Olives is of a local nature with effects which are not typical of his final coming in glory:
  6. The earthquake accompanying his coming destroys part of the city of Jerusalem but does not cause the mountains to melt as will the heat of his coming in glory.
  7. The opposing army continues to fight.
  8. They are driven back to the North.
  9. They are smitten with pestilence, hailstones, and a plague which rots their flesh.
  10. They will turn on one another and fight among themselves.
  11. Most of the opposing army including Gog, their leader, will be slain. Their bodies will lie on the mountains and be eaten by the birds and the beasts.
  12. The weapons of warfare will litter the hills of Israel and provide fuel for fires for seven years.
  13. The victors will rob and spoil the bodies of the vanquished.
  14. The dead bodies will stink.
  15. Burying of the dead will continue for seven months.
  16. Converts are still being called and gathered out from among the wicked.

All of these items are in strong contrast to Christ’s coming in glory, during which the corruptible things of the earth, both animate and inanimate which have not abided by terrestrial law, will immediately be destroyed by fire.

  1. Christ’s coming on the Mount of Olives will bring about the conversion of the Jews when he shows them the scars of the wounds from his crucifixion.
  2. Following the conclusion of the battle there will be an interval before the final coming of Christ in glory in which the gospel will be carried to the heathen nations. There will also be a final mission to all mankind to gather the righteous out from among the wicked in preparation for the cleansing of the earth by fire.

 

Ch14 Christ’s Coming in glory

  1. Christ’s final coming in glory will be preceded by a series of angels’ trumpeting’s. Each angel will predict an important event which is to take place between Christ’s coming in glory and the end of the earth. Each angel will also reveal the secret acts of men for one of the thousand years of the earth’s existence.
  2. When Christ comes he will be accompanied by the hosts of heaven – the Saints of former times. He will be arrayed in red garments.
  3. The righteous dead will be resurrected before or at his coming and will be caught up to meet Him in the air. The living Saints who are worthy will also be caught up and will descend with the Savior and his angels. Others will be resurrected when Christ arrives on the earth.
  4. Every eye will witness his coming. Even the dead will see him.
  5. At his coming, the earth will be tossed by mighty earthquakes. The seas will be driven back to the north. The mountains will melt with fervent heat. The entire configuration of the earth will be changed.
  6. The earth will be cleansed by fire. Those who have not abided by terrestrial or celestial law will be swept off. Both animate and inanimate objects will be destroyed.
  7. The cleansing of the earth by fire is regarded as a baptism by fire to follow the baptism of water which the earth received at the time of Noah.
  8. Christ’s coming to his Church is known as the “marriage of the Lamb.”

 

Ch15 the Millennium

  1. The millennium will be a thousand-year period during which the Lord and his Saints will dwell together upon the earth. Christ will not always be on the earth but will come here when he is needed.
  2. The period will be one of peace and righteousness. Satan will be bound, but men will still be capable of committing sin.
  3. The New and Old Jerusalem will serve as two world capitals. The authority for the two divisions of the Kingdom of God is to be united at some time in a council in old Jerusalem. Christ will be the King. Under him will function the two original sets of Twelve, who will judge the people of the earth. the other Saints will serve under them in various administrative capacities.
  4. The Spirit of the Lord will reveal many things during the millennium which men will not have previously known. In this time nothing will be withheld from man. Resurrected beings will be on the earth and will teach men many important things.
  5. During the Millennium all men will acknowledge that Jesus is the Christ but many of them will refuse to join His church. There will be many other churches on the earth.
  6. The efforts of the Church will be directed towards three major objectives during the millennium:
  7. Missionary work: the final mission to all mankind.
  8. Temple work: Spirit beings and resurrected beings will reveal the information needed to conduct the work in the thousands of temples which will have been constructed.
  9. Teaching the Saints and preparing them for exaltation – this will be done to a great extent by resurrected beings sent from the presence of God.

 

 

Ch16 Events at the end of the earth

  1. At the end of the Millennium many will become wicked. Satan will be loosed and will surround the Saints in the beloved city. The Saints will be led by Michael, or Adam. Fire will come down from heaven and devour the hosts of Satan and they will be banished from the face of the earth. This will be known as the battle of Gog and Magog.
  2. The next event to take place will be the second resurrection, in which all who have not previously been resurrected will take up their bodies. Those who are to inherit the telestial kingdom will come forth first and then those who are to be sons of perdition. They will be called forth at the sounds of a trumpet blown by the archangel Michael.
  3. Christ will then turn the kingdom over to the Father and will be crowned with glory. The Saints will also be crowned and exalted. Responsibility for governing this earth will be delegated back to Jesus.
  4. The cities of New and Old Jerusalem will be caught up into the heavens and the earth will disintegrate or go back to its original elemental form. The earth will then be resurrected, or recreated into a celestial sphere. The two cities and their inhabitants will descend to the earth, which will then be placed “in the cluster of the celestial kingdoms.” The Saints will then receive their eternal inheritances.

 

 

Ch17 The Earth’s final state

  1. The final state of the earth will be an immortal one in which it will have the appearance of crystal. It is to serve as an Urim and Thumim to its inhabitants, thereby enabling them to look into the earth to receive revelation concerning those on other creations.
  2. According to John the Revelator, in the earth’s celestialized state there will be separate nations ruled by kings. These kings will seemingly be beings who will have attained exaltation and godhood and their nations will be made up of those who will have attained the celestial kingdom but who did not merit exaltation, and also the progeny of the gods. According to Orson Pratt, the offspring of exalted beings will dwell on the celestialized earth until there is no longer room for them and then their parents will create a new world for them to occupy.
  3. It appears that celestialized beings will have a capacity for communication with God which will allow them to speak with him and see him even though he may be millions of miles away. God will not always dwell on this earth. They will also have the ability to travel rapidly from planet to planet.
  4. There will be a resurrected animal life on the earth in its celestial state.

 

 

My Summary of Prophecy Key to the Future by Duane S Crowther, Emphasis on Prophet Quotes

 

There are many more scriptures to support these things, and many of such are cited in the text.

 

Introduction:

-D&C 93:24: part of knowing truth is knowing what will come in the future. pxi

-George A. Smith: all prophecies speak of gathering and salvation at last. pxi

-Parley P Pratt: Comfort and patience come to those who learn a knowledge of prophecy. pxi

-Orson Pratt: those with the spirit of prophecy will be able to tell which events are when and understand the signs of the times. pxi-xii

-D&C 34:10: Orson Pratt was given specific command from God to prophecy and spare not; this is partly why he is featured in so many quotes about these things; His brethren accepted his future last days prophecies. pxii

 

Ch1 War to be poured out on all nations p1-16

-Bishop Joseph L. Worthlin: slaves rise against masters and marshal for war also will apply to people in Russia and China whom are captives of their atheist governments. p3

-Harold B Lee, Parley P Pratt: Japan subjugation before Israel to Palestine. P5

-Elder Levi Edgar Young: these dark days in scripture of darkness covering the earth are for bring us closer to God. p7

-Orson Pratt: 1st are wars to prepare people to hear the gospel, then wars of utter destruction. p7

-Orson Pratt: after fully preached to Gentiles, then they stop persecuting Saints in their midst, and heavy war with each other. Everywhere but the Kingdom of God. p7-8

-Orson Pratt: all nations of the earth except the Latter-day Kingdom will be at war. p8

-Joseph Smith: The Independent American party is to be created from Republican and Democratic parties. The U.S. will spend its strength warring abroad. Others want divide it.  USA citizens stand against it, swearing to stay United States on the blood of their forefathers. 1/2 of the US army dies in this conflict against the foreign nations who want to split up the US, and then mountain boys of God rush in and save it from ruin. They are thankful and want from then on only to receive men who can talk with God. p10

-Ezra Taft Benson: unless we make communism treason, our nation will be destroyed. p11

-Ezra Taft Benson: The world-wide secret conspiracy which has risen up in our day to fulfil these prophecies is easily identified. p12

-Joseph Smith: The Chinese will attack west USA, an area beyond the Rocky Mountains, if they don’t take great care. p13

-Joseph Smith: When Russia (the bear) attacks Britain (the lion), then the end is near. p13

 

Ch2 Missionary Work Among the Gentiles p17-34

-Crowther: There are 4 stages. Each is an era of missionary work with types of war associated therewith:

  1. gospel to the Gentile: preparatory wars
  2. gospel to Israel: complete destruction wars
  3. gospel to Heathen nations: just after Armageddon
  4. gospel to all: Immediately before and during Millennium

p18

-Orson Pratt: Gentile nation = Christendom nation; Heathen nation = those which have not accepted Christianity. p18-19

-D&C 45:28: the times of the Gentiles is when the gospel is restored in 1831. p19

-Orson Pratt: specifically Israel preach to after Gentiles. p20; p22

-Orson Pratt: when they shut down our meeting houses the end is near of the times of the Gentiles. p22

-Joseph Fielding Smith: the time of Gentiles almost fulfilled. We are in transition period into Israel time. p24

-Orson Pratt: after Gentile time, no official messengers to them; official Israel time then; but Gentiles can still come of their own accord. p24.

-D&C 63:32: God is angry with the wicked. p24

-Wilford Woodruf: people of Joseph Smith’s day were wicked as the Jews’ day at the time of Christ and 1000 times more. p25

-Crowther: crime is 3x more than FBI report; it is going up; they are getting younger and more violent. Usually they’re not reported. p25

-extravagance and speculation by Saints in SLC then persecution. p26

-Brigham Young: LDS in mountains dress as Babylon; only leaving to tents could save them; better to live with Indians in wigwams than dwell in Babylon and miss the spiritual blessings. p26-7

-Heber C Kimball: SLC classed as one of the wicked cities of the world. p26

-Brigham Young: when in poverty no worry for the Saints but when Lord open great oil reserves in Utah worry for them. p27

-Joseph Smith: the gospel to Gentiles then Jews then to heathen nations and the house of Joseph. p31

-D&C: we will be gathered in after the time of the Gentiles fulfilled. p31

-Wilford Woodruf: Gospels to Gentiles, then the big destructions begin. p31

-D&C 90:9-10: gospel to Gentiles, then Jews and all Israel, then heathens. p31

-Heber C Kimball: gospel to Gentiles then to Jews then Joseph Smith appear and others and then go to New Jerusalem. p32

-Orson Pratt: before Zion is redeemed gospel must be taken from Gentiles and given to Israel. p32

-Joseph Smith: destructions prepare the way for the 10 tribes to return from the north. p33

 

 

Ch3 God will pour out his judgments p35-48

-D&C 88:84: the major destruction time happens after the time of the Gentiles. p35

-D&C 88:89-91: fear to come upon all when the calamities come. p36

-D&C 88:88: after missionary testimony comes destruction. p36

-2 Ne. 27:1: Gentile are in America and elsewhere. Destruction to them all.

-D&C 87:6: Full end of all nations is decreed. p37

-Brigham Young: whole cities etc. will be destroyed after the missionaries are called home. P37

-Orson Pratt: thousands will be left unburied in the US from so swift destruction. p39

-Orson Pratt: The judgment is sure to come, not a mere chance. p39

-US President Kennedy: our water is polluted and there is not enough water in general; 80% of diseases from bad water; 1.2 billion not have portable water as of 1994. p41

– Commonweal article in 1994: predicted in 2030 water drought in USA. p42

-New York Times in 1994: 4 million under 5 years old died in 3rd world countries from respiratory disease because of pollution. Also 4 billion from diarrhea. These are killing more than cancer. p42

-Brigham Young and Wilford Woodruf: New York will be destroyed by earthquake, Boston by sea, Albany by fire. p44

-Orson Pratt: New York and others will have no inhabitants. p44

-D&C 84:114-5 New York, Boston, Albany, these to be destroyed if not repent. p44

-Wilford Woodruf: New York to be a mass of ruins, people will be in awe; houses remain but are left desolate. We will reminisce about days before New York, Boston, and Albany were destroyed. Brigham Young said this saying of Woodruf is prophecy and will be fulfilled. p45

-Wilford Woodruf: Judgments of God come to Babylon and Zion. p46

-Wilford Woodruf: Only righteous priesthood have right to protection. p47

-Brigham Young: The LDS if 3/4 good, good. If 1/2 good, destructions. If good the LDS as a people will get more to eat, wear, and better homes to live in. p47

 

 

Ch4 Internal Wars and the collapse of the United States Government p49-66

-Joseph Smith: the Saints and the world will have little peace from hence forth. p49

-Orson Pratt: civil war 2 in the US will stop farming and manufacturing; fighting will be between neighborhood vs. neighborhood. Civil War 1 was nothing compared to what this will be. p50

-Joseph Smith: the whole government of the US will become one big mob. p51

-Orson Pratt said in 1868: Many 100,000’s to be destroyed in civil wars in USA. p51

-Orson Pratt: farming neglected as people flee city to city in an upcoming civil war. p52

-Wilford Woodruf: In USA natural disasters and plagues while wicked slay the wicked until the wicked are wasted away. p52

-Joseph Smith: If USA not hear petition of LDS, will be totally obliterated – not a potshard left. p52-3

-Wilford Woodruf: destruction awaits the USA, and prophets should warn. p53

-Moses Thatcher (Apostle): A secret band will sap the life of this nation and it will fall. p53

-Joseph Smith: US Supreme Government will cease to exist, people will run from place to place and families will turn on each other. p53

-Orson Pratt: government end and we (the LDS Church) make our own. p54

-Brigham Young: strife and opposition within communities is the knife that will cut down the USA. p54

-Orson Pratt: LDS make their own government as USA falls. It will be based on US Constitution. p54

-Orson Pratt: Eventually fall of USA and Europe and in them all business cease from the chaos. p55

-Joseph Smith: All will go to the west USA who want peace and won’t use sword against neighbor. p55

-Wilford Woodruf: just as Book of Mormon peoples destroyed, so SHALL it be again here. p55

-3 Ne. 21:12-21; 20:15-17: A remnant of Jacob (usually refers to Lamanites or the house of Israel) will tread down the Gentiles if they don’t repent. They’ll destroy the witchcraft, vehicles, cities, priestcrafts, graves, and we thus won’t worship the works of our hands any more. These will happen at an unheard of level. p56-57

-Crowther: apparently Lamanites rise against the Gentiles when end of time of Gentiles and before Israel gathered. Thus it seems to happen at the time of the US internal wars. p57

-D&C 88:84-92 says times of Gentiles, then destructions, then a voice calls us to go out to meet the bridegroom. p58

-D&C 133:8-12 says Elders gather Gentiles then Jews then a call to go meet the bridegroom, and a call for the Gentiles to flee to Zion. p58

-D&C 115:6 Gather to Zion and her stakes for a refuge when wrath is poured out over all earth. p58

-Brigham Young: When great day of judgments of God comes millions of righteous will gather in the valleys of the mountains. p58

-Brigham Young: everyone will be against everyone; these mountains are the best place for the Saints to hide till all the indignation is over. There is no place better suited in all earth’s history or geography. p58

-Brigham Young: Saints now all over, but will return to the west, a refuge for millions as judgments poured out. “We will be shut out from the rest of the world” It will be an inland empire for the refuge of millions during the time of the indignation of God “Our people will go east, west, north and south, but the day will come when they will be glad to come back”. p58

-Brigham Young: the battles will even be Christians against Christians; all who won’t fight will need to come to Zion to escape the fighting. p58

-Orson Pratt: LDS missionaries will be sent to all the world declaring there is a place in the heart of USA where peace and refuge from the major destructions can be found. p59

-Brigham Young: Jordan River area through Salt Lake will have over 3 million living there. p59

-J Golden Kimball: Many LDS who have gone elsewhere will have a burning desire to return to where the church leaders have asked us to settle (the west) and will give anything to live there. p59

-Brigham Young: 3 million will live west of the Jordan River area.  p59 (*Currently in 2016, 3 million is the population of all of Utah)

-Wilford Woodruf: 10,000’s will live in Logan. p60

-Joseph Smith: Make haste, when the wars come, we will need to flee to Zion. Gentiles will flow to us a constant stream then and our doors will be constantly open to them. p61

-Joseph Smith: When wars come we will have to flee to Zion, those who don’t go when they have a chance to go will be afflicted by the devil. p61

-Orson Pratt: As flowing stream goes continual, so shall the Gentiles come to us in Zion seeing God protects Zion and that there is no safety in their nations. Their nations will be tottering and crumbling to ruin. They’ll come not to be baptized, but for safety, having heard also our officers are for peace, and our tax collectors righteous. p61

-Heber C. Kimball: millions on millions will come but not with handcarts, only with bundles and their children fleeing. p62

-George Q. Cannon: The LDS will be the people to maintain Constitutional government in this land. More of the prophecy of not take sword against neighbor need flee to Zion is yet to be fulfilled. The going away from the Constitution will cause people to be compelled to flee to the Mormons though they are hated now, and this fleeing to escape civil broils and strife. p62

-Brigham Young: Eventually there will be a gulf between the righteous and the wicked so they cannot trade with each other and national intercourse will cease. p62

-Heber C Kimball: trade your silks and fine things for grain and other needs, for we will have to depend on our own resources, for soon the curtain will be dropped between us and the rest of the USA. When that time comes you’ll wish you had made your own clothing earlier. God requires that we go into home manufacturing. p63

-Orson Pratt: Gate will be shut; we won’t be able to do foreign imports. Do have (your own) productions. p63

-Joseph Smith: England (and France some also) will be neutral until the USA is so terrid they will try to step in to stop the bloodshed. It will seem they rule USA. USA will have so many claiming government power till it has none at all. In the Rocky Mountains, there will be peace because of a cordon band of the white horse (the church) and the red horse (the Lamanites?) (The horses seem to represent peoples in America and based on skin color). p63

-Joseph Smith: So many, danger of famine. (apparently speaking of the time of the US internal wars and gathering to the west, how there will be famine there because of so many flocking there for refuge) p64

-Heber C Kimball: They’ll come with mere bundles and children coming to us for bread to eat. p64

-Heber C Kimball: One dreamed that given the choice between a bag of gold and a cat, a person would choose the cat as you can eat a cat. This may happen. p64

-Heber C. Kimball: risk of Saints famine since so many flee to west. Store extra food for them. p64

-Wilford Woodruf: We will want bread; if we are wise we will store enough for us and those who come to us for food. p65

-Brigham Young: no famine upon this people if we do right. p65

 

 

Ch. 5 The establishment of the Kingdom of God (a political organization, not the Church) p67-82

-Orson Pratt: They’ll overthrow USA, we’ll need our own government, all else will be mobs, we will base it on the US Constitution. p67

-George Q Cannon: The Church of God is separate from the Kingdom of God. p68

-Brigham Young: US Constitution won’t be destroyed, at crucial time, the LDS “will hold it inviolate”, and “save it from destruction”. p68

-Orson Hyde: Joseph Smith said if the Constitution will be saved, it will be by this people. Hyde says if we are righteous, God will give us a Constitution. p68

-John Taylor: when US Constitution is torn to shreds, this people will hold it up to all nations and proclaim liberty for all. p69

-John Taylor: US Constitution is a design for a new world. p69

-Orson Pratt: US Constitution is a stepping stone toward higher government where God choses the leaders and is based on divine laws. p69

-D&C 65:2, 5-6: The Kingdom of God must go forth before the Kingdom of heaven can. p70

-Brigham Young: Joseph Smith organized the Kingdom of God completely and fully a few months before his death. It has its own constitution and officers which will be operating in the future. p70

-History of the Church: A council of 50 made for the kingdom of God. p70

-History of the Church: The council of 50 isn’t part of the church, it is for political things and its members need not be LDS. It can’t organize the church, only the Priesthood can do that. The Council of 50 sometimes is called the General Council. p70

-Brigham Young: The Kingdom of God is actually organized but won’t be in operation till the Lord sees fit. p70

-Duane Crowther (author): The Kingdom of God like polygamy was source of antagonism for the LDS and Utah and hence is discontinued until needed. p72

-Brigham Young and George Q Cannon: Religious people can be a part of the political body which makes laws in the Kingdom of God. p72

-Brigham Young: The Kingdom of God is a republican form of government. The USA government represents theocratic government more than any other nation except with Israel elected a king. p73

-John Taylor: Church of God must be here before Kingdom of God (political) comes, for it can only exist with a people who have the spirit of revelation. p73

-Brigham Young: when we say theocracy is to come we mean its officers have the priesthood. p73

-George Q Cannon: The Kingdom of God will be to protect the rights of all people not just the LDS. p74

-Parley P Pratt: The political Kingdom of God will start small like a mustard seed and be in the mountains where a majority of Gods people are.

-Daniel H Wells: God will give the political Kingdom of God to the Saints when they’ve proven themselves capable of running it, having done well in every trial. p76

-John Taylor: When the nations are convulsed we are to redeem them politically as saviors and finally redeem a ruined world. p76

-John Taylor: The LDS will rule politically. One by one the nations will come against it and fall. p77

-Parley P Pratt: The political Kingdom of God will come as other nations are falling. p77

-Statement from The Quorum of the Twelve Apostles: The time will come that as political Kingdom of God grows, all nations will either be for or against it. None will be neutral. Thus there will become a 1 political and religious standard – people will join and take lively interest with the LDS, or you’ll do all in your power to stop them. p77

-Joseph Smith: England, Germany, Norway, Denmark, Sweden, Switzerland and Holland, these have blood of Israel in them and will submit to the Kingdom of God. England will be the last to do so. p78

-Parley P Pratt: The 10 Tribes know the prophecy of Abraham that in their seed will all the earth be blessed, and they will look to the spiritual and political kingdom of God as the group they will go to. It is there that the promise will be fulfilled. p78

-Brigham Young: Jesus Christ will rule all nations of earth by the Kingdom of God. The centers for this kingdom will be found in Zion (Missouri) and the Old Jerusalem. p78

-Orson Pratt: USA and all other governments will end and the Kingdom of God will rule all. The nucleus of that government is formed and is from God. Also all will respect this government and obey it. Its law will go forth from Zion to all like how now Washington DC sends the law to all USA.  p79

-Charles W Penrose: The Kingdom of God will rule all earth and the LDS will rule it. All other kingdoms will be broken, like Nebukenezer’s dream. p80

 

Ch. 6 Establishment of the New Jerusalem p83-106

-D&C 103:15-17: A Moses-like man to lead Israel out of bondage is to come. This will be for the redemption of Zion. p83

-Orson Pratt: We know not who that man (referring to D&C 103:15-17) will be but that he will lead us as our fathers were in the wilderness. This Moses figure will lead us to Missouri. Also angles and Jesus will lead those LDS to Missouri.  (This statement was made AFTER they were in the West US). p84

-Orson Pratt: The Moses man bringing LDS to Missouri may be yet the slain Joseph Smith. p84

-Erastus Snow: Joseph Smith and Hyrum Smith will help prepare the way in Zion and her stakes and temples and will be resurrected and help the resurrection happen. p85

-Erastus Snow: Jesus Christ will appear in his temple and teach his servants and this long before the destruction of the wicked. p86

-Heber C Kimball: Things will get so bad that the LDS will call on God day and night. Then Joseph Smith and others will come and help take the faithful to Missouri. They’ll help build that holy city the New Jerusalem. p86

-Orson Pratt: a march of tens of thousands of LDS will march to Missouri as a group; pillar of fire by night and cloud by day with them, and the voice of the Lord heard. Will frighten all nations as a body the Saints will return there after a few go ahead to purchase more land. Army of angels will protect them on the journey. p86-87

-Orson Pratt: when the Lord is about to lay waste to the USA, he will call his people back to New Jerusalem. p87

-Orson Pratt: after a few go ahead to prepare the way and purchase some land in Missouri, the LDS will go there as a body, the Lord going with them. p87

-Joseph Smith: Angels of heaven will protect the LDS in their return to Zion. p87

-Orson Pratt: The time the LDS will go to Missouri is when the USA is in ruin. p87

-Joseph Smith: When you see this land (USA) bound with a yoke of iron, you may look to Jackson County Missouri. (referring to this being the time that we will gather there for refuge to build the New Jerusalem). p87

-Joseph F. Smith: Hundreds go to Missouri with their cattle warding off many foes. It will be as real of a journey as the track west to Utah. Many will not understand that God is who brings them. Many hardships will be faced in the journey, so much so that perhaps only the children of those who embarked will see the victory and deliverance. p87

-Wilford Woodruf: women with bundles go by foot to the mountains, many of them. p87

-Joseph F. Smith: much peril on the journey to Missouri, ever fending off foes from taking your cows and family. Not go by modern transportation nor railroad, but herding animals along the way etc. The success of the journey may only be seen by the children of who embarked. It might be not as visible to outsiders that God is helping. Most of the men will be gone (*from war probably). p87-89

-Wilford Woodruf: Women with bundles by foot go to the mountains. p89

-Orson Pratt: The majority of the LDS will return as a great people to Missouri and do so in peace. p90

-Brigham Young: Many of the Saints will stay in the west where they’ve built homes rather than going to Missouri. P90

-door for establishment of the gospel among Lamanites will be in the Rocky Mountains. p90

-Orson Pratt: though not all the LDS will be consolidated into one body to leave the west mountains all as one body, there will be a future time when many hundreds of the LDS will be consolidated as a body and go to the eastern parts of Kansas and western Missouri to settle. p90-91

-Orson Pratt: The majority of the LDS will immigrate to Missouri not staying in Utah. p91

-Wilford Woodruf: Missouri will be desolate with no one there when the time comes to lay the cornerstone for the New Jerusalem.

-Heber C. Kimball: those who get to make the journey to Missouri will be those who are most worthy and most prepared, those who “do right and honor their calling” p91

-Heber C Kimball: there will be not so much as a yellow dog to wag its tail in Missouri, it will be swept clean. p91

-Wilford Woodruf: at the time the New Jerusalem cornerstone is to be put in place, Missouri and Illinois will be totally desolate, a complete desert with no one living there. p91

-Journal of Discourses: Those who live well the law of consecration, using the Lords property well, get an eternal inheritance. p92

-Orson Pratt: When we return to Missouri the law of consecration will be immediately in force; no one will be allowed to get property from the Church there unless they commit to consecrating it to the trust of The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints. p92

-Orson Pratt: The LDS will be the richest people on earth; they’ll have plenty of money to buy plenty of land around Missouri and thereabouts, building many cities and the headquarters in Jackson County. p93

-Joseph Smith: The LDS won’t think there’ll be time to build the New Jerusalem temple, but with all the help we will be receiving it will go up very fast, and we will have plenty of money to do it, and plenty of craftsmen. p93

-Orson Pratt: an approximation of the law of consecration to be lived in the Rocky Mountains, later it in fill in Missouri. p93

-Orson Pratt: in Missouri, when Zion is redeemed, the law of consecration will be lived. p94

-Orson Pratt: part of the Lords storehouse to go toward building New Jerusalem and temples and farming tools and books for the remnants of Joseph, to make it as near perfect a place as possible. p94

-Joseph Smith intended that the cities built by the LDS would fill the whole world. p95

-Wilford Woodruf: In the future we will see that all the visions Joseph Smith had about the New Jerusalem and its structure and the stakes of Zion will be fulfilled. p95

-Joseph Smith spoke of the New Jerusalem plan, that in the middle of it there would be temples and city buildings, and people living not more than 6 blocks from such. As the population increased, more similar plots would be built in adjoining areas. The temples will have 24 sections and each will serve a part of the Priesthood leadership. p95-96

-History of the Church 1:359: Names of the temples of New Jerusalem will be thus:

for building numbers 10 11 and 12: House of the Lord, for the Presidency of the High and most Holy Priesthood, after the order of Melchizedek, which was after the order of the Son of God, upon Mount Zion, City of the New Jerusalem. HOLINESS TO THE LORD.

for building numbers 7 8 and 9: The Sacred Apostolic Repository, for the use of the Bishop. HOLINESS TO THE LORD.

for building numbers 4 5 and 6: The Holy Evangelical House, for the High Priesthood of the Holy Order of God. HOLINESS TO THE LORD.

for building numbers 1 2 and 3 The House of the Lord, for the Elders of Zion, an Ensign to the Nations. HOLINESS TO THE LORD.

for building numbers 22 23 and 24: House of the Lord for the Presidency of the High Priesthood after the Order of Aaron, a Standard for the People. HOLINESS TO THE LORD.

for building numbers 19 20 and 21: House of the Lord, the Law of the Kingdom of Heaven, and Messenger to the People; for the Highest Priesthood after the Order of Aaron. HOLINESS TO THE LORD.

for building numbers 16 17 and 18: House of the Lord for the Teachers in Zion, Messenger to the Church. HOLINESS TO THE LORD.

for building numbers 13 14 15: House of the Lord for the Deacons in Zion, Helps in Government. HOLINESS TO THE LORD. (p96)

-Orson Pratt: The New Jerusalem will have 24 buildings, and those joined in the middle by arches, all in circular layout. These buildings will be for Priesthood administrative purposes. Around that there will be meeting houses for the Saints to gather to on Sabbath days. p97

-Orson Pratt: The Lord will raise up a servant to help with the New Jerusalem. p98

-John Taylor: The New Jerusalem will have multiple cities. The Lord will guide the architecture of it; it is to surpass what we could make. It will be a city prepared to last forever. When the Zion from above comes down, this city will be the Zion that goes up and associates with the other Zion. p98

-Heber C. Kimball: In Jackson County Missouri, historic Church leaders will be there in the flesh helping lay out the lands of our inheritance.  They will also be at the grand council of God at Jerusalem, and the Church of the Firstborn. Some of these individuals will be Joseph Smith, Hyrum Smith, Brigham Young, Kimball, Wells, David, and Parley. p99

-Brigham Young: The Lord won’t have the angels be who do the manual labor of building the New Jerusalem; we will have to do it. We must rely on God so he can do it through us. If we don’t rely on God it won’t be possible and we won’t have the privilege. p99

-3 Ne. 21:23 speaks of people helping to build the New Jerusalem. p99

-Crowther: it seems that the New Jerusalem will take a good amount of time to make in the process of becoming a metropolis. First the LDS will make it, and the ten tribes who return to there, then we in larger scale preach to the Lamanites which results in their coming in large numbers to help build it, then with the USA government falls, the good folks among the Gentiles will flee to it and their help will in added in great numbers. p100

-Orson Pratt: It’s the Lamanites who will have the privilege of building the New Jerusalem for they have the blood of Israel in them, we will be auxiliary help to them. p100

-Joseph Fielding Smith: It’s not the Lamanites who’ll lead in building the New Jerusalem, the passages of 3 Nephi which people use to teach that don’t seem through on their conclusions. It says that the remnant of Jacob and the seed of Joseph will do it. Jacob is Israel. Joseph is Ephraim and Manasseh. It is them, Ephraim and Manasseh, who are at the head to bless the rest of the House of Israel. The Gentles in this land were designed to be a scourge to the Lamanites, then nursing fathers to them. The scourging is done, and the nursing fathers part is now beginning. The Gentiles are promised that if they would repent they would get the fullness of the gospel. But any nation where the Gentiles don’t repent, the fullness of the gospel will be withdrawn from them. These passages speaking of Gentiles refer to Gentiles in all lands. These passages speaking about the remnant of Jacob refers to all the House of Israel. p101

-Proclamation of the Twelve Apostles: We command all kings and nations of earth to join the Church and send your treasures here for the building up of the kingdom of God. The only salvation that you gentiles will find is here in the Kingdom of God. There is only one Lord, and he will rule as king of all earth. You must come and worship at the same alter as Israel for your salvation. p102

-Orson Pratt: when the LDS people settle Kansas and Missouri areas, we will have many schools and universities and farmers and storehouses, much frugal industry, and we will live densely populated there, not one person per every 6 miles. They will have their orchards, fruit trees, fields of grain, beautiful houses with shade trees, etc. They will come from many nations of earth, and from various parts of the LDS. People will recognize that this area is a habitation of the LDS. p103

-John Taylor: There will be a temporal Kingdom of God. Zion will become the praise of the whole earth; the LDS will build up magnificent cities which will be the pride and glory of the whole earth. We will have most fine and expensive clothing, most magnificent buildings, most beautiful gardens, and will be the most rich and intellectual people of the whole earth. The LDS will excel in literature, science, arts, and manufactures. p104

 

 

Ch7 Four important events in America p107-126

-Orson Pratt: we begin building New Jerusalem before we do a major missionary fleet to gather the Lamanites (not the Gentiles) p108

-Orson Pratt: after city of New Jerusalem build, missionaries go for Lamanites, and bring them to Jackson on a 5,000-8,000 mile trek from South America too. p108

-Benjamin F Johnson said that Joseph Smith said: a path from South America to New Jerusalem center stake of Zion will be made. p109

-Orson Pratt taught this order of events: 1. Lamanite remnant converted. 2. Zion redeemed. Believers help build New Jerusalem. 3. missionaries gather all dispersed people of the Lord to the New Jerusalem from out of all of “this continent”. 4. Gods power and God will be in their midst. p109

-Orson Pratt: Jackson County will be the nucleus of Zion, and as the Lord wipes out neighboring places, Zion will increase hundreds and hundreds of miles, being filled with the people coming to it. There they will be a united people, and Jesus will come, bringing the righteous society down to earth with him, and they’ll find these people on earth’s Zion are united like they, those of above, are. Those of Jackson County and round abouts in Zion will be perfected and carrying out the law of heaven as it is in heaven. p111

-Twelve Apostles statement: The natives, whom are the remnant of Joseph in America, will come out of the forest and say I am Joseph whom ye sold into Egypt. Does my father yet live? This to mean, I am a descendant of Joseph sold into Egypt, and I am come for my blessings. They shall receive such in the temple and receive thrones. p111-112

-Brigham Young: When Jesus returns in glory, it will first be to America, for that is where it all began. That is where he made the Garden of Eden. p113

-Joseph Smith: Jesus will come to his people at the New Jerusalem and the world at large won’t notice it. It will be totally natural for him to be there among those people at the New Jerusalem. He will give to them his laws and minister to them. p113

-Charles W. Penrose: the first major appearance of Jesus Christ in the last days will be to his people in the New Jerusalem. The world at large won’t know about this, and Jesus will teach them how to make the kingdom enduring and strong, and how to further develop and beautify Zion. His people will there gaze upon his face, and see his glory. p113

-D&C 42:34-36 “(34) Therefore, the residue shall be kept in my storehouse, to administer to the poor and the needy, as shall be appointed by the high council of the church, and the bishop and his council; (35) And for the purpose of purchasing lands for the public benefit of the church, and building houses of worship, and building up of the New Jerusalem which is hereafter to be revealed-(36)That my covenant people may be gathered in one in that day when I shall come to my temple. And this I do for the salvation of my people.”

-Twelve Apostles, speaking of the natives of the Americas and the time in which they’ll be at the New Jerusalem: Jesus will appear to them with all the resurrected Saints of former days, and Christ will establish his kingdom and laws throughout all the land. p114

-D&C 84:2 declares that “mount Zion” means the New Jerusalem; hence, it is of the New Jerusalem which Isaiah 4:5-6 speaks of when he says that it will have “a cloud and smoke by day, and the shining of a flaming fire by night; for upon all the glory shall be a defense…a place of refuge and a covert from storm and from rain.”

-3 Ne. 20:22: In the New Jerusalem, Jesus himself will be in their midst.

-Orson Pratt: The light emanating from the New Jerusalem will be so bright that it will cause others to fear; it will cause people to want to come cross the ocean to see it for themselves. When the congressmen and kings of the earth are yet several days off in their journey to see the New Jerusalem, they will see its light illuminating the whole sky, like the northern lights of the arctic regions. When the wicked see this their knees will tremble and they will flee as soon as possible for fear. But when the righteous see this they will know it is the Lord and go to it, saying with Isaiah, that “the gentiles shall come to thy light, and kings to the brightness of thy rising”. p115-6

-Orson Pratt: God has higher laws than those of nature which we know of, and he will use those to preserve New and Old Jerusalem temples and cities. They will never decay, they will be eternal. His presence there has part to do with that. p116

-3 Ne. 21:26: show that the 10 tribes work among them will commence after the New Jerusalem is built; they’ll also help build it. p117

-Orson Pratt: AFTER temple built in New Jerusalem, we will see the Lord there. p117

-Lorenzo Snow: in New Jerusalem, Jesus will be a guest in our homes, we will shake his hand, and he will eat and drink with us. p117

-Oliver Cowdry: the 10 tribes will be revealed in the north country wither they’ve been a long time. They’ll help build New Jerusalem. p117

-Crowther: it seems that the moon will be red because of a great earthquake preceding the return of the 10 tribes. Compare D&C 133:26-31; JD 18:346; Rev. 6:12-14. p118

-Orson Pratt: full priesthood not to come to the 10 tribes until they come to Zion. John the revelator will be preparing them while they are in the north. p119

-Joseph Smith: John the Revelator is working among the lost tribes. p119

-Wilford Woodruf: The ten tribes will receive Priesthood authority and their endowments in the land of Zion. p120

-2 Ne. 29:12-14: the records of the ten tribes will be combined with those of Jews and Nephites.

-Orson Pratt: Joseph Smith got the plates from Cumorah, but Moroni deposited many more records than that in a nearby place. Those records contain all the records of the western continent people’s histories. Angels guard these records until the time comes for them to be transferred to the sacred temple of Zion. p120-121

-Orson Pratt: the 144,000, the Priesthood, see Jesus’ face in the temple before mission. They receive power to withstand the plagues and destructions and earthquakes of the earth such as the earth has never before known. This is why the scripture in Revelation says that the destroying angels are not to hurt the earth until these are sealed, it’s to protect them as they go forth among all this desolation to do their missionary work and yet be protected. Their bodies will be refined like gold and silver in a furnace in the temple. They’ll preach in midst of the whirlwind of judgments on the wicked.   p122-3

-Joseph Smith: this sealing to come to the 144,000 means getting their calling and election made sure, sealing the blessing upon their heads. p123

-Orson Pratt:  The 144,000 selected after the 10 tribes return. The 10 tribes will be crowned with glory by Ephraimites. The 144,000 get power to gather out of all nations. The 144,000 gather in the morning of the 7th thousand years. We are living upon the great eve of this. p 123-4

-Joseph Smith: an innumerable host will accompany the 144,000. Go and make your calling and election sure! The 144,000 are Saviors on Mt. Zion.p124

-Joseph Smith: The selection of the persons in the 144,000 has already begun. p124

-Crowther: Some of the journals kept by the early brethren of the Church state that they are to be among the 144,000; this suggests that resurrected persons will be among that number. p124

-Joseph Smith:  righteousness and truth sweeping the earth as a flood. Men and angels will be co-workers in this work p125

-Joseph Smith: The 144,000 are the priests who should be anointed to administer in the daily sacrifice. p125; (this suggests that the length of time from the choosing of the 144,000 to the building of the temple in old Jerusalem will be less than a generation) (read more on priests at Palestine and temple service at Ezek. 44-45).

 

 

Ch8 The gathering of the House of Israel to Palestine p127-140

-D&C 45:21-26, esp. 25 “they (the Jews) shall be gathered again; but they shall remain until the times of the Gentiles be fulfilled”

-3 Ne. 20:28-29 The Jews will return to their promised land, Jerusalem.

-Crowther:

1836 the keys for the gathering of Israel were given to Joseph Smith.

1841 Palestine was dedicated for the return of Israel by Orson Hyde.

1873 George Albert Smith also dedicated the land of Palestine.

1878 the “Lovers of Zion” Jewish organization was formed.

1896 the Zionist Organization was organized and had its first conference a year later in Switzerland to establish the spirit of nationalism among the Jewish people.

1917 British forces took Palestine from Turkish forces and put a man of Jewish descent as governor of it, Sir Herbert Samuel. A proclamation called the Balfour Declaration invited the Jews to return to Palestine, and British helped fund such.

Many more treaties and positive and negative things reported in the text about the 20th century and Israel as a nation, including the republic of Israel choosing its first chosen president in 1949. They became a state around this time.

p129-135

-Isa. 11:12; 1 Ne. 22:25; 3 Ne. 16:5: these show that Jews will be gathered in from all the four quarters of the earth.

-Crowther: p136-8 discussion of highways in the Palestine area, and which areas now are the areas spoken of in scripture of old.

-Orson Pratt: many Jews whose fathers didn’t consent to crucify Christ will accept the gospel before going to Jerusalem, and others will go because other Jews are going. Some Jews will continue to preach against Christ in Jerusalem. p138

-2 Ne. 10:7 Jesus Christ has covenanted that when the Jews believe in Him he will gather them to the lands of their inheritance.

 

Ch9 Plagues and the Book of Revelation p140-158

-D&C 77:12 The plagues come after 7th seal and before 2nd coming; Rev 8 happens then. p143

-D&C 29:13: Trumps will sound like on Mount Sinai, audible, literal.

-Orson Pratt: There will be a set of plagues followed by trumps; these will all be literal. It will be just before the Lord comes. There will be 7 each, and then Jesus comes. p144

-Orson Pratt: God will literally use thunder and cause the voice from that thunder, even the voice of the thunder, to say these audible words which everyone on earth will hear, “Repent, o ye inhabitants of the earth and prepare the way of The Lord, prepare yourselves for the great day of the Lord.” It won’t be a common ordinary thunder storm. In addition to the voices of thunder and lightning, the Lord himself will speak so all can hear him, commanding them to repent and prepare for his coming. p145

-Crowther: plagues happen after 144,000 chosen before Armageddon (makes sense, need 144,000 special protection at that time). p148-153

-Orson Pratt: After Jerusalem is rebuilt by the Jews, the 2 witnesses to prophecy there 3.5 years come there. By their prophecies and Gods power, nations gathered together against Jerusalem will be stayed, these witnesses holding them at bay by their faith and power. Eventually the witnesses are overcome. All this takes place after the trumps begin to sound. The witnesses mission is 3.5 years, so the trumps aren’t all at once, things must happen in between them. When all 7 have sounded, they begin to sound a 2nd time. The 2nd set of trumpets won’t be for destructions, but to declare Gods works in each of the 7 thousand years, 1 thousand year period per trump. When the 7th trump sounds a 2nd time, it’s to pronounce that the work of God is finished so far as the great preparation for the 2nd Coming is concerned. The sounding of the 1st trumpet of the 2 sets of 7 trumpets is when the 1st resurrection happens; and all these great works are to be performed on the earth, and years elapse before Jesus descends with all his saints. p154-5

-see the text for a more detailed lining out of the trumps, timelines, etc. masterfully done.

 

Ch10 Universal Conflict and the Fall of Christian Nations p159-167

-Orson Pratt: someday the missionary message will be more focused on repent or destruction eminent. A worldwide revolution will occur. Jews will flee to their home land.  p160

 

-D&C 45:69: Every nation except New Jerusalem will be at war against each other. P160

-Orson Pratt: war in Europe to desolate it; no prisoners of war, all vacant or burned. No rules of war. p161

-Orson Pratt: Universal war, all except Latter-day Kingdom; at this time Jews flee to Jerusalem. p161

-Orson Pratt: Britain will fall once the righteous are gathered out of it. P162

-Orson Pratt: 4th beast is Roman Empire and all descended from it and shall be laid waste. Tis Europe and Russia. p163

-Charles W. Penrose: new diseases will eat the wicked silently. p163

-Charles W. Penrose: The very elements will seem effected by the national and social convulsions. The masterminds among nations will be taken away. Fear will take hold of the hearts of all men. P163

-Charles W. Penrose: fruits withhold in their season when people withdraw from the spirit. p163

-Orson Pratt: Europe (the 4th beast) falls before heathen nations (the 3 beasts). p164

 

-Orson Pratt: People of Christendom have more light and knowledge than the heathens so they’ll be under more condemnation. P164

-Orson Pratt: American and European and US and Asian ultimate destiny is total destruction, no matter their power. P165

 

Ch11 Christ’s appearance in the Council at Adam-ondi-Ahman 167-177

 

-Joseph Smith: Ancient of Days = Adam = Michael; he presides over the human family; all who have keys stand before him here; Adam delivers up his stewardship to Jesus Christ and remains head of the human family. P167-8

-Joseph Smith: Adam is over all dispensations; in this the last dispensation, all will be as it was in prior dispensations. Adam watches over the ordinances, and reveals them to mankind, sending messengers. P168-9

-Joseph Smith: Spring Hill of Daviess County Missouri is where the meeting of Adam-ondi-Ahman will be. P169

-Orson Pratt: 20 million will be at Adam-ondi-Ahman. P169-172 (*Elder Bruce R McConkie agreed with this, that there would be a vast number in attendance, as a reflection of what the first meeting at Adam-ondi-Ahman was in the days of mortal Adam when he gathered his posterity to bless them and foretell them of all the days of the earth. All the righteous Saints are who get to attend he says, as well as all the righteous from ages past. See “The Millennial Messiah”. The prophet Daniel speaks of there being a vast multitude before which the Ancient of Days comes to do all of this.)

-Joseph Fielding Smith: Adam-ondi-Ahman will be unknown of to the world at large, and to the church at large, it comes as a thief in the night, and only those officially called to attend will know of it and attend. P172 (His interpretation of this seems to come from 1 Thes. 5:2, but nothing there specifically suggests that said passage is referring to the meeting of Adam-ondi-Ahman.)

-Orson Pratt: in Adam-ondi-Ahman, Adam will arrange all the dispensations of the Priesthood into one large family and household. These judgments and opening of books are to prepare the way for the 2nd coming of Christ in glory. P173

Orson Pratt: Every quorum of the Priesthood of the church will be present at this meeting. Resurrected beings will also be there. This is before the 2nd coming of Christ. P173-4

-Joseph Smith: at Adam-ondi-Ahman, Daniel says the judgment was set and the books opened. This is for the purpose of giving the power of judgment to the Saints. Wars plagues fires etc. will continue until this meeting. P174.

-Orson Pratt: 12 Apostles were chosen among the 10 tribes in the north! p174

-Orson Pratt: be good so you’ll be counted worthy to participate in the august (respected and impressive) ceremonies of Adam-ondi-Ahman. p174

-Orson Pratt: at Adam-ondi-Ahman judgment will come to all nations. p174

-Orson Pratt: The judgments to come after Adam-ondi-Ahman are the judgments from the Saints upon all the people of the world. Not the final judgment, but a judgment still. P174-5

-Crowther: At Adam-ondi-Ahman, Christ becomes the literal head of the kingdom of God, and that kingdom ceases to be a preparatory kingdom, and asserts its power over all the nations of the earth. P175

-Orson Pratt: the kingdom of God will assert power over all other nations of the world, and those nations which will not unite themselves with it, honoring its laws and institutions, will utterly perish, and no place will be found for them.  P175

-BH Roberts in History of the Church: associated Dan. 7:13-14 with Dan. 7:9-10, meaning that Adam-ondi-Ahman was the time when dominion is given to the kingdom of God and all nations are to serve it. P175

-Joseph Smith: The Saints are persecuted until Adam-ondi-Ahman. Yes, the “horn” (see book of Revelation) made war with the Saints and overcame them until the Ancient of Days came; then he, Adam, gives judgment to the Saints, and they possess the kingdom. They become ministers here and in eternity. P176

 

Ch12 Growth and Development in Zion and Palestine after the era of universal conflict 177-196

-Orson Pratt: People will say of the city of Zion, surely this is the city of God, for his power might and terror are there! Come let us be subject to its laws! They will say this after the Lord has broken the nations. The laws of Zion will liberally be sent forth to all the nations of the earth. P178

-Orson Pratt: when the inhabitants of the USA are swept off, much of their homes will remain, and will be desolate and uninhabited until the Saints expand to fill all those areas. P178

-Quorum of the 12 Apostles: North and South America will become united via the expansion of Zion. P178

-Joseph Smith: the Saints will fill the west, and through Mexico, central and south America would do a great work for the remnant of Jacob. The kingdom of God will be organized upon the earth through all nations learning war no more, and all adopting the God-given Constitution of the United States as a palladium of liberty and equal rights. P179

-Joseph Smith: David of old lost part of his glory because of transgression, and “the throne and kingdom of David is to be taken from him and given to another by the name of David in the last days, raised up out of his lineage.” P179

-Crowther: apparently the next David will come just before the battle of Armageddon and reign as a prince. He will be a new leader for Israel. P179

-Jeremiah: the Lord will raise up a David as king of Israel in the time when that people shall serve the Lord their God (Jer. 30:9). P179

-Zechariah: he, this David, is the branch, and that he would have the great responsibility of building the temple of the Lord, and that he will sit upon a throne, and be a priest (Zech. 6:11-13; 3:8-9; Jer. 23:5-6; Hosea 3:4-5). P179

-Ezekiel: This David will be a shepherd over Israel whom shall feed them (Ezek. 34:23-24).

-(*Elder McConkie in “The Millennial Messiah” seems to suggest that this David is Christ himself, but it seems the text shows this David figure as a leader who helps prepare the way for Christ to return by building the temple in Jerusalem, and that he is to be a powerful servant in the hands of Christ (D&C 113:4))

-Isaiah: God gives this David as a commander and leader of the people and a witness to the people. The Lord will glorify him and cause that he “shalt call a nation that thou knowest not, and nations that knew not thee shall run unto thee because of the Lord thy God, and for the Holy One of Israel; for he hath glorified thee.” (Isa. 55:3-5)

-Crowther: it could be that the passage in Isa. 11:1-5 is also referring to this David: “ 1 And there shall come forth a rod out of the stem of Jesse, and a Branch shall grow out of his roots:  2 And the spirit of the Lord shall rest upon him, the spirit of wisdom and understanding, the spirit of counsel and might, the spirit of knowledge and of the fear of the Lord;  3 And shall make him of quick understanding in the fear of the Lord: and he shall not judge after the sight of his eyes, neither reprove after the hearing of his ears:  4 But with righteousness shall he judge the poor, and reprove with equity for the meek of the earth: and he shall smite the earth with the rod of his mouth, and with the breath of his lips shall he slay the wicked. 5 And righteousness shall be the girdle of his loins, and faithfulness the girdle of his reins.”

-D&C 113:4: The stem of Jesse in Isa. 11:1-5 is Christ. The rod in Isa. 11:1-5 is someone from the house of Jesse and Ephriam: “ 1 Who is the Stem of Jesse spoken of in the 1st, 2d, 3d, 4th, and 5th verses of the 11th chapter of Isaiah?

2 Verily thus saith the Lord: It is Christ.

3 What is the rod spoken of in the first verse of the 11th chapter of Isaiah, that should come of the Stem of Jesse?

4 Behold, thus saith the Lord: It is a servant in the hands of Christ, who is partly a descendant of Jesse as well as of Ephraim, or of the house of Joseph, on whom there is laid much power.

5 What is the root of Jesse spoken of in the 10th verse of the 11th chapter?

6 Behold, thus saith the Lord, it is a descendant of Jesse, as well as of Joseph, unto whom rightly belongs the priesthood, and the keys of the kingdom, for an ensign, and for the gathering of my people in the last days.”

-Isaiah 11:10: The root of Jesse “shall stand for an ensign of the people; to it shall the Gentiles seek: and his rest shall be glorious.” p180. Crowther speaks of this being this David, given that D&C 113:4 refers to him as the rod being one of Jesse and Ephriam lineage.

-D&C 113:5-6: The root is: “ 5 What is the root of Jesse spoken of in the 10th verse of the 11th chapter?

6 Behold, thus saith the Lord, it is a descendant of Jesse, as well as of Joseph, unto whom rightly belongs the priesthood, and the keys of the kingdom, for an ensign, and for the gathering of my people in the last days.”

-Isaiah and the D&C speak of this root rod branch person as that:

  1. he will live during a period before the Millennium wherein he can both judge the poor with righteousness and cause the wicked to be slain (Isa. 11:1-5).
  2. he will live on into the Millennium (Isa. 11:6-10)
  3. he will stand as an ensign of the people (Is. 11:10) and to him will the Gentiles seek (this could be as the Gentiles covet the wealth of Palestine and cause the Battle of Armageddon).
  4. He will be an important and powerful servant in the hands of Christ (D&C 113:4)
  5. He will be a descendant of both Judah (through Jesse) and Joseph (through Ephraim). (D&C 113:4, 6)

-Moroni speaking to Joseph Smith: the prophecy of Isa. 11 is about to be fulfilled. P181

-Ezekiel: a prince (David?) will help in temple offerings. P181

-Ezekiel: a prince (David?) is given a special door in the temple to approach the Lord while the Lord is there. (*This shows the prince being referred to can’t be the Lord himself!) P181

-Ezekiel: this prince will have political lands, not just religious influence. P181

-Orson Pratt: the 10 tribes will come from the north to Missouri Zion and do farming and ranching there for a while, then 12,000 from each tribe will be chosen to fill the ranks of the 144,000, they go back to Palestine (the land of their inheritance). The 144,000 will be sealed in their foreheads to be immune to the plagues and death. p182

-Orson Pratt: John the revelator will be laboring among the 10 tribes. p183

-Orson Pratt: the “whole of the tribes of Israel” return to Palestine to build the temple there before the 2nd Coming and before Armageddon. p183.

-Orson Pratt: Asia and Africa have Israel in them though they are heathen nations. p183

-Orson Pratt: some of Asia and Africa will repent since they’ll see the power and glory of God manifested in Israel. p183.

-Orson Pratt: the biblical feasts etc. will return. p183

-Orson Pratt: after God overthrow nations, will gather tribes of Israel and return them to their own land. p183

-gather Israel to Palestine between 6th plague and Battle of Armageddon. p185

-the heathen will come to knowledge of God by seeing Gog fall in battle of Armageddon. p185

-Crowther: apparently Israel and Judah will be united in battles before Armageddon. p185

 

 

Ch13 The battle of Armageddon and Christ’s appearance on the Mount of Olives p197-226

-Orson Pratt: “When the Rothschild’s and the great bankers among the Jewish nation shall return back to their own land to rebuild the city of Jerusalem, carrying their capital with them, it will almost ruin some of the nations, and the latter will go up against Jerusalem to take a spoil.” P198

-Ezekiel names several places as the persons who attack Jerusalem, and the modern day equivalent geographical nations to that are Turkey, Persia, Ethiopia, Libya, and the southern tip of Russia just above the Caspian Sea.  More information in the text is presented about these things, including a map. P199

-Ezekiel 39:21-3: The heathens will see Gods judgment when he overthrows Gog and his forces.

-Orson Pratt: by miracles the devil gathers many to fight the Jews at Jerusalem in Armageddon. It is when the Kingdom of God is over the whole earth and sun turned dark; millions upon millions come for war. Christendom will be so darkened from priestcraft that they will not understand these things. The Devil will drive them around at this time as a whirlwind. p201-202

-Crowther: Rev. 9:13-21 seems to show with the 2 prophets laboring for 1260 days (42 months), that the time of universal conflict and the time of the battle of Armageddon are 2 separate times. Armageddon might be the consummation of the period of universal conflict. P205

-Rev. 11:13: major earthquake at the time the 2 prophets are taken into heaven. p209

-D&C 45:47-50: There will be a great earthquake at the time when Christ puts his foot on the Mount of Olives. p209-211

-Crowther: there seems not to be evidence to support the idea that the 2nd coming starts with Christ putting his foot on the Mount of Olives. p211

-John: after the Armageddon, beasts will pray upon the bodies a long time. This is the supper of the great God. p213-4

-Ezekiel: Christ comes to the temple in Jerusalem. P215. Much more from scripture presented here about these times and events.

-Zechariah, etc.: after Armageddon, a time period where those who won’t worship at Jerusalem and keep feast of tabernacles will have no rain and will have plague. This is pre-millennium.  p216-219 for references etc.

-Crowther: the David rule before Armageddon, then after Armageddon is a missionary work to heathen era, then the Millennium. The David will still be alive when the Millennium begins so this must be a short interval. For references, see Ch. 12. p220

-Crowther: there is to be a final gathering at time of heathen gathering or shortly after for all regardless of all and this before the burning, and after Armageddon. The righteous are at this time gathered to New Jerusalem or Palestine. p220

 

 

Ch14 Christ’s Coming in glory p227-246

-D&C 88:95-110 shows the drama that will accompany the coming of Christ. P228-9

-Orson Pratt: The silence in heaven for a half hour comes immediately after a trump. This half hour may be our time or the Lords time. It may be extensive time. During it, all is perfectly still. No angels flying, no trumpets sounding, no noise in heavens above. Then immediately after it, the curtain of heaven is unfolded as a scroll. P230

-Orson Pratt: when Christ comes the mortal Saints will be transfigured and sanctified, not immortalized. They’ll be prepared for the Millennial reign. Then tables will be spread and they will eat the sacrament. P230

-Orson Pratt: there will be an audible sound of a trump, that of the archangel, when this coming happens. At that time, the dead in Christ will come forth out of their tombs. Also at this trump the Saints still living will instantaneously be caught up in the air to meet the Lord. P231

-Joseph Fielding Smith: At the coming of Christ, those whom will dwell forever with God, the exalted, will resurrect. They will meet the Lord in the air. Then those who were honorable but not qualifying for the highest blessings, those of the Celestial and Terrestrial kingdom but not the highest part thereof, will resurrect. They will not get to meet Christ in the air. This includes honorable Christians who wouldn’t join the LDS Church. After the Millennium is over, the telestial people resurrect, namely the wicked who are condemned to suffer the wrath of God on the earth.  P231-3

-D&C 88:110 & Rev. 20:1-3 It’s after each of the angels has sounded their trumpet twice that Satan is to be bound for 1000 years for the Millennium.

-D&C 29:9-13 at the coming of Christ a trump will sound long and loud even as it did on Mount Sinai (Ex. 19:13-19). P234

-Orson Pratt: when the Lord appears, some of those who will come with him will be all the former day Saints, the city of Enoch, Abraham Isaac and Jacob sitting upon thrones, all the redeemed persons. This is when the people of earth meet those of the Church of the Firstborn, and long to be with them. This is what Paul meant when he said all things in heaven and earth are to be brought together in one in the dispensation of the fullness of times. P234 (This seems to be an interpretation of D&C 27:5-14)

-Crowther: based on several scriptures, it’s hard to tell weather Christ coming in red is referring to the coming in glory, or to the coming during the battle of Armageddon wherein he steps on the Mount of Olives. The coming in glory is to be so bright that it makes the sun look pale. P236

-Isa. 63: 1-6 speaks of the Lord coming in red and telling the people he tread the winepress alone, and that he will (future) trample the people in his fury. In this passage he also speaks of how his fury upheld him during the Atonement. 237

-Orson Pratt: when the Lord comes in glory all will see him, even the dead. P237

-Moroni 9:2-5 When Christ comes we will see our nakedness and the glory of God, and it will cause a flame of unquenchable fire to come upon the wicked. The wicked would be more comfortable living with the damned in hell than with the Lord. P238

-D&C 133:21-25 The land of Jerusalem and the land of Zion will return to their own place. The earth will become as it was before it was divided. This happens after Christ puts his foot on the Mount of Olives. P239  (*D&C 133:26 says those of the North countries will remember God at this time, and return on a highway, overcoming all their enemies. This could be referring to the lost tribes of Israel gathering to Jerusalem. This could mean that those tribes are the persons in the heathen nations which will not be converted until after Armageddon. Elder Bruce R McConkie in “The Millennial Messiah” said that the gathering of the lost 10 tribes would be after the Millennium started; after Christ’s coming in glory that is. This passage seems to fit well with that. However, as referenced earlier in this book, these is much supporting evidence that the 10 tribes will return before the Millennium so the 144,00 can preach before the Millennium happens. Another theory is that only 12,000 from each tribe of the lost `10 tribes are gathered in before the Millennium to fill the ranks of the 144,000, then after the Millennium begins, the rest of the masses of those tribes are gathered in. All who accept the gospel of course.)

-Joseph Fielding Smith: Adam dwelt on this American continent. But when he did, it wasn’t the American continent or even the western hemisphere. The land was all in one place, and the water was all in one place. No Atlantic ocean separated the hemispheres. The creation account even tells that God caused the water to gather in one place, as well as the land. Then in Genesis we read of a time where the earth was divided. That means the land was actually divided, not just a sociology statement. The land returning to its original form is part of the great restoration. John saw this and said that every island will flee, and mountains are not found. P239-240

-In JS 2:27, Moroni said to Joseph Smith: those who come with the Lord at his Second Coming will be who burn the wicked. P240-241 (Thus it won’t be bombs that do it! (*Though I say some bombs could do some of the job, then these that come finish the job.)) Also in D&C 29:9 the Lord says he will burn the wicked.

-3 Ne. 26:3 the elements will melt. P240

– Orson F Whitney: The earth was baptized with water at the time of Noah, and it is to be burned, baptized with fire and the Holy Ghost in the day of the coming of the Lord. P241

-Orson Pratt: As man becomes righteous man via baptism of water and the spirit, so does the earth become righteous earth. These purifying elements will come upon earth. P242

-Joseph Fielding Smith: Those who will be burned at the 2nd coming will be the telestial law livers. Those who have lived virtuously, and been honest, doing good to the best of their understanding, will survive, regardless of their beliefs and religious doctrine. P242

-Joseph Smith: we believe the earth will be renewed and receive its paradisiacal glory. This means it will be like it was before there was death or evil in it. P243

-John Taylor: The Zion city of Enoch went into the sky. At the 2nd coming of Christ in glory, it will descend, and the city of Zion on earth which the Saints will have built up will ascend, and they will meet each other in the air, and fall on each other’s necks and kiss each other. They will be similar peoples. P243

-Joseph Fielding Smith: the prophecy of the marriage of the Lamb is about the 2nd coming of Christ and the feast the righteous will have with him at this time. The bridegroom represents Christ. P244

 

 

Ch15 the Millennium p247-268

-D&C 63:50-52 rather than lying down dead, you’ll be changed in the twinkling of an eye.

-Orson Pratt: in the Millennium mortals will mingle with immortals, but part of the glory of the immortals will probably be withheld from the mortals during the entire Millennium. Ancestors will mingle freely with their posterity. Mortals can be taught by immortals, which will prepare them in essential ways for when the earth will go through a greater change.

-Erastus Snow: Satan being removed from earth will cause earth itself and its atmosphere to improve; the curse will be removed; the elements will be sanctified; those growing up in the Millennium without sin won’t experience pain and sickness like we do because Satan won’t be involved; there will be no breach to the laws of life and health; no intemperance; no evil spirit to allure and draw into sin; the Spirit of the Lord will be with every person to guide him constantly; all will know the way of the Lord to such an extent that we won’t have to teach or encourage each other to do what is right. There will be good influence continually, and persons will grow up without sickness pain or death. P249-50

-Joseph Fielding Smith: Joseph Smith: There will still be wickedness on earth during the Millennium; those who won’t come to up to worship will be destroyed eventually from off of the face of the earth. When Joseph Smith refers to wicked in this statement, he is referring to those who have not yet embraced the gospel. D&C 84:49-53 says wicked means you have not embraced the gospel, and such a person is in a condition of being under the bondage of sin, having not been baptized. The terrestrial order will remain on the earth during the Millennium, and this class is without the gospel ordinances. P250

-Orson Pratt: People will be capable of sinning in the Millennium because they still have their agency. Wherever you find intelligent beings, there you will find agency, to some extent. Satan’s agency will be very limited when locked in the pit and unable to tempt men. If people sin in the Millennium it will be not because of being tempted by Satan, but of choosing to do so of their own free will. P251 (*I note that Satan is without light and truth which is intelligence so he ceases to be an object to act and becomes an object to be acted upon, one with minimal or no agency, because he has minimal or no intelligence, intelligence being defined as light and truth in the D&C.)

-Brigham Young: The Millennium consists in every heart in the Church and Kingdom of God being united as one; the Kingdom increasing to the overcoming of everything opposed to the economy of heaven, and Satan being bound with a seal set upon him. All else, eating drinking wearing clothing, will be as it is now. P 251 (*But note that 3 scriptures in the D&C say there will be no immodesty in the New Jerusalem; obviously BY is here referring to the fact that food and clothing continue in the Millennium; we also won’t eat meat in the Millennium, we see a few changes from how we do things now; TONS of changes; recall Nibley saying that we are a million miles away from how things are done in heaven, not even close)

-Orson Pratt: out of Zion will go forth the law; that law will be to regulate the nations; to teach them how to be saved; to inform all how to save themselves and their dead. P252

-1st Presidency Statement: When the Saints receive their inheritances, it will be by the authorized channels in the Church according to that order of government. P253

-Orson Pratt: The righteous dead get their inheritances, then the righteous living gets theirs. The Saints will get inheritances divided by lot based on their faithfulness in their stewardships. The revelation (D&C 88:95-110) shows that when the Saints are resurrected and caught up into heaven, and the Saints living caught up also, and the 7th trump blown, then the Saints shall receive their inheritances. Yes, the earth will be divided out to them. P254

-Orson Pratt: Jesus and the 12 Apostles will be in our midst. The 12 tribes will come back and 12 men sitting on 12 thrones in the land of Palestine will reign over them. Also the 12 disciples of  ancient America some 1800 years ago are to have their thrones. They’ll be judged by the Twelve at Jerusalem whom judge the remnant of the tribe of Joseph. They will have that work to do in the eternal worlds. P255

-Orson Pratt: To some of the Saints will be given 1 city to rule over, others 5, etc., according to their works in this life. The 12 will each have a throne to judge the 12 tribes of Israel. The tribes will need judging during the whole 1000 years they live on the earth; they will need judges in their midst to show them what is important for them to know. Along with them will be other judges who have proven worthy.  p256

-Brigham Young: When judgment is given to the Saints it will be because of their righteousness, that they’ll judge like the angels and gods in heaven; not like the present situation;  rather they’ll love justice kindness love mercy and truth. P256

-B.H. Roberts: the passage of Joel 2:18-9 refers to the Millennium: Everyone will have the spirit during the Millennium.

-Orson Pratt: When the knowledge of God covers the earth, even animals will manifest greater intelligence than they show now in their fallen condition. They’ll have language, and praise God. P260

-George Q. Cannon: When the will of God is written on peoples’ hearts, they’ll understand his law. This will be the case in the Millennium. P260

-Brigham Young: In the Millennium, people of other religions will come to Zion, wondering at the wisdom and knowledge of those people, and thinking that their wisdom is merely from the cunning and craftiness of men. Various religions won’t be allowed to persecute each other. Everyone will be required to bow the knee to confess that God rules the world, and that Jesus Christ is the redeemer thereof, of all humans and creatures therein, and once they do that, they’ll be allowed to go and worship whatever, even a white dog or the sun, and however they want as long as they mind their own business and leave they neighbors alone to let them also worship how they will. P262

-Brigham Young: You’ll be able to do the religion of your choice in the Millennium, but you won’t be able to take God the Father and Jesus Christ so lightly; you must confess their glory. P262

-Brigham Young: The kingdom that Daniel saw will actually make laws to protect every man in his rights, as our government does now, whether the religions of the people are true or false. Everyone will have sufficient evidence to believe in the New Testament and Jesus the Christ and the Book of Mormon and Joseph Smith the prophet and revelator, but those who won’t humble themselves won’t join the Church, and thus they won’t get the benefits of the everlasting Priesthood. These people don’t live by every word that proceedeth from the mouth of God. All persons are capable of accepting these things. P263

-Brigham Young: During the Millennium there’ll still be millions who won’t believe Christ, but they will be obliged to acknowledge his kingly government. There is no true government on earth but the government of God, or the holy Priesthood. It is a perfect system of government. There is no other true government in heaven or upon the earth. Do not blame me for believing in a pure and holy government. P263

-Joseph Fielding Smith: The gospel will be taught with greater intensity and power during the millennium until all the inhabitants of the earth shall embrace it. Satan will be bound and unable to tempt man. Anyone who refuses the gospel in these circumstances will be cursed. Eventually in the millennium, every person will embrace the truth universally. It will become unnecessary to introduce people to the Lord. P264

-George Q. Cannon: In the millennium there will be neither disease nor crime, and we will do the temple work for the unnumbered millions who lived and died on the earth without hearing and obeying the plan of salvation. P264

-John Taylor: in the millennium 1000’s of temples will be in use. P265

-Wilford Woodruf: in the millennium there will be many temples in North and South America and Europe and many other places. All the posterity of Noah must be officiated for in temples before Christ can say “it is finished.” P265

-Brigham Young: Angels of God will reveal information we need to do temple work so all can be recorded correctly. Their relatives will officiate for them. The wicked will be cleansed and purified as by fire; some of them will be saved as by fire. P265

-Brigham Young: Resurrected bodies walk eat drink and enjoy. Those who are not yet resurrected are who do the temple ordinances. Those who are resurrected are who take orders from God on what is to be done. They’ll go into the temples and commune with God. When Saints have passed through death, they cannot officiate in this wicked world, but will dictate to those who are here.  P266

-Erastus Snow: The resurrection is soon upon us; Joseph Smith and the Elders of Israel will direct temple work, we will find this to be the case. This will continue in the Millennium. P266

-Orson Pratt: Ancient Patriarchs like Adam will come here to earth during the Millennium “from their ancient celestial world, where they were first made spiritual”; they will have a homestead here, and will gather with the faithful frequently; they will teach us many things we know not of which they have gained from dwelling with God; they will teach us what is to be enjoyed by those in the highest celestial kingdom; even those not yet resurrected, those still mortal, will learn these things from them; By degrees, we will at this time learn more than we are now capable of learning; these teachings will go forth until the whole earth is familiar with the ways and countenance of heaven and Christ. The Millennium is the great Sabbath of the creation. P267

 

 

Ch16 Events at the end of the earth p269-287

-Joseph Smith: the Battle of Gog and Magog will be after the Millennium; The remnant of nations that fight against Jerusalem were commanded to go up to Jerusalem to worship in the Millennium. P269

-George Q Cannon: When the adversary can’t tempt us, it’s from our obedience; and when we stop obeying, he can tempt us more. His best way of getting power over men is by their cupidity, avarice, and low selfish desires. P269

-Orson Pratt: After the Millennium, Satan can tempt people for a season, but not the resurrected beings. When they get their immortal bodies, Satan will have no power over them. The tempting will be to the posterity who aren’t yet resurrected. During the Millennium, many generations will live and become resurrected. When this generation of post-Millennium non-resurrected people sin, it will be open rebellion, not dwindling or ignorance as the Lamanites did. So great will be the power of Satan that he will gather them against the beloved city, and fire will come out of heaven and consume them. P270

-Rev. 12: 4, 7-9: The battle of Gog and Magog will be akin to the preexistence battle when Michael fought Satan and his forces. P270

-Orson Pratt: There will be government during the Millennium, and it will continue 1,000 years, then there will be a great divide away from it because of Satan. The Saints at this time will have become more numerous than ever before. They’ll be so large that they’ll have to pitch their tents round about the beloved city, it will not be large enough for them. Satan will gather every fallen angel from premortality and otherwise and all apostates. His army will be so great it will be able to come upon the Saints on all sides. Satan probably doesn’t understand all the designs of God. P271

-Rev. 20:9-10: Satan and all of his army will be destroyed forever. P272

-D&C 43:31-33 seems to say that the battle of Gog and Magog will be at the end of the Millennium, the fire on them then, and this marks the end of the Millennium. Then those still mortal all become resurrected. P272

-Rev. 20:11-15 Some ordering of events is as follows: God appears on a white throne, then earth and heaven flee, then judgment, then resurrection. P273

-Orson Pratt: After the Millennium and the little season after, in which Satan’s army marshals against the Saints, then the last trump sounds and the last resurrection occurs.  Jesus comes with greater glory than ever before at this time. Also at this time the glory of Jesus will cause the earth and heaven to flee. P273-4

-Orson Pratt: After Satan and his army are cast into hell, all will be judged, the white throne with Christ seated on it will be there, and when this happens the earth itself and the literal temporal heavens that are over them will flee away, and no place shall be found for them. P274

-D&C 29:26: the final resurrection happens before the earth passes away. P274

-Crowther: Thus the order apparently is: 1. The 2nd Resurrection. 2. Jesus appears on a white throne and the final judgment takes place. 3. Heaven and earth pass away. P274-5

-Orson Pratt: God will probably use agents to help him judge the dead. P279

-First Presidency Statement: The Saints will rule once they are crowned. That is why they are going to be crowned, to be rulers. P281

-Brigham Young: All of this dispensation of the fullness of times will be inspected and approved by Joseph Smith before they can enter heaven, the Holy City. Jehovah has decreed this. P282-3

-Heber C. Kimball: Joseph Smith had a vision showing that every member of the church who will be crowned kings and priests unto God will be conducted to the throne of God by Adam, one by one. P283

-D&C 63:20-21: Those who overcome are given an inheritance in earth once earth is translated. P283

-Brigham Young: In the Millennium there will be 1,000’s of temples. The Saints will receive inheritances of their own once all those assigned to this earth have been preached to, even the dead, and when Jesus presents the work as finished to his father, and the earth is placed in the cluster of the Celestial Kingdoms, and the Savior is crowned. Not until this will the Saints receive their everlasting inheritances. P283-4

-Orson Pratt: If we aren’t sanctified in the fullness of the gospel, if we fail to endure to the end, we will not dwell in the Celestial kingdom, but in a lesser creation prepared for such persons. There the glory of God will not be made manifest to the same extent. They will be governed by laws adapted for their inferior capacity and to the condition which they have plunged themselves in. They will suffer after this life, and they will not receive exaltation and glory and power in the presence of God the Eternal Father; they will fail to receive an everlasting inheritance on this earth.  p284

-D&C 88:25-6: The earth will die and be resurrected.

-Orson Pratt: Because of the fall of Adam, the earth must die. Fire will waste away its element. But, like the humans, because of Christ, it will also be born again, and be the same as it was when it first issued from the womb of chaos. P285

-Orson Pratt: Though all will be redeemed from the Fall of Adam, the original sin as some call it, we have great reason to fear that but few will be redeemed from their own sins. Those who are redeemed will receive the earth for an eternal inheritance.  The earth has been corrupted from the sins of men and hence needs redemption, and will receive such. P285-6

-Orson Pratt: Before the earth dies the New Jerusalem will be taken into heaven as well as the holy city. When these are taken up, the earth flees from Christ on his throne, and dies.  When earth dies, it will cease to exist as an organized globe. It won’t be a world capable of habitation. The globe will pass away. Fire will convert its elements into their original form. When the earth dies, it will return to its elemental state and will pass away into space. It then will be called back and resurrected just as the bodies of mankind will be. The power of bringing the earth back together will be by a power greater than any known to man. It will be by the power of God’s word. Death will no longer be connected with it as we see it is now. It will be the same as it was when the Lord first formed it.  P286

-Orson Pratt: Before earth dies, New Jerusalem on the western continent and Old Jerusalem on the eastern continent will go up into heaven. Then these cities with their glorified throng, will descend on resurrected earth and be the world capitals of the new creation. No whoremongerers or idolaters or murderers or sorcerers will be there. P286-7

 

 

Ch17 The Earth’s final state p289-295

-D&C 130:9: Sanctified earth will be immortal, like crystal, and will be an Urim and Thumim, and those dwelling thereon will know all things pertaining to lesser kingdoms. P289

-John speaks of the Holy Jerusalem to be 1377 miles in each of its 3 dimensions; this could be a way of putting the people onto the celestial earth; transporting them thereto after its death and resurrection. The cubit numbers is all 12’s and compounds of 12, and thus may have dual meaning of God’s presence, the whole city being a Holy of Holies.

-Rev. 21:24-7: There’ll be kings and nations on the Celestial earth.

-Rev. 22:1: A river of water of life will proceed out from Gods throne on the Celestial earth.

-Orson Pratt: Jesus in the Millennium will have a throne in Zion (the New Jerusalem in Missouri) and another throne in the temple at Jerusalem (Palestine). The original 12 Apostles will be with him. After 1,000 years, Jesus leaves to visit people on other planets for whom he is Lord. Celestial worlds are, by and by, after their temporal state, glorified together. Then from then on, there will be no veil between God and his people who are sanctified and glorified, and Jesus will not be in the need of withdrawing from one to see another, for they will all be in his presence. P292

-Orson Pratt: No matter which Celestial place you are you’ll be able to see God at all times no matter where God is dwelling, because the only thing shutting us from the presence of God are the fall and the veil, and those will have ended. This will be the case despite even millions of miles of distance between you. You’ll see each other as easily as one person sees another whom is in the same room. This is perfect redemption, enjoying His presence always. This is only for Celestial exalted people. A channel of communication. Those who are made like him will be able to see, understand, and converse with each other though they be millions and millions of miles apart. P292-3

-Rev. 21:4: No more sorrow pain or death.

-Orson Pratt: When this earth in its wonderful Celestialized state gets full, more worlds will be created for the posterity of the exalted beings. Yes they continue to have posterity. P294

-D&C 29:23-5; 77:2 Animals will also be resurrected, and not one hair of their head to be lost, for it is the workmanship of Gods hand.

-Orson Pratt: Generations of the children of exalted people on the earth will dwell here on this earth when it’s celestialized  until it’s too full for them, then they’ll create more worlds. Exalted beings indeed continue to have children of their own, the same as you and I were before we took these mortal tabernacles. P294

-Orson Pratt: Like the resurrected Lord, exalted beings will be able to go from one world to another. Heaven is not one place, but many. It is many worlds. New worlds continue to be made for the offspring of exalted beings. P295

 

Appendix 2: Analysis of the White Horse Prophecy:

-Brigham Young: there will be a time of wrath of God upon the whole earth; at this time, it is at the Rocky Mountains, there the Saints to be hid. p31

 

Here are some things I recall reading in the text but can’t find the page for or who said it:

 

-Brigham Young: dreaded day when LDS would be popular. He would rather we live in tents with Indians than partake in Babylon

-even those of South America must march to the New Jerusalem in Missouri

– The rest of the world won’t notice him Christ at the New Jerusalem, but the city will be shining and they will notice that.

-Patriarch: we will have a bomb war with Russia.

-Judah return and Jerusalem temple rebuilt before 2nd coming.

-time of total is division to come: either totally with the LDS Church or against.

-God’s sermons of destruction after missionaries called home.

-Gentiles reject the gospel then the missionaries are assigned to Israel.

-LDS and U.S. Indians to unite.

 

 

 

Notes on Richard D. Draper’s “The Book of Revelation”

 

 

 

audio CD of this lecture can be rented at the BYU media library

Author of several books on the Book of Revelation etc. good Greek insight and Hebrew etc. published a handful of books very good

-the crown Jesus wears is stephanos, meaning wreath, that which symbolizes victory more so than political power (not to undermine the political power he will have which we read of in other prophecies).

-the 144000 may be that 3 is gods number, 4 is the number of earth, those multiplied is 12, then the show significance of something multiply it by itself, so 12 is the priesthood number and 12 by 12 is 144, then multiply by 1000 to emphasize, it’s 144000. They are High Priests. It’s the Patriarchal Priesthood, meaning husband and wife, it’s the senior couples missionaries you see in the Church serving. It’s the Priesthood gathering in all the people they can. (*But Joseph Smith says in Teachings pg. 75 that the 144,000 are of the office of Seventy)

-the people of the Lord have the Lord with them in the last days, and they are rejoicing despite the war around them, for they have already won a war, one with a 1/3 casualty, the pre mortal war.

-Christ is Alpha and Omega, meaning he is not only the beginning and the end, but everything between. This type of writing is frequent in scripture.

-the Greek Septuigent version of the Old Testament is what John uses when he records about Jesus being Alpha and Omega, it’s similar to the “I AM THAT I AM”. This suggests God is saying I am the one who causes Gods to be Gods, who causes things to be, I am the beginning, the end, and everything in the middle when it comes to salvation.

-Christ is the only one who can read the book which God holds, that which contains the history of the whole earth from begin to end, so Christ is the only one who knows it all who can do all of Gods will, hence he can save us. He is the person able to comprehend it and whom is made for it like a saddle for a horse. That is the meaning of the word worthy which the Greek suggests.

-White in antiquity symbolized victory; Jesus appears in white to suggest that.

-Christ has the keys of hell as we read, this means that when Satan has done enough, he takes those keys back. Satan can’t go beyond his bounds. It says one of the stars fell to earth and was given the key of the bottomless pit, it’s not Lucifer’s key, it is borrowed to Lucifer, and he can only use it as Jesus instructs, it has it’s limits that God won’t let it past

-the Lion of the Lord is later seen as the lamb. That lamb has a wound that doesn’t kill it, but it withstands it. It’s about how Jesus continues to exist, is resurrected, handles this mortal wound. What is the wound? The wound of love. That lamb has 7 horns, meaning fullness of power, that he has power like God being equal to God. Joseph Smith changes it to 12 horns, which also gives us a Priesthood view, that it’s by the Priesthood that Christ did the Atonement etc.

-there are 24 thrones around Gods throne on the same level of it, this shows that the Atonement is effective, that we can become Gods, not just small Gods, but full Gods. This is by the grace of Christ that we can also become Victors.

-God is not omnipotent because he has all compulsory power, but it’s like we read in D&C 121, that when our bowls are full of charity, we have everlasting dominion flowing to us without compulsory means. Further evidence of this is that in the end, all except a few of Gods children get to go to a kingdom of glory that they will enjoy, one of their choosing (there are different levels, 3 basically, and no one is force to the highest one).

-we become the begotten sons of God via Christ. We are already his spirit children, but by Christ, we are adopted into his eternal family.

-sword out of mouth of Christ: it means his word is powerful in the defensive and offensive; and it in Greek suggests it’s continually flowing from his mouth; another example of how CHRIST’S WORDS NEVER CEASE.

-apo is Greek which is to take the genitive case, but John uses the nominative case, this is to say that Jesus is the subject (nominative case denotes subject), He is the center, the cause, the purpose, the how of salvation, the center point of it, the only way by which it comes. There are examples of John violating grammar rules to make a point

(*Attic (ancient/biblical) Greek scholar Stephen Bay BYU professor doesn’t share this theory; rather John’s Greek had many plain old grammatical errors but that’s ok!)

Book of Revelation Event Chronology

 

 

Based on a simple reading of the text in the order it’s presented.

-Christian martyrs (Rev. 6:11)

-6th seal opens (Rev. 6:12)

-great earthquake (Rev. 6:12)

-stars (appear to) fall like fruits from a tree in great wind (Rev. 6:12)

-moon appears as blood (Rev. 6:12)

-sun blackened (Rev. 6:12)

-islands and mountains flee (Rev. 6:14)

-no hurt to the earth until high priests144,000 sealed to God (Rev. 7:3)

-24 Elders worship God in white robes (Rev. 7:11)

-the righteous serve God in his temple day and night (Rev. 7:15)

-7th seal opens (Rev. 8:1)

-1/2 hour of silence (Rev. 8: 1)

-7 trumpets given to 7 angels begin (Rev. 8:6-7)

-trumpet one is hail with fire and blood. 1/3 of trees destroyed (Rev. 8:7)

-trumpet 2 is fiery mountain into sea. 1/3 of water made bad, 1/3 of sea life dies, 1/3 of ships destroyed (Rev. 8:8)

-trumpet 3 is a star called wormwood (means a bitter herb) falls to the rivers making the sources of water bitter. 1/3 of remaining water becomes bitter. (Rev. 8:10-11)

-trumpet 4 is the sun moon and stars are darkened so there is 1/3 less light or 1/3 shorter days (Rev. 8:12)

-trumpet 5 is locusts tormenting men for 5 months. They are described as human warriors. Perhaps warfare so thick it’s like locusts. Reminiscent of Moses plagues. They only hurt men who don’t have the seal of God in their foreheads. (Rev. 9:1-10)

-the locusts’ king is Apollyon (Greek for the Destroyer). (Rev. 9:11)

-one woe is past 2 more to come (Rev. 9:12)

-trumpet 6 is an army of 200 million kills 1/3 of all humans on earth with fire war machines (Rev. 9:14-19)

-the people still won’t repent (Rev. 9:20-21)

-the temple at Jerusalem is trodden under feet for 3.5 years (Rev. 11:2)

-2 prophets testify in the streets of Jerusalem for 3.5 years (Rev. 11:3) burning whoever oppose them (Rev. 11:5). They can turn water to blood and cause many plagues (Rev. 11:6). After finishing their testimony, they are killed by the beast (Rev. 11:7) at Jerusalem (Rev. 11:8) but 3.5 days later are resurrected and ascend up to heaven. (Rev. 11:11-12)

-the same hour the prophets ascend to heaven, a large earthquake causes 1/10 of “the city” (Jerusalem) to fall, and kills 7,000 people. Survivors feared God and gave him glory (Rev. 11:13)

-the 2nd woe is now accomplished and the 3rd woe is soon to come (Rev. 11:14)

-trumpet 7 by the 7th angel announces that the kingdoms of the world now belong to Christ (Rev. 11:15)

-24 Elders worship God (Rev. 11:16) (*compare with LDS prophets’ visions of these 24 dedicating Missouri for the New Jerusalem temple after Missouri is laid desolate)

-God’s wrath has come (Rev. 11:18)

-lightnings seen, thunder and voices heard, earthquake, great hale (Rev. 11:19)

-Kingdom of God is born (Rev. 12:2).

-10 horned 7 crowned dragon appears. (Rev. 12:3)

-before the woman gave birth, the dragon cast 1/3 of heaven to earth and was waiting to devour the child (Rev. 12:4)

-the child is to rule all nations (Rev. 12:5)

-The child (the kingdom of God) hides in the wilderness for 3.5 years (Rev. 12:6)

-Kingdom of God as with eagles wings flees to the wilderness for 3.5 years to hide where the child is nourished (Rev. 12:14) (*could be referring to what happened in verse 6)

-Satan sends a flood to stop the Kingdom of God but the earth helps the Kingdom of God and swallows it. (Rev. 12:15-16)

-the dragon wages war on the Church (Rev. 12:17)

-beast with 7 crowned heads and 10 horns rises from the sea (Rev. 13:1)

-this beast has power and great authority which the dragon has given it (Rev. 13:2)

-deadly wound of the beast is healed and all the world marvels at it (Rev. 13:3)

-people fear the beast and consider him the most powerful on earth. The worship the dragon and the beast. (Rev. 13:4)

-the beast speaks blasphemies for 3.5 years (Rev. 13:5)

-the beast overcomes the saints (*could be referring to God’s ancient people the Jews, or the LDS, or other Christians) (Rev. 13:7)

-all but they who are written in the lambs book of life worship the beast (Rev. 13:8)

-those who use the sword are killed by the sword. Saints are to be patient and faithful (Rev. 13:10).

-the 2nd beast enlivens the 1st beast (whom was wounded by sword) and does miracles. 2nd beast tells the people to make an image to the 1st beast. Life is given to the image of the beast. (Rev. 13:11-12)

-the beast does miracles to deceive like bringing fire down from heaven (Rev. 13:13-14)

-the image of the beast causes those who won’t worship it to be killed (Rev. 13:15)

-the mark of the beast is imposed upon people to transact in the economy (*mark could be a way of living, or a tattoo etc.) (Rev. 13:16-17). Mark is 666 (Rev. 13:18).

-the Lamb with 144,000 stand upon the mount (of Zion the New Jerusalem) with the mark of God on their foreheads (Rev. 14:1)

-the 144,000 sing a new song (Rev. 14:3) (D&C 84:96-102 is the new song. It’s sang after plagues.)

-the 144,000 are those undefiled (*The Lord often speaks of his covenant people as being virgins, in that they don’t go whoring after false doctrines and false gods and false religions) (Rev. 14:4)

-angel with loud voice preaches (*missionaries have a new type of mission: preaching with loud voice in public places) (Rev. 14:6-7)

-another angel says Babylon is fallen (Rev. 14:8)

-a 3rd angel warns against those who have the mark of the beast they they’ll receive eternal plague (Rev. 14:9-11)

-the Saints patiently keep God’s commandments. That is how you know they have faith. (Rev. 14:12)

-people are judged by their works after they die (Rev. 14:13)

-earth is reaped and many are trodden (Rev. 14:14-20)

-the winepress of God’s wrath is filled with 1600 furlongs of blood (Rev. 14:20)

-7 angels with 7 last plagues (Rev. 15:1)

-those who overcome the beast and his image have the harps of God (Rev. 15:2). They are astounded at what God has done (Rev. 15:3)

-God’s judgements are made manifest (Rev. 15:4)

-The angels who pour out the wrath of God are holy people (*This goes along with the Jewish lore that the archangels who preside over each other 7 dispensations are the ones who pour out the plagues upon the land in the last days!) (Rev. 15:6).

-the vials/plagues to come are God’s wrath (*not just natural disasters!) (Rev. 15:7)

-No one is able to enter the temple until the plagues are poured out in full (*perhaps this is why we should not procrastinate doing our temple work, temple marriages, and work for our dead in the temples) (Rev. 15:8)

-wrath of God plague vial 1 is beast mark people get sores (Rev. 16:2)

-wrath of God plague vial 2 is sea turned to blood all life in it dies (Rev. 16:3)

-wrath of God plague vial 3 is rivers and fountains of waters turn to blood (Rev. 16:4)

-don’t make the mistake of thinking that God is evil because of this wrath. He is righteous. He has judged us (Rev. 16:5). People deserve these plagues because they have slain the prophets and saints of God (Rev. 16:6).

-wrath of God plague 4 is upon the sun which scorches with fire (Rev. 16:8). This causes people to curse God, but still not repent (Rev. 16:9).

-wrath of God plague 5 is extreme pain to those at the seat of the beast. This also causes them to blaspheme God. They still don’t repent (Rev. 16:10-11).

-wrath of God plague 6 is the river Euphrates dried. This also serves to “prepare the way of the kings of the east” (Rev. 16:12). (*perhaps for the Chinese to come participate in Armageddon).

-3 spirits as frogs from the beast the false prophet and the dragon proceed and gather people together by false miracles to the battle or Armageddon (Rev. 16:13-14)

-Christ’s coming will surprise people like a thief (Rev. 16:15)

-people gather at Armageddon (*a place in the east by Jerusalem) (Rev. 16:16).

-wrath of God plague 7 poured out into the air and then voices, thunders, lightnings, and a great earthquake are heard and felt. (Rev. 16:17-18)

-wrath on Babylon (Rev. 16:19)

-islands and mountains cease (Rev. 16:20)

-hale comes the weight of a talent (*1 talent ~ 70 pounds). This makes people blaspheme God, it’s effect being so large (Rev. 16:21).

-kings of the earth have committed fornication with Babylon (Rev. 17:2)

-Babylon is depicted as having 7 heads and ten horns (*chapter summary in LDS scriptures seems to refer to this as showing that Babylon is established all over the earth) (Rev. 17:3)

-Babylon is drunken with the blood of the saints to an astonishing degree (Rev. 17:6).

-the beast “carrying” Babylon “was and is not and yet is” goes to perdition (Rev. 17:8) This is the 8th king (Rev. 17:11).

-the 7 heads of the beast are 7 mountains it’s over (*shows it’s established through the earth) (Rev. 17:9)

-the ten horns are kings. They have 1 hour of power with the beast (Rev. 17:12) to unitedly battle the Lamb’s people (Rev. 17:13-14).

-Babylon has large coverage in many nations, hence the meaning of the water the whore sits upon (Rev. 17:15).

-The horns on the beast turn against the whore and burn her (Rev. 17:16)

-Babylon is fallen (Rev. 18:2)

-merchants were rich because of Babylon. Kings of the earth committed fornication with her. Every nation was involved with Babylon (Rev. 18:3).

-saints called out of Babylon lest they partake of her plagues (Rev. 18: 4)

-God has remembered the iniquities of Babylon (Rev. 18: 5)

-Babylon is punished 2 fold for all it’s evil. Inasmuch as she was happy living “deliciously”, she’ll now be sad (*for all the taking advantage of people etc.) (Rev. 18:6)

-death famine mourning and burning came to Babylon in 1 hour whilst she boasts of being undefeatable (Rev. 18:8)

-merchants weep as Babylon falls (Rev. 18: 9-19)

-heaven and holy people rejoice as Babylon falls (Rev. 18:20)

-Babylon businesses are no more (Rev. 18:22)

-ALL nations were deceived by sorceries of Babylon (Rev. 18:23)

-Babylon is responsible for all the blood spilt on earth (Rev. 18: 24)

-God has avenged the blood of his saints upon Babylon (Rev. 19:2)

-24 elders worship God (Rev. 19:4)

-the Lord God omnipotent reigneth (Rev. 19:6)

-the marriage supper of the Lamb occurs, only the righteous may attend. The white robe is “the righteousness of the saints” and who is found not dressed in the wedding garment is “cast into outer darkness” (Matt. 22:10-14). The wife has made herself ready. (Rev. 19:7-8)

-Jesus Christ comes on a white horse dressed in red and eyes as flames of fire (Rev. 19:11-13). Armies follow him (Rev. 19:14).

-Jesus Christ proceeds to unleash the fierce wrath of the Almighty God. He is in charge (Rev. 19: 15-16).

-the animals eat the slain people. This is called “the supper of the great God” (Rev. 19:17-18, 21)

-all beast people try to fight against the horseman Jesus Christ, but are slain by fire from Jesus Christ, or a sword proceeding from the mouth of Jesus Christ (Rev. 19: 19-21)

-Satan is bound in the pit by the angel who has the keys to such (Jesus Christ) for a Millennium (1000 years) so he can’t tempt people. At the end of the thousand years he will come out and tempt people for a while (Rev. 20: 1-3, 7).

-the righteous reign with Christ on thrones during the Millennium (Rev. 20:4)

-the wicked are not resurrected until after the Millennium (they suffer for their sins 1000 years in hell then rise to a lesser glory than they who were righteous) (Rev. 20:5) (For more information on resurrections and assignments to kingdoms of glory after this life, read Doctrine and Covenants 76)

-after the Millennium Satan is loosed for a little season and gathers an army innumerable as the sands of the sea (Rev. 20: 8)

-Satan’s followers are consumed with fire (Rev. 20:9)

-The Devil goes to fire forever and ever (Rev. 20:10)

-everyone gets judged according to what they did in life (Rev. 20:12)

-People rise from the dead to go to judgement (Rev. 20:13).

-there is a new heaven and a new earth (Rev. 21:1)

-The holy city comes down from the sky to earth (Rev. 21:2)

-God himself rules on earth among men (Rev. 21:3)

-there will be no more death or sorrow. God wipes the tears from our eyes (Rev. 21:4)

-God gives all those who thirst to drink of the waters of life freely (Rev. 21: 6)

-Who overcomes all things becomes a son of God (*and hence will inherit all he has (D&C 84:38)) (Rev. 21:7)

-the holy city has no need of the sun because Jesus Christ is the light there (Rev. 21:23). There will be no night there (Rev. 21:25).

-There are none neither can there be any wicked people in the holy city (Rev. 21:27).

-a pure river flows from under the throne of God (Rev. 22:1).

-the tree of life is here. It’s leaves heal the nations. It bears fruit year-round (Rev. 22:2).

-the earth is no longer cursed (Rev. 22:3)

-they shall see the face of Jesus Christ. His name shall be in their foreheads (Rev. 22:4)

-The servants of Christ reign forever and ever (Rev. 22:5)

-Those who lived lives of filth are still filthy in the next life. Those who lived wholesome lives in the next life, are still wholesome (Rev. 22:11)

-Christ is coming quickly (Rev. 22:12)

-Those who do the commandments of Christ have access to the gate of this holy city and the tree of life there (Rev. 22: 14)

-specific groups of people banned from the holy city are those who lie to their spouse, who use magic, who are idol, who kill, and those who participate in whoredom. (Rev. 22:15)

-whoever wants to come participate in the goodness of Christ, come. It is free (Rev. 22:17).

-the grace of Christ is with those who believe in him (Rev. 22:21).

 

 

 

The 144,000: Prophetic Insight

 

-“I am going on in my progress for eternal life. It is not only necessary that you should be baptized for your dead, but you will have to go through all the ordinances for them, the same as you have gone through to save yourselves. There will be 144,000 saviors on Mount Zion, and with them an innumerable host that no man can number. Oh! I beseech you to go forward, go forward and make your calling and your election sure; and if any man preach any other Gospel than that which I have preached, he shall be cursed; and some of you who now hear me shall see it, and know that I testify the truth concerning them.” (Joseph Smith, Journal of Discourses, vol. 6, pg. 365))

-“The waters of life are free; come and partake of them, without money and without price! If you will not partake of them, how can you blame anyone but yourself if you die of thirst in the desert? If you put out the light by persecuting the Saints of God, how can you blame anybody but yourself if you are left in darkness? Could the ancients blame God for taking His Church from the earth, when they took every pains to exterminate it? They destroyed the body of the Church, and the spirit departed, just as naturally as when the body of a man is killed; his spirit has no longer any business upon the earth. It returns to God who gave it, to come again at a more auspicious time, with the Son of God in clouds of glory, provided it be one of the 144,000 faithful ones who follow the Lamb whithersoever He goeth.” (Orson F. Whitney, Journal of Discourses, vol. 26, pg. 268 )

-“Having been shown Satan’s power on earth, John is now shown the power that will overthrow it. He sees the Lamb on Mount Zion with 144,000 special ministers of the gospel. (Rev. 14:1–5.)… 144,000 Sealed (Rev. 7:1–8) A scene shows that angels are held back from sending further judgment until 144,000 high priests can be “sealed” and called to “administer the everlasting gospel.” (See D&C 77:9–11.)” (Ensign, 1983 “Book of Revelation Overview”; see https://www.lds.org/ensign/1983/10/book-of-revelation-overview?lang=eng)

-“How long will they who come from the north countries tarry in the heights of Zion? Sometime. They have got to raise wheat, cultivate the grape, wine and oil, raise flocks and herds, and their souls will have to become as a watered garden. They will dwell in Zion a good while, and during that time, there will be twelve thousand chosen out of each of these ten tribes, besides twelve thousand that will be chosen from Judah, Joseph, and the remaining tribes, one hundred and forty-four thousand in all. Chosen for what? To be sealed in their foreheads. For what purpose? So that the power of death and pestilence and plague that will go forth in those days sweeping over the nations of the earth will have no power over them. These parties who are sealed in their foreheads will go forth among all people, nations and tongues, and gather up and hunt out the house of Israel, wherever they are scattered, and bring as many as they possibly can into the Church of the first-born, preparatory to the great day of the coming of the Lord. One hundred and forty-four thousand missionaries! Quite a host. All this has got to take place. There are persons in this congregation who will be in the midst of Zion, when the ten tribes come to Zion from the north countries, and will assist in bestowing the blessings promised by the Almighty upon the heads of the tribes of Israel. There are servants of God in the midst of this congregation who will lay their hands upon many of each of these twelve thousand, chosen out of the ten tribes, and set them apart as missionaries to visit the nations of the earth and hunt up the remnants of the seed of Jacob.” (O. Pratt, Journal of Discourses, 18:25)

– “The Prophet (Joseph Smith) clearly indicates that the twelve thousand sealed from each of the twelve tribes is not just a symbolic representation of the forces of righteousness, as some scholars maintain. They are a great missionary force of the sixth seal (see D&C 77:10). Joseph Smith shows us that they are ordained high priests chosen from among every nation to carry forth the gospel and bring as many as will come to the true Church (see D&C 77:11). (In another revelation the Prophet indicated that these 144,000 would also stand on Mt. Zion with the Savior. See D&C 133:18 and compare with Revelation 14:1–5.) The Prophet also said, shortly before his death, “I attended prayer-meeting with the quorum in the assembly room, and made some remarks respecting the hundred and forty-four thousand mentioned by John the Revelator, showing that the selection of persons to form that number had already commenced.” [HC, J SMITH 6:196.] This statement would seem to indicate that this great body of missionaries may be composed of mortals and immortals together.” (BYU Religious Studies Center: Insights from the JST into the Book of Revelation By Gerald N. Lund; https://rsc.byu.edu/archived/joseph-smith-translation-restoration-plain-and-precious-things/13-insights-jst-book)

-“D&C 77:9. What Is the Significance of the Angel from the East Sealing the Servants of God?

The four angels who are given power over the earth are kept from sending forth desolations upon the earth until God’s servants are sealed in their foreheads. The Prophet Joseph Smith taught that this sealing “signifies sealing the blessing upon their heads, meaning the everlasting covenant, thereby making their calling and election sure” (Teachings, p. 321).

Elder Orson Pratt gave this additional explanation:

“When the Temple is built [in the New Jerusalem] the sons of the two Priesthoods [Melchizedek and Aaronic] … will enter into that Temple … and all of them who are pure in heart will behold the face of the Lord and that too before he comes in his glory in the clouds of heaven, for he will suddenly come to his Temple, and he will purify the sons of Moses and of Aaron, until they shall be prepared to offer in that Temple an offering that shall be acceptable in the sight of the Lord. In doing this, he will purify not only the minds of the Priesthood in that Temple, but he will purify their bodies until they shall be quickened, and renewed and strengthened, and they will be partially changed, not toimmortality, but changed in part that they can be filled with the power of God, and they can stand in the presence of Jesus, and behold his face in the midst of that Temple.

“This will prepare them for further ministrations among the nations of the earth, it will prepare them to go forth in the days of tribulation and vengeance upon the nations of the wicked, when God will smite them with pestilence, plague and earthquake, such as former generations never knew. Then the servants of God will need to be armed with the power of God, they will need to have that sealing blessing pronounced upon their foreheads that they can stand forth in the midst of these desolations and plagues and not be overcome by them. When John the Revelator describes this scene he says he saw four angels sent forth, ready to hold the four winds that should blow from the four quarters of heaven. Another angel ascended from the east and cried to the four angels, and said, ‘Smite not the earth now, but wait a little while.’ ‘How long?’ ‘Until the servants of our God are sealed in their foreheads.’ What for? To prepare them to stand forth in the midst of these desolations and plagues, and not be overcome. When they are prepared, when they have received a renewal of their bodies in the Lord’s temple, and have been filled with the Holy Ghost and purified as gold and silver in a furnace of fire, then they will be prepared to stand before the nations of the earth and preach glad tidings of salvation in the midst of judgments that are to come like a whirlwind upon the wicked.” (In Journal of Discourses, 15:365–66.) (Section 77 Questions and Answers on the Book of Revelation, Doctrine and Covenants Student Manual, (2002), 167–171; https://www.lds.org/manual/doctrine-and-covenants-student-manual/section-69-80/section-77-questions-and-answers-on-the-book-of-revelation?lang=eng)

-“D&C 77:11. Who Are the 144,000?

“Before the Lord shall come … there is to be a great work among the nations. … The ten tribes will have to come forth and come to this land, to be crowned with glory in the midst of Zion by the hands of the servants of God, even the Children of Ephraim; and twelve thousand High Priests will be elected from each of these ten tribes, as well as from the scattered tribes, and sealed in their foreheads, and will be ordained and receive power to gather out of all nations, kindreds, tongues and people as many as will come unto the general assemblage of the Church of the first-born.” (Orson Pratt, in Journal of Discourses, 16:325.)” ( Section 77 Questions and Answers on the Book of Revelation, quoted in the Doctrine and Covenants Student Manual, (2002), 167–171; https://www.lds.org/manual/doctrine-and-covenants-student-manual/section-69-80/section-77-questions-and-answers-on-the-book-of-revelation?lang=eng)

-“John here sees 144,000 of these kings and priests, 12,000 from each tribe, converted, baptized, endowed, married for eternity, and finally sealed up unto eternal life, having their calling and election made sure.” (Bruce R. McConkie, Quorum of the Seventy, Doctrinal New Testament Commentary, 3:492)

 

 

 

Notes on The Gathering of Israel by Joseph F. McConkie

 

 

2008 BYU Education Week

Watch this full lecture: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NKE8RsiPUAY

 

Here are some key points of this excellent lecture:

-lost in that they don’t know about the covenant of Abraham, not geographically
-gathering occurs first in belief in truth second in baptism third to promised lands
-temples are for people to covenant to be God’s people.
-we gather to our locations now that temples can be put in diverse locations
-temple celestial marriage is the meaning of the Abrahamic covenant
-scripture proving that the promised gathering is to specifically the true church, not an ambiguous belief in Christ
-the gathering of Israel is one thing, the gathering of the lost 10 tribes to a specific place is another. We have the keys to perform both works.
-the prophets who will lead the 10 tribes back are the same prophets who lead the LDS, they hold the keys of salvation for all men, there is only 1 true church on earth, it will perform the work of bringing back the 10 tribes from the north. These prophets include local priesthood leaders whom will help to gather them.
-the highway the lost tribes will return on isn’t a physical one but the spiritual blessings of the fullness of the gospel including temple blessings.
-the lost tribes are scattered, not together as a people; book of Mormon says they’re in the 4 quarters of the earth, on all the face of the earth, referring to ALL the house of Jacob.

 

 

 

Notes on You are True Millennials by President Russell M. Nelson, 2016

Young Adult World Wide Devotional 2016

Full discourse video: https://www.lds.org/broadcasts/watch/worldwide-devotional/2016/01?lang=eng&cid=email-CNU_011916_img4

Church summary of the address: https://www.lds.org/church/news/president-nelson-encourages-lds-millennials-to-be-morally-courageous?lang=eng

In this talk (a week ago) he says that we are living in “the latter part of the latter-days” and that alludes that we will see the Millennium begin: he says this generation is Millennials but in a more bigger sense that the statisticians know, that based on spiritual promptings he has been receiving, he says that we are to help the world prepare for the Millennium. The way he says it it seems that the idea he is passing on is that we will be the ones who see the Millennium begin. Wish I had a transcript of this talk but at least here is the video. He gives a blessing to the audience “as thought I had my hands on your head”. He says it will become less popular to be LDS and that those we thought were our friends, some of them will betray us. We are told to pray for correct sexual feelings and that repentance clears our past slate.

Here is the quote:

https://www.lds.org/broadcasts/article/worldwide-devotionals/2016/01/becoming-true-millennials?lang=eng

 

Here is the quote: “We are grateful for each time you stand up and speak up for truth—especially when it is not popular. Many people refer to you as Millennials. I’ll admit that when researchers refer to you by that word and describe what their studies reveal about you—your likes and dislikes, your feelings and inclinations, your strengths and weaknesses—I’m uncomfortable. There is something about the way they use the term Millennial that bothers me. And frankly, I am less interested in what the experts have to say about you than what the Lord has told me about you.

When I pray about you and ask the Lord how He feels about you, I feel something far different from what the researchers say. Spiritual impressions I’ve received about you lead me to believe that the term Millennial may actually be perfect for you. But for a much different reason than the experts may ever understand.

The term Millennial is perfect for you if that term reminds you of who you really are and what your purpose in life really is. A True Millennial is one who was taught and did teach the gospel of Jesus Christ premortally and who made covenants with our Heavenly Father there about courageous things—even morally courageous things—that you would do while here on earth.

A True Millennial is a man or woman whom God trusted enough to send to earth during the most compelling dispensation in the history of this world. A True Millennial is a man or woman who lives now to help prepare the people of this world for the Second Coming of Jesus Christ and His millennial reign. Make no mistake about it—you were born to be a True Millennial… Expect and prepare to accomplish the impossible. God has always asked His covenant children to do difficult things. Because you are covenant-keeping sons and daughters of God, living in the latter part of these latter days, the Lord will ask you to do difficult things. You can count on it—Abrahamic tests did not stop with Abraham.“

Here are my notes on the full lecture:

Sister Nelson:

-30 days before scrip study ask God plead for question need answered that day and read, anywhere in the scriptures, until you find it.

-when we repent it is “as if we had not succumbed, as if we had not yielded to temptation” said Elder Christofferson

-pray for gift of self-discipline and patience

-some need the gift of sexual feelings being in tune with eternity and should pray for that.

-do what you would want to do were Jesus already on the earth today

-be who you were born to be

-President Nelson had 10 children

-the more we are on social media the less good we will feel about ourselves

Elder Nelson:
-spiritual impressions he received tell him that “Millennials” may be a very true title for us.
–you taught of Jesus in pre mortality
-in pre mortality you made commitments to stand up for moral things
-you were taught in pre mortality for anything we would encounter in this life, and that teaching is with us.
-God WILL call gatherers to gather the people from the 4 quarters of the earth.
-expect to complete impossible things
-You’ll make history
-you’ll be asked challenging assignments
-how do the impossible? Learn of Church Doctrine.
-Use “dogged” persistence to fulfill the Lords purposes.
-When discouraged pray for courage to not give up.
-It will become less popular to be LDS and many who you thought were your friends will betray you.
-It will seem unfair to be LDS.
-Much of his life spent doing research. Do research of Church questions, etc.
-Spend much tie in holy places in order to get answers.
-We make new sacramental covenants each week.
-Pray for what to add or remove from your life.
-More time in prayer and in family history work.
-Give the Lord a generous portion of your time and he will multiply the remainder.
-tis a sacred process to receive personal revelation just like Apostles.
-Social media won’t give answers to our most important questions.
-We need not wonder if we are in right. You can know. The Holy Ghost will tell you what you should do.
-Follow the prophets.
-Learn to speak Mandarin Chinese like President Kimball said
-Prophets see ahead.
-Those bent on obedience get more privileges.
-He hired a tutor to teach him Mandarin Chinese in obedience to President Kimball and it enabled him with many opportunities in China he would not have otherwise had.
-Do what your prophet has proclaimed
-Satan’s servants are carefully embedded in society so be very careful whose council you choose to follow.
-Seek more exactness in your obedience.
–“I bless you as though I had my hands on your head” that you’ll become who you were born to be, that you will do impossible things, you will solve your problems, get answers to your questions, you’ll follow the prophets with exactness, you will feel and know how much the Lord loves you.

 

 

Notes on Hope of Israel (In “The Very Latter Days”) by President Nelson, 2018

 

 

 

Calling The Youth Battalion of the Lord in The Very Latter Days by President and Sister Nelson

 

Worldwide Devotional to the Youth, June 2018, “Hope of Israel”

Topics: For the Strength of Youth standards, giving up idle time, gathering Israel as most important event of earth at this time, your life purpose to gather Israel, reality of “latter” day

See full text and video at https://www.lds.org/languages/eng/content/broadcasts/worldwide-devotional-for-young-adults/2018/06/hope-of-israel

For PDF of full text:
world wide-Devotional-Transcript- hope of Israel- Pres Nelson, June 2018

Sister Wendy Neilson:

-Perhaps these latter-days are more “latter” than we ever imagined

-We made agreements with not only God in premortality, but our teachers and mentors.

-Do whatever it takes to fulfil your missions which you were sent to earth to fulfil.

-Perhaps these latter-days are more “latter” than we ever imagined. In 2013 in Moscow Russia, 100 sisters were in a meeting. I asked those present to stand by lineage as declared in Patriarchal Blessing. All tribes were present except Levi in that small group, and later an Elder from Arizona was there who belonged to the tribe of Levi. In the last days the 12 tribes will be gathered. I saw all 12 within a 24 hour period.

President Russel M Nelson:

-The Gathering of Israel is offering the gospel to everyone on both sides of the veil. They can chose weather they accept or not.

-God has reserved his finest team, the best players, the greatest heroes, for these final hours. You are them. The Gathering of Israel is the greatest event taking place on earth at this time. You can make less mistakes than those who went before you. The hymn “Hope of Israel” is all about you.

-Learn how to receive revelation and you’ll have all the direction you’ll ever need in your life. The Gathering of Israel is the reason you were sent to this earth at this time.

-“If there were no Book of Mormon, the Gathering of Israel WOULD NOT OCCUR.”

-President Kimball asked those at a meeting of Saints to learn Chinese. President Nelson went home and told his wife he didn’t hear Kimball say “everyone except Russel Nelson”, so he invited his wife to learn Chinese with him, and they hired a tutor, and blessings came from it.

-I am getting ready to give an accounting to Joseph Smith Brigham Young and the other prophets of the church and ultimately the Lord. I don’t want them to ask me why I didn’t make the youth’s part in the gathering more clear, and enlist them in the gathering. So now, I enlist you.

-Things you could do to help Gather Israel are disengaging from constant reliance on social media doing a 7 day fast from it giving yourself a “7 day break from fake”, finding answers to people’s questions in the scriptures, spending less time hanging out with friends, helping more in the home, inviting friends to go to the temple with you, loaning a Book of Mormon to a friend, eating healthy foods, etc. For 3 weeks give up something you like to do and spend that time helping someone else.

-Anything you do to bring people closer to baptism and other covenants is gathering Israel.

-You have very different standards than the world to help you stay clean of the stain of the world. If you’re sometimes called “wired” be glad that you are shining brightly. Embrace being different.

-The Lord expects all his youth to uphold the standards in “The Strength of Youth”. Prayerfully study this like never before, live your standards with more exactness. If you want to be in the Lord’s battalion, give a copy of this booklet to one of your friends who doesn’t know about your standards or who doesn’t live them.

Pray daily that all of Gods children might receive the blessings of the Gospel of Jesus Christ.

 

Emergency Preparedness Equipment List

 

 

 

 

General Principals:

-1 year or more of all

 

Food:

-tons of wheat, rice,& other grains. Focus on the basics that’ll keep you alive

-fishing pole

-hunting rifle

-breed rabbits, chickens, whatever you have land for

-prepare strength by eating little meat and sweets etc.

-maps of local mountains

 

Medical:

-research storable alternatives which can be stored for a year supply of current medications

-Seek herbal remedies,

-albuterol and other key emergency medications

-learn emergency techniques

-keep a printed list of family medications and allergies in an easy access location

-ice packs and large cooler bins

 

Fitness:

-be able to sprint 9 miles so can run/fight with endurance if needed. This may seem like asking a bit much but it’s actually the standard expectation for a descent soccer player. If they can do it so can we.

 

Shelter:

-buy a home in a remote location

-tarps

-sleep bags, tents, ground pads, sleep pillows, knives,

 

 

Water:

-plan for 1 gallon a day per person for cooking and drinking, plus 1 per person per day for bathing. That is 2 gallons a day for one person

 

Money:

-gold or silver

-store funds for current costs for one year.

-absolutely no debt, so don’t have a big mortgage on a home, best to pay cash for home & everything else

 

 

Travel:

-have a well-functioning bicycle for each member of the family, road bike and mountain bike per person

-have a newish Toyota car

-have a newish Toyota truck

-if means permit have a small bus to transport people

-perhaps natural gas will be more available

-horses (50$ each when buy young, one for all in family)

-gasoline (keep with lid tight)

-oil

 

Security:

-even Joseph Smith had armed body guards. We have no guards so we will arm ourselves

-concealed weapons permit

-keep extra wimpy guns to give to government officers coming asking for our guns

-shotgun is the best house protector get one for me and one for Megan which she can fire

-dog, perhaps lab retriever, border collie, golden retriever, pointer dog, something big for outside, and something small for inside like a beagle

-bomb shelter/fallout shelter built in to home so no one knows about it

 

Arsenal:

-rifles for everyone of the household

-handguns for everyone of the household

-slingshots for everyone of the household

-paintball and airsoft guns for practice strategy & aim

-several bows & many arrows; helps to have long range options if guns are confiscated, or ammunition isn’t available (you can make arrows, a lot harder to make bullets).

-many bullets for all weapons, probably 5000 rounds for each weapon

 

Clothing:

-sturdy

-sewing supplies

-learn to sew

-extra shoes: 5 extra pairs for each of us; particularly work boots

 

Industry:

-get tools to do basic work in many fields, and specialize in tools for your field (yes, everyone should learn a manual trade, often on the side of their day job)

 

Education:

-quad’s of the scriptures

-get the main church books i.e. history of the church and journal of discourses

-get the collected works of classics

-blank writing notebooks and pencils

-download and print if possible, resources from free book sites like survivorlibrary.com

 

Technology:

-have thumb drive USB storages

-have external hard-drives, backup data often

-print needed materials

-military grade sturdy laptops

 

 

 

 

 

Millennium / Signs of the Times, Additional Quotes sort

 

(For extensive treatment on this topic, see posts “Understanding the Signs of the Times by Donald Parry”, and “Events Preceding the Second Coming of Jesus Christ”. Here are compiled sources on the subject which are not covered in Parry’s wonderful compilation, nor fall under the category of events preceding Christ’s coming which I’ve compiled. Soon to come is a summary of McConkie’s “Millennial Messiah” and other pertinent volumes. The teachings of the Lord on this subject are vast and faith building.)

-“Christ shall reign as Lord of lords and King of kings for a thousand years. We are looking forward to that time.” (“The Right to Rule,” Deseret News, Feb. 6, 1932, Church section, 8)23 (Teachings of the Prophet Joseph Fielding Smith Manual: Ch.26 “Preparing for the Coming of Our Lord”)
-“For one thousand years shall this happy time of peace prevail and in due time all the inhabitants of the earth shall be brought into the fold of the Church.”(“Priesthood—Dispensation of the Fulness of Times,” Deseret News, Aug. 19, 1933, 4; see also Doctrines of Salvation, 3:66.)24 (Teachings of the Prophet Joseph Fielding Smith Manual: Ch.26 “Preparing for the Coming of Our Lord”)
-“The gospel will be taught far more intensely and with greater power during [the] millennium, until all the inhabitants of the earth shall embrace it.”(“Churches on Earth During the Millennium,” Improvement Era, Mar. 1955, 176; see also Doctrines of Salvation, 3:64.)25 (Teachings of the Prophet Joseph Fielding Smith Manual: Ch.26 “Preparing for the Coming of Our Lord”)
-“Instead of being a time of rest, the Millennium is to be a time for all to labor. Idleness will not be found, better methods will be employed, not so much time will be consumed in the daily pursuits and more time will be given to the things of the Kingdom. The saints will be kept busy in the temples which shall be built in all parts of the land. In fact, so busy will they be that the temples will be occupied most of the time.”(The Way to Perfection (1931), 323–24.)” 26 cu (Teachings of the Prophet Joseph Fielding Smith Manual: Ch.26 “Preparing for the Coming of Our Lord”)
-President Joseph Fielding Smith said “The day of the coming of the Lord is near. I do not know when…. I sincerely believe it will come in the very day when some of us who are here today [5 April 1936] will be living upon the face of the earth.” (see Doctrines of Salvation, 3:2-3; also D&C Institute Manual pg. 61.)

 

 

 

 

 

Valley’s Exalted: A Vivid Dream

 

 

 

 

Valleys Exalted: A vivid dream

 

Nov. 30 2014 taken from my personal journal; this woke me in the middle of the night and sleep fled from before me. I urgently wrote every detail I could recall over the next hour or so.

I remind the readers that these are my own views alone, and that dreams are often representative rather than reality based.

 

key points: earth form change; power via Priesthood; joy via Christ’s return; suddenly ; gathered saints

 

 

Can my heart ever again sorrow? I have been given a key to knowledge wherein my heart does exceedingly rejoice, and surely the angels have declared it unto me. The mountains did cease, the valleys did depart, and things became a new heaven and a new earth, only the righteous were spared. The people of the Lord were gathered together and they survived the earth’s surface changing shape. The entire time my heart did burn within me. Such power was given to the righteous. Only to those who strictly obeyed their priesthood was it given them to stretch forth their hand, and the thing which they commanded to be moved was moved. I did this to a measure, but I also did need training in this. I would also pray for a thing, and there it would be. I needed my journal printed, and when my computer would not work, I prayed, and there came the image of the document in my mind, which I hit the print button to in my mind, and at that time, the document was printed to the nearest printer. I weep even now to tell you- it all happened so so so very suddenly! I compose myself lest I lose my mind- I must continue to relate this unto you. So many scriptures were fulfilled. And the level of the joy of a person was continual, yes my heart did swell within me continually, I was perpetually glad. I saw that no person had time to flee to their homes to grab something they had left behind. No person would have; the earth was changing so quickly, but yet there was organization among the Saints; somehow they knew where to go. The land mass all of a sudden before our eyes became flexible, and formed into the shape that it would. It buried the wicked, etc. I did not see the wicked get buried, I just know that had taken place for after this having happened, everything, and I weep as this i do relate, everything was peace. It was still very real; we still had meetings about what to do. These things are hard to understand, but in my dream it was so real to me that it was like these things were really happening. All through the night, it is now two a.m., I felt as though these things were really happening. And my precious wife was there with me, and with overflowing joy I did speak to her, telling her that these events meant the fulfilling of certain scriptures. It was OBVIOUS that they were, for the entire earth was changed. It was also planned out that we would travel to certain parts of the world for the teaching of the people. We would go to Jerusalem etc. on a journey as we educated the people. It least this is what I gathered as I looked at a map of the world which had several key locations mapped out on them, and I saw that we would travel from ocean to ocean by the means of the mass of land physically moving. We also saw Abraham Lincoln there, and he was in his traditional attire, and he was at the head of a big meeting of government wherein we were planning things to do. He had a stern but divine look upon his face, it was amazing. He was there, so was President Hinckley… as were a few others near of kin that we have worried about pertaining to their spirituality. Those who knew the gospel were at so much the advantage, for it was a delightful dream to them, they knew what was going on. There were military generals there etc. which helped in the planning, some were not of our faith, but they were so upright it was astounding. They were busy helping the plans be made, I presume they would join the faith as they progressed spiritually, and had more opportunity to learn.

My joy was continual in this dream, my heart continually burning; I don’t know what I did to deserve this vision. Some of the aspects of it may be symbolic, and I deem they are, but others are quite literal. Also people were generally with their families. I think we could look into the future or the past with ease, merely to think it and there the vision thereof was before our minds. We had no needs, all was provided by some higher power whom we knew was God, even Jesus Christ. We understood that it would not be long time distant before the Millennium would come. We understood that these things were preparing the world for the Millennium. I saw the portion of the future which included God fighting our battles. I also saw that continual filling of the land occurred, places which had no land became filled therewith. We had to move out of the way. One occasion I was in the way, but nevertheless I could not die. We jumped for joy, and were glad in our hearts, seeing that this was the day of the Lord. This was everything coming together. These were the signs of the times. Not all details are recalled unto me in perfect clarity, but I exclaim them to be a gift from God. I had a hard day yesterday and was persecuted several times. This is like the scripture where God gave persons visions to their sleep, or that prophecy which says that in the last days, the young men would dream dreams. I see to print my journal and other things I’ve read; I see how important it is to obey God right away in all of the good things he impresses you to do immediately, for like turning a corner, that is how sudden the movement of the earth will be. And when the news comes to us that the time for such is upon us, we will have pure joy. There will be no sorrow. It will be the day that the Lord God has finally come for his people in the final deliverance. The Lord’s people were no longer persecuted. I see that all the people of the demeanor of persecuting the Saints were simply no longer around. They must have been slain. In this dream of mine, the flow of the mass of the earth is what mainly occurred for the accomplishing of God’s purposes. I tell you also the people like Abraham Lincoln and President Hinckley, they were seen as brothers, and no person was withheld from speaking with them, nor did they see themselves as higher than other people, they were merely involved in the planning of the people, in the meeting of planning. They were most helpful. There was no time to get anything from home, it was everyone here we go it’s time. There was a great announcement I think. Also these things were shown me to motivate me specifically to continue to become a bible scholar and to continue to share the gospel for I got to do so during my break at work yesterday as well as inviting others to the choir performance. At any rate, these things did happify my heart. These things showed me that there is no need to procrastinate. I saw that getting into debt was not putting me ahead at all, and that such was silly, for I want to be free as a bird. I saw that the only things which really paid off were keeping the council of the prophets. There is a level of joy and light and direction and instruction and knowing of the future that I can’t quite lay my tongue upon, I have forgotten it already. God is testing me. It’s like I’ve been to heaven and back, and now I need to go onward in faith even though I don’t remember everything of heaven or of things to come. I was so filled with joy as I saw these things. It was like every burden was gone. Literally the old earth passed away and a new one was made. We had a new social system, the land mass flow made an ENTIRELY different setting for how the lands were organized and divided, it was all so very beautiful. The good people and the Saints did only so much. It was mostly the doing of the Lord. They did however do their best, and all they could, and when worn out, these things came flowing like a river. I think this thing I’m having difficulty describing is that perhaps the Saints are gathered in one place, and a piece of the earth on which they stood was lifted up into heaven while all the earth was changed, with as it were flowing lava upon the entire face of it, going to make land where such was not before, and filling areas that were before empty. It was like we were lifted up into the sky on an island of earth, and thus were protected. It was interesting, somehow the Saints (the members of The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints who cared about their religion) and also the good folks of the earth, were safe in this certain area. The things we saw were majestic, it was as though God was saying alright it’s time that we start things anew. I remember that we had all peace and that we knew with certainty that we were in the hands of the Lord. I could write for hours upon this to try and preserve its memory, but I can only get so close. These things are glorious to me. All the cares of the world are gone there. There is no money to worry about there, it was a barter system. It was actually NO system for the time I was in the vision. We were not trading at the time, there was only standing still and beholding the salvation of God. It seems that joy had swallowed up our appetites, or that such was available because of our preparation but mostly because this was obviously God doing a mighty work. I don’t recall seeing God, I think it was the time just before his coming. Or perhaps God was at a helm of a ship I was riding just out of my view. Certainly he was there, we knew without seeing him all of the time because of the majestic things that were occurring all around us. It was like this: we hereby announce (the leaders of the Church), that the time has come; Then all element would flow, and no one would have to tell you not to go home to get your things, because it was obvious, as one would see the element enfolding itself around us, and hence the need to get going to the secure place which surely was established. The entire thing was peculiarly entransical, I was so entirely swallowed up in the joy that these things were happening, and that the Saints could finally rest without being persecuted more. The serenity of being with family I do recall- my mother was there, and it was part of the greatest joy, for here I was, at the end of days, experiencing with her all of the things which she had long since the days of my childhood prophecies to me would occur. Neither myself, my wife, or mother seemed to have age much. This was not a distant event, not more than five years ahead of now. It was TODAY! It was happening! There was no waiting! It was fall asleep one night and the next day was the end of all things! I long for my pillow that I might see more; or even simply recall that which I saw, for it was so exquisite and real and sweet to me; yes some major aspects I simply know I am neglecting in this account, for had I memory of all of them I peradventure would collapse for joy. This is part of what I saw: I saw that it is well with the souls of them who are trying to do good, but especially well with the souls of them who are learning of and preaching the gospel, and who are not only generally obeying God, but are obeying him NOW. Those who don’t put off the promptings, or I would say even the INCLINATIONS to do good, to prepare, these things in every needful way. The part which I saw was the part where we were no longer on our own as families or individuals, we were brought together back as families, and we were called together. I REMEMBER NOW A PART,  it was that the Saints were called together before the world expected anything, yes we were called together as in the days of Noah before the rain, very soon thereafter, once we had all gathered, then we beheld the changes upon the earth, and that a new heaven and a new earth were coming into play. We saw that the day of the Lord was upon us. It was the President of the Church who called us together. I don’t say whether other groups of Saints met in other places and had their own island or whatever it was, a hub of protection or something, but I do speak from my first person experience. To me, it was as though all were come together to one place, but after the greater part of the torment, I did see persons there whom I did not recognize as having been in the same safety area as I was in, NAMELY the person who were not Saints, but who were honorary, namely that war general that wanted justice. He I say was either an individual, or a representation of all of his class. These persons would withstand all. They were bent on the welfare, and were not merely beholding, but were, after the main events had occurred, at the meeting, and planning, wanting to organize and prepare the people, yes they were involved in our little government of survivors and persons who cared. Perhaps in this vision not all of the wicked were slain at once, or even had been slain by a certain time, but as the scriptures say, in my vision we were protected. The wicked were not a big fear to us anymore, for we were united, and hence powerful, but our main source of power was the OBVIOUS provision that the Lord was extending to us. There were certain benefits and powers that were especially in play that we do not currently enjoy, or that we do not take part in on a regular basis, like power of seeing and traveling and loving and communicating and experiencing things together. I pray to be there again in vision, but not long is my prayer, for I know these things soon, oh how soon I would weep to tell you, will be upon us. I don’t know how this level of joy came, but I tell you this, when it’s so OBVIOUS that God is with you, and confirmed to you in such a way that you are on the right path, and so clear that the Saints are called to act together in a thing, one sees that they can as it ware fall back onto their back, or stand still on their feet as they watch the events of the end of days occur in one setting, watching them occur in the time interval of approximately one day. Yes, of a few hours I would say. It all happened in daylight I think. It was like getting in a space ship and dropping your jaw as you see your world change. It was in every sense marvelous, and beyond my wildest dreams. I have had great expectations for the day of the Lord, but this was surpassing them all. I look forward to this day now with all the more zeal for the joy to be found therein, in this day of fleeing Babylon by coming to Zions camp or the local area or whatever. IT seemed like all the Saints were together although I could not see them all, I only saw a few persons. The number of survivors was small, although filling vast congregations. We were instructed to do something, that the time of the end had come, and we were in the attitude of saying our day has come and we are delivered, make ye haste to the place of thy Lord and with thy family there have peace, and stand still to behold the salvation of God. There were magical occurrences like unlimited supply and receiving according to the thoughts, and these things may have been symbolic of having all we need, but surely they foresee a future day when such powers are upon us. I am speaking of powers we do not currently comprehend or use. Power of seeing things that occur universally, or that all can see what occurs, also the power of being present for such, also the power of receiving a copy of what you desire my meditating thereon. Also the memory with increased power, perhaps to access any document. Like having a computer in the head where a vast library can constantly be accesses, and one can write in the mind, and organize therein, and prepare the most wonderful dissertation or organization of ideas, having all resources at their expense, and no limitations, seeing in the mind’s eye all information as it’s requested, and building therewith, and hence the understanding sky rockets forward. In the vision, and I have no shame in claiming my dream such, not being able to mistake the feelings that I felt, they being clear and undeniable to me, yes I had a vision tonight, it was like I was there, but I was in my bed. I did of coarse not realize I was in my bed. I suppose when these things transpire, not only will I be better prepared for them, but I will be in the nature of saying, yes, this is the place and situation whereupon I did trod in the vision of my eyes and heart and soul not long ago. This is all correct. This is how it indeed ought be. The understanding of occurrences, because of the grace of God, being upon me. In this I have no shame, for it is reality that I am recipient of great things, and this by way of the grace of God. Hence I am not ashamed. It seemed to me in the dream that the time had come for answers to come, all of them, and one by one things were unfolded to my view. Oh the joy as the Saints traveled together! Oh the joy as the Lord was with us and fighting our battles, for is it not written that such will occur? The earth. That is the sector we speak of. Not of fire or wind or water. We speak of moving earth, it’s SURFACE being heaved from one place to another. And it was as an obedient servant marching forward in obedience to it’s God, for mountainous waves did it make, and not those natural. Then the crust of earth would harden, I think, at least for a time or manner, and things would thus be new.

 

 

 

 

Notes on Visions of Glory by John Pontius

 

 

 

 

Visions of Glory: One man’s astonishing account of the last days
As told to John Pontius

The above image of Christ portrayed in 21st century attire which goes with some of this book I found here: http://www.cheekymormon.com/myuploads/xjesus1.jpg.pagespeed.ic.HaD7apuChb.jpg

First, notes from myself about this text, then a summary of the text.

-*This book has brought me to rejoice expanding my mind like the song in our hymn book says, “ponder anew what the Almighty can do”.

-*Like the D&C suggests we do with the Apocrypha, use the spirit to guide you in what is in line with prophecy and what isn’t. Elder Pratt speaks of the man filled with the spirit as having the spirit of prophecy, and being able to spell out the events of the last days. Look at this text with those lens.
-* This being said, I think some of the ideas here are symbolic, ESPECIALLY that there are one of the tribes of Israel living in a mountain towards the north. Elder McConkie has said in the book “The Millennial Messiah” that the ten tribes are NOT gathered as a people somewhere in the north, but are all scattered throughout the earth. Whenever someone’s opinion differs from declared truths we reject those notions. Hence, that mountain cavern key stuff is probably fake (only symbolic, or representing a misunderstanding).
-* I WARN: If this book is taken literally, it could be not only a waste of time, but DETRIMENTAL TO FAITH. Use this book to expand your mind like SCIENCE FICTION, which can be indeed helpful.
The ideas presented in this book could be more or less possible, but I leave a strong warning that putting faith in the arm of man rather than official doctrines of the church can lead to apostasy. Therefore it is with reluctance that I share my notes from reading this book. If a person applies this book as a reason for extremism in last days preparations which distract him from living the basic principles of the gospel of Jesus Christ, then the Devil has taken him. The Devil can work not only by leading us to evil, but by distracting us from best ways in which we can use our time.
-* FairMormon.org has written a response to this book showing doctrinal inconsistencies presented in this text, some of which I concur with. As before mentioned, I value this book not as a doctrinal reference guide, but as an exercise in stretching the mind to consider new possibilities, and as a reminder of how wonderful the gospel inasmuch as it does paint many points of doctrine correctly.
-A Sample of the text, the first 20 pages basically, can be found at this link: http://classic.cedarfort.com/bryce/ebook/9781462111183Sample.pdf
-* I often use the ‘*’ symbol to represent my input.
-*These are notes from my thoughts during reading, and don’t represent the entire book, nor all the ideas expressed therein.
-see also followingthelight.org, and http://UnBlogmysoul.wordpress.com. The author invites readers to speak with him in these venues.
-*Also remember Joseph Smith said that we must stretch our minds high up to heaven
-*Also remember Joseph Smith said that he never heard of a man being damned for believing too much, but he had heard of many people being damned for believing too little.
-*Also remember that often when the prophets say to avoid speculation, they are referring to risky business ordeals that put our family finance in jeopardy and cause us to focus too much on money. Recall that Parly P Pratt said not to get stuck on the first principals and ordinances of the gospel in your study (See post of “Scripture Study” for this and similar quotes). He also said that it’s false doctrine that we should not try to understand all the things in the revelations which God has given us.
-(* recall that prophets have said that element has intelligence in it and hears and obeys God, this being part of how God creates. Thus the idea related in this book is not so farfetched.)
-(*I also note 1 Ne. 14:26 God has shown visions of the last days to Nephi and John the Beloved, but ALSO OTHERS, whom are not allowed to speak of them until the Lord’s timing is right.)
-(*I also note Elder Scott in a recent General Conference talk said that we can build relationships with people who have passed on to the other side of the veil.)
-(*I suggest the book “Life Everlasting” as a book to read before this go get a better knowledge of what the prophets have said on many topics this book covers. You’ll be pleasantly surprised to see that many of these ideas are endorsed by the prophets. Another majestic and non-speculative text is “Understanding the Signs of the Times by Donald Parry, an extensive summary of which can be found at RichardsonStudies.com).
-*Recall that in a vision from a prophet (more detail on that in another location) saw that Joseph Smith would come back and be a part of the gathering of Israel once again as the time toward the Second Coming of Christ grew neigh. This supports what you’ll read here. I am not sure what the 10th article of faith means by a literal gathering and the restoration of the ten tribes, but it is noteworthy that the word “literal” is used in that passage.
-*Recall that Moses 7 speaks of the New Jerusalem being established BEFORE the Millennium, as is said in this text, in order to be a place where the Saints can prepare for the return of Jesus Christ at his Second Coming.
-*Recall that the Doctrine and Covenants of the Church say that the New Jerusalem will be built in Missouri.
-*Recall that Elder Nelson of the 12 Apostles said that the gathering place for Mexicans is Mexico, for Europeans is in Europe, for Russians is in Russia, etc. This idea is expressed in these visions, showing not only Missouri to be a gathering place, but also other cities of Zion to be established around the world. Recall prophets have said that not everyone need to go Missouri. Weather this is temporary I don’t know. For more info on events to precede the Second Coming of Jesus Christ, compilations of the prophets on the subject which I’ve gathered, see my posts “Events Preceding the Millennium”, and “Millennium: Other quotes”, etc. Naturally, refer to “The Millennial Messiah” by Elder McConkie, and naturally refer to the Church Manual on the New Testament. Also see post “Valleys Exalted” among others.

 

 

Now to the summary of the text:

-This book is the author writing about one man’s experiences. The man who had these visions never reveals his name so that people don’t come looking to him for more information about what is to come. He wants them to focus on the prophets and personal revelation as they continue their journey. The book is written in narrative form (like a story, and hence you’ll understand it much better by reading the book than these my notes) as an account from the perspective of the person whom had the visions.
-the author of this book experienced all these things first hand in the visions he had; it’s what he saw and heard in vision.
-the author waited to release this information to the world until the Lord told him it was alright. He recognizes that official Church doctrine is from the President of the Church.
-(*Recall this quote of Elder Oaks which goes well with the theme of this book, “If we harden our hearts, reject continuing revelation, and limit our learning to what we can obtain by study and reason on the precise language of the present canon of scriptures, our understanding will be limited to what Alma called “the lesser portion of the word” (Alma 12:11)….What makes us different from most other Christians in the way we read and use the Bible and other scriptures is our belief in continuing revelation. For us, the scriptures are not the ultimate source of knowledge, but what precedes the ultimate source. The ultimate knowledge comes by revelation….Just as continuing revelation enlarges and illuminates the scriptures, so also a study of the scriptures enables men and women to receive revelations. Elder Bruce R. McConkie said, “I sometimes think that one of the best-kept secrets of the kingdom is that the scriptures open the door to the receipt of revelation” (Doctrines of the Restoration, ed. Mark L. McConkie, Salt Lake City: Bookcraft, 1989, p. 243). This happens because scripture reading puts us in tune with the Spirit of the Lord.” (“Scripture Reading and Revelation” by Elder Oaks, Jan. 1995 Ensign https://www.lds.org/ensign/1995/01/scripture-reading-and-revelation?lang=eng))
-Pontius is author of other books as well
-in telling one of these visions to an Apostle, the Apostle said that it was of God.
-we can help each other understand the visions we have
-keep our visions sacred and to ourselves unless the Lord inspires you otherwise.
-in this book is part of the vision; scary parts are held back
-once dead, a person can have unusual senses telling him when someone is lying etc. One may hear all the thoughts of others and know all the details of their lives. He felt not to judge, merely full of information. Increased compassion is felt for people. One can focus on many things fully at the same time. One has no pain. As the life of one flashes before them, they see all the details of all the lives of all the people involved.
-before born, people are involved in their parents’ lives as a ministering angel
-some angels, resurrected are among us acting like normal people though we don’t recognize it.
-many angels help births to happen i.e. if a baby dies in the hospital the resuscitate them sometimes
-sometimes the nurses in a hospital seem like normal people but are angels
-when a stillborn is born, then revived to live, it in his situation was from angels resuscitating him.
-resurrected beings can silently speak spiritually to each other to coordinate their efforts
-when in spirit, gore doesn’t affect us as much, only as something sad, not gross
-when one sees their life ‘rehearsal’, they see it through the eyes of the love of God, with that perspective. They also see the ripple effect of all the good and bad they did in life.
-understanding others often causes one to stop thinking so much ill of them in many cases
-some friendships are arranged before birth and are for specific purposes ordained and engineered by God for our salvation
-God doesn’t just send us to earth; he is involved in the minute matters of our lives. We are what he spends his time on.
-get in the habit of ‘return and report’. Have your children tell you their duty, how they did, and the result of such. This is an eternal method.
-we report to God on our lives after death in great detail
-most of us ignore the continuing guidance of God, because we are too busy entertaining and pleasing ourselves.
-the spirit can help people know what it’s like to go through trials they have not been throughout
-spirits surround mortals and try to get their attention so they can influence them including yelling at them. This may be symbolic.
-some spirits (initially) refuse to accept that they are dead seeing as the state of a dead person is still a tangible state. Ministering angels come to these people to help them embrace the reality of their death.
-the angels with a glow about them are the ones on errand from God. They wear white robes usually and find joy in what they do.
-there are classes of angels, and levels of righteousness of angels
-mortals who listen to their hearts, although they be unaware of the angels present, receive comfort and begin to glow.
-good spirits honor the shape of their body, because God is who gave them their body, bad spirits may change shape (like when the evil spirits were cast out into swine in the New Testament)
-the greater angels have power to withhold their identity so not even a spirit could discern it (*this may be to help in teaching situations, like on the road to Emmaus, where people walked with the Savior but didn’t realize it was Him at first)
-evil spirits find joy in mischief, and try to throw off what the good spirits do. Little can be known about who they are or where they are from, they emanate darkness, and even looking at them causes a bad feeling.
-the evil spirits appear in various shapes, like Satan as a snake but never can change gender
-evil spirits are on assignment to do their tormenting
-evil spirits mock the angels of light
-the evil spirits don’t like to be noticed, and vanish and reappear in another location when they are detected at times; (*this may be circumstantial seeing as they like attention at times we may think)
-just like mortals, not all spirits speak to each other, but simply go about their assignments
-those who didn’t listen to God as mortals continue to behave such as spirits
-spirits intervene in our lives to help us learn our life mission
-spirits come to heal generational wounds (*like addiction or divorce etc.)
-spirits come to help people who join the church, who follow righteousness, and the teachings of the righteous
-evil spirits always are trying to get us to not do our life mission
-a spirit can leave the body at times of immense pain, then return when such is past (*this may be contradictory; perhaps refer to the New Testament where it says when Steven was being slain he fell asleep, or perhaps a child not having to experience some parts of child abuse or something)
-it is a family responsibility of spirits to serve their mortal family members as ministering angels, to heal, to protect, and fortify family relationships and covenants. (*Hence the import of doing your own family history names over doing random ones)
-in the spirit world, the gospel must be taught by those who received it in life. Hence, spirits are anxious for people with the gospel to die and come among them (*within reason. Prophets have also taught this, that there is much work to do on the other side of the veil and people waiting for us to go do it).
-when a spirit accepts a gospel ordinance performed in their behalf on earth, a ceremony of that ordinance is performed for them in the spirit world. They must keep up with the work that is done for them on earth and this causes them to be very busy.
-most blessings mortals receive are from their righteous dead ancestors. They are sent by Jesus Christ in response to our prayers, etc. When a person has no righteous ancestors, their blessings are delivered by another righteous person, whom attends first to his family, hence the blessings may be delayed. Hence it is a great blessing to have righteous ancestors. (*Hence the import of doing your own family history names over doing random ones)
-memories are what cause spirits pain
-our weak bodies hold back the progression of our powerful spirits; this is the state of people since the Fall of Adam. (*God has a body and in the resurrection we get our bodies again but here we point out that it’s hard to train the body to be what it needs to be.)
-there is a certain amount of things we in our bodies must learn to become complete
-the spirit may know of future trials to come. Seeing such, they know one must rely on Christ to accomplish those things, for they are daunting in their grandeur.
-in pre mortality, we made a promise that we would be successful in our pursuit of exaltation
-our spirits are more advanced; they come into bodies in order to get those bodies ready for exaltation.
-spirit time is different than mortal time
-the spirit to enter a body is like being crammed into a tight spot and most painful. The bodies we have suffer from the Fall of Adam. (*God has a body and in the resurrection we get our bodies again but here we point out that it’s hard to train the body to be what it needs to be.)
-the spirit away from the body is ever aware of what is happening to the body even when it is not beside it.

(*recall John Parry, the first leader of the Tabernacle Choir, raising one from the dead where the person reports to have known what happened while he was dead, he being hovering over them in his spirit. But this also suggests power to be aware of the body even when not presently watching over it, this is disputable as are many ideas we are treating, but I know of no scripture to refute this.)
-elements have intelligence (*as we know from prophets; several, Parley P Pratt and Brigham Young if I’m not mistaken, teach that elements have a tiny bit of intelligence inside of them so they know to obey God when he commands), and a desk is pleased at the craftsman who made it (*pleased is another hard idea to believe, perhaps we could consider it blessed), and is pleased that it was not used for an evil purpose. It is from a tree, and that element is pleased with being what it, and has little will power. All it can do is serve God and enjoy being of service to him. It doesn’t have a will of its own. (*Hence the scripture that even the dirt is above mankind since at least the dirt obeys God when commanded. All it can do is serve God, that is what God created it for, and that is what it does. Mankind however, are more intelligent, they are given the gift of free agency. They are children of God, embryos of God with potential to become like him)
-the spirit who goes through a desk knows about the wood it was made from, the carpenter who built it, and all the people who have ever touched it. The desk communicates it’s life and interactions with you with pleasure, as element is pleased with it can be used in the benefit of the posterity of Adam (* recall the scripture where Jesus said that if certain people refrained from praising him, the rocks would cry out his praise).
-mosquitoes and viruses are part of God’s plan (*else why would they exist? They must play a role in the opposition part of the life.)
-the test of our spirits in having a body is that the body desires almost everything that is contrary to God’s plan (*again, take this for what it’s worth. Consider how many temptations from Satan center on the misuse of the body. Consider Christ’s statement that “the spirit is willing, but the flesh is weak. Also see book of Ether where it says our natures are fallen and are evil continually)
-many come to this earth with almost god-like dispositions in our spirits, it’s the body that slows us down. We are to train our bodies to be subject to Christ and overcome the Fall. (*recall that prophets have taught that once we could no longer progress further in our spirits in pre-mortality, we needed to come to earth and get a body in order to grow further).
-things created by God voice their contentment to be creations of God
-man-made things like steel and plastic are harder for a spirit to walk through, harder to know their history, and have no voice. One can learn to commune with all earth things, but it’s extremely difficult for the earth is so intelligent.
-the earth is living (*prophets have taught that), and can be thought of to be like a giant human, totally obedient to God, and hence very intimidating!
-rocks have farther back memories than wood as they have existed longer. They express long-time faith in Jesus Christ. (*this goes well with the symbolism in the scriptures, Jesus saying he is the Rock of our salvation can help express the idea that he always has been our salvation and always will be, not only for us but for our forefathers and our posterity.)
-seeing people as just people rather than beings with capacity to become gods, even infants, hinders our progress.
-rocks and wood have a positive vibe. They are easier for a spirit to be around than humans, as a spirit can see all the evil of the human, every secret and pain and lie. Consider the joy of associating with exalted beings when even a rock with it’s minuscule intelligence is a joy to commune with! (*communicating with rocks is not a skill we have right now, the person who had these visions was in a state where he could commune with them, hence he tells all these things).
-in the Millennium, we will learn how to experience the earth; to understand/commune with it
-items which have been used for immoral purposes cry out to God with actual sound in pleas for justice (our ears can’t hear this, only spiritual ears) these items remember the details of the abuse done around or by them, and know the effects of such, and remember such to bring accusation against the criminal.
-what feels like 6 hours to a spirit is really 20 minutes to a mortal
-visions like these can help people turn their lives toward Christ and away from their selfish views
-we are to learn who we are as God knows us. It’s not for us to show God who we are, but to learn from God who we are.
-we can learn to harness the gift of discernment
-we can grow to have the capacity of seeing the lives of the people we deal with; understanding them, their history and their heart etc., which gives us more capacity to love and serve them
-angels good and evil are always present; we control which spirits are with us by our behavior; we are in charge and must choose.
-since our agency is sacred, we must invite the good angels to influence us
-asking God for help even in the small things enables us to receive God’s aid
-when giving Priesthood blessings, say the will of God and don’t try to merely please the recipient; God may show the recipient the truth during the blessing if you aren’t willing to say it. Coming to terms with the truth is always the best thing.
-as we turn our lives over to God it may be hard to explain to family why we are changing our plans, but it must be done. Try to help them know God told you this is his will.
-some choose their life path before being born
-dying in a foreign land is less favorable than dying at your land
-one life lesson we need to learn is that some people are simply evil who delight in the suffering of others
-to understand God, you must be aware of the evil, like how Christ had to descend beneath all things (*don’t get confused by this; you don’t need to sin to have knowledge; only the person who resists smoking knows how hard it is to live without tobacco, that person resisted the buffeting of temptation to follow in with the crowd to do such; consider Jesus Christ, the man without sin. He knows us more than anyone. There are other ways to learn opposition besides giving in to temptation.)
-some people have a lust for everything evil, and ever think of war, and sacrifice virgins and children because of bad religion and want for revenge; this is why some nations are in poverty, because their people did these things.
-we must learn to drink the bitter cup without becoming bitter ourselves
-we must prayer for others with strength like the Savior doing the intercessory prayer for us. Report is given of one man, an Apostle, praying for another thus. These prayers are essential for the growth of others.
-some people use suffering as an excuse to do evil or seek revenge, others use it to sanctify themselves
-you don’t have to be an Apostle for God to purify you to your best self
-people can be impressed to know when surgery is or is not needed for their condition (despite doctors)
-like Paul in the New Testament describes it, some visions are so real that we can’t tell if we are in the body or not
-non-verbal communication can fill a person faster than verbal communication. Verbal communication can be accompanied with non-verbal communication (words spoken from one mind to another, not just body language or hand gestures).
-When we see Jesus Christ our spirit knows him as the most familiar person in the universe, and we remember what he has done for us, and are overwhelmed at his appearance. (*unless it’s him withholding his identity like on the road to Emmaus, or like in his mortal ministry when many didn’t recognize him)
-the energy that Christ emits in his space is that like the sun, where all emanates from and revolves around Him.
-Jesus Christ is a little over 6 foot, blue eyes, dark hair and beard closely shaven, hair to the shoulders, wears robes of white and red and old sandals. He stands on something but not the ground, it’s a little above the ground.
-a name is something that shows you know something of that person. When Jesus Christ calls your name, you may get the experience of seeing yourself as He sees you.
-once you hear the Savior say your name you never think of your name in the way you used to before, but rather with appreciation.
-during a hug from Jesus, you may get bursts of intimate personal spiritual knowledge, thrilling knowledge, and one may become rejuvenated.
-the Fall of Adam darkened all of our senses and memory
-self interpretation of visions is dangerous, wait on the Lord.
-spirit can prompt you to tell you whom you will help.
-spiritual experiences can have layers of meaning, small in length but long lesson.

(*I experienced this in the MTC when Elder Holland came and spoke to us, it was like a massive wave hit us, then even after leaving that meeting, more waves came crashing upon me with more and more meanings of what he said, it was a powerful sacred experience I will never forget. We couldn’t handle it all at once, it came part by part, and seems to still feed me.)
-some angels have multiple colored eyes
-angels clothes go to ankles and wrists
-God’s angels always ask permission to interact with people.
-God’s angels can bring to your memory experiences with Christ.
-angels may command you to think positively
-angels may instruct you to write experiences in your journal, and not doubt.
–our lives at times are spared not merely for our sake but that of those we will help
-never doubt that your life mission will be fulfilled
-when people die, they don’t die alone, but take a piece of the heart of who love them
-faith to be healed isn’t automatic, it takes work to develop it.
-women angels’ hair goes down past the shoulders (at least the angel he saw was thus).
-you may hear angels when others don’t
-to escape persecution from religions and governments people will live in mountain caverns locking themselves inside; only a special key can open the door they make, which key is colorful, representing priesthood and life (green), and is ancient
-we must go through suffering so people will trust we can relate to them and see we know how it is. There is a way people can discern if you are part of this “Fellowship of the Suffering of Christ”
-suffering we experience is to prepare us for a specific mission hence the fellowship of the Suffering of Christ. There is no other way. It creates a recognizable mark on a person, a glow.
-Priesthood service, not fearing sacrifice, serves Jesus Christ directly. It prepares earth for His coming. Purity and sanctification qualify you.
-we create our way; we had to learn how to come to earth, and we must learn how to get back to God. This way to God may be understood as a pillar or portal of light, such as is seen often when we are about to die
-some spiritual states may include thinking about something and getting the answer
-universes are efficiently folded together; we only see one plain, there are many; when earth moves such as happened with the Fall of Adam, this folding changes to accommodate.
-multiple universes, each either Celestial Terrestrial or Telestial or darker they are.
-those who want nothing to do with God, he creates for them a place to live away from him according to their desire.
-in spirit world nothing grows or decays or is harvested or manipulated in shape
-we will be able to see depths of waters whereas not they are murky
– touching water won’t get us wet as spirits
-spirit water isn’t H2O and spirits can walk in it, the floor of it is like a garden with paths, fish not scare away when petted.
-in 1 thought you can communicate your entire feeling /message to someone and they understand completely.
-plants and grass and stones have no self-will or personality, they merely praise God, and understand your thoughts and can communicate history to you etc. They seem to ever ask children of Adam how they can serve them this being the design of their creation.
-mauves and pastels of many variety and more which can’t be currently seen are in the spirit world
-grass is not damaged when you walk on it; in the spirit world though it is tangible but in a finer way.
-premortal home was big beautiful pearlish mansion, which Father created. The building expresses joy at return of the children.
-seamless doors are these, suggesting God commanded them to grow into that shape.
-our memory of pre mortality will return
-there are no beds in pre mortal rooms
-God can build things without tools etc.
-one could imagine an object and spiritual recreation of it would appear for use, and the user could read the memories of what it had been through like the book “The Bible”
-all who desired one had a place where the room would be a virtual that thing surrounding them, i.e. the time of the creation of the earth or the birth of Christ would virtually be displayed before us, the very scene!
-premortal training was structured and the same for everyone
-aging decay and opposition were hard for spirits to understand
-there is no hunger for spirits
-upon having a question, the answer formed in one’s mind, environment of the room shapes itself to give the answer. However not everyone was equally interested in education or equally per sued it.
-the author says he saw God creating multiple galaxies (*Apostle Elder Neil A Maxwell says that the Atonement of Christ is intergalactic)
-the author doesn’t recall everyone having the same parents in pre mortality (*as in perhaps some had different mothers than others; this would be feasible since Abraham had a similar situation; or the author merely didn’t see into that)
-most of pre mortal childhood was spent in personal care of Heavenly Father and Heavenly Mother as well. we aren’t allowed to remember Mother to protect her and this is how it should be.
-study desks have screens/portals in front of them where desired objects are seen, felt, etc. handled.
-just touching a book gives one all the info in it. Touching it a little longer showed more depth of authors life etc., or all characters in the text.
-author suggests God not live by time and can be at any place or time, traveling about, similar to the means of a time portal (*obviously God has a body, the author is LDS and supports all LDS doctrine)
-author suggests we will learn to work without hindrance of time or distance; that these conditions would help us prepare the world for the coming of Jesus Christ at the Millennium.
paused here in my editorial of this text:
-evil people now dead come and look forward to people sinning and hope for such and yell in people’s faces while they sin to egg them on (*if you prefer, consider this symbolic; at times we feel great pressure to sin); pre mortal evil spirits only care about controlling people, keeping them under their spell, whacking them, jumping at them. Evil spirits enter the room when people go to sin, seeing people’s choice to sin, they can then enter. They get some of the pleasure of the sinful act. Many evil spirits contend with each other to get to come to these events of sin. Good spirits are driven away at such sinful occasions, till a person can’t hear them, then the good spirits had to leave from the evil behavior. The evil spirits push each other out of the way to enter the person, in great violence they attack the sinner like wild dogs.
-Satan gets people to addictions because 1 it’s easy and 2 it destroys relationships
-evil spirits can prompt people in dreams to go and do evil. (*provided a person is living in sin and inviting those spirits)
-unrepentant addicts don’t go to Christ and hence are never cured and go around earth seeking people they can use to temporarily ease their torment; even then they don’t fully feel the gratification which the sinner does. (*and obviously the mortal sinner never gets all his pain eased through drugs; often people begin drugs for a high, but they continue to do drugs to avoid the painful withdrawal feelings that come as a result of addiction)
-when sinners resist devils, the evils scream at them, and repeatedly attack. (*consider the old fable of a bad person requiring only one devil to get him to do evil, and a good man requiring 10 devils to get him to do evil)
-dark emotions separate us from the Holy Ghost
-sinners in their bad habits develop relationships with devils and learn to obey them
-at night clubs, there are more evil spirits than mortals, this as well at horse races where the theme is gambling (*getting something for nothing, which is in direct opposition to God’s command ‘six days thou shalt work’.)
-when giving in to evil, a black hole opens over one’s head where evil spirits fight each other to enter quickly.
-evil spirits promote horse races
-even good intentions, thoughts of God, distant pleas, these cause good angels to come
-people obsessed with entertainment choke out the Holy Ghost and good angels are caused to leave; focusing too much on school does this as well.
-angels live in truest reality, mortality is less of a reality
-servants of Christ are like lanterns who push away dark evil spirits when they enter
-angels deliver blessings from Jesus Christ.
-some angels are more powerful than others because of their increased level of righteousness which they observed in mortality
-evil decreases the light of Christ on earth, and hence makes earth a less suitable physical environment to live, not just spiritual damage.
-all humanity suffers when darkness reigns, hence earthquakes happen even in places where it’s not most evil.
-God’s judgements are oft wrongly interpreted as natural disasters and occurrences.
-factories, banks, global businesses will all shut down overnight and money will be worthless. Almost all water won’t be drinkable because of war.
-massive earthquake in SLC to come in fall season. The destroyed SLC looks like it does today (this will happen soon).
-Mexico, California, and South America will be shaken and become islands; major cities fall. Inland areas not as damaged.
-Europe not as badly hurt as USA, for they send help to America. Robbers in all cities at large.
-Those not dead march to west of the USA
-10,000’s of foreign troops land at America to aid and patrol, and kill defenseless locals
-SLC will flood, the mountains will fall, I-15 covered with water. Many Church members and others angry and in despair.
-SLC temple survives the damage though it has some water damage to be renovated. Only worthy members can go in the temple to fix it.
-man induced plague kills about 25% of people. Some soldiers inoculated against it (foreign troops). It takes time for people to find this out.
-because of collapse of civil authority, the Church is the only organized group of people left (in USA), other than the foreign troops. In SLC because of the Church they didn’t just give over control to foreign troops, nor stop helping when relief efforts came.
-foreign troops want establish their own government but the operating Church in SLC stops that to an extent
-at this flood time, what remains of the Federal Government sends out propaganda for people to submit to a new world order, that all was different and changed, hence the people coming with provisions instead of bombs and guns. The propaganda may have been from the foreign troops, most of the people eventually decided such.
-the troops waiver in wanting to kill resistant Church members, Utahans, as they’re all mostly LDS, and some troops are LDS.
-the foreign troops are recognized as being anti-USA and anti LDS Church, and issue propaganda against the Church. The Holy Ghost guides people to not fight the foreign troops or the laws the foreign troops set up, but to wait upon the Lord quietly. They passed laws saying LDS Church had no say on civic affairs. Some LDS leaders were publicly executed. To ensure no LDS people had civil authority, they make it so no American could have civil authority (since many LDS are American, namely the ones in America then were either foreign troops or original American’s, so they say no Americans)
-Atomic weapons took USA national defense and Utah defense out.
-A UN wreath was on signs on plague posters on every door saying no one with it could go in with plague; this is like John Taylor’s vision where he saw signs of mourning on every door. On the plague signs on doors, the people had to put stickers of how many people inside were dead and alive, and wept as they went out to change the numbers. The foreign troops had bar codes they would scan on each door to keep track of numbers etc.
-Those who touched the ooze from the pores of the such people which were red bursted spots, would get the disease.
-over 50% of the people exposed to the plague died.
-when symptoms came of the plague (red spots all over) they would die about 12 hours later.
-if you get sick and survived you became immune
-from the earthquake and plague about 50% of all people were killed
-those with food storage had hope (few LDS had it)
-people lived in the Churches in quartered off sections of it
-there were no jails only execution which the foreign troops performed, as there was no USA Federal Government, things were being run by the foreign troops.
-the foreign troops took over civil liberties
-plague spread even if unintentionally to Europe and Asia and Africa and hit harder there than at America. Over time this made a complete collapse of society in those places. Then many more floods and earthquakes and diseases and hurricanes and tornadoes came. They nations which launched the plagues and nuclear weapons were effected to utter obliteration of economy etc. by the natural disasters. But the faithful migrated to Zion by guide of angels and translated beings.
-about 30 years after the counter culture of political correctness began, including assaults on Christian values and traditions, the tribulation of plague, nukes, many natural disasters etc began.
-the people making their evil policy made it seem good and virtuous and fair and accepted and compassionate, and they became unable to discern the Holy Ghost
(which may be the mark of the beast). The people who went with these teachings had no help for themselves, but had to entirely rely on the foreign troops for their economy, for their food etc. But these troops had no concern for their long term life and good.
-many Church members gave all they had to the Church and the Church helped feed those who came to it.
-that next winter there was no snow, and rivers and lakes became more clear, and more beautiful sun rises and sun sets like the earth was getting cleansed. There was also ash in the air.
-there was with the plague, occasional divine intervention, but for the most part he Priesthood blessings would not cure the plague. (*was not God’s will that such be alleviated at times, this plague was long time coming)
-100’s of Priesthood blessings were administered, healing thousands of people, healing or raising from the dead 100% of whom was blessed, unless the rare chance of other dictation in the blessing. The Holy Ghost guided them where to go and who to bless; They received new spiritual gifts, and considered they then had the fullness of the Priesthood. They gave blessings all day and into the night healing, and told them not to tell the foreign troops about it. This healed them emotionally as well as physically, and all this quickly. These headings united the Saints. The day of miracles had begun, their faith grew and could be seen, and they knew God would cause them to survive. Then much missionary work ensued, as others were healed and asked what made the LDS able to do that. LDS explained why, and the people converted to the Church (not everyone).
-regular communication from the Church began to come, and a list of people who had died and been killed was circulated, at this they mourned.
-several months after the flood in October it wasn’t cold because of debris in air.
-LDS began to get more strength, more than other people including many of the women- we could see something changing in each other physically spiritually etc.
-1st Sunday in Oct. a General Conference was help in the Conference Center in SLC. Representatives of the Church went around giving invitations, a different color of torn paper for each session. There was still much rubble and destruction.
-if our children live far away at time of the destruction described here, we will not know of their welfare, as there won’t be phones.
-the Church set up large screens on sides of the temple etc run by generators to show people the conference. The area was packed with people who came to see it. They extended along streets, loud speakers carried the message far as did the screen. Foreign soldiers left so there would be more room for the Saints, even they could feel the great peace ensuing. No cars or other things were moving around.
-Many of the General Authorities whom were killed were well known by the author, some of his long time friends. This suggests these events will soon occur.
-The first Conference Session was a funeral. There was sorrow, but mostly anticipation feeling something great to come; there were no dissenters, only people eager to listen. The Holy Ghost there was strong and it felt electric.
-The Conference taught gospel principals, and how to rebuild and regroup and on the future of the Church and the world.
-the last session of Conference was only for who were given a red invitation. Those going to the last session were like an army marching to it together. In this final session, all the remaining of the Apostles were recognized the author (who was attending this). 1 person sat where the First Presidency sits, the others had been killed. Joseph Smith Jr., founder of the Church, was on the stand. It appeared that a young Brigham Young, John Taylor, and other ancient prophets now resurrected were also on the stand. About 1/2 of the Mormon Tabernacle Choir was there, the rest were dead. A new 1st Presidency was announced to fill the vacancies of those who had died as well as new Apostles to fill vacancies in the quorum of the 12 Apostles to fill spots of whom had died. A resurrected Apostle stood and witnessed and all knew he had seen Christ and been held in his arms.
-Joseph Smith Jr. spoke at the Conference with pure knowledge weaving ancient scripture with his witness and had greater command of the language than anyone. He said he would work through the current prophet whom he recognized by name and that he was not going to do his own side program or take over Church government.
-Adam-Ondi-Ahman was reported by Joseph Smith, that only a few attended, the heads of each prior dispensation whom gave their keys to Adam, then Christ came, Adam knelt before Christ and gave him the report of all the work and the keys, Christ accepted it and told them they did well.
-A gathering of Saints at SLC commenced, Joseph Smith announced it at General Conference and said many would come there prompted by God.
-Joseph Smith said there would be other Gathering places like Canada and Mexico as well, and those ordained for certain locations like Missouri would go there. Once all were gathered, the Millennium would commence and Jesus Christ would personally come and rule on earth. Joseph Smith said the miracles thus far were small compared to what they would see, and that this was the meaning of the fullness of times.
-Jesus Christ was at the meeting, Joseph Smith introduced him. He stood and the veil was lifted from the eyes of those in attendance, and they saw that it was Jesus. He was dressed in a black business suit with a white shirt and a red tie, his clothes were smudged showing he had been helping others. The glory around him increased until his clothes all appeared white from the glory. It was the Holy Ghost causing the people to be able to see him in his glory and not be consumed; Christ’s glory was always there but it was veiled to them until this time. More revelation and peace came to those in attendance about how to help their family members and others they were sent to earth to minister to. Some at the meeting were being translated (*see scriptures etc. for what that means, a change of body etc. like John the Revelator and the 3 Nephites). When Jesus Christ spoke, all heard his first word as their own name, and in their minds they saw a vision of their life missions, all to whom they would minister to. Jesus Christ then blessed all people at the same time with personal blessings which came to their minds and they all knew were directly from him.
-They received assignments and had to travel for a year some of them; The Apostles would show up there months before them, as they would travel by the Holy Ghost. The assignments people were receiving were shown to them each in their mind.
-Church authorities had set everyone apart to fulfill their latter-day assignments from Christ. They had formal callings before getting authority even though they may have seen the vision of them doing such.
-most travel groups of Saints were to go to a certain nation etc. and build Zion there.
-the companies of traveling Saints had to learn to rely on Christ more and more.
-some of the nuclear bombs that went off were buried underground like a sabotage attack
-while on the journey they made side trips to preach or serve people or gather more people who were prepared by God as directed by the Spirit. They often had visions of what would happen that day, whom they would meet, how to prepare, and how to deal with those they would come in contact with. Joseph Smith at the General Conference had said that these gifts of the spirit etc. were what it meant in the scriptures that the fullness of times had come, this is all part of it, like the scripture says that greater things will be revealed now than ever have before
-one spiritual gift some had was to teach and preach with such power that the enemies wouldn’t stop them. It wasn’t eloquence or long oration, but simple words which couldn’t be disbelieved when this gift was manifest.
-another gift was to read men’s hearts, intent, and needs and how to reply to strangers or foreign troops knowing that they were lying to you.
-those they were to gather they went to get not waiting for them to come to them.
-oft those with authority to represent the Church instructed members they found to stay where they were and build Zion there.
-Saints were focused on building Zion, because when that was accomplished, more people would come and join the Church.
-money exchange became unimportant, food and fuel and necessities were traded for but not with money.
-horses were the main transportation if you had them.
-the Saints groups traveled in countryside, not at big cities where it was so much more dangerous. They oft camped in the countryside and sent only a few into town to exchange once they received word from the Holy Ghost that such would be alright.
-there were a presidency chosen over each traveling group, and 12 appointed under them, and the older men would oft be spiritual advisors whom would give their opinion only after getting confirmation from the Holy Ghost.
-small towns survived better than large ones, and more quickly reestablished law and order.
-pray silently for the youth throughout the day and they’ll perform better
-gangs ran the big cities
-the Saints had night watch to keep the camp safe
-wherever stakes of Zion had been organized prior to the earthquakes, there were places of safety the Saints gathered to there. These were in Europe, South America, etc.
-the Church had a communication system set up where it kept them informed of world events
-records were kept of which cities they ministered to on the way etc, and then they reported to Apostles
-the groups which had arrived in Canada learned that not all of them would go to Missouri but that there in Canada would be a like city of the same magnitude. Some groups were sent to other nations to build Zion in those places.
-at one point, the Saints were able to understand each other despite only being able to speak their native languages. This also happened at times when teaching people who spoke a foreign language.
-the internet had disappeared, as well as TV and radio
-those with good knowledge of the scriptures could tell better about what would unfold and how the events occurring fit into the scheme of things.
-the leaders of the new Zion cities being built had been preparing for such for decades and knew how to handle the situations. When people came to steal their food they simply gave them food.
-the leaders had made a map showing Missouri as the center place like a bulls eye, then rings going out around such where cities of Zion were planned; the goal was to have evenly spaced cities of Zion filling the entire continent.
-there were no more mountains in the US, they had fallen and become small hills.
-in the Zion cities they built permanent well made large buildings, and farmed, etc.
-in places where government was restored, it was usually martial law and based on controlling people and often civil wars emerged. The cities of Zion had nothing to do with those.
-the destruction had so far caused 1/2 of humans on earth to die, and this fighting outside the cities of Zion reduced that number by 1/2 again.
-people in the Cities of Zion had their bodies changing and their spiritual IQ increasing.
-the people were not just to travel to Zion, but to make themselves Zion. They had to learn to depend only on God and nothing from the telestial world.
-one brother traveling to a City of Zion of great faith was shown in vision that he would make it but he was dwindling from not having his diabetes medication. He almost died but he had to learn to rely on God not medicine then he was healed and went forward.
-the law of “by the sweat of thy brow” had been amended, and in time, the Saints learned to use the Priesthood to get their needs where before they relied on society and hard labor.
-there were no permanent plans for utilities, since millennial bodies don’t hunger thirst or produce waste. The light of God would brighten the sky, and personal Urim and Thumim’ s would be used for communication.
-they built things, but knew that eventually all such would be of no use, things like factories clinics and sawmills and other industries.
-the changing bodies of the Saints would not get tired.
-in Zion the people rotated from job to job unless they had specialties
-a new land bridge is created from Russia to Alaska, and people come to America by this, and learn that they are the lost tribes of Israel. Those who lead them were literally angels though the travelers mostly didn’t recognize them; some were from thousands of years ago, some from this day in time, some translated beings. These angels had taught and baptized them. They were in rags when they arrived but were glowing with faith.
-progress of building in what used to be called Missouri is very fast; the leaders of the Church had been preparing for such for a long time.
-translated people would only tell each other about their having been translated. They had greater views understandings and spiritual gifts. They knew in time they would be impervious to injury but for now they didn’t have to sleep much at all, or eat much at all, and when wounded if they prayed to God they would heal in a few minutes, if they just let it be it would heal in a few weeks rather than months or killing them. They didn’t feel pain when wounded; they didn’t know if sleep and food were even needed; they could go off of a few minutes of sleep. They could understand complex things quickly, and quickly come up with inspired correct answers to complex issues and concepts. They weren’t tempted. Revelation to them was unending. The iron rod became a part of them. Their ability to love greatly increased. The Holy Ghost was ever with them and they didn’t have to guess the will of the Lord, they knew it. The divine sciences we knew in creating worlds before we were born were coming back to us and replacing the old sciences we learned in mortality, and hence we needed not rely on supercomputers etc., the answers would simply come to mind by revelation. The process of being translated would take them years, and they didn’t have all the gifts of it at once. The further in this process someone was, the more powerful righteous and serene their appearance was. (*i.e. the Apostles and their power of instant travel; yes, personal righteousness does matter, and we are rewarded according to our deeds)
-the influence of the Holy Ghost at the camps could not be denied.
-companies left from SLC to go to other Zion cities and gather people along the way, as directed by the Apostles at SLC.
-translated beings would greet each other like a brother from childhood
-the ‘work it out in your own mind then ask if it be right’ phase of revelation ended; the company began to wake each morning simply knowing the will of the Lord, and knowing what to do how to do it what to say etc., they ceased to make mistakes; they could meet strangers and tell those strangers all about the situation of the stranger and offer help and raising the dead etc. They woke each day with joy thinking ‘Behold the glory of the Lord!’
-some righteous person had come from backgrounds of much success and confidence, at times they were not translated but had to go through some humble times before they could get the fullness of God’s blessings; they weren’t necessarily less righteous, they just needed to have certain experiences.
-the foreign soldiers have blue-green helmets
-the foreign troops killed some of the company and tried to get them to not go to Missouri perhaps it looked too powerful and threatening.
-the LDS became the largest non-foreign troop organization; the foreign troops wanted to kill them for that even though the LDS didn’t threaten them.
-the LDS were instructed to not take part in any politics, or commit to any government no matter who it was. They were to build the Kingdom of God for God himself to be the King.
-it became very difficult to survive on the journey
-the traveling LDS were given miraculous food and water to meet their daily needs.
-eventually a pillar of light appeared about 30 feet tall which went before and behind them as they traveled; it scared away their enemies and healed members of their company by bringing them up next to it in physical or emotional or fearing ailment of any kind. Sorrow of loss disappeared. They followed Jesus Christ, this was manifestation of his love and power. It would lead them and stop when they were to stop. They rescued those kidnapped from them and had them healed in every way. When threatened by gangs, the light would freeze the gangs and allow safe passage. The light was like the liahona, working according to the righteousness and unity of the camp. As their faith grew, so did the light and it’s power.
-The more faith the people had, the less ‘stuff’ they needed.
-the children and all of the camp became blessed with absence of doubt, and would sing in the face of trial and mobs
-they had one truck which ran on no fuel
-the children weren’t a burden but a help
-one camp was trapped in a canyon with foreign troop armies with missile launchers on both sides, they mocked them and God, and opened fire. One woman of faith in the camp yelled a prayer and the light formed a shield around them reverting the missiles to hit those who launched them.
-one boy was healed slowly so his doubting father would see day after day the hand of the Lord and this allowed the man to get better faith.
-when arriving at Zion, all they could do was rejoice, being too tired to do anything else.
-not everyone was to go to Missouri
-the New Jerusalem in Missouri was being constructed according to the plans Joseph Smith had put together while still alive living in Nauvoo.
-in Zion, many woman carried trees like tooth picks, and men shoveled truckloads of dirt at once. They were probably angels or translated people.
-the temple at Missouri was a circular one, and had 12 portals going out of it to 12 temples one for each tribe or Israel, and they were connected on the outside so it looked like a wagon wheel. Each temple was built by the respective tribe it was for. Each of these 12 temples had designs showing what the place that tribe came from was like historically.
-Jesus Christ would be at the center of the main temple in the Holy of Holies when he would come to dwell in His temple.
-angel Moroni was put on the temple like normal, but not blowing a trumpet, as that had already happened.
-the stone for this temple was of a white diamond like sparkling material found in Canada which only God’s power could cut it was so hard
-in this temple there were portals one could look into to see any event. One could walk into that portal and be in the place of the event, and commune with people and exchange things with them. The portal also would heal those around it.
-Jesus Christ came to the temple and ordained several people with power to translate others, whereas before this only few had been translated, and that by the hand of Jesus Christ personally, now it was extending, and they would go and do this. They saw who to go to and didn’t need write a list as they could not forget.
-one of the gifts of being translated was to be able to understand others, their history, needs, etc., entirely. This gift like the rest needed to be cultivated.
-they went around translating people until they had translated more than 144,000 people.
-in Zion people had duties in construction, some power tools were used, and in engineering, farming, clothing, etc. Old science seemed stupid, and wonderful innovations based on faith occurred; the things created required faith to operate them.
-people went from loving self-reliance to loving reliance of Jesus Christ, everything was about Him.
-those with the temple offices at Zion would see people they were to minister to through their portals, learn of those people and their needs, history, etc., then appear to them at times without showing who they were to teach and bless and heal them or raise their dead; it took a while for many of the people to convert whom they were assigned to. (Not to say that all converted). At times the teacher would appear to them while they journeyed to Zion to deliver them from foes, this via the portal.
-translated people don’t get cold or hot like other people.
-there are caverns of city in an ancient land that will be shown in the future in the arctic regions above Canada which will be shown later when the ice melts off of them; they are ancient, several millennia old. They have been covered in a hundred feet of ice. The entrance to the cavern they were going to was covered with a kind of concrete which was made to look natural on the outside. They chipped away at it and the opening was about the size of a 4 lane highway. This was the place he had seen earlier in vision, that cave. The lights in it were many, and were lit by the power of God like those of the brother of Jared in the Book of Mormon. No one had been inside for many generations. There were thousands of people inside being taught by someone in a strange language. Their teacher had a long white beard and long white robe, and read to them from a book of prophecy of the new changes on the face of the earth and the formation of the New Jerusalem. He read and spoke poetically almost like a song, and oh how beautiful! He read from scripture which only they had, and it detailed how translated beings and others who would come to lead them to the New Jerusalem etc., which was being fulfilled in the vision the author was seeing as a future event he would participate in. He taught that they would come from above at the surface of the earth. Their prophet told them how soon after their arrival in Zion the New Jerusalem Jesus Christ would come to cleanse the earth from sin. They looked forward to living where the sun shined. Their prophet then told them ‘this day is this scripture fulfilled in your ears!’ pointing to the man and his team whom had come into the cavern. All wept for joy including their prophet. They were very beautiful. There were about 20,000 of them, like the amount the Conference Center in SLC holds. The team which came to them had books to share with them, LDS scripture and temple descriptions etc. These people in the cavern had a preserved form of the Old Testament, and knew of Jehovah, and that He was Jesus Christ. They didn’t have the fullness of the gospel, but Christ came to them after his resurrection and told them he would send messengers to teach them the fullness of the gospel and deliver them from their self-imposed exile. They had beautiful gardens playgrounds furniture etc. which they had built. They could understand the English spoken by these messengers which came because of the Holy Ghost. They had the Aaronic Priesthood, their prophets had the Melchizedek Priesthood, and it was time for them to get the fullness of the gospel as a whole.
-there was a portion of the temple in the New Jerusalem at Missouri which had not yet been completed, some of the 12 temples. Only these people of the cavern could build it, they being of those respective tribe(s). They looked to these messengers sent to them like a Moses come to deliver them.
-the people of the cavern presented to the people sent to them their genealogy which had been recorded by the hand of their prophets so their work could be competed in the temple.
-As they left the cavern they sealed it off behind them after disengaging the lights.
-the world no longer called Missouri, but “Zion The New Jerusalem”
-it took these cavern people several years to walk or boat to Zion.
-the cavern people had kept themselves more pure by their isolation
-under the temple at the New Jerusalem they hit a water spring, which was there for the purpose of water flowing out from under the temple, it made a fountain they called the “Fountain of Living Waters”.
-By that fountain, a large tree was transplanted there called the “Tree of Life”. That tree was from a terrestrial sphere. It used to be part of the city of Enoch. It was unlike any other tree they had seen. The tree had 12 types of fruit it bore representing the 12 tribes of Israel, and each had it’s own healing properties. The leaves would also heal. Plucking a fruit, it would almost immediately grow back. Planting one of it’s leaves somewhere would heal the ground it was put in, causing much vegetation to grow there. These leaves were to heal the water from the effects of war and radiation. It’s leaves were carried to all the world to induce a Millennial state. Eating the fruit of the tree made a person into a terrestrial/millennial state.
-No one could get into the New Jerusalem except the worthy as it was protected by God.
-those with spiritual eyes open could see angels guarding the Tree of Life like God instructed in the Garden of Eden.
-the tree always glowed
-since the water ran by the tree, it became terrestrial and was able to heal. the water was channeled into every street in Zion so all could freely partake. When the streams reached the edge of Zion they went underground to nourish the land. This healing of the land occurred about 2 years after a Gulf of water came and made everything so salty that nothing would grow.
-a similar stream of water was found at the Old Jerusalem. These streams were for the Millennium. The water from them would sparkle at night, and was delicious to the taste.
-The water from the tree would heal wounds it touched, heal who drank it, and drinking it for a week would make a person as thought they were translated but without the spiritual gifts. It would cause your body to go back to about the age of 30 (without losing your knowledge and memories, just a change in your body). You would stop aging at about 30.
-they would not thirst any more. They would not need to eat, except those who were not yet translated would need to eat on rare occasion.
The water came from Jesus Christ.
-putting this water on concrete etc. made it impervious to aging, cracking, or anything telestial.
-grapes would grow to the size of watermelons.
-picking the fruit it would grow right back so one didn’t need to plant massive amounts.
-the food eaten would be fully absorbed by the body and no waste would be produced.
-grass trees and animals also were changed by the effect of the water.
-ability to communicate increases
-pillars of fire protected people in Zion
-the effect of the living water on everything made it all glow, including sidewalks
-there was light in the city of Zion, and it centered at the temple, and a pillar of fire went up from the temple up into heaven as high as one could see. It looked intimidating to enemies as Isaiah said that Zion would be terrible as an army with banners.
-so we see the Saints were enjoying some Millennium conditions before the Second Coming of Christ and the full out Millennium began.
-word spread that to escape war, you had to go to Zion. They didn’t call Missouri such any longer, they called it the City of God, Zion, the New Jerusalem.
-Jesus Christ and other notable people of the past walked the streets of Zion, and no one could enter without being pure or the pillars of fire would consume them. So those who fled the war to come to Zion had to get prepared. They had to camp outside of Zion in tents and be taught the gospel and live it before they could enter.
-Jesus Christ lived in the New Jerusalem in the temple, and it was commonplace to see him walking around there. He would go to people’s homes and bless them.
-the standard of worthiness in Zion as a minimal requirement was a Celestial level.
-in Zion the only food which they had was that which they grew there
-the fruit from Zion would loose it’s healing power when it was taken away from the location of Zion because Zion is the reason it has it’s power.
-ambassadors come to Zion to ask them how they live in peace and prosperity, but they want nothing to do with the religion in Zion. Some could not believe God had anything to do with it. Some came to camp around Zion even though they could not get in because it was the only place of peace.
-around Zion there were people trying to learn the gospel, and an outer ring around that people who lived by the sword just came there to get away from fighting, who wanted nothing to do with religion. This is like the Celestial Terrestrial and Telestial Kingdoms of God, these rings of levels of commitment to the gospel.
-missionaries were send out there to preach daily and had great success.
-preaching the gospel goes on throughout the Millennium, even towards the end of it there are people who refuse it’s blessings although these are only small pockets of people.
-translated beings used portals to go find people to bring to Zion. If the translated being lost faith or got afraid from what they saw, their portals would not work until they worked through that. When they would find very pure people, they could bring those people to Zion via the portal, otherwise the person would have to walk.
-some people had been preparing for Zion on their own, and came to Zion with songs of everlasting joy like Isaiah speaks of.
-when their assignments of gathering so required, the translated beings could change what they look and sound like, and the person they needed to be like, they would know the language of the place they were ministering to, etc. Male angels would always appear as male, and female angels would always appear as female.
-those using the portals could go back in time to minister to people. They could minister to people even for years, but when they return through the portal, it would be only a few minutes after the time they had left. This was a great and Godly blessing, such is the promise that the people of the Lord would receive, getting all that the Father has, including his power, and this was one of those powers. The portals took learning and experience of how to use all their functions.
-eventually in Zion during the Millennium, everyone knew everything about each other and that increased their ability to rejoice together
-it was after the New Jerusalem was built and operating but before the Second Coming of Christ in glory when the 2 prophets went to the streets of Jerusalem to preach the gospel as foretold in the scriptures. They were set apart for this and knew what they were getting into.
-the translated beings got to the point where they could become invisible to certain people as needed. They could also create an illusion to distract the enemy, and they could say to the enemy “no one is here” and the enemy would just go away. Sometimes the enemy would walk around them like they were a lamp post.
-when the translated beings met people and discerned they were fully ripe in iniquity and would never repent they could kill them. They would simply fall to the ground dead. (*again, the power of God is extending to these Saints in the dispensation of the fullness of times, where promises are being fulfilled more and more about how we are joint heirs with Christ, and he has said that when people are ripe in iniquity, he will sweep them from the face of the earth)
-school buildings were set up around the outside of Zion to teach people the gospel. There were varying levels of students.
-when people had the Holy Ghost as their constant companion they could do their duties better, not forgetting things.
-future temples show visions of things about the gospel, things of the plan of salvation, not just reenactments of them.
-some aspects of the temple were changed from preparing for things to actual things happening. Search the scriptures and see the magnitude of this.
-the City of Enoch came and was a large city of Zion.
-when spiritually mature, the members of the cities of Zion could communicate without using words, and have more power to understand.
-they could have things yield to their stewardship over them, such as a tree, and mold the tree into a chair without any wood chips etc.
(*This is like how Brigham Young says that if we get to that point, we will be ordained unto the power of organizing matter.). Also they could paint in extraordinary ways, namely those with a talent for art (those who develop such)
-stones (*like those which the brother of Jared used and perhaps Noah in his arc used) were lighted by the power of God to make electricity unneeded in homes; these could heat or cool a home, etc.
-a stone could be received which would work as a Urim and Thumim and portal. They could also be used to communicate with others who had such. The more one was aligned with heaven, the more they could use these gifts. Some people used the stones to see the future, some used them to travel (the portal), some used them to light a room or cook food. The great spiritual blessing was getting a seer stone, the stones with these higher capacities were called such.
-the assignments of some people caused them to go to other worlds. (*this goes with what the prophets have said)
-in the Millennium, people would get resurrected in the twinkling of an eye at the age of a tree but that was different for different people, many in the hundreds of years for some people; it was the time of your mortal work being accomplished. When one is resurrected, they aren’t translated anymore. A resurrected person has more capacities than a translated person, although a translated person can do many wonderful things. People would live longer in the Millennium, or at least they could, because of the fruit of the tree of life etc.
-when a person was resurrected, their assignments would often go beyond this earth. (because such signifies your work on this earth basically being done)
-in the Millennium the desire to kill and eat meat went away
-farming in the Millennium didn’t require irrigation, pest control, or weeding.
-fruit would grow larger and larger rather than getting over ripe.
-a person could instruct the trees as to what type of fruit to grow.
-during the Millennium, bodies changed to look like Gods, the imperfect aspects of their bodies (as spirits as they progressed) went away.
-nature changed so that the people had stewardship over it once again and could tell it what to look like.
-dropping things they would not break
-buildings etc. would change into gems and gold
-upon request a mountain or boulder etc. would move
-physics no longer stopped people from doing things. Roads were few since people transported by the power of the Holy Ghost.
-there was no pride, self-promotion, ambition, greed, or laziness, or mean words
-everyone became equal in beauty and all recognized each other as equal in worth
-being part of the 144,000 involved portals and seer stones; it was go gather people; it was not a formal Church calling, but a result of long spiritual preparation. There were even more than 144,000 of these people. Enoch and his city contributed 12,000 gatherers.
–women were High Priestesses, men were High Priests; these were equal in power and went forth in the gathering with the seer stones and portals. It was as common for women to work miracles as men. The only differences between men and women when it came to Priesthood functions was that men could preside when needed and could perform ordinances.
-they could see very far and discern the disposition intent hearts and plans of all the people around them. They knew what people would say before they would say it, and how their response would affect the person in the long run etc. They knew by the power of God everything they needed to do. They could see the chain reaction of results before they happened like a chess master.
-all the miracles seen in the scriptures were duplicated in Zion to an even greater magnitude and frequency. (*remember in the New Testament Jesus says that those who follow after him would do even greater things than he, because he was going to be killed soon. This could be because the people weren’t ready for him to do greater things, but that the people in the future may be ready) This is one reason why it’s called the ‘fullness of times’.
-time was fluid there were no deadlines
-every day was a Sabbath
-the completion of the gathering before the Second Coming was only possible because of the use of portals.
-shortly after Zion was built, some years afterward, the Second Coming occurred.
-those sent to gather people to Zion got every person they were sent to, not missing one soul.
-the gatherers didn’t work among the evil and the warring people.
-at the time of the Second Coming, clouds rolled forth looking like a scroll unrolling
-Christ at the Second Coming spoke and everyone heard their own names. The evil people heard it as a mighty piercing roar. Then even a thousand miles away everyone could see there was a man standing in the clouds. He was in white with a red sash. Evil men fell to their knees and wept. Some committed suicide. Some shot at Christ and they died. Christ communicated to the righteous to quickly return to the temple, they all ran into temples and dedicated buildings.
-the Saints’ clothing changed to glowing white as they did this and hence they didn’t have to change clothes; they all began to sing hymns they had never heard before with great zeal. The roof of the temple became transparent and angels blowing trumpets shook the earth and Christ was seen coming from the east. Even far away one could clearly see his face. He wasn’t sad or happy. The Latter-day Saints were lifted into the sky.
-in the Millennium, Zion spread to cover the whole earth. There were small “nations” who didn’t embrace the gospel but who embraced the blessings of much of the Millennium. They had been taught to live in peace but wanted nothing to do with our religion. They did not believe in Jesus Christ, and thought it was someone else who had come.
-most of the technology was spiritual and not technical.
-a large planet came close to the earth filling a third of the sky, it scared many people whom didn’t live the gospel, and many of those people called out to Jesus for help and they were brought to learn of Zion so they could enter it. The moon was gone. The constellations were different. The sky could been seen deeply into because of the changes and the translation. The earth was moving.
-the earth was moved far out of the Milky Way Galaxy.
The earth arrived at a large sun which was where God dwelt. (*scientists are saying now that they have found planets in the universe which are a trillion times brighter than our sun in this solar system, this could be like where God lives, seeing as the scriptures say he is the source of light). The earth shone like unto it. It had become Celestial. This was after the Millennium. There were no more non-Zion non-Latter-day Saint people on earth any more. (*those who didn’t want to embrace the fullness of the gospel were sent to live somewhere else) The earth was perfectly clear as a sea of glass and perfectly smooth, it was a Urim and Thumim. At the end of the Millennium, the earth and had died and been resurrected by God. The Judgement had occurred and all people but the Celestial people were dwelling in some place not on earth.
-a great city the shape of a building shaped as a pyramid with many majestic spires, the design of God Himself, was brought to the new Celestial earth as a place for Christ to dwell forever.

 

 

Appendix A: Warnings from the Past by Mark E. Petersen

Apr. 1971 Gen. Conf.

For video and audio: https://www.lds.org/general-conference/1971/04/warnings-from-the-past?lang=eng

Three great civilizations have occupied the Western Hemisphere. Two have passed into oblivion.

Those that disappeared died by virtual suicide. They brought about their own extinction as they defiled the land and defied their God by extensive crime, sexual deviation, and other loathsome sins of almost every kind.

Now our modern nations have succeeded them in the occupancy of this hemisphere. Much of the corruption which is common among us today resembles in striking detail the degradation that afflicted them.

In most of the Americas, for example, we have an advancing crime rate which is staggering, to say the least, reaching an annual cost to the public of more than 40 billion dollars in the United States alone.

Our moral collapse is appalling, but surprisingly, many attempt to justify it. Within recent weeks one of the highest officials of a leading Christian denomination publicly announced that he favors premarital relationships between young people, and his speech was carried internationally by the Associated Press.

Because of promiscuity, the dreaded social diseases have reached the epidemic stage. One health official said that actually they have surpassed epidemic proportions, and he called the condition a plague. These social diseases now affect more people than any communicable disease except the common cold.

In one of our best known western cities health officials estimate that one in every ten persons between the ages of fourteen and twenty-five has a venereal disease. It is almost unbelievable.

The International Herald Tribune recently said that easyabortion has now removed the stigma from immorality, making free sex even freer still.

Our inconsistency in the present situation is frightening.

While millions accept promiscuity as a new way of life and excuse adultery even though it wrecks marriages and breaks up homes, at the same time we make it illegal to offer a prayer in some of our public places.

While we teach sex in schools and publicly portray the vilest of filth on the movie screen, we virtually make a criminal of a schoolteacher who would bring a Bibleinto the classroom or who might ask the students to recite the Lord’s Prayer. So far have we lost our sense of values!

Some Americans protest reference to the Almighty in the Pledge of Allegiance to the flag, while others would eliminate “In God We Trust” from our coins.

Church attendance in most denominations is falling off at a rapid rate. Bible sales are down 25 percent, and some members of the clergy have lost their faith.

The Almighty provided that we should observe a sacred Sabbath each week. We have flouted this law to his face, and most of us have turned his holy day into one of pleasure or of “business as usual,” and yet the Sabbath was given as a symbol of allegiance to our Creator.

How true it is that “first we pity, then endure, then embrace” the repeated and relentless incursions of iniquity.

Are we caught in a tidal wave of atheism and its accompanying corruption?

Are we any better than the civilizations which preceded us here and which were swept away because of iniquity?

Those civilizations were taught a stern lesson pertaining to their occupancy of this hemisphere.

They were told that this is a land of special significance to the Almighty and that only those nations which serve God may remain here.

We of today must heed this warning if we ourselves are to survive.

We do not say that sin in other parts of the world is less reprehensible or to be excused in the least degree, for sin is always sin regardless of the philosophies of men and no matter where it appears.

But in this hemisphere a different situation exists. God has dedicated this land to the work of his Beloved Son, the Lord Jesus Christ, and he will not tolerate continued desecration of it.

In so reserving this land for his divine purpose, he decreed “that whoso should possess this land of promise, from that time henceforth and forever, should serve him, the true and only God, or they should be swept off when the fulness of his wrath should come upon them.” (Ether 2:8. Italics added.)

In plain, blunt words, then, we are told that whatever nations occupy this land must serve God or die!

The great men of modern America have given us similar warnings, peculiarly enough.

A generation ago, Roger Babson, at that time one of our leading economists, said: “Only religion can prevent democratic rule from developing into mob rule. A nation can prosper only as its citizens are religious, intelligent, capable of service and eager to render it.” And then this great man said, and it is something to which we should give careful attention, “Every great panic we have ever had has been foreshadowed by a general decline in observance of religious principles.”

Abraham Lincoln told the people of his day that America “need fear no danger from without. … If danger were ever to threaten the United States, it will come from within. ‘As a nation of freemen, we must live through all time, or die by suicide. …’”

Then the great emancipator added this:

“We have grown in numbers, wealth and power. … But we have forgotten God. … It behooves us then to humble ourselves before the offended Power, to confess our national sins, and to pray for clemency andforgiveness.”

It was George Washington, our first president, who said: “… we ought to be no less persuaded that the propitious smiles of Heaven can never be expected on a nation that disregards the eternal rules of order and right which Heaven itself has ordained. …” (First inaugural address, April 30, 1789.)

One of the most stern of all warnings came from the great statesman Daniel Webster when he said: “If we and our posterity reject religious instruction and authority, violate the rules of eternal justice, trifle with the injunctions of morality and recklessly destroy the political constitution which holds us together, no one can tell how sudden a catastrophe may overwhelm us, that shall bury all our glory in profound obscurity.”

God has revealed that in the last days he would warn the people through the voice of tempests, earthquakes, and seas heaving themselves beyond their bounds. Do we hear his voice now and recognize it?

When an estimated half million people are stricken in one hurricane in Pakistan, when one hundred thousand are left homeless in a single quake in Chile, and when these two disasters come within a few weeks of each other, can we ignore the warnings which they give?

When two devastating hurricanes wipe out entire communities in Mississippi within a few months of each other, when oft-repeated earthquakes strike Los Angeles with death and a half-billion-dollar devastation, do we hear in them the voice of God as a fair warning to the rest of us?

Can we relax and feel at ease because we take out insurance against earthquakes, fire, and storm damage?

Can an insurance policy prevent a hurricane or stay an earthquake?

Who can control such awesome forces?

Who is the God of nature?

Who stood in a storm-tossed boat with a group of frightened fishermen and rebuked the storm by simply saying “Peace be still,” and the wind abated and there came a great calm?

The extinct civilizations of the past now speak to us out of the dust of the ages, giving warning against the same conditions which brought them down to oblivion.

Listen to what they say!

The ancient prophets who lived in America among those destroyed civilizations saw us of today through the eye of revelation. They referred to us as gentiles, and one of these prophets said: “… O ye Gentiles, how can ye stand before the power of God, except ye shall repent and turn from your evil ways?

“Know ye not that ye are in the hands of God? Know ye not that he hath all power, and at his great command the earth shall be rolled together as a scroll?

“Therefore, repent ye, and humble yourselves before him, lest he shall come out in justice against you. …” (Morm. 5:22–24.)

Another ancient American prophet, long since dead and now speaking to us out of the dust, said:

“… behold, this is a land which is choice above all other lands; wherefore he that doth possess it shall serve God or shall be swept off; for it is the everlasting decree of God. And it is not until the fulness of iniquity among the children of the land, that they are swept off.

“And this cometh unto you, O ye Gentiles, that ye may know the decrees of God—that ye may repent, and not continue in your iniquities until the fulness come, that ye may not bring down the fulness of the wrath of God upon you as the inhabitants of the land have hitherto done.” (Ether 2:10–11.)

An ancient prophet named Mormon, who lived here in America fifteen hundred years ago, said: “Behold, I speak unto you as if ye were present, and yet ye are not. But behold, Jesus Christ hath shown you unto me, and I know your doing.

“And I know that ye do walk in the pride of your hearts; and there are none save a few only who do not lift themselves up in the pride of their hearts, unto the wearing of very fine apparel, unto envying, and strifes, and malice, and persecutions, and all manner of iniquities. …” (Morm. 8:35–36.)

There are many people on this Western Hemisphere who have in their veins the blood of some of the tribes of Israel. To them this prophet said: “Know ye that ye are of the house of Israel.

“Know ye that ye must come unto repentance, or ye cannot be saved.

“Know ye that ye must come to the knowledge of your fathers, and repent of all your sins and iniquities, and believe in Jesus Christ, that he is the Son of God. …” (Morm. 7:2–3, 5.)

And then we have this, also pertaining to us who live today, and coming from another ancient American prophet who speaks out of the dust to us today: “… these things doth the Spirit manifest unto me; therefore I write unto you all. And for this cause I write unto you, that ye may know that ye must all stand before the judgment-seat of Christ, yea, every soul who belongs to the whole human family of Adam; and ye must stand to be judged of your works, whether they be good or evil;

“And also that ye may believe the gospel of Jesus Christ, which ye shall have among you. …” (Morm. 3:20–21.)

And finally, one of the greatest of all the prophets who lived in ancient America spoke this to you and to me who live today:

“I exhort you to remember these things; for the time speedily cometh that ye shall know that I lie not, for ye shall see me at the bar of God; and the Lord God will say unto you: Did I not declare my words unto you, which were written by this man, like as one crying from the dead, yea, even as one speaking out of the dust?

“And God shall show unto you, that that which I have written is true.

“And again I would exhort you that ye would come unto Christ, and lay hold upon every good gift, and touch not the evil gift, nor the unclean thing.” (Moro. 10:27, 29–30.)

If the modern nations of the Americas will repent and serve the Lord, great blessings will be theirs, for the prophet has said: “… this is a choice land, and whatsoever nation shall possess it shall be free from bondage, and from captivity, and from all other nations under heaven, if they will but serve the God of the land,who is Jesus Christ. …” (Ether 2:12.)

How long will the Almighty be patient as we ignore or defy him?

Shall we comfort ourselves by accepting the philosophy which says that there is no God, that the Bible is but a myth, that the Book of Mormon is not true, and that therefore repentance is unnecessary?

We testify to you that God does live, that he is the eternal judge of all mankind, and that each one of us must face the record of our own deeds on his judgment day.

Jesus Christ does live. He is the God of this land. It is his gospel, and only his gospel, which can save us from destruction.

God grant that we may awaken to our plight and change our course while there is yet time, is my humble prayer, in the name of Jesus Christ. Amen.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Appendix B: Scriptural Search for the Ten Tribes etc. By Joseph Fielding McConkie

 

 

 

 

 

 

Scriptural Search for the Ten Tribes and Other Things We Lost By Joseph Fielding McConkie

BYU, Annual Religious Education Faculty Summer Lecture, June 1987
http://www.ldslastdays.com/default.aspx?page=talk_thingslost.htm#legends
Full text brought to you by Nate Richardson
Updated 1-27-18
RichardsonStudies.com
rrnmailbox@gmail.com

The Star Theory. One of our all-time favorites is the idea that the ten tribes were taken away from this earth in a manner similar to that of the city of Enoch and that they now reside on another planet which is yet to return. Our primary source for this is Eliza R. Snow, who wrote it in the form of a lyric which appeared in the Church hymnal from 1856 to 1912. They key stanzas were as follows:
Thou, Earth, was once a glorious sphere Of noble magnitude, And didst with majesty appear Among the worlds of God.
But thy dimensions have been torn Asunder, piece by piece, And each dismember’d fragment borne Abroad to distant space.
When Enoch could no longer stay Amid corruption here, Part of thyself was borne away To form another sphere.
That portion where his city stood He gain’d by right approv’d; And nearer to the throne of God His planet upward moved.
And when the Lord saw fit to hide The “ten lost tribes” away, Thou, Earth, wast sever’d to provide The orb on which they stay.
And thus, from time to time, thy size Has been diminish’d still Thou seemest the law of sacrifice Created to fulfil.
It is argued that since Eliza was married to Joseph Smith [Eliza Roxey Snow (1804-87) was baptized in 1835 and was sealed to the Prophet Joseph Smith on June 29, 1842.] she certainly got the doctrine from him. It is held that this is a doctrine that Joseph taught to his wives and his closest friends. [R. Clayton Brough, The Lost Tribes (Horizon Publishers, 1979), pg 47.] There is also a supporting statement attributed to the grandson of a man with whom the Prophet once stayed. In response to his grandfather’s question as to where the ten tribes were, Joseph Smith reportedly took him outside and pointed to a star twenty feet (from their position) to the right and below the north star. [_Ibid., pg 47-48.] Eliza R. Snow also purportedly told his grandfather that she got her information on this matter from the Prophet. [Robert W. Smith, The Last Days (SLC: Pyramid Press, 1947), pg 225-27.] In addition, we are told by a son of Anson Call, a particular friend of the Prophet, that Joseph told him in company with others on a number of occasions that the ten tribes were on a portion of the earth that had been taken away. [Ibid., pg 215. See also Parley P. Pratt, Millennial Star, Vol. 1, pg 258 (Question 7), and Writings of Parley P. Pratt (Parker Pratt Robinson: SLC, 1952), pg 306-307.]
The Hollow Earth Theory. Another of our traditions holds that the ten tribes are hidden in a hollow of the earth somewhere. Sources include Benjamin F. Johnson, personal friend of Joseph Smith, who records the following conversation: “I asked where the nine and a half tribes of Israel were. ‘Well,’ said [Joseph Smith], ‘you remember the old caldron or potash kettle you used to boil maple sap in for sugar, don’t you?’ I said yes. ‘Well,’ said he, ‘they are in the north pole in a concave just like the shape of that kettle. And John the Revelator is with them, preparing them for their return.’” [Benjamin F. Johnson, My Life’s Review (Independence, MO: Zion’s Printing and Publishing Co., n.d.), pg 93.]
Another published version of the hollow earth theory takes us to Mexico, where there is a large cave opening on the side of a cliff which David O. McKay is said to have said “led to the center of the earth, and that it was the access to the outer world for the ten tribes.” The cliff is, of course, too high to scale from the bottom and is protected from the top by a large overhanging ledge. No one has ever been able to enter it. [Susan Peterson, “The Great and Dreadful Day: Mormon Folklore of the Apocalypse,” Utah Historical Quarterly, Fall 1976, No. 1, pg 373.]
Knob on the Earth Theory. We learn from a son of Philo Dibble that Joseph Smith drew a picture for his father to show him where the ten tribes were. The picture consisted of a circle with a smaller circle on each side, something like a round face with round ears. The Prophet explained that one of these lobes (the one above the north pole) represented the orb upon which the ten tribes resided. Presumably the other lobe, beneath the south pole, was for the city of Enoch. It is also assumed that these smaller planets are connected to the earth by an invisible neck of land. [Matthew W. Dalton, A Key to This Earth (Willard, Utah: 1906; See also Walt Whipple, “A Discussion of the Many Theories Concerning the Whereabouts of the Lost Ten Tribes,” BYU Library, unpublished typescript; and Brough, pg 51-55.]
The North Pole Theory. The argument in this instance is that the ten tribes live in a mysteriously camouflaged area somewhere near the North Pole. Among is strong advocates have been W. W. Phelps [W. W. Phelps, “A Letter to Oliver Cowdery,” Messenger and Advocate 2:194 (October 1835).], who we are reminded acted as scribe at times for the Prophet Joseph, Orson Pratt, and George Reynolds. Elder Pratt expounded on the often-quoted text from 2 Esdras (an apocryphal work, which we must consider), which speaks of the ten tribes escaping from their Assyrian captors, crossing the Euphrates, and marching into the north to dwell in a land never before inhabited. He reconstructs the route they followed, giving distances and travel times, detailing little-known facts concerning the “comparatively pleasant” climate that would greet them and speaks of the grain and other vegetables they would raise. [Orson Pratt, “Where are the Ten Tribes of Israel?” Millennial Star 29:200-4.] George Reynolds, following Elder Pratt’s lead, wrote of the feelings of awe these vagabonds of Israel must have experienced as they faced the icy waters of the Arctic Sea. [George Reynolds, “The Assyrian Captivity,” Juvenile Instructor 18:26-29.]
At this point some observations ought be made about these theories: though rich in imagination, all are without scriptural support. With the possible exception of the North Pole theory, each claims what amounts to a private audience with Joseph Smith as its source. This same Joseph Smith once said: “I have taught all the strong doctrines publicly, and always teach stronger doctrines in public than in private.” [Joseph Fielding Smith, comp., Teachings of the Prophet Joseph Smith (SLC: Deseret Book Co., 1961), pg 370.] Further, each theory is in conflict with the others. Thus we must conclude that Joseph Smith (1) freely speculated on the matter, (2) was terribly confused on the issue, or (3) that such methods of tracing statements to him are not reliable for the establishment of the doctrines of the kingdom.
Have the Tribes Retained Their Identity as a Body?
Another commonality among explanations as to where the ten tribes are is the assumption that the tribes would remain together as a body. Those who support this idea do so primarily on the strength of quotations from past authorities [Brough, pg 75-92. In his treatment of the various theories relative to the gathering of Israel, Brough treats each theory that is without scriptural support with even-handedness, when he comes to the “dispersion theory,” the only concept that can claim scriptural justification, he goes after it with a vengeance. See also Gerald N. Lund, The Coming of the Lord (SLC: Bookcraft, date missing), pg 160- 65.], including the traditions just cited. That is, they answer the question by simply pulling rank. So-and-so and so-and-so said it and they held such-and-such a position. The question of how they came to know it is avoided. My premise is that truth can stand on its own and that we have no right to quote what we cannot defend with scripture–we will measure such statements by the standard given to us for that purpose.
Arguments that the ten tribes retained their identity as a body can be traced to three sources: a quotation from the book of 2 Esdras, the verses in Doctrine & Covenants Section 133 which speak of the ten tribes returning with their prophets at their head, and the statement in 3 Nephi that Christ would visit the lost tribes. Let us examine each.
Arguing from the Apocrypha
2 Esdras, or 4 Ezra as it is sometimes known, may well be the most often quoted apocryphal text in Mormon literature. It has been quoted approvingly in the Times and Seasons [1 July 1841 (Vol. 2, No. 17), pg 465], Millennial Star [20 March 1867 (Vol. 29), pg 200], Juvenile Instructor [1883; 18:27-28], Improvement Era [October 1910, pg 1087-88; January 1924, pg 258; January 1939, pg 6], a Deseret Sunday School manual [“Birthright Blessings: Genealogical Training Class” (Sunday School Lessons–for The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints, The Deseret Sunday School Union Board, 50 North Main Street, SLC, Utah, 1942), pg 63], the book Articles of Faith [James E. Talmage, Articles of Faith, (SLC: Published by The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints, 1975) pg 325], and the book Mormon Doctrine [Bruce R. McConkie, Mormon Doctrine, 2nd ed. (SLC: Bookcraft, 1966), pg 455-56], as well as in a host of lesser-known sources. People are quoting each other here, with no one taking the time to check the reliability of the source. This is the stuff of which traditions are made. May I suggest that an examination of the Esdras text is in order.
Second Esdras is one of the intertestamental apocryphal books. In its present form it is believed to be a Christian writing, though the core of the work is a Jewish apocalypse commonly known as 4 Ezra. It is generally believed that its first two chapters are of Christian authorship, having been written in the second century AD; chapters 3-13, or the Apocalypse [Apocalyptic literature undertakes to reveal the future (the Greek word apocalypsis means ‘a revealing’). Rather than doing so in a straightforward manner, however, it uses a rather elaborate system of symbols–“wild beasts with several heads and many horns, composite creatures made up of the head of one kind of animal and the body of another, the falling of stars and gigantic hailstones upon the earth, the turning of the sea into blood,” and so forth. Classic illustrations in the Bible would be Ezekiel and the Book of Revelation. None of the other intertestamental books are apocalyptic.] of Ezra, are believed to have been written toward the end of the first century AD, and the two concluding chapters to have been written by a third century Christian writer. [The Jerome Biblical Commentary (Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice- Hall, Inc., 1968), pg 542; George W. E. Nickelsburg, Jewish Literature Between the Bible and the Mishnah (Philadelphia: Fortress Press, 1981), pg 278; H. F. D. Sparks, ed., The Apocryphal Old Testament (Oxford: Claredon Press, 1984), pg 927; Bruce M. Metzger, ed., The Apocrypha (NY:Oxford University Press, 1973), pg 23.]
The apocalypse is set in Babylon in the thirtieth year after the destruction of Jerusalem (557 B.C.). It is ascribed to a certain Salathiel (Shealtiel), who was the father of Zerubbabel, the builder of the Second Temple (see Ezra 3:2; 1 Chron 3:17). In 4 Ezra, however, Salathiel identifies himself as Ezra the scribe (3:1). This places him more than a century out of time sequence! [Op. Cit., Jerome Biblical Commentary, pg 542; Nickelsburg, pg 278.] A modern equivalent would be Hyrum Smith claiming that he was also Ezra Taft Benson. Scholars, of course, regard it as a fictional work [Otto Eissfeldt, The History of the Formation of the Old Testament, Peter Ackroyd, trans. (NY: Harper and Row, 1966), pg 626; Nickelsburg, pg 278.], but we ought to draw our own conclusions. What we have is a series of seven visions, primarily conversations with an angel, which are granted to Salathiel or Ezra in response to his prayers. His prayers, however, are more of a complaint than a petition and his dialogue with the angel more of a disputation than the anticipated setting in which a prophet reverently receives instruction from a heavenly messenger. The spirit of the whole thing is rather strange.
The text referring to the lost tribes comes in an explanation of a night dream in which Ezra sees the figure of a man coming forth out the heart of a storm-tossed sea. The man then flies with the clouds of heaven; all that he looks upon trembles, and when he speaks all that hear his voice are consumed with fire. From the four quarters of the earth a multitude of men gather to wage war against him. He then carves for himself a great mountain and flies upon it. From his mountain he annihilates the hostile host with a stream of fire and tempest which proceed from his mouth. The man then descends the mountain and summons to his side all who have not attempted to oppose him. (4 Ezra 13:1-13.)
The interpretation of the dream says that the man from the sea is the Messiah, his enemies are the nations of the world, and the graven rock is the heavenly Jerusalem which has come down to earth. The annihilation of the hostile forces is effected by the fire of the Law, meaning the Law of Moses. Then the Messiah gathers the ten tribes out of alien lands, joins them with those who are already in Palestine, and establishes his millennial kingdom of peace and glory. (4 Ezra 13:21-29.) Our oft-quoted passage reads as follows:
These are the ten tribes which were led away from their own land into captivity in the days of King Hoshea, whom Shalmaneser the king of the Assyrians led captive; he took them across the river, and they were taken unto another land. But they formed this plan for themselves, that they would leave the multitude of the nations and go to a more distant region, where mankind had never lived, and there at least they might keep their statutes which they had not kept in their own land. And they went in by the narrow passages of the Euphrates River. For at that time the Most High performed signs for them, and stopped the channels of the river until they had passed over. Through that region there was a long way to go, a journey of a and a half; and that country is called Arzareth [Hebr for “another land.”]
Then they dwelt there until the last times; and now, when they are about to come again, the Most High will stop the channels of the river again, so that they may be able to pass over. Therefore you saw the multitude gathered together in peace. But those who are left of your people, who are found within my holy borders, shall be saved. Therefore when he destroys the multitude of the nations that are gathered together, he will defend the people who remain. And then he will show them very many wonders. (4 Ezra 13:40-49.)
There are, for the Latter-day Saint, some serious theological difficulties with the account of the millennial era as described in the book of Ezra. Chief among them is the announcement that the Messiah, having ruled for four hundred years, will then die (7:28-29). Another is the announcement that those who are gathered in the last days will be those to whom the Lord will have shown no signs and who “have seen no prophets” (1:36-37). Yet signs of the time are given, including “menstruous women” who “shall bring forth monsters” (5:8), “women with child” who “shall give birth to premature children at three or four months, and these shall live and dance” (6:21-22). We are also told that children born of older women will not grow to the same stature as those born of younger women, and that those of the last days will not be as large as those of earlier ages (5:53-55).
Other matters which should at least raise an eyebrow include the declaration that our sovereign Lord created the earth “without help” (3:4), that Adam was a man “burdened with an evil heart” (3:21), that “it would have been better if the earth had not produced Adam, or else, when it had produced him, had restrained him from sinning” (7:116-117), and that God does “not grieve over the multitude of those who perish … for they are set on fire and burn hotly, and are extinguished” (7:61).
This is a sampling of the doctrines taught in this book; I submit that it is not a good source. It could be argued that the passage referring to the ten tribes is good while the rest of the book is bad, and perhaps this is so. If we are to maintain that the ten tribes passage is as a pearl found in a coal pit, it stands sorely in need of verification from a source known to be genuine, but what it cannot be is the foundation upon which the rest of our reasoning is based.
Indeed, we have no scriptural text that tells us that the ten tribes are located somewhere as a body. While it is true that Christ visited them in a group or groups in the meridian of time (see 3 Ne 17:4), it takes a two thousand year leap to suppose that they have remained so today. The Nephites were also in a group with prophets at their head, but no one would argue that they have retained their identity to this day. Doctrine & Covenants Section 133 speaks of a future day when the tribes of Israel will return under the direction of their prophets to receive blessings at the hands of Ephraim (D&C 133:25-32). This revelation does not, however, say that they are presently in that state. We can read it into the passage, but we do so without scriptural justification. Nor does this contradict Nephi’s prophecy that we will some day have the records of the lost tribes. Nephi did not say that they would bring them to us, only that we would have them. He also said that we would have the words of the Nephites, the Jews, and others, but he did not say that the Nephites or the Jews would bring them to us (2 Ne 29:12-14).
It should also be noted that in spite of the tact that it has been a popular part of Mormon tradition to argue that the ten tribes are off somewhere together, the idea presents critical theological difficulties and raises a number of serious questions. How could the apostasy have been universal and not affect those of the lost tribes? And if there was no apostasy among them, why the need for a restoration? Why restore priesthood and keys that have not been lost? Why give Joseph Smith the presidency and responsibility for events over which he has no control? And what is wrong with the priesthood authority of these prophets and their tribes that they have never sought to share its blessings with others? Is The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints the “only true and living Church upon the earth,” as the Lord declared (D&C 1:30), or are there other true but hidden churches?
The Scriptures and the Story of the Gathering
Well, you might ask, if you are going to be so fussy about what the scriptures don’t say, then, pray tell, what do they say? They say a good deal, they say it repetitiously, and they say it with consider-able plainness. Let us proceed in a question and answer form.
Question: What is the covenant that God made with Abraham?
God said to Abraham, “I have purposed to take thee away out of Haran, and to make of thee a minister to bear my name in a strange land which I will give unto thy seed after thee for an everlasting possession, when they hearken to my voice” (Abr 2:6). The covenant, then, was that Abraham would be a missionary, that he would go into the land of Canaan and teach and testify that Jehovah was the only true and living God. In return God promised to give that land to Abraham and his posterity as an “everlasting possession,” that is, it was to be the place of their abode both in this life and the next if and “when” they hearkened to his voice. Obviously, none of Abraham’s seed could lay claim to such an inheritance in disobedience or rebellion.
Further, God promised Abraham that he would make of him a great nation, that he would bless him above measure, that his name would be great among all nations, and that he would be a blessing unto his seed. Of Abraham’s seed the Lord said, “They shall bear this ministry.” They, like Abraham, must be missionaries, bearing the name of the Lord Jehovah in strange lands. Abraham was promised that they would bear the Priesthood among all nations; at the hands of his seed all families of the earth were to be blessed “with the blessings of the Gospel, which are the blessings of salvation, even of life eternal.” (Abr 2:10, 11.)
It was a spiritual covenant that God made with Abraham, a covenant centering in obedience, missionary work, the gospel of salvation, and the promise of eternal life. The great issue was not where Abraham lived, but how he lived. A land of inheritance is simply an earthly token, a reminder of the eternal rewards awaiting those who honor their covenants. It is appropriate that if Abraham or his seed break those covenants, the token–the land promised them–would be taken from them. When they return to the living of those covenants, then and Only then should they be returned to that land that symbolizes their obedience.
That this principle might be written upon the hearts of Abraham’s seed, God commanded that the day Israel crossed the Jordan to enter the land the Lord their God had given them, they were to proceed to the vale between Ebal and Gerizim. There the tribes were to be divided, six tribes to stand upon Mount Ebal facing those on Gerizim and six tribes to stand on Mount Gerizim facing those standing on Mount Ebal. The priests in the vale between the two mounts then read the blessings promised in the law. Thus Israel covenanted to receive the blessings of obedience or the cursing of disobedience with a marvelous shout of “Amen!” (Deut 27-28; Joshua 8:30-35.) Among the curses for disobedience accepted by covenant that day was that the Lord would scatter them, all of Israel, “among all people, from the one end of the earth even unto the other,” and that in their scattered state they would worship false god and know no peace. (Deut 28:64-68; cf. Levit 26:33.)
Question: Why was Israel scattered?
Israel was scattered because she broke her covenants. “Her young men visited the temple prostitutes of Ashtoreth, and her young women defiled themselves as harlots with the heathen. Her priests sacrificed on the altars of Baal, and Solomon himself built an altar to Molech whereon Ahaz and others sacrificed children.” [Bruce R. McConkie, The Millennial Messiah (SLC: Deseret Book, 1982), pg 186.] She forsook “the fountains of living waters, and hewed … out cisterns, broken cisterns, that can hold no water” (Jere 2:13). That is, she formed false churches and ceased to be a peculiar people and a kingdom of priests. Rabbis replaced prophets, traditions replaced scripture, and ritual replaced righteousness. When she became as the world, the Lord allowed her to suffer and live as the world. Since the knowledge of God can be had only in righteousness, she lost that knowledge and the understanding of the covenant that God had made with her.
There can be no understanding of the gathering without an understanding of the scattering. If we suppose that the tribes of Israel were scattered for not tending their gardens or for failure to support their local government, then we can suppose that they will be gathered for such reasons. We could then suppose that God would restore them to their ancient land that they might beautify it, eat more nutritional meals, and enjoy the protection of the law. But if we understand, as scores of passages attest, that they were scattered because they rejected the Holy One of Israel and broke the everlasting covenant, then we understand that they can be gathered only when they make that covenant anew and return to the God and the faith of their fathers.
Question: Now that Israel has been scattered, do we have any scriptural clues as to the whereabouts of the lost tribes?
Clues, no. Plain statements, yes. On this matter we have the united testimony of the Standard Works. Enoch in the prophetic description of the last days spoke of “righteousness and truth” sweeping the four quarters of the earth “as with a flood,” to gather out the “elect” and bring them to the New Jerusalem (Moses 7:62). In the biblical statements we begin with Moses, the first prophet to prophesy to the nation of Israel. Moses, as we have already seen, prophesied that all the tribes of Israel would be scattered to the ends of the earth should they break that covenant that entitled them to a promised inheritance in the land of Palestine. Yet, he also prophesied of a day of gathering and restoration, the responsibility for which he placed upon the shoulders of the tribe of Joseph, or more specifically, Ephraim and Manasseh. Like the horns of unicorns, he said, they would gather the people from the ends of the earth (Deut 33:17; 30:3). In the New Testament, Christ spoke of gathering the “elect from the four winds” (Matt 24:31) and James addressed his epistle “to the twelve tribes which are scattered abroad” (Jas 1:1).
Describing this day of restoration, Isaiah said that the Lord would “assemble the outcasts of Israel, and gather together the dispersed of Judah from the four corners of the earth” (Isa 11:12). To Ezekiel the Lord said, “I will even gather you from the people, and assemble you out of the countries where you have been scattered” (Ezek 11:17). Again he said: “I will bring them out from the people, and gather them from the countries” (Ezek 34:13). And still again he said, “I will take the children of Israel from among the heathen, whither they be gone, and will gather them on every side” (Ezek 37:21.)
Mormon, in like manner, taught: “I write unto all the ends of the earth; yea, unto you, twelve tribes of Israel” (Morm 3:18). In fact, the Book of Mormon tells us that the Three Nephites “shall minister unto all the scattered tribes of Israel, and unto all nations, kindreds, tongues, and people, and shall bring out of them unto Jesus many souls” (3 Ne 28:29). With specific reference to the lost tribes rather than all the house of Israel, Nephi said they had been “scattered upon all the face of the earth, and also among all nations” (1 Ne 22:3, 4, 5). The dispersion of all the tribes of Israel is taught with unquestioned authority in 3 Nephi. Consider, for instance, these words:
Yea, and surely shall he again bring a remnant of the seed of Joseph to the knowledge of the Lord their God.
And as surely as the Lord liveth, will he gather in from the four quarters of the earth all the remnant of the seed of Jacob, who are scattered abroad upon all the face of the earth.
And as he hath covenanted with all the house of Jacob, even so shall the covenant wherewith he hath covenanted with the house of Jacob be fulfilled in his own due time, unto the restoring all the house of Jacob unto the knowledge of the covenant that he hath covenanted with them.
And then shall they know their Redeemer, who is Jesus Christ, the Son of God; and then shall they be gathered in from the four quarters of the earth unto their own lands, from whence they have been dispersed; yea, as the Lord liveth so shall it be. Amen. (3 Nephi 5:23-26, emphasis added.)
Indeed, we are told that the very purpose of the coming forth of the Book of Mormon was to “gather in, from their long dispersion” the “house of Israel” (3 Ne 21:1), or as Moroni stated it, “the ancient and long dispersed covenant people of the Lord” (Morm 8:15; cf 3 Ne 21:26, 27).
The Lord told Joseph Smith that the Church had been organized that He might gather the “elect from the four quarters of the earth, even as many as will believe in [him], and hearken unto [his] voice” (D&C 33:5-6). Joseph Smith was also told that the sealing of the one hundred and forty-four thousand, twelve thousand out of each tribe, would be high priests, ordained “out of every nation, kindred, tongue, and people” upon the earth (D&C 77:11). As Joseph Smith dedicated the first temple of our dispensation, he prayed that “all the scattered remnants of Israel,” who he said had “been driven to the ends of the earth,” might “come to a knowledge of the truth, believe in the Messiah, and be redeemed” (D&C 109:67). When the Prophet said that John the Revelator was with the ten tribes, he said he was “to prepare them for their return from their long dispersion to again possess the land of their fathers.” [History of the Church, 1:176.]
Question: Does Doctrine and Covenants 133 tell us that when the ten tribes return they will have their scriptural records with them?
No. There is no reference to either the ten tribes or their scriptural records in the Doctrine and Covenants. The text in question appears to have reference to the return of all the tribes of Israel and says that they will bring their “rich treasures” with them. This has been interpreted to mean scriptural records. I would like to suggest that the text means what is says, that the Lord said “rich treasures” because he meant rich treasures. Be it remembered that when Abraham and Sarah returned after their trial in Egypt to that sacred land promised them, they went “rich in cattle, in silver, and in gold,” returning first to Bethel–the house of God–and its altar that they might call upon the name of the Lord (Gen 13:2-4). Similarly, before the children of Israel left Egypt to return to the promised land to rebuild their temple and call upon God, they were directed to borrow from the Egyptians their “jewels of silver, and jewels of gold” (Ex 11:2). When the Jews were freed from their captivity in Babylon to return to Palestine to rebuild the Holy City and its temple, the treasure houses of that great nation were opened to them, and they returned laden with silver and gold (Ezra 7:15-21). Thus, when Israel returns to claim the blessings of the temple in the last days, should they not return with their rich treasures as their fathers did before them?
As he prophetically described the latter-day gathering of Israel to the Nephites, Christ quoted a number of verses from the Book of Micah. I call your attention particularly to Micah’s imagery of returning Israel as a goring bull having horns of iron and hoofs of brass to “beat in pieces many people.” This that their earthly riches might be consecrated to the Lord (3 Ne 20:19; Micah 4:13). The passage, which is clearly millennial, may be the explanation of the statement in Doctrine & Covenants 133 that “their enemies will become a prey unto them” (v 28). The spoils of the earth are then returned to their rightful master.
In the revelation known to us as the Law of the Church, the Lord said: “I will consecrate the riches of those who embrace my gospel among the Gentiles unto the poor of my people who are of the house of Israel” (D&C 42:39). In Nauvoo, Joseph Smith prophesied that if the Saints would turn to the Lord with all their hearts, ten years would not pass before the kings and queens of the earth would come to Zion to pay their respects and that they would bring millions to contribute to the relief of the poor, and to the building up and beautifying of Zion. [Teachings of the Prophet Joseph Smith, pg 277.]
Question: Are there scriptural keys that help in interpreting the description of the returning tribes of Israel from the north countries in D&C 133, specifically, of such things as their smiting the rocks, the ice flowing down at their presence, a highway being cast up in the midst of the great deep, the barren deserts bringing forth pools of living water, and the parched ground becoming a thirsty land? (D&C 133:26-27, 29.)
Section 133 weaves together scores and scores of phrases from the Old Testament prophecies. In some instances it announces their fulfillment, in others it provides additional prophecy that will surround their eventual fulfillment. The language in question here comes primarily from Isaiah chapter 35. In fact, these verses from the Doctrine & Covenants and the Isaiah chapter need to be studied together because they clarify each other. For instance, Isaiah tells us that the highway that is to be cast up is the “way of holiness,” that the “unclean shall not pass over it,” but that the “redeemed,” or the “ransomed of the Lord,” shall walk there (Isa 35:8-10). It ought also be noted that whereas the King James Bible records Isaiah saying “an highway shall be there, and a way,” the Joseph Smith Translation [JST] reads, “an highway shall be there, a way shall be cast up” (v 8). As to the quenching of the thirsty land and the springs of water that are to come forth, the Doctrine & Covenants tells us that the water that breaks forth is “living water,” or as the Savior said, “a well of water springing up into everlasting life” (Jn 4:14).
The major theme of both ancient and modern scripture is that no power or force can stay these events. As it was with ancient Israel, so it will be with Israel of the last days. “Behold, I say unto you,” the Lord said through the Prophet Joseph Smith, “the redemption of Zion must needs come by power; therefore, I will raise up unto my people a man, who shall lead them like as Moses led the children of Israel. For ye are the children of Israel, and of the seed of Abraham, and ye must needs be led out of bondage by power, and with a stretched-out arm. And as your fathers were led at the first, even so shall the redemption of Zion be” (D&C 103:17-18). Thus, if the ancient Moses could smite a rock and bring forth water, the modern Moses must be able to do the same. Isaiah tells us that “there shall be an highway for the remnant of his people … like as it was to Israel in the day that he came up out of the land of Egypt” (Isa 11:16). Isaiah refers to a power that removes all obstacles, not to a four-lane Interstate. “Prepare ye the way of the people,” he wrote, “cast up, cast up the highway; gather out the stones; lift up a standard for the people” (Isa 62:10). The image is not one of transits, shovels, and flags, but rather of a proclamation to the ends of the earth that the ancient covenant has been restored and that by his power the Lord will redeem his people. (Isa 62:11-12.)
The announcement that ice shall flow down at the presence of the returning tribes of Israel is one instance in which we are without scriptural help to guide our interpretation. Here we can only speculate. “Presumably, when our sphere becomes a new earth; when every valley is exalted and every mountain is made low; when the islands become one land, and the great deep is driven back into the north countries–when all these and other changes occur, then there will also be changes in climate, and the ice masses of the polar areas will no longer be as they now are.” [Bruce R. McConkie, The Millennial Messiah, pg 326-27.]
Question: How then are we to understand the statement in D&C 133 that prophets among the returning tribes will lead them?
Certainly when the time comes that the tribes of Israel return from the north countries, or for that matter from any other place, they will come with their prophets leading them. The Lord’s people always have been and always will be led by prophets. The issue here is the possibility of prophets serving independently of the Priesthood and Keys restored to Joseph Smith. If we are to accept the standard established in the Doctrine & Covenants we must maintain that none have the right to act in the name of the Lord (and surely that would include leading the tribes of Israel) save they have been “ordained by some one who has authority, and it is known to the church that he has authority and has been regularly ordained by the heads of the church” (D&C 42:11). The Doctrine & Covenants accepts none as prophets save those who have bene called, ordained, and received the sustaining vote of the Church. The Lord’s house is and always has been a house of order. Is it not wholly harmonious with the revelations and all we know about the Lord’s system of governing his people to suppose that these prophets will be elders of Israel who trace their priesthood to Joseph Smith and Oliver Cowdery and through them to Peter, James, and John as do the rest of us?
Question: What about Joseph Smith’s statement that John the Revelator was with the ten tribes preparing them for their return? Doesn’t this indicate that they are together in a body?
In the minutes of a conference of the Church held in June 1831, John Whitmer recorded as follows: “The Spirit of the Lord fell upon Joseph in an unusual manner, and he prophesied that John the Revelator was then among the Ten Tribes of Israel who had bene led away by Shalmaneser, king of Assyria, to prepare them for their return from their long dispersion, to again possess the land of their fathers.” [History of the Church 1:176.] Far from saying they were in a body the Prophet spoke of “their long dispersion.” Again if we are going to be true to the scriptures it can be no other way. Be it remembered, and it is recorded in the book of Revelation, that the Lord told John that he “must prophesy again before many peoples, and nations, and tongues, and kings” (Rev 10:11). In a revealed explanation of this prophesy the Lord told Joseph Smith “that it was a mission, and an ordinance for [John] to gather the tribes of Israel” (D&C 77:14). The Book of Mormon tells us that John’s fellow laborers, the Three Nephites, were told that they would labor among every nation, kindred, tongue, and people to gather scattered Israel. The record also states that they would labor among the Gentiles and that the Gentiles would not know them (3 Ne 28:27-29). That, it appears, is the pattern for John’s ministry also.
Question: Why is it that our revelations speak of the gathering of Israel and the return of the ten tribes as two separate events?
Moses conferred upon the heads of Joseph Smith and Oliver Cowdery “the keys of the gathering of Israel from the four parts of the earth, and the leading of the ten tribes from the land of the north” (D&C 110:11). In the Tenth Article of Faith, the Prophet wrote: “We believe in the literal gathering of Israel and in the restoration of the Ten Tribes.” It seems obvious that two separate events are being described. The question is, if the literal gathering of Israel embraces all twelve tribes, why then the seemingly redundant statement that the ten tribes will also be returned to their ancient lands?
The gathering comes in response to the scattering. We can quite properly consider the scattering as consisting of two parts: the leading of the ten tribes into the north countries and the dispersing of the twelve tribes among all the nations of the earth. Thus, as the scattering can be divided into two major parts, so it must be with the gathering. If there is to be a restoration of all things, the gathering of the twelve tribes must be as literal as their scattering; the ten tribes must return from the north countries. Thus, after the remnants of the ten tribes have been gathered through the waters of baptism some representative number of them will return to their ancient lands of inheritance.
Again, nothing short of this answers the promise of a restoration of all things. Of singular importance here is the fact that both events are to take place under the direction of the President of The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints.
Question: If we were to capsulize the message of the Book of Mormon relative to the gathering of Israel in a single sentence, what would it be?
The message of the Book of Mormon is that Israel was scattered for rejecting Christ and will be gathered only by accepting him. [See 1 Ne 15-19; 2 Ne 6, 10, 25, 29, 30, 33; 3 Ne 20-22; Ether 13.]
Question: Does this mean that any gathering that does not center in the acceptance of Christ as he is testified of in the Book of Mormon does not fulfill the prophecies relative to the gathering of Israel?
Yes. Events undoubtedly have and will take place that are preparatory, as the Reformation was to the Restoration. But as what took place in the Reformation did not fulfill the prophecies relative to the Restoration, so any gathering or attempted restoration of Israel that does not center in the acceptance of Christ fails to fulfill the prophecy of the scriptures.
Question: Is the gathering of Israel primarily a pre-millennial or a post- millennial event?
The coming forth of the Book of Mormon is given as a prophetic sign to identify the time when the gathering of Israel will being (3 Ne 21:1). However, in a fuller sense the Book of Mormon states that after the church has been established, after people have gathered to the New Jerusalem, after the power of heaven has come down among them, then the work of the Father in gathering Israel will commence. The Book of Mormon further states that this work will center in teaching the gospel to “all the dispersed,” including the tribes that were lost. (3 Ne 21:22-29.)
In Ether 13 we are told that after the remnant of Joseph commence the building up of a holy city like unto the Jerusalem of old there shall be a new heaven and a new earth; and they shall be like unto the old save the old have passed away, and all things have become new. And then cometh the New Jerusalem; and blessed are they who dwell therein, for it is they whose garments are white through the blood of the Lamb; and they are they who are numbered among the remnant of the seed of Joseph, who were of the house of Israel. And then also cometh the Jerusalem of old; and the inhabitants thereof, blessed are they for they have been washed in the blood of the Lamb; and they are they who were scattered and gathered in from the four quarters of the earth, and from the north countries, and are partakers of the fulfilling of the covenant which God made with their father, Abraham. (Ether 13:8-12.)
In short, the gathering is primarily a millennial event. That is not to say that great numbers will not embrace the gospel of Abraham before that glorious day, but rather that the extent to which Israel will be gathered in the millennial era will so far surpass what will have taken place before that day that in comparison the pre-millennial gathering will hardly be considered a beginning.
Question: Do the Book of Mormon and the Doctrine & Covenants give Latter-day Saints a different perspective of the gathering than that held by the Bible-believing world?
The perspective is as different as the infant child is from the fully mature adult it will yet become. For instance, were it not for the Book of Mormon and the revelations of Joseph Smith we would not know:
1. That the resurrected Christ visited the lost tribes (3 Ne 16:1- 3).
2. That the lost tribes kept scriptural records of their own which someday we will be privileged to read (2 Ne 29:12-14).
3. That Isaiah’s prophecy relative to Zion putting on her strength and her beautiful garments referred to the restoration of the priesthood and his prophecy of her loosing the bands off her neck referred to the receiving of revelation in the great day of restoration (D&C 113:7-10).
4. That is was necessary for Moses to return and restore “the keys of the gathering of Israel from the four parts of the earth, and the leading of the ten tribes from the land of the north” (D&C 110:11).
5. That both John the Revelator and the Three Nephites would join us as translated beings in our efforts to gather Israel (D&C 77:14; 3 Ne 28:28-29).
6. That there are “lands” of promise, including the Americas, rather than just the land of the Bible, to which Israel will be gathered (1 Ne 22:12; 2 Ne 6:11; 9:2; 10:7-8).
7. That the Jerusalem of the Old World is to be restored and a New Jerusalem is to be built upon the American continent (3 Ne 20:22; Ether 13:3-13).
8. That the fulness of the gospel as restored through Joseph Smith is “the covenant” which God “sent forth to recover [his] people, which are of the house of Israel” (D&C 39:11; 3 Ne 6:11).
9. That the gathering centers, as Jacob said, in scattered Israel being “restored to the true church and fold of God” (2 Ne 9:2). “If they [meaning the Jews] will repent, and hearken unto my words,” the Lord said, “and harden not their hearts, I will establish my church among them, and they shall come in unto the covenant and be numbered among this remnant of Jacob,” unto whom is given a land of inheritance (3 Ne 21:22).
10. That the gathering centers in accepting Christ as the Book of Mormon bears witness of him (3 Ne 21:1-11).
These are but illustrations and the list could go on; the point, however, is that we have an entirely different view of what is and of what must take place than do those who do not have living prophets and modern revelation. It is also significant that the events prophesied in the Book of Mormon and the Doctrine & Covenants conform perfectly with the promises or covenant God made with Abraham, promises that centered in his seed having the priesthood and the gospel of salvation.

 

 

 

Appendix C: Highlights on The Book of Revelation & The Last Days  from Institute New Testament Manual

 

 

 

 

 

 

This is a condensed version of the Church’s New Testament Institute manual chapters dealing with the book of Revelation, the scripture references there from, with little to no commentary with those references.
Most of the wording here is from that manual also. This also shows passages from other books of scripture that go along with the passages from Revelation from the manual.

-John wrote about the things he had seen—the vision of Jesus Christ (see Revelation 1), “the things which are” (conditions in the Church of his day; seeRevelation 2–3), and “the things which shall be hereafter” (see Revelation 4–22)
– promises to faithful Saints who overcome evil (see Revelation 2–3)
-premortal war in heaven (see Revelation 12:7–11)
-Nephi wrote of the first coming of Christ and some of the events of the last days, and John wrote of Christ’s Second Coming, the Millennium, and the completion of God’s work on the earth. Other prophets have also seen similar events in vision (seeEther 3:25–28; Moses 7:59–67).
-The Joseph Smith Translation changes Revelation 1:1 to clarify that the book was indeed a revelation given to John by the Savior, Jesus Christ: “The Revelation of John, a servant of God, which was given unto him of Jesus Christ” (in the Bible appendix).
-The book of Revelation contains several “blessed is” statements (see Revelation 1:3; 14:13; 16:15; 19:9; 20:6;22:7, 14). These are similar to the Beatitudes found inMatthew 5:3–11. The progression of actions described in Revelation 1:3—read, hear, and keep—shows that besides reading or hearing the book of Revelation (or any other book of scripture), we must also “keep those things which are written therein.” By doing all of these things, we receive the promised blessings. The Joseph Smith Translation of verse 3 adds the word understandto this sequence, showing the importance of understanding the teachings of this book (see the Bible appendix).
–Revelation 1:5–6. “Kings and Priests unto God” we can become. See also Exodus 19:5–6; 1 Peter 2:9.
–“washed us from our sins in his own blood” (Revelation 1:5): “The blood of Christ alone cleanseth repentant souls from sin. ‘No unclean thing can enter’ into the kingdom of God, are the words of Christ, the first begotten from the dead; and none shall gain an inheritance there, ‘save it be those who have washed their garments in my blood, because of their faith, and the repentance of all their sins, and their faithfulness unto the end.’ (3 Ne. 27:19.)”
-heirs of God and joint heirs with Jesus Christ [seeRomans 8:14–17]
–Revelation 1:5–7. Jesus Christ Will Come “with Ten Thousands of His Saints”
–The message of Joseph Smith Translation, Revelation 1:5–7conveys comfort and hope. These verses describe the Savior’s Second Coming: “Therefore, I, John, the faithful witness bear record of the things which were delivered me of the angel, and from Jesus Christ, the first begotten of the dead, and the Prince of the kings of the earth. For behold, he cometh in the clouds with ten thousands of his saints in the kingdom, clothed with the glory of his Father. And every eye shall see him; and they who pierced him, and all kindreds of the earth shall wail because of him. Even so, Amen” (in the Bible appendix). These teachings help us understand that the many faithful Saints who died at the hands of persecutors did not die in vain and will be rewarded for their righteousness (see 1 Thessalonians 4:16–17; D&C 88:96–98; 101:15).
–In John’s vision, he saw Jesus Christ “in the midst of the seven candlesticks,” showing symbolically that He was with or among the seven ancient churches (Revelation 1:13). During His mortal ministry, Jesus promised, “Where two or three are gathered together in my name, there am I in the midst of them” (Matthew 18:20). The assurance that Jesus Christ is with His Saints and watches over them is also found in modern scripture, such as in Doctrine and Covenants 38:7: “Verily, verily, I say unto you that mine eyes are upon you. I am in your midst and ye cannot see me.”
-The Nicolaitans were “an Antinomian sect in Asia Minor that claimed license for sensual sin” (Bible Dictionary,“Nicolaitans”). Chastising other Saints for holding to the doctrine of the Nicolaitans (see Revelation 2:6, 15).
-After the Fall they were separated from the tree of life (seeGenesis 3:22–24)
– “To him that overcometh will I give to eat of the tree of life, which is in the midst of the paradise of God” (Revelation 2:7; see also 1 Nephi 8:10–12; Alma 5:34; 32:39–42).
-Nephi also saw the tree of life (see 1 Nephi 11:8–9, 21–23). To read more about partaking of the tree of life, see Revelation 22:2
-If they were “faithful unto death,” He would give them “a crown of life” (Revelation 2:10).
–Revelation 2:11 teaches that the faithful “shall not be hurt of the second death.” The wicked, however, “shall have their part in the lake which burneth with fire and brimstone: which is the second death” (Revelation 21:8).
-Through the Atonement of Jesus Christ, all of God’s children will overcome this initial spiritual death and be brought back to God’s presence to be judged (see Helaman 14:16–17)
– A second spiritual death will be pronounced at the Day of Judgment upon those who refuse to repent of their sins and who willfully rebel against the light and truth of the gospel, as Satan did (see D&C 29:44–45; Guide to the Scriptures, “Death, Spiritual”; scriptures.lds.org). They will be forever separated from God and will be sons of perdition (see D&C 76:30–37, 44).
–Revelation 2:14. “The Doctrine of Balaam” Balaam was an Old Testament prophet, whose actions are recorded in Numbers 22–24; 31:16. He appeared at first to be true to the Lord and His people, repeatedly refusing Balak’s request to curse Israel. Nevertheless, Balaam eventually succumbed to Balak’s offer of riches and taught Balak how to cause the army of Israel to weaken themselves through sexual sin and idolatry (see Numbers 25:1–5; 31:13–16). The plan included having Moabite women seduce the men of Israel and persuade them to offer sacrifices to heathen gods, thus destroying them spiritually.
-The Lord provided life-sustaining manna for the children of Israel to eat during their 40-year sojourn in the wilderness (see Exodus 16:15, 35). Just as the manna sustained physical life, Jesus Christ is the “bread of life” that sustains spiritual life (John 6:35, 48). The “hidden manna” mentioned in Revelation 2:17 refers to Jesus Christ. Jesus is “hidden” from the wicked. But, as He taught in John 6, those who symbolically partake of His flesh will receive everlasting life (see John 6:47–58).
Revelation 2:17 states this instruction to the churches: “To him that overcometh will I give to eat of the hidden manna, and will give him a white stone, and in the stone a new name.” For revealed insight into the meaning of the white stone, see Doctrine and Covenants 130:8–11.
–Revelation 2:28. “I Will Give Him the Morning Star”
“The morning star” is a symbol of Jesus Christ (Revelation 2:28; 22:16). The promise of “the morning star” is given to him “that overcometh, and keepeth my works unto the end” (Revelation 2:26). It may be the promise of the Second Comforter
–Revelation 3:7. “The Key of David”
Revelation 3:7 contains a quotation from the prophet Isaiah: “And the key of the house of David will I lay upon his shoulder; so he shall open, and none shall shut; and he shall shut, and none shall open” (Isaiah 22:22). Isaiah was speaking about one of King David’s chief ministers, Eliakim, who was given the keys to open locked doors of the holy temple. These keys can be seen as a symbol of power and governing authority. In Revelation 3:7, Jesus referred to Himself as the one who holds “the key of David,” meaning that He holds the key to the heavenly temple and ultimately to life in the presence of God.
–Revelation 3:12. “I Will Write upon Him the Name of My God”
The Lord declared that He will write “the name of my God” upon those who overcome. See also Revelation 14:1–5 and for Revelation 22:4.
–Revelation 3:15–16. “I Would Thou Wert Cold or Hot”
Hot springs at Hierapolis, a short distance north of Laodicea, sent steaming waters into the streams that flowed southward. Those waters were still lukewarm when they reached Laodicea (see Revelation 3:15–16). Jesus Christ, who is “the faithful and true witness” (Revelation 3:14), described Church members in Laodicea as lukewarm. Lukewarm Saints can be described as “not valiant in the testimony of Jesus” (D&C 76:79).
–Revelation 3:21. “To Sit with Me in My Throne”
– “I know thy works” (Revelation 2:2, 9, 13, 19; 3:1, 8, 15)
-the blessings promised to those who overcome (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26–28; 3:5, 12, 21; 21:7).
-John also recorded that prior to Christ’s Second Coming, two prophets would be slain in Jerusalem and then resurrected after three and a half days. Doctrine and Covenants 77 records the Lord’s answers to 15 key questions that help unlock some of the symbolism inchapters 4–11 of Revelation.
-overview of John’s visions in Revelation 4–22 and explained some of their basic meanings:
“The basic structure of the vision is chronological. After seeing the Father and the Son in heaven (Rev. 4–5), the vision of the history and destiny of the world begin to unfold for John. He sees the first five seals (or first five thousand years of history) in rapid-fire, in encapsulated form. Then he sees the opening of the sixth seal, which includes the restoration of the gospel. (See Rev. 6:12–7:17.)
“After that, John sees the seventh period of a thousand years, with great judgments poured out upon the earth, including Armageddon (see Rev. 8–9, 11, 16), which eventually lead to the utter overthrow of Babylon (see17–18) and make way for the second coming of him who is King of kings and Lord of lords (see 19). Immediately following that, John sees Satan bound and Christ reigning for a thousand years (see 20:1–6), a last great battle between the forces of righteousness and evil (see 20:7–10), and the final judgment (see 20:11–15). Finally, a new heaven and a new earth are brought forth. (See 21:1–22:5.)”
–Revelation 4:4. “Four and Twenty Elders Sitting”
In Revelation 4, John saw a vision of God the Father sitting on His heavenly throne, with 24 elders surrounding the throne. Modern scripture explains that these 24 elders were “elders who had been faithful in the work of the ministry and were dead; who belonged to the seven churches, and were then in the paradise of God” (D&C 77:5). This vision confirms the promises made to those who overcome evil as recorded inRevelation 2–3.
–Revelation 4:5. “Seven Lamps of Fire Burning before the Throne”
The Joseph Smith Translation of Revelation 4:5 clarifies that the “seven lamps” are “the sevenservants of God” (in Revelation 4:5, footnote a).
Revelation 4:6. “Sea of Glass”
The “sea of glass” mentioned in Revelation 4:6represents “the earth, in its sanctified, immortal, and eternal state” (D&C 77:1; see also D&C 130:6–9).
–Revelation 4:6–9. “Four Beasts”
In John’s vision of the heavenly throne, he saw four beasts praising God. These four winged creatures described in Revelation 4:6–8 are similar to the heavenly beings described in Isaiah 6:1–3 andEzekiel 1:5–14. Latter-day revelation explains the meaning of these beasts, as recorded in Doctrine and Covenants 77:2–4. (they were individual creatures representing classes of creatures)
-One of the truths taught inRevelation 4 is that exalted beings will continue to worship Heavenly Father in the eternities to come; He will always be our God (see D&C 76:21, 92–93)
– “a book written within on the backside, sealed with seven seals” (Revelation 5:1). Doctrine and Covenants 77:6–7“The first seal contains the things of the first thousand years, and the second also of the second thousand years, and so on until the seventh”
–Revelation 5:5. Lion of Judah and Root of David: the Savior was born through the lineage of Judah (see Genesis 49:8–10; Matthew 1:3; Hebrews 7:14).  sacrificial “Lamb” mentioned in verse 6.  Jesus was a descendant of King David (see Matthew 1:1; Mark 10:47; Luke 1:32; John 7:42). “I am the root and the offspring of David” (Revelation 22:16).Christ is the life giving root  (seeJohn 15:1–8; see also Isaiah 11:1; 53:2).
-Lamb of God slain Rev. 5:6-14. images of Christ’s sacrificial death by crucifixion (see Isaiah 53:7;1 Peter 1:18–19; Revelation 13:8).  The book of Revelation refers to Christ as a lamb nearly 30 times.
–Revelation 5:6. “Seven Horns and Seven Eyes”. horns are often a symbol of power (see 1 Samuel 2:10; Psalm 75:10). Eyes often symbolize light and knowledge (see D&C 77:4). The Joseph Smith Translation of Revelation 5:6 indicates that the Lamb had “twelvehorns and twelve eyes, which are the twelve servantsof God” (in Revelation 5:6, footnote b).
-Rev. 6:3-4 the 2nd seal: included the Great Flood during the days of Noah (see Genesis 6–11; Moses 7:24–43; 8:1–30)
-Rev. 6:5-6 the 3rd seal: famines are characteristic of this time period (see Genesis 41–42; Abraham 1:30; 2:1, 17, 21).
–“white robes,” symbolic of purity (see Revelation 7:13–14;3 Nephi 27:19).
-Rev. 6:12-17 the 6th seal: Similar signs of the times are recorded elsewhere in scripture (see Joel 2:10, 30–31; Haggai 2:6–7; D&C 29:14; 43:25; 88:87–91).
– the angels mentioned in Revelation 7:1–2 (see D&C 77:8–9; (it’s the Elias come to gather the tribes; he also has power to destroy) see also D&C 38:12). (he gathers tares to burn them)
-seal of God on forehead: (Revelation 7:3; see also Revelation 9:4; 14:1). “Seal” is the same term used earlier in the New Testament to describe faithful, baptized Saints who had received the Holy Spirit of Promise (see 2 Corinthians 1:22; Ephesians 1:13; 4:30). Bearing this seal protects the faithful from divine judgments upon the wicked (seeRevelation 9:4; 16:2). much like the lamb’s blood that ancient Israelites in Egypt placed on their door frames to protect them from the destroying angel (see Exodus 12:13).
-D&C 77:11 The 144000 bring everyone they can to the Church of the Firstborn.
-who live righteously and receive the ordinances of exaltation will become members of the Lord’s heavenly Church—the Church of the Firstborn (seeD&C 93:20–22).
–Revelation 7:9, 13–14. “What Are These … in White Robes?” the righteous with palm branches in their hands recalls the Savior’s triumphal entry into Jerusalem (see Matthew 21:1–9; John 12:12–15).  Palm branches can symbolize victory and joy (see D&C 109:76). image of robes washed and made “white in the blood of the Lamb” (Revelation 7:14) refers to our being purified through the Atonement of Jesus Christ (see Alma 5:21; 13:11–12; 3 Nephi 27:19).
-John beheld a short period of silence when the seventh seal was opened—a time when the angels of heaven are awaiting the command to execute the Lord’s justice (see Revelation 8:1; D&C 38:11–12; 88:95). Zephaniah described a similar period of silence that preceded the ancient destruction of Judah (see Zephaniah 1:7–18). The Lord’s judgment and intervention are described as times when the Lord does not keep silent (seePsalms 50:3–4; Isaiah 65:6).
-D&C 77:12 the 7th seal is the beginning of the 7th thousand years.
-seventh seal may be seen as preparing for the completion of God’s work on earth (see D&C 77:12). These destructions are described in Revelation 8:6–9:21; 11:1–19.
-Seventh angel
(Revelation 11:15–19) Those who destroy (corrupt, waste, pervert) the earth are destroyed.
‘And the Lord shall be king over all the earth: in that day shall there be one Lord, and his name one.’ (Zech. 14:9.) In that day he shall make ‘a full end of all nations’ (D. & C. 87:6), as he said: ‘I will be your ruler when I come’ (D. & C. 41:4); and, ‘Ye shall have no laws but my laws when I come, for I am your lawgiver.’ (D. & C. 38:22.)
-When the third angel sounded the trumpet, “there fell a great star from heaven, burning as it were a lamp”; John identified this star as “Wormwood” (Revelation 8:11).
-the woes that would befall mankind before the Second Coming (Rev. 6:9–17;7; 8:1–13) the Lord by an angelic ministrant promised three more woes, which were to attend and usher in the reign of the Great King. (Rev. 8:13.) The first of these was the unbelievably destructive series of wars leading up to the final great holocaust. (Rev. 9:1–12.) The second was the final great war itself in which one-third of the hosts of men should be slain. (Rev. 9:12–21; 10;11:1–14.)
–Revelation 9:1. A Star Fell from Heaven and “Was Given the Key of the Bottomless Pit”
Satan is depicted as a star fallen from heaven (see also Isaiah 14:12–17; Revelation 12:9. Joseph Smith Translation clarifies that the key was given not to Satan but “to the angel” (in Revelation 9:1, footnote a),
-At the beginning of the Millennium, God will bind Satan and his followers (see Revelation 20:1–3; D&C 43:29–31).
-The smoke in Revelation 9:2–3 is reminiscent of the mists of darkness in Lehi’s vision of the tree of life (see1 Nephi 8:23; 12:17). The smoke may allude to all of Satan’s false philosophies, temptations, deceptions, and attempts in the last days to destroy righteousness upon the earth (see D&C 93:39).
-The descriptions of judgments upon the wicked inRevelation 8 continue in Revelation 9.
-certain calamities preceding the Second Coming would not affect all the earth or its inhabitants, “but only those men which have not the seal of God in their foreheads” (Revelation 9:4). This corresponds with other scriptural promises that in the last days, those who are faithful will ultimately be protected (see1 Nephi 22:17–19; D&C 115:5–6)
-“The Lord has said, ‘If ye are prepared ye shall not fear’ (D&C 38:30).
– ‘Wherefore, stand ye in holy places, and be not moved, until the day of the Lord come’ (D&C 87:8)
– ‘the righteous shall hardly escape’ [see D&C 63:34]
– the just shall live by faith [see Habakkuk 2:4]
– Locusts and scorpions are often associated in the scriptures with torment and destruction (see Exodus 10:14–15; 1 Kings 12:11). Iron, horses, and chariots are images of warfare (see Joshua 17:16; Ezekiel 39:20; Daniel 11:40)
-Rev. 9:16 “two hundred hundred thousand” (200,000,000) men of war will fight in the battle of Armageddon
-Rev. 9:15 in the battle of Armageddon  “the third part of men” will be slain
-A “mighty angel” delivered “a little book” to John, and he “ate it up” (Revelation 10:1–2, 10), symbolizing his mission to help “gather the tribes of Israel” as part of the Restoration (D&C 77:14; see also D&C 7:1–3). Eating the book may suggest that John accepted his mission: it became a part of his being. That the book was “sweet as honey” in John’s mouth but “bitter” in his belly (Revelation 10:10) may suggest that his mission would involve many sweet and joyous experiences but also rejection and painful experiences (see also Psalm 119:103). Ezekiel also ate, or internalized, a book (seeEzekiel 2:6–3:3).
-Jerusalem would be trodden “under foot forty and two months” (Revelation 11:2). Forty-two months is the equivalent of three and a half years. Likewise, the two witnesses mentioned in verse 3would prophesy and testify of Jesus Christ for 1,260 days, or approximately three and a half years. They would be slain, and their bodies would lie in the street for three and a half days (see verses 8–11). In the scriptures, particularly in Revelation, the number three and a half often describes a limited period of tribulation during which evil forces are allowed to do their work (see Daniel 7:24–25; 12:7; Luke 4:25; Revelation 11:2–3, 9–11; 12:14;13:5).
-The “two witnesses” (Revelation 11:3) are “two prophets that are to be raised up to the Jewish nation in the last days, at the time of the restoration, and to prophesy to the Jews after they are gathered and have built the city of Jerusalem in the land of their fathers” (D&C 77:15; see also Isaiah 51:19–20; Zechariah 4:3, 11–14). These two prophets appear to possess the sealing power of the priesthood, with which they (like prophets before them) are able to control the skies and smite the earth with plagues (see 1 Kings 17:1; Helaman 10:6–11; Moses 7:13–17; Joseph Smith Translation, Genesis 14:30–31 [in the Bible appendix])
– Revelation 7:14 suggests that those who will be in the celestial kingdom will have passed through “great tribulation” in their lives.
–1 Nephi 12:10–11; 3 Nephi 27:19; and Alma 13:12 (Revelation 7:14) we must wash our garments clean in the blood of the Lamb.
– Revelation 12:1–2, 5, 7, John saw in vision a woman who gave birth to a child. The Joseph Smith Translation reads as follows (note thatverse 5 becomes verse 3 in the Joseph Smith Translation):
“And there appeared a great sign in heaven, in the likeness of things on the earth; a woman clothed with the sun, and the moon under her feet, and upon her head a crown of twelve stars.
“And the woman being with child, cried, travailing in birth, and pained to be delivered.
“And she brought forth a man child, who was to rule all nations with a rod of iron; and her child was caught up unto God and his throne. …
“And the dragon prevailed not against Michael, neither the child, nor the woman which was the church of God, who had been delivered of her pains, and brought forth the kingdom of our God and his Christ” (Joseph Smith Translation, Revelation 12:1–3, 7 [in the Bibleappendix]). These clarifications confirm that Satan will not prevail in his war against God’s kingdom on earth. They also teach that the woman represents the “church of God” and that the child she gives birth to is the “kingdom of our God and his Christ” (Joseph Smith Translation, Revelation 12:7 [in the Bible appendix]). The Church of God is at this time an ecclesiastical organization only, but when the Savior comes again and makes “a full end of all nations” (D&C 87:6), the kingdom of God will also have political jurisdiction over all people on the earth. “The purpose of the Church is to prepare its members to live forever in the celestial kingdom or kingdom of heaven. … During the Millennium, the kingdom of God will be both political and ecclesiastical” (Guide to the Scriptures, “Kingdom of God or Kingdom of Heaven”;scriptures.lds.org).
-those who inherit the celestial kingdom will receive glory like unto that of the sun (see D&C 76:70). The image of “a woman clothed with the sun” may symbolize the Church’s role in preparing its members for the future glory of the celestial kingdom (Revelation 12:1).
-The dragon is a representation of Satan, who with his followers waged the War in Heaven against Heavenly Father and His faithful children (see D&C 29:36–38; Moses 4:1–4). “The third part of the stars of heaven” (Revelation 12:4) are that portion of the hosts of heaven who followed Satan in the premortal war in heaven and were cast out (seeIsaiah 14:12–17; 2 Peter 2:4; Jude 1:6; D&C 29:37;Abraham 3:27–28).
– Satan is  ‘is abroad in the land’ [D&C 52:14] deceiving.
–Revelation 12:6, 14 The woman fleeing into the wilderness is symbolic of Satan driving the ancient Church into the period of the Great Apostasy, when the authority of the priesthood was taken from the earth following the deaths of Jesus Christ and His Apostles (see D&C 86:1–3 (Satan drives the church into the wilderness). The Joseph Smith Translation of Revelation 12:6 changes the term “days” to “years” (Joseph Smith Translation, Revelation 12:5 [in the Bible appendix]).
-the Church being delivered from the serpent by flying into the wilderness with eagle’s wings (seeRevelation 12:14). In Israel’s history, eagles’ wings are a symbol of divine deliverance (see Exodus 19:4;Deuteronomy 32:11–12;Isaiah 40:31).
-Satan deceives the whole world and is the dragon who was cast out: Revelation 12:8–10. Satan Accuses Day and Night
Joseph Smith Translation, Revelation 12:8 reads: “Neither was there place found in heaven for the great dragon who was cast out, that old serpent, called the Devil, and also called Satan, which deceiveth the whole world: he who was cast out into the earth, and his angels were cast out with him.”
-“Satan” comes from a Hebrew verb meaning “to accuse,” “to slander,” or “to be an adversary.” Thus, the title “accuser” (Revelation 12:10). Jesus Christ is our advocate, pleading to God on behalf of those who believe in Him (see D&C 45:3–5)
-Satan does not cease his effort to destroy the disciples of Jesus Christ “day and night” (Revelation 12:10)
-Rev. 12 :11 “overcame him by the blood of the Lamb, and by the word of their testimony; and they loved not their lives unto the death”. Christ is “the Lamb slain from the foundation of the world” (Revelation 13:8; see also 1 Peter 1:18–20; Mosiah 3:13;4:7; D&C 93:38).
-The effects of the Atonement were in place “from the foundation of the world” (Revelation 13:8)
-The Joseph Smith Translation adds several words toRevelation 12:11: “They loved not their own lives, but kept the testimony even unto death” (in the Bible appendix). This addition suggests that Christ’s followers valued and loved their testimonies of the Lord and His gospel more than their own lives. There are multiple references in the book of Revelation to individuals who were tested and tried in the war against evil, even unto death (see Revelation 2:10, 13; 6:9–11; 11:7; 16:6; 17:6;20:4).
-The “loud voice” from heaven continued to speak to John by declaring that the heavens and “ye that dwell in them” should rejoice because of the righteousness of the Saints (Revelation 12:10, 12). The Joseph Smith Translation then adds these further insights:
“And after these things I heard another voice saying, Woe to the inhabiters of the earth, yea, and they who dwell upon the islands of the sea! for the devil is come down unto you, having great wrath” (Joseph Smith Translation, Revelation 12:12 [in the Bible appendix]).
-As recorded in Revelation 12:17, the remnant of the woman’s seed that Satan and his followers war against includes the latter-day Church restored through the Prophet Joseph Smith (see Revelation 13:7; 1 Nephi 14:12–14; D&C 76:28–29).
-a beast rise out of the sea (see Revelation 13:1). The Joseph Smith Translation indicates that the beast is “in the likeness of the kingdoms of the earth” (in Revelation 13:1, footnote a).
– general characteristics about the beast: It had power over many nations (see Revelation 13:1, 7); it opposed God and blasphemed against Him (see verses 5–6); the power it wielded was like the power that predatory animals have over their prey (see verse 2); Satan gave it power (see verses 2, 4); people of the world worshipped or followed the beast (see verse 4); and it was able to overpower many, including the Saints (see verse 7). It could be said that any kingdom or government that exhibits these characteristics manifests the spirit of the beast. Revelation 17:8–12contains additional information about the beast, including its ultimate destruction.
-Satan and those who uphold his work will be at war against the Saints of God (see also 1 Nephi 14:12–14)
-the beast would be worshipped by those “whose names are not written in the book of life of the Lamb” (Revelation 13:8)
-the book of life, or Lamb’s book of Life, is the record kept in heaven which contains the names of the faithful and an account of their righteous covenants and deeds. (D. & C. 128:6–7; Ps. 69:28; Rev. 3:5; 21:27.)  (see also Alma 5:57–58)
–Revelation 13:11 tells of a second beast that John saw; he later identified this beast as “the false prophet” (Revelation 19:20). This second beast “had two horns like a lamb” but “spake as a dragon” (Revelation 13:11). This description suggests that the second beast will seek to appear to represent Christ while actually teaching the false doctrines of Satan. The description of the second beast is also reminiscent of the Savior’s warning to “beware of false prophets, which come to you in sheep’s clothing, but inwardly they are ravening wolves” (Matthew 7:15).
-In contrast to the righteous, who keep their covenants with God and receive His protecting seal on their foreheads (see Revelation 7:2–3; 14:1; 22:4; thecommentary for Revelation 7:3; 9:4), the wicked who worship the beast “receive a mark in their right hand, or in their foreheads” (Revelation 13:16). This may symbolize that the wicked show by their actions (hands) and beliefs (heads) that they do the will of the beast and accept his ideology. However, the precise meaning of “the mark” has not been revealed.
–Revelation 14:1–5. The Hundred and Forty-Four Thousand
In contrast to the depictions of Satan’s widespread influence and power recorded in Revelation 13, chapter 14 offers hope. The opening verses of Revelation 14describe a group who have the “Father’s name written in their foreheads” (verse 1); they are clean and chaste, “follow the Lamb whithersoever he goeth,” and are redeemed from among men (verse 4); and they are honest and “without fault” before God (verse 5).
-the 144,000 “are high priests, ordained unto the holy order of God, to administer the everlasting gospel; for they are they who are ordained out of every nation, kindred, tongue, and people, by the angels to whom is given power over the nations of the earth, to bring as many as will come to the church of the Firstborn” (D&C 77:11). The song that is sung by the 144,000 (seeRevelation 14:3) may be the same song that is recorded in Doctrine and Covenants 84:98–102. For more information about the 144,000, see Doctrine and Covenants 133:17–18
–Revelation 14:6–12. Three Angels
John saw three angels, each proclaiming a message to the earth’s inhabitants. The first angel brought “the everlasting gospel” to the nations of the earth (Revelation 14:6). Many latter-day prophets have taught that the angel represents Moroni (see D&C 27:5;133:36–39
-In addition to bringing the everlasting gospel to the earth, the first angel announced that “the hour of his judgment is come”—a fitting message for a world that has been worshipping the beast (Revelation 14:7). This message prepares the reader for the second angel, whose message is that “Babylon is fallen,” which means that wickedness will end (Revelation 14:8). Babylon’s sin is described as “fornication,” meaning that the wicked of the world have been unfaithful in their relationship with God, placing their affections and loyalties on false gods (Revelation 14:8) and inducing others to follow this manner of living. To “drink of the wine” of this sin implies internalizing Babylon’s evil ways (Revelation 14:8). Because of the impending fall of Babylon in the last days, the Lord has warned the Latter-day Saints to “go ye out from Babylon” (D&C 133:5), meaning that we must flee the wickedness of the world (see D&C 133:14).
The third angel described the judgments to come upon those who worship the beast and receive his mark (seeRevelation 14:9). They will receive God’s punishing anger, described as drinking “the wrath of God … without mixture,” or without dilution (Revelation 14:10). Other scriptures teach that God’s wrath is poured out only when all other efforts fail to persuade men to repent (see D&C 43:25–26; 88:88–90).
– “Blessed are the dead which die in the Lord” (Revelation 14:13). This suggests that although the Lord’s people generally will be protected from many of the judgments to come (see Revelation 9:4; 1 Nephi 22:17–19), some righteous individuals will die in the calamities and tribulations of the last days. Nevertheless, to those who are righteous, death is associated with peace and joy—they “rest from their labours; and their works do follow them” (Revelation 14:13; see also Alma 40:11–12; 46:39, 41; D&C 42:46).
-John described two harvests in Revelation 14:14–20, which are reminiscent of those described in the parable of the wheat and the tares (see Matthew 13:24–30, 36–43; D&C 86:1–7). The first harvest gathers out the righteous from the wicked (see Revelation 14:14–16;D&C 33:2–6). This gathering began when the gospel was restored in the latter days and will continue into the Millennium.
The second gathering (see Revelation 14:17–20) represents God’s judgments upon the wicked and the destruction that will come upon them when they, like grapes on the vine, are fully ripe in iniquity and are trodden in the “winepress of the wrath of God” (Revelation 14:19; see also Isaiah 63:3–4; D&C 88:106; 133:46–51).
–Revelation 15–16. Seven Plagues
Revelation 15 appears to describe what the righteous—gathered in the first harvest—will experience, whereasRevelation 16 seems to describe what the wicked—gathered in the second harvest—will experience.
Chapters 15 and 16 work together. In Revelation 15:1, 7John learned of seven destructive plagues that are to be poured out upon the wicked. Revelation 16 describes these seven plagues.
-“For in [the seven last plagues] is filled up the wrath of God” (Revelation 15:1).
-the righteous would stand upon “a sea of glass mingled with fire” (Revelation 15:2). The sea of glass represents the celestialized earth, where the righteous will reside in the presence of God (seeRevelation 4:6; D&C 77:1; 130:6–9).
-the righteous would gain “victory over the beast, and over his image, and over his mark, and over the number of his name” Revelation 15:2–4
-“There will be an eventual triumph on this earth of God over the devil; a permanent victory of good over evil, of the Saints over their persecutors, of the kingdom of God over the kingdoms of men and of Satan. …
“Such is the theme of the Revelation. … If we fail to catch a glimpse of the theme, we fail in our comprehension [of the book], no matter how many details we are able to understand” (Bible Dictionary,“Revelation of John”).
–Revelation 15:3. “The Song of Moses”
“The song of Moses” was sung by the children of Israel following their deliverance from Egyptian bondage (seeExodus 15:1–19). Revelation 15:3 tells us that the song of Moses will be sung again by those who inherit the celestial kingdom in celebration of the Lamb of God delivering them from the bondage of sin.
-In Revelation 16, John described the scourges and plagues that will be poured out in the final days prior to the Second Coming of Christ (see also Revelation 15:1, 7).
-These plagues are summarized in the following chart.
REVELATION 16
DESCRIPTION OF THE PLAGUE
Verse 2
First, “a noisome and grievous sore” comes upon the wicked. (Similar plagues are described in Exodus 9:8–12 and Zechariah 14:12.)
Verse 3
Second, the waters of the sea turn to blood, and all creatures in the waters die (see also Exodus 7:19–21).
Verse 4
Third, the rivers and fountains of water turn to blood (see also Exodus 7:19–21).
Verses 8–9
Fourth, the sun scorches the wicked with fire and great heat.
Verses 10–11
Fifth, darkness spreads across the kingdom of the devil, and the wicked suffer pains and sores.
Verses 12–16
Sixth, the waters of the Euphrates River dry up to prepare for the gathering of the kings of the world at Armageddon (see also Zechariah 12:11).
Verses 17–21
Seventh, there are voices, thunders, lightnings, and a great earthquake; the cities of the nations fall; Babylon receives the cup of God’s wrath; and great hail falls upon men.
-“For they have shed the blood of saints and prophets, and thou hast given them blood to drink” (Revelation 16:6). The angel’s words of condemnation here are reminiscent of those found in 2 Nephi 26:3 and3 Nephi 9:5–11 (see also 2 Kings 9:7; Luke 11:50–51;Revelation 18:24; Alma 37:30; 3 Nephi 10:12; D&C 136:36). It seems that safety in times of judgment is directly connected to the acceptance of prophets. Cf. Rev. 18:24.
-In Revelation 16:15, the Lord warned, “Behold, I come as a thief. Blessed is he that watcheth, and keepeth his garments, lest he walk naked, and they see his shame.” When the armies of the kings of the earth approach (see Revelation 16:14), all who are ready (clothed) to flee for safety will not be ashamed at having to flee in nakedness (see also Genesis 3:7–10; Exodus 32:25–26;Isaiah 20:4).
Many other scriptures exhort people to live with watchfulness (see Matthew 24:42–25:13; 26:41; D&C 45:44; 133:10–11). Mosiah 4:30;Doctrine and Covenants 45:44; 50:45–46; 106:4–5.
– to keep one’s garments (Rev. 16:15); (Revelation 3:3–5); 1 Nephi 12:10; Alma 5:21; Doctrine and Covenants 109:72–76.
-“The name Armageddon is derived from the Hebrew Har Megiddon, meaning the ‘mountain of Megiddo.’ The valley of Megiddo is in the western portion of the plain of Esdraelon, fifty miles (eighty kilometers) north of Jerusalem, and is the site of several crucial battles in Old Testament times. A great and final conflict that will take place near the time of the second coming of the Lord is called the battle of Armageddon because it will begin in the same locale. (See Ezek. 39:11; Zech. 12–14, especially 12:11; Rev. 16:14–21.)” (Guide to the Scriptures, “Armageddon”; scriptures.lds.org)
–Revelation 16:20. “Every Island Fled Away”
–the land of Jerusalem and the land of Zion shall be turned back into their own place, and the earth shall be like as it was in the days before it was divided.’ (Gen. 10:25.)
– Revelation 16:9, 11 and Doctrine and Covenants 43:18–25 help you understand why the Lord will continue to pour out plagues upon the wicked
– Revelation 14:11–13  compare the state of the wicked to that of the Saints with regard to “rest.”
–The final chapters of Revelation gave hope to Christians facing persecution from outside the Church and from factions within the Church that were dissenting from accepted beliefs. Revelation 17–22 also describes the crescendo of final earthly events fulfilling Heavenly Father’s plan for the redemption of His children.  heavenly servants rejoice in praise for the salvation made possible through the Lamb’s triumph over evil. the fall of wicked Babylon contrasted with the glories of the Second Coming and the blessings of exaltation for all those who follow God’s commands.  the righteous inhabitants of the earth and those who will come forth in the FirstResurrection will enjoy a thousand years of millennial peace with Christ. The earth will then receive celestial glory and become the eternal home for all righteous Saints.
– Israelite prophets in turn wrote about the eventual destruction of Babylon (see Isaiah 13:19–22; 21:9; Jeremiah 50:35–36, 40; 51:6–8), and John drew upon their language as he described the ultimate destruction of the spiritual enemies of God’s people.
-“In Rev. 14:8; 16:19; 17:5; 18:2, 10, 21, Babylon probably denotes Rome, the great antagonist of Messiah’s kingdom” (Bible Dictionary, “Babylon or Babel”). It is likely that Babylon also represents all that is wicked in the world (see D&C 1:16; 133:14). Chapters 17–18 depict Babylon as a “whore” holding a cup “full of abominations and filthiness” and as the “mother of harlots” (Revelation 17:1, 4, 5). In this sense, Babylon is the antitype of the righteous bride that represents the Church (see Revelation 19:7–8) and the antithesis of Zion as “the pure in heart” (D&C 97:21). John’s vision of Babylon parallels much of Nephi’s vision of the great and abominable church (see 1 Nephi 13:4–9, 26–29;14:3–17; 22:13–16, 18).
–Revelation 17. The Woman and the Beast
the woman as “the great whore that sitteth upon many waters” (Revelation 17:1; see also 1 Nephi 14:10–13); she commits fornication with kings and inhabitants of the earth (see verse 2); her clothing depicts power and wealth (see verse 4); she is the “mother of harlots,” which indicates that she gives birth to other prostitutions—organizations, governments, and ideologies that spew forth wickedness (verse 5). John recorded that he was astonished at the greatness of the woman’s wickedness (see verse 6, footnote c). Nevertheless, in the end she will be overthrown by those she formerly ruled over (see verse 16; 1 Nephi 22:13).
–Revelation 17:2–6. The Culture of Babylon Permeates the World
In Revelation 17:2–6, John described Babylon as a harlot clothed in fine, jeweled apparel and drunken with blood. One possible meaning of John’s description in these verses is that in the last days, a lifestyle of sexual immorality, wealth, and violence would permeate the world (see also 1 Nephi 13:5–9).
-‘They seek not the Lord to establish his righteousness, but every man walketh in his own way, and after the image of his own god, whose image is in the likeness of the world’ (D&C 1:16
–Revelation 17:6 describes the woman being “drunken with the blood of the saints,” which suggests that throughout the ages, many righteous people have been slain by the wicked. The scriptural language suggests that the slaying of the righteous had an intoxicating effect on those who carried out the slaughter.
Revelation 17:8–11. Temporary Nature of the Beast
John saw that the beast “was, and is not” (Revelation 17:8). He also saw a vision of “seven kings: five are fallen, and one is, and the other is not yet come; and when he cometh, he must continue a short space” (Revelation 17:10). John’s language suggests that the wickedness of the world will be temporary.
–Revelation 17:12; 20:4;22:5
Shows How long  the followers of the beast exercise power, compared to those who follow Christ. these verses teach about the duration of worldly vs. heavenly rewards.
–Revelation 17:14. “War with the Lamb, and the Lamb Shall Overcome”
Though the scenes John saw in Revelation 17 can seem frightening, he also saw that “the Lamb shall overcome” the wickedness of the world (Revelation 17:14).
–Revelation 18:3–4. Choosing Righteousness Despite the Prevalence of Modern Wickedness
–Revelation 18 proclaims the fall of wicked Babylon and describes the lamentation of all who associated with her. In all ages, the Lord has commanded His people to “come out of [Babylon]” and “be not partakers of her sins” (Revelation 18:4; see D&C 133:5, 7, 14).
–Revelation 18:3, 7–16. The Wealth and Materialism of Babylon
John used phrases such as “waxed rich” and “lived deliciously” (Revelation 18:3, 7, 9) to highlight the lust for wealth and lavish possessions that define Babylon. These riches will be destroyed, and those who have placed their hearts upon them will lament (seeRevelation 18:8–19; 2 Nephi 9:30; D&C 56:16)
-Babylon’s “sins have reached unto heaven, and God hath remembered her iniquities” (Revelation 18:5). Some people might think their iniquities are hidden, but these verses are a reminder that sins do not go undetected by God, though their consequences may not all come immediately. The voice also declared that Babylon would receive the consequences of her works and would be punished doubly, reminiscent of terminology used in the law of Moses (see Revelation 18:6; see also Exodus 22:4, 7, 9).
–Babylon would fall; worldly wealth and power: Revelation 18:8, 10, 17, 19
-Babylon is a merchant of among other things, “slaves, and souls of men” (Revelation 18:13). This refers primarily to the abominable practice of human trafficking but can also be seen as a reference to the spiritually enslaving consequences of materialism and other evils (see 2 Nephi 26:10). It may also describe corrupt religious practitioners who present themselves as ministering to people’s souls while seeking above all to profit financially; in this sense, they traffic in the “souls of men.” Moroni recorded that in the last days “there shall be churches built up that shall say: Come unto me, and for your money you shall be forgiven of your sins” (Mormon 8:32). In contrast, the gospel of Jesus Christ offers spiritual nourishment “without money and without price” (Isaiah 55:1; 2 Nephi 26:25; Alma 1:20).
– in Babylon “was found the blood of prophets, and of saints” (Revelation 18:24). At the Second Coming, Babylon and its inhabitants will be recompensed for their evil works (see Revelation 18:6; D&C 1:10), for the blood of the martyrs will stand as a testimony against those who have slain them (see Revelation 6:10; 16:6; 18:24; D&C 109:49). A similar time of judgment was recorded in3 Nephi 8–9, when whole cities were destroyed “that the blood of the prophets and the saints shall not come any more unto me against them” (3 Nephi 9:5; see alsoverses 7–9, 11; Alma 14:11; Revelation 19:2 & Rev. 16:6.
– inhabitants of heaven crying out “Alleluia” (Revelation 19:1, 3–4, 6), which means “Praise the Lord!” This praise was in response to God’s righteous judgment upon Babylon.
–Revelation 19:7, 11, 13, 16 the names and titles about the eternal mission of Jesus Christ
-Immediately before seeing in vision the Lord’s Second Coming, John heard a voice proclaim, “The marriage of the lamb is come” and “Blessed are they which are called unto the marriage supper of the Lamb” (Revelation 19:7, 9). Israel’s covenant relationship with God is symbolically portrayed in the scriptures as a marriage covenant (for example, see Isaiah 54; Jeremiah 31; Ezekiel 16; 23; Hosea 2; Matthew 23). Marriage is the relationship that requires the most fidelity, sacrifice, commitment, and long-suffering of all relationships.
-the Lamb’s bride was clothed “in fine linen” made “clean and white” through the Atonement (Revelation 19:8; see also 7:14; 19:14). This imagery of a bride dressed in white presents a stark contrast to the harlot in extravagant apparel described earlier in Revelation, who symbolized spiritual Babylon (see 17:3–6; 18:16).
– Only the righteous will be called to “the marriage supper.” Matthew 22:2–14;D&C 58:8–11; 65:3).  (Revelation 19:8; see also 7:14; 19:14)
–Revelation 19:11, 13. riding “A White Horse” and “a Vesture Dipped in Blood”. The red apparel may also symbolize the destruction of the wicked at the Lord’s coming (see Isaiah 63:1–4; D&C 133:46–51). When Jesus comes again to the earth, He will bring justice against the wicked (see Revelation 19:11).

Revelation 19:15–16. “He Shall Rule Them with a Rod of Iron”
The Joseph Smith Translation of Revelation 19:15 clarifies how Jesus Christ will rule the earth: “And out of his mouth proceedeth the word of God, and with it he willsmite the nations; and he will rule them with the word of his mouth; and he treadeth the winepress in the fierceness and wrath of Almighty God” (in Revelation 19:15, footnote a; see also 1 Nephi 11:25).
-the ultimate destruction of the wicked when their slain bodies would be eaten by carrion birds (Revelation 19:17–18, 21; see also D&C 29:18–20). Ezekiel prophesied of this same destruction (Ezekiel 39:17–22). This dreadful “supper of the great God” (Revelation 19:17) stands in stark contrast to the joyful “marriage supper of the Lamb” (Revelation 19:7–9). The Joseph Smith Translation of Revelation 19:18 clarifies that these verses describe the destruction of only “all who fight against the Lamb” (inRevelation 19:18, footnote a).
-So great shall be the slaughter and mass murder, the carnage and gore, the butchery and violent death of warring men, that their decaying bodies ‘shall stop the noses of the passengers’ [Ezekiel 39:11]
-“The bottomless pit” is a term for the realm of Satan and those who follow him (Revelation 20:1, 3). Even there, God holds supreme authority, for it is God’s angel who has “the key of the bottomless pit” (Revelation 20:1; see Joseph Smith Translation, Revelation 9:1 [inRevelation 9:1, footnote a]).
–Revelation 20:2–3. Satan Will Be Bound
-The Millennium will be a time of great peace (see Isaiah 11:6; 65:25; 2 Nephi 30:10–18)
-Satan will be bound at the beginning of the Millennium and that for a thousand years he would “deceive the nations no more” (Revelation 20:3) or, as a modern revelation states, “not have power to tempt any man” (D&C 101:28; see also 1 Nephi 22:26; D&C 43:31;88:110–11). During this time, “children shall grow up without sin unto salvation” (D&C 45:58).
– Satan “must be loosed a little season” after having been bound for the thousand years following Christ’s Second Coming (Revelation 20:3; see D&C 43:31). Why? Because after the thousand years have ended, people would “again begin to deny their God” (D&C 29:22). The Book of Mormon also describes a time when people again turned their hearts toward Satan after an extended season of peace and righteousness because of the pride that followed prosperity (see4 Nephi 1:22–46). John saw that after the Millennium, Satan would “deceive the nations … to gather them together” for a final battle against the Saints (Revelation 20:8; seeD&C 88:110–11 and Rev. 20:7-10.
-The enthroned beings John saw in Revelation 20:4 who were given power to judge may represent the Twelve Apostles Jesus called during His mortal ministry. Jesus said that these Apostles would sit on thrones and judge Israel (see Matthew 19:28; 1 Nephi 12:9–10; Mormon 3:19; D&C 29:12). Though the Lord has indicated that some of His servants will assist Him as judges, the scriptures also affirm that Jesus Christ Himself will be the great and final Judge of all (see John 5:22; Acts 10:42; 2 Nephi 9:41).
-many of the dead would be resurrected during what is called “the first resurrection” (Revelation 20:5–6).
-“The rest of the dead” who “lived not again until the thousand years were finished” (Revelation 20:5) are those of “the last resurrection” (D&C 76:85)—“the resurrection of the unjust” (D&C 76:17)—which occurs at the end of the Millennium (see D&C 88:100–101). This resurrection will include those who will inherit a telestial glory and those who will “remain filthy still” (D&C 88:102), meaning the sons of perdition who inherit no degree of glory but “go away into the lake of fire and brimstone, with the devil and his angels” (D&C 76:36; see Revelation 20:10). See also 1 Cor. 15:23.
-after the Millennium, Satan would be loosed, and he and his evil forces would again wage war against “the camp of the saints” and “the beloved city,” which is Zion, a place of safety and refuge (Revelation 20:8–9). John referred to Satan’s host by the symbolic names “Gog and Magog.” Ezekiel used these names to refer to foreign invaders who would attack Israel before the Lord’s coming (see Ezekiel 38–39), but in Revelation 20:7–9, “Gog and Magog” refer to the forces of Satan that will wage another battle at the end of the Millennium. Though the number of Satan’s forces will be “as the sand of the sea,” they will be “devoured” by “fire … from God out of heaven,” and the devil and his followers will be eternally “cast into the lake of fire and brimstone” (Revelation 20:8–10; see 2 Nephi 9:16; D&C 43:31–33; 88:110–16). With this final cleansing of evil, the earth will be prepared to receive celestial glory.
Latter-day revelation adds the detail that Michael the archangel, who is Adam (see D&C 27:11), will play an important role in this final battle by gathering the armies of God together against Satan and his armies (see D&C 88:112).
–Revelation 20:10. “the Lake of Fire and Brimstone”;
the destruction of the wicked cities of Sodom and Gomorrah by fire and brimstone from heaven (see Genesis 19:24). That lake of fire and brimstone, ever burning but never consumed, is the description in the scriptures for hell [see Revelation 19:20; 20:10; 21:8; D&C 63:17; 76:36]
–Revelation 20:12–15. Judged “According to Their Works”
The final judgment is part of God’s plan of salvation. John saw the day when all God’s children would stand before Christ to be “judged out of those things which were written in the books” (Revelation 20:12). These books include: (1) The book of life (seePhilippians 4:3; Revelation 3:5; 13:8; 17:8; 20:15; Alma 5:58; D&C 128:6–7; the commentary for Revelation 13:8). (2) Church records that record the saving ordinances and perhaps other actions of faith and devotion (see D&C 127:6–7, 9; 128:6–7). (3) The scriptures, which contain the standards and commandments by which we are to live our lives and by which we will be judged (see 2 Nephi 29:11; 33:15). In addition to these, “the books” might also refer to other sources of light and knowledge that were available to people during their lives.
–Revelation 21:1–4 “the former things” listed  that will pass away with the coming of “a new heaven and a new earth”
-“Christ will reign personally upon the earth; and … the earth will be renewed and receive its paradisiacal glory” (Articles of Faith 1:10)
–Revelation 21:2–27; 22:1–5. “The Holy City, New Jerusalem”; “the holy city, new Jerusalem, coming down” to earth, symbolizing God’s presence among His people (Revelation 21:2). The city was depicted as an enormous cube (see Revelation 21:16), which recalls the Holy of Holies in Solomon’s temple (see 1 Kings 6:19–20), also representative of God’s dwelling place. The symbolic elements John saw that compose the city—clear glass, precious stones, pearls, and gold—share the traits of reflecting light; resisting decaying or tarnishing; and symbolizing purity, beauty, and refinement. The walls of the city were made with all manner of precious stones (see Revelation 21:18–21). Precious stones often represent the Lord’s followers who have been refined and made holy (see Exodus 28:9–10, 17–21; Isaiah 62:3;Malachi 3:17; D&C 60:4; 101:3). The gates of the city were made of pearls and the streets of gold (see Revelation 21:21;D&C 137:1–4). Both pearls and gold can be seen as symbols of refinement: oysters produce pearls through pain and adversity, and gold requires fire to burn out impurities. The exalted will likewise have been refined through adversity (see Revelation 7:13–14). There is no need of temples in the Holy City because all of the celestial kingdom will be as a temple; God Himself and Jesus Christ dwell there. There is no need of the sun there, for “the Lamb is the light thereof” (Revelation 21:23). John saw that a central feature of the Holy City was the tree of life, representative of the healing and eternal life found in the celestial kingdom (see Revelation 22:2). The tree of life in the Garden of Eden was guarded by cherubim after the Fall (seeGenesis 3:24), but those who dwell in the Holy City have been redeemed from the Fall, and all there are free to partake of the everbearing tree of life in the celestial kingdom.
–Revelation 21:4–5. No More Tears, Death, Sorrow, or Pain
Revelation 21:4 highlights the great restorative power of Christ’s Atonement, which will ultimately make all things right. Through the Atonement, all of life’s disadvantages, contradictions, injustices, and unfairness will be made right.
–Revelation 21:7 echoes the promises of exaltation found in Revelation 2–3 to those who overcome (seeRevelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26–28; 3:5, 12, 21; see also D&C 76:58–60). In Revelation 21:7, the promise of inheriting “all things” does not mean that those who are exalted will no longer worship God; the relationship of God to each of His exalted children is still clear: “I will be his God, and he shall be my son” (Revelation 21:7). See Rev. 4:8-11.
–Revelation 21:8. “The Second Death”; see Rev. 2:11
–Revelation 22:4. “His Name Shall Be in Their Foreheads”
As in earlier passages in Revelation, to bear a name on one’s forehead indicates allegiance (see Revelation 3:12;7:3; 13:16; 14:1; see Revelation 3:12). Bearing the name also suggests taking on the characteristics of the one named. Bearing God’s name on one’s forehead may also be connected to images of priesthood and temple service (see Exodus 28:36–38;Revelation 1:6; 5:10; 7:15)
-take upon name of Christ doc and temple doc: Elder David A. Bednar of the Quorum of the Twelve Apostles explained how receiving this blessing is associated with temple worship:
“In the dedicatory prayer of the Kirtland Temple, the Prophet Joseph Smith petitioned the Father ‘that thy servants may go forth from this house armed with thy power, and that thy name may be upon them’ (D&C 109:22). He also asked for a blessing ‘over thy people upon whom thy name shall be put in this house’ (v. 26). And as the Lord appeared in and accepted the Kirtland Temple as His house, He declared, ‘For behold, I have accepted this house, and my name shall be here; and I will manifest myself to my people in mercy in this house’ (D&C 110:7).
“These scriptures help us understand that the process of taking upon ourselves the name of Jesus Christ that is commenced in the waters of baptism is continued and enlarged in the house of the Lord. … In the ordinances of the holy temple we more completely and fully take upon us the name of Jesus Christ” (“Honorably Hold a Name and Standing,” Ensign or Liahona, May 2009, 98). (LDS NT Manual)
–Revelation 22:7. “I Come Quickly”
–Revelation 22:8–9. “I Am Thy Fellowservant”; “There are no angels who minister to this earth but those who do belong or have belonged to it” (D&C 130:5).
–description of Babylon found inRevelation 17:2–4; 18:3, 7, 9, 11–17,  attitudes toward wealth and material possessions; see also Jacob 2:12–21

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Appendix D: Highlights of Isaiah: The Last Days and the Millennium, Institute Old Testament Manual

 

 

 

 

–Jesus said, “great are the words of Isaiah, for surely he spake as touching all things concerning my people which are of the house of Israel” (3 Nephi 23:1–2).

-Jesus is the “living water” and “the bread of life” (see John 4:13;6:47–51

–Isaiah 55:1–2. “Come Ye to the Waters … Buy, and Eat” ; Elder Marion G. Romney explained what price is required:

“When earth life is over and things appear in their true perspective, we shall more clearly see and realize what the Lord and his prophets have repeatedly told us, that the fruits of the gospel are the only objectives worthy of life’s full efforts. Their possessor obtains true wealth—wealth in the Lord’s view of values. …

“I conceive the blessings of the gospel to be of such inestimable worth that the price for them must be very exacting, and if I correctly understand what the Lord has said on the subject, it is. The price, however, is within the reach of us all, because it is not to be paid in money nor in any of this world’s goods but in righteous living. What is required is wholehearted devotion to the gospel and unreserved allegiance to the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints. …

“A half-hearted performance is not enough. We cannot obtain these blessings and be like the rich young man who protested that he had kept the commandments from his youth up but who went away sorrowful when, in answer to the question, ‘What lack I yet?’ Jesus said unto him,

“‘If thou wilt be perfect, go and sell that thou hast, and give to the poor … and come and follow me.’ (Matt. 19:21.) Evidently he could live everything but the welfare program.

“There can be no such reservation. We must be willing to sacrifice everything. Through self-discipline and devotion we must demonstrate to the Lord that we are willing to serve him under all circumstances. When we have done this, we shall receive an assurance that we shall have eternal life in the world to come. Then we shall have peace in this world.” (In Conference Report, Oct. 1949, pp. 39, 43–44.)

– Isaiah 55:3. “The Sure Mercies of David”

For an explanation of who “David” is, see Isa. 11:1

– Isaiah 55:8–13. How May God’s Children Partake of His Goodness?

God’s ways, words, and thoughts are not like ours: they are higher and greater. As the rain comes down from heaven to help crops grow and provide food for us, so will the words of God feed and prosper our souls if we incline our ears to hear His word. But often we are tempted to forget God and trust in our own wisdom or reject God’s way of doing things because they are not done as we think they should be done.

Elder John Taylor commented on the passage in Isaiah: “We know in part, and see in part, and comprehend in part; and many of the things of God are hid from our view, both things that are past, things that are present, and things that are to come. Hence the world in general sit in judgment upon the actions of God that are passing among them, they make use of the weak judgment that God has given them to scan the designs of God, to unravel the mysteries that are past, and things that are still hid, forgetting that no man knows the things of God but by the Spirit of God; forgetting that the wisdom of this world is foolishness with God; forgetting that no man in and of himself is competent to unravel the designs and know the purposes of Jehovah, whether in relation to the past, present, or future; and hence, forgetting this, they fall into all kinds of blunders; they blunder over things that are contained in the Scriptures, some of which are a representation of the follies and weaknesses of men, and some of them perhaps may be the wisdom and intelligence of God, that are as far above their wisdom and intelligence as the heavens are above the earth.” (In Journal of Discourses, 1:368.)

–Isaiah 56:1–8. Who Are the “Son of the Stranger” and the “Eunuch”? What Is Their Significance?

To understand Isaiah’s meaning in 56:1–8, one must understand the significance of three words and their meaning to ancient Israel. The words are Sabbath, strangers, and eunuchs.

Sabbath. Modern readers think only of Sunday, or the Lord’s day, as the Sabbath, but for ancient IsraelSabbath had a wider meaning. The weekly sabbath was only one of several days called the Sabbath. All of the feast days, including Passover, Pentecost, Tabernacles, and the day of Atonement, were also called sabbaths (see Samuel Fallows, ed., The Popular and Critical Bible Encyclopedia and Scriptural Dictionary, s.v. “Sabbath”; James Hastings, ed., A Dictionary of the Bible, s.v. “Sabbaths.”) Thus, to “keep my sabbaths [plural]” (v. 4) implied a keeping of the whole law of Moses, since the various feasts covered many aspects of the Israelites’ commitment to God. Also, by revelation, the Lord told Moses that keeping the Sabbath was a sign of the covenant between Israel and God (see Exodus 31:13, 16–17). When Isaiah talked about polluting the Sabbath, he meant far more than simply working or playing on Sunday (Saturday for the Jews).

Strangers. “A stranger in the Mosaic law, and in the Old Testament generally, means one not of Israelitish descent dwelling with the Hebrews, as distinguished from a foreigner temporarily visiting the land [Exodus 20:10; Leviticus 16:29; 17:8; 2 Samuel 1:13;Ezekiel 14:7]. The stranger was not a full citizen, yet he had recognized rights and duties. He was under the protection of God, and the Israelites were charged to treat him kindly [Leviticus 19:33–34;Deuteronomy 10:18–19].” (Fallows, ed., Bible Encyclopedia, s.v. “strangers.”)

Eunuchs. Under the Mosaic law, anyone who had been sexually mutilated was not allowed into full fellowship in the house of Israel (see Deuteronomy 23:1–2). The law was likely written because wholeness of body typified or symbolized spiritual wholeness. (see Old Testament Student Manual: Genesis–2 Samuel [religion 301, 2003], pp. 229–30.) A priest or Levite who was a eunuch could not function in the priesthood offices (see Leviticus 21:17–23).

With an understanding of these three words, one can see the beauty of Isaiah’s promise given in Isaiah 56. Strangers (Gentiles) and eunuchs (those previously excluded from full fellowship with the covenant people, and who felt they could produce no fruit in the covenant, being “a dry tree” [v. 3]) would now find the full blessings of God extended to them if they kept the sabbaths (epitomizing the law of God). Not only will the “outcasts of Israel” (those who were scattered) be gathered in the last days, but so will “others” (v. 8). Whether one is a literal descendant of Israel will not matter as much as whether one will make and keep the covenant with God. In the age of restoration, the house of God will be “an house of prayer for all people” (v. 7; emphasis added).

– Isaiah 56:9–12. To Whom Might the Special Figures in These Verses Refer?

There is no general agreement among scholars about the meaning of “beasts,” “watchmen,” “dogs,” and “shepherds” mentioned in Isaiah 56:9–12. The beasts devour, the watchmen are blind, the dogs are mute and greedy, and the shepherds are without understanding. In a latter-day context, which this seems to be, these figures may point to the Gentiles who reject the gospel when it is presented to them and seek to have others do the same. This passage may also refer to those who have the gospel (watch over the flock) but do not make it available to others.

“Kimchi observes, ‘The flock is intrusted to the care of these watchmen. The wild beasts come; these dogs bark not; and the wild beasts devour the flock. Thus they do not profit the flock. Yea, they injure it; for the owner trusts in them, that they will watch and be faithful; but they are not. These are the false teachers and careless shepherds.’” (Adam Clarke, The Holy Bible … with a Commentary and Critical Notes,4:212.)

These words are an apt description of the Christian world of the last days. Read Nephi’s comments about the churches of today (see 2 Nephi 28:3–9) and compare them with Moroni’s comments (seeMormon 8:31–33, 37–39).

–Isaiah 57. “There Is No Peace, Saith My God, to the Wicked”

When the righteous die, they go to paradise, a state of peace and rest. The wicked, on the other hand, know no peace. Isaiah 57:3–12refers to general wickedness and uses Israel’s faithlessness to God, described here and in other places as adultery, for an example (see vv. 7–8). “I will declare thy righteousness, and thy works,” the Lord said, “for they shall not profit thee” (v. 12). The book of Proverbs perhaps states it best: “Treasures of wickedness profit nothing: but righteousness delivereth from death” (Proverbs 10:2).

–) Isaiah 58:1–7. Is There a Proper Way to Fast?

Men who truly love the Lord seek to overcome their sins and to draw nearer to the Lord in fasting and prayer. Whether Isaiah 58:1–7refers to ancient or to modern Israel, or to both, is not clear. It is certain that there is a proper way to fast and to commune with God. The guilty Israelites described in these verses seem to have been disturbed because they fasted and God seemed not to notice; they afflicted their souls and God failed to regard their sufferings (see v. 3). But the Lord pointed out that they were fasting for improper reasons. Instead of abstaining from food and the activities of the world, they continued in their labors and pleasures (see v. 3). “Behold, ye fast for strife and debate, and [seek for strength] to smite with the fist of wickedness” (v. 4). That is not the kind of fast the Lord enjoined. The Lord challenged them to answer if their kind of fasting is the fast “that I have chosen” (v. 5). In other words, is it a proper fast, pleasing to Him? Does it show true humility and reliance on God? Fasting has genuine spiritual purpose: it breaks the bands of wickedness, sets free the spiritually oppressed, and provides bread for the hungry and covering for the naked (see vv. 6–7). Bishop John H. Vandenberg explained:

“I suppose when he speaks of ‘loosing the bands of wickedness’ of ‘undoing the heavy burdens,’ and the ‘breaking of every yoke’ that he is referring to the wickedness of people who think only of themselves in selfishness, vanity, pride, and having hearts so set upon the things of this world that the two great commandments of loving God and loving neighbor are entirely forgotten. The principles of loving thy neighbor and of loving God are encompassed in the true purpose of the fast.

“Certainly, it takes no imagination to understand what is meant when he says, ‘… that thou bring the poor that are cast out to thy house? when thou seest the naked, that thou cover him; and that thou hide not thyself from thine own flesh?’

“He meant that in addition to taking care of the poor, that we should watch over our own kin and be responsible for our father, mother, brother, and sister when they are in need.

“It is here that I would like to state that the Lord has caused a day of fasting and prayer to be set up in this day so that collectively the Church might join together to fulfil the purposes of fasting.” (In Conference Report, Apr. 1963, p. 28.)

–Isaiah 58:8–12. Promises for Those Who Fast Properly

Bishop Vandenberg explained the significance of the blessings promised in Isaiah 58:8–12:

“Listen again to Isaiah and this promise, ‘Then shall thy light break forth as the morning, and thine health shall spring forth speedily: …’ (Isa. 58:8.) What would this be worth to you? Think of what it means. ‘… and thy righteousness shall go before thee; the glory of the Lord shall be thy rereward. …’

“Further, ‘Then shalt thou call, and the Lord shall answer; thou shalt cry, and he shall say, Here I am. …’ [Isaiah 58:9.] What more assurance would we need than this as a promise that we may call upon the Lord and he will answer?

“Then Isaiah reiterates: ‘… If thou take away from … thee the yoke, (or wickedness) the putting forth of the finger, (or accusing others) and speaking vanity;

“‘And if thou draw out thy soul to the hungry, and satisfy the afflicted soul; then shall thy light rise in obscurity, and thy darkness be as the noon day:

“‘And the Lord shall guide thee continually, (or theHoly Ghost will direct your daily life) and satisfy thy soul in drought, (This is your personal security in times of need and difficulty.) and make fat thy bones: (I believe this has to do with health. In the bone there is marrow and marrow manufactures the blood that is vital to the strength and well-being of the body.) and thou shalt be like a watered garden, and like a spring of water, whose waters fail not (or inspiration and wisdom will flow from you continually).

“‘And they that shall be of thee shall build the old waste places: thou shalt raise up the foundations of many generations; and thou shalt be called, The repairer of the breach, The restorer of paths to dwell in.’ (Ibid., 58:9–12.) To me this is a promise to those working with the members of the Church who are in need physically and spiritually, ‘they that shall be of thee,’ or that you may be able to help them—to do what? ‘Build the old waste places,’ and as you help them to build ‘thou shalt raise up the foundations of (their) many generations (to follow); and then thou shalt be called, The repairer of the breach.’ In other words, you have helped them overcome their weaknesses, to restore their souls, to bridge the gap through reactivating, rehabilitation, and ‘restoring’ the path for them to walk in.” (In Conference Report, Apr. 1963, p. 29.)

–Isaiah 58:8. What Is the Meaning of the Word Rereward ?

Rereward is an older word meaning “rear guard.” The Hebrew word asaph has the root meaning of “to gather” and, as used in Isaiah 58:8, “it is applied to the gathering up of the scattered rear of an army, or the keeping it from straggling, and defending it from the attacks of an enemy” (William Wilson, Old Testament Word Studies, s.v. “rereward.”) A better translation would be “the glory of Jehovah will gather thee, or keep thee together, i.e. be thy rear-guard” (C. F. Keil and F. Delitzsch, Commentary on the Old Testament, 7:2:390).

“When Israel is diligent in the performance of works of compassionate love, it is like an army on the march or travelling caravan, for which righteousness clears and shows the way as being the most appropriate gift of God, and whose rear is closed by the glory of God, which so conducts it to its goal that not one is left behind” (Keil and Delitzsch,Commentary, 7:2:390). (from LDS OT Manual)

– Isaiah 58:13–14. The Law of the Sabbath

In the same beautifully poetic language with which he portrayed the law of the fast, Isaiah explained the covenant of the Sabbath by using an “if-then” construction: If we do our part (see Isaiah 58:13), then God will bless us in specific ways (see v. 14).

Our part is to turn away our foot (the symbol of following or obeying) from doing our own pleasure on the Sabbath, to call the Sabbath a delight (that is, to take delight in it), to call it the “holy of the Lord” (holy means set apart or sanctified for the work of God), to call it honorable (that is, capable of being honored), and to honor God by not doing our own ways, finding our own pleasures, or even speaking our own words (see v. 13). If we do this, then we will be able to delight ourself in the Lord (a promise similar to “then shall thy confidence wax strong in the presence of God” [D&C 121:45]). We will be able to ride upon the “high places of the earth” (Isaiah 58:14; mountains, or the high places of the earth, have long been the site of revelation and communion with God; see Moses 1:1; 7:2; 1 Nephi 11:1; Ether 3:1;Isaiah 2:2). And we will feed on the heritage of Jacob (eat or consume it so that it becomes part of us). The word heritage comes from the same root as heir and inherit. Latter-day revelation teaches that Jacob’s inheritance is exaltation and godhood (see D&C 132:37).

–Isaiah 59:1–8. Iniquity Separates Us from the Lord

Those in any age who transgress God’s commands are separated from His Spirit. In their separated condition, they neither hear nor understand the word of the Lord, as Elder Mark E. Petersen explained:

“The true Church must always produce new scripture. … If it does not, we must admit that it has drifted from the path of truth and right. It was Isaiah who explained such a situation which existed anciently when he said:

“‘… the Lord’s hand is not shortened, that it cannot save; neither his ear heavy, that it cannot hear:

“‘For your iniquities have separated between you and your God, and you sins have hid his face from you, …’ (Isa. 59:1–2.)

“To say that there can be no new scripture is itself unscriptural and contrary to the teachings of the Bible. If we truly believe the Bible, we must expect additional scripture from time to time, and to do so we must look for living prophets to receive the revelations which are to become that new scripture. We cannot escape this conclusion. It is a well-established pattern of God’s hand-dealings with men all down through the ages.” (In Conference Report, Oct. 1964, p. 122.)

–Isaiah 59:16–21refers to Jesus Christ, our intercessor with the Father. He came to earth because “there was no man” and “there was no intercessor” (v. 16) for the people. If the Savior had not been sent, our state, because of iniquity, would have been grim indeed (see vv. 1–15; compare 2 Nephi 9:8–9). Therefore, Jesus was sent to earth. “His arm brought [man’s] salvation unto him,” which was possible because “his righteousness, it sustained him,” much as a breastplate protects a soldier in battle (v. 16). On His head was a “helmet of salvation,” and He was clothed in “garments of vengeance,” for He deals with men “according to their deeds” (vv. 17–18).

When the Savior comes again, He will “come to Zion,” and if Jacob, or the house of Israel, will “turn from transgression” (v. 20) to the Lord, He will place His Spirit upon them. Elder Orson Pratt said of that promise: “Certainly Jesus, when he came eighteen centuries ago, did not turn away ungodliness from Jacob, for they then were filling up their cup with iniquity. They have remained in unbelief from that day to this; hence, there did not come a Deliverer out of Zion eighteen centuries ago. But the Zion of the last days, that Zion that is so frequently and so fully spoken of by the ancient prophets, especially by Isaiah, is the Church and kingdom of God; and out of that Church or kingdom or Zion is to come a Deliverer, who will turn away ungodliness from Jacob after the times of the Gentiles are fulfilled.” (InJournal of Discourses, 14:64.)

– Isaiah 60:1–2. “Darkness Shall Cover the Earth”

The Light of Zion is the Lord Himself, and these verses refer to conditions of the latter days when Zion shines forth but darkness covers the earth. Elder Orson Pratt wrote: “The Zion that is here spoken of is called to ‘arise and shine, for the glory of the Lord is risen upon thee.’ There is no one thing more fully revealed in the Scriptures of eternal truth, than the rise of the Zion of our God in the latter days, clothed upon with the glory of God from the heavens—a Zion that will attract the attention of all the nations and kindreds of the whole earth. It will not be something that takes place in a corner on some distant island of the sea, or away among some obscure people; but it will be something that will call forth the attention of all people and nations upon the face of the whole earth.” (In Journal of Discourses,16:78.)

– Isaiah 60:3–18. “Who Are These That Fly As a Cloud”?

Although Isaiah 60:3is sometimes seen by scholars as a prophetic utterance relating to the wise men who came from the east to visit the child born in Bethlehem (see Matthew 2:1–15), in context it is a prophecy of a Zion of the latter days, perhaps the New Jerusalem. Zion’s “sons shall come from far” (Isaiah 60:4), and “the forces of the Gentiles” (v. 5) will do the same. Gold, silver, camels, and dromedaries (symbols of earthly wealth) will be brought to “glorify the house of [God’s] glory” (v. 7). As these precious things are gathered in, “the sons of strangers” (Gentiles) will build her walls or help in rebuilding Jerusalem (v. 10; compare Notes and Commentary on Isaiah 49:22).

About the phrase “thy gates shall be open continually” (Isaiah 60:11), Elder Orson Pratt said: “‘They shall not be shut day nor night, that men may bring unto thee the forces of the Gentiles, and that their kings may be brought, for the nation and kingdom that will not serve thee shall perish, yea, those nations shall be utterly wasted.’ What! no people or nation left that will not serve Zion? Not one. What will become of this great republic [the United States] … ? If they will comply with the ordinances of Zion, repent of their sins and be prepared for this great and glorious day, God will save them; but if they will not they will be utterly wasted away. Thus have the prophets declared.” (InJournal of Discourses, 14:355.)

–Isaiah 60:19–22. “The Sun Shall Be No More Thy Light by Day”

When the New Jerusalem is eventually built, and Jesus Christ returns to earth in glory, the need will disappear for the sun and the moon to give light to God’s covenant people. The Lord Himself will be an everlasting light.

“Zion will not need the sun when the Lord is there, and all the city is lighted up by the glory of his presence. When the whole heavens above are illuminated by the presence of his glory we shall not need those bright luminaries of heaven to give light, so far as the city of Zion is concerned. But there will be a great people round about, dwelling in other cities that will still have need of the light of the sun and the moon; but the great capital city where the Lord will establish one of his thrones—for his throne is not to be in Jerusalem alone, it will also be in Zion, as you will find in numerous places in this Bible. When therefore, he shall establish his throne in Zion and shall light up the habitations thereof with the glory of his presence, they will not need this light which comes from the bright luminaries that shine forth in yonder heavens, but they will be clothed upon with the glory of their God. When the people meet together in assemblies like this, in their Tabernacles, the Lord will meet with them, his glory will be upon them; a cloud will overshadow them by day and if they happen to have an evening meeting they will not need … lights of an artificial nature, for the Lord will be there and his glory will be upon all their assemblies. So says Isaiah the Prophet, and I believe it.” (Orson Pratt, in Journal of Discourses,14:355–56; see also D&C 133:57–58.)

–Isaiah 61:1–2. “The Lord Hath Anointed Me to Preach Good Tidings”

Jesus quoted Isaiah 61:1–2to the people of Nazareth in their synagogue. When He had finished, “the eyes of all them that were in the synagogue were fastened on him” (Luke 4:20). He then said, “This day is this scripture fulfilled in your ears” (v. 21; see vv. 16–19). These verses in Isaiah relate to Jesus as does the rest of Isaiah 61—to Him and to the building of His Zion in the latter days. He it is who is appointed of the Father to preach the gospel unto men, to heal or provide forgiveness to the wounded soul, to preach deliverance to those captives in the spirit prison (see1 Peter 3:18–19). Jesus Himself cited this passage as evidence of His divinity (see Matthew 11:2–5; Luke 7:19–22).

– Isaiah 61:3–11. What Are the Robes of Righteousness and the Garments of Salvation?

The Lord does not work alone. Isaiah 61:3–11refers to the physical restoration of Zion and to the priesthood, which Zion’s sons will use to restore again this glory of the Lord. Once again the marriage figure is employed to depict the covenant between the Lord and His people in the latter days. Covered “with the robe of righteousness” and dressed “as a bride adorneth herself with pearls” (v. 10), Zion awaits the coming of her “husband,” Jesus Christ. John the Revelator used a similar figure when he spoke of “the marriage of the Lamb [Jesus] and his wife [Zion]” (Revelation 19:7). Here the bride is “arrayed in fine linen,” symbolic of “the righteousness of saints” (Revelation 19:8). Thus will be fulfilled that part of the tenth article of faith that states: “Christ will reign personally upon the earth; and that the earth will be renewed and receive its paradisiacal glory.” Verse 11 of Isaiah 61clearly describes that day when the Zion of the Lord, the New Jerusalem, will bring forth righteousness and praise “as the garden causeth the things that are sown in it to spring forth.”

–Isaiah 62. How Is the Latter-day Union of God and His People Symbolized?

Once again Isaiah referred to the Old and New Jerusalems. Both are to possess “righteousness” that will “go forth as brightness” and offer salvation “as a lamp that burneth” (Isaiah 62:1). Zion is to be called by a “new name” (v. 2), the New Jerusalem, and the Old Jerusalem shall “no more be termed Forsaken” nor “Desolate” (v. 4). Once again Zion shall be married to the Lord. This symbol represents her return to spiritual righteousness, for “as the bridegroom rejoiceth over the bride, so shall [our] God rejoice over [Jerusalem’s restoration]” (v. 5).

–Isaiah 62:4–5. Why Will the Lord Call Israel “Hephzi-bah” and “Beulah”?

The words that Isaiah used to describe this latter-day condition of Zion are important. Hephzi-bah means “delightful” in Hebrew and may refer to Jerusalem and Zion’s latter-day righteousness. Beulah means “union” (see Isaiah 62:4). A marriage is once again the symbol of unity, but this time the marriage is not of the people and God but of the land and God.

According to the Doctrine and Covenants, there will come a time when “the land of Jerusalem and the land of Zion shall be turned back into their own place, and the earth shall be like as it was in the days before it was divided” (D&C 133:24). In the days of Peleg the earth was divided into continents (seeGenesis 10:25), but before that time it was all united in one land mass. The joining of the continents once again can be likened to a union or a marriage that is both hephzi-bah and beulah, that is, delightful and united. The lands, like a man and woman in holy wedlock, will be sealed by the authority of the one officiating (see JST, Isaiah 62:4–5).

– Isaiah 63:1–9. “Wherefore Art Thou Red in Thine Apparel?”

see Doctrine and Covenants 133:46–48.

– Isaiah 63:10–19. “O Lord, Why Hast Thou Suffered Us to Err?”

Isaiah 63:10–19depicts a people gone astray, a people who have broken their covenants with the Lord. These verses explain the great judgment of the earth described in verses 1–9. Verse 17 in the Joseph Smith Translation contains a significant alteration. Instead of “O Lord, why hast thou made us to err from thy ways and hardened our heart,” it reads, “O Lord, why hast thou suffered us to err from thy ways, and to harden our heart?” God does not compel people to sin or to harden their hearts. It is possible that the last part of verse 17 is a plea for the Lord to restore the lost tribes of Israel to the lands of their inheritance (see D&C 133:23–33).

–Isaiah 64:1–3. What Do the Great Physical Disturbances Describe?

The first five verses in Isaiah 64are quoted almost verbatim in Doctrine and Covenants 133:40–45. There, the obligation of God’s servants to go forth preaching the gospel and admonishing people to worship God so they can escape these great devastations is explained (see D&C 133:37–39). The description of the mountains flowing down at God’s presence (see Isaiah 64:1, 3) is probably a reference to the tremendous physical changes that will attend the Savior’s Second Coming in glory (see D&C 88:87–91). At that time, valleys shall be “exalted” and mountains “made low” (D&C 49:23). God’s voice “shall break down the mountains,” so that “the valleys shall not be found” (D&C 133:22).

Jesus Christ is a celestial being. Since the sun is typical of the glory of the celestial kingdom (see D&C 76:70), the imagery of burning and fire that describes the Second Coming could actually be caused by the glory of Christ’s person. Elder Charles W. Penrose, writing of this day, said: “He comes! The earth shakes, and the tall mountains tremble; the mighty deep rolls back to the north as in fear, and the rent skies glow like molten brass. He comes! The dead Saints burst forth from their tombs, and ‘those who are alive and remain’ are ‘caught up’ with them to meet him [see 1 Thessalonians 4:17]. The ungodly rush to hide themselves from his presence, and call upon the quivering rocks to cover them. He comes! with all the hosts of the righteous glorified. The breath of his lips strikes death to the wicked. His glory is a consuming fire. The proud and rebellious are as stubble; they are burned and ‘left neither root nor branch’ [see Malachi 4:1]. He sweeps the earth ‘as with the besom of destruction.’ [Isaiah 14:23]. He deluges the earth with the fiery floods of his wrath, and the filthiness and abominations of the world are consumed. Satan and his dark hosts are taken and bound—the prince of power of the air has lost his dominion, for He whose right it is to reign has come, and ‘the kingdoms of this world have become the kingdoms of our Lord and of his Christ.’” (“The Second Advent,” in Millennial Star, 10 Sept. 1859, p. 583.)

-see righteousness and works: Isaiah 64:4–11. Is Our Righteousness like “Filthy Rags” unto the Lord?

When people do evil in the Lord’s sight, their ways can be compared to “filthy rags.” “We are all as an unclean thing” (Isaiah 64:6). God then hides His face from such individuals (see v. 7), and they must repent and plead to be forgiven (see vv. 8–9). Isaiah said that “all our righteousnesses are as filthy rags,” or as Keil and Delitzsch translated the passage: “All our virtues [are] like a garment soiled with blood” (Commentary,7:2:470). That is not to say that God despises virtue and views it as filthiness, but rather to say that Israel’s former righteousness has now become evil. Joseph Smith changed Isaiah 64:5–6to reflect this teaching more clearly: “Thou meetest him that worketh righteousness, and rejoiceth him that remembereth thee in thy ways; in righteousness there is continuance, and such shall be saved. But we have sinned; we are all as an unclean thing, and all our righteousnesses are as filthy rags; and we all do fade as a leaf; and our iniquities, like the wind, have taken us away.” (JST, Isaiah 64:5–6.)

-see “seek and ye shall find” and JST: Isaiah 65:1–7. Can Men Find the Lord If They Do Not Seek Him?

Isaiah 65:1–7speaks of God as being found by those who did not seek Him. The Apostle Paul interpreted these verses to mean the Gentiles (see Romans 10:20–21). The Prophet Joseph, in his inspired translation of the Bible, expanded the text and changed it: “I am found of them who seek after me, I give unto all them that ask of me; I am not found of them that sought me not, or that inquireth not after me. I said unto my servant, Behold me, look upon me; I will send you unto a nation that is not called after my name, for I have spread out my hands all the day to a people who walketh not in my ways, and their works are evil and not good, and they walk after their own thoughts.” (JST, Isaiah 65:1–2.)

There is a difference between those who know that they should call upon the Lord but do not and those who do not call upon Him because they do not know they should. The Gentiles are in the latter category. Paul wrote that God manifested Himself to the Gentiles but not to the Jews because He had “stretched forth [His] hands unto a disobedient and gainsaying people” all day long (for many generations), and they would not respond (Romans 10:21). It is the Gentiles’ turn now. Isaiah 65:3–7describes the Lord’s attitude toward those who, having been given much, return but little to the Giver.

-see conditions on earth during the Millennium and education and industry and farming and childbearing:

Isaiah 65:17–25refers to the Millennium. People living then will have no desire for things to be as they once were. The old earth, in fact, “shall not be remembered, nor come into mind” (v. 17). Everything will be gloriously new, sorrow will cease (see v. 19), children will not die in infancy (see v. 20), homes will be built, and fruit trees and gardens planted and enjoyed. No one will drive others from their lands, as the Saints were driven in the early days of this dispensation (see vv. 21–22).

In summarizing conditions in this glorious day, Elder Bruce R. McConkie wrote: “Great and marvelous though the changes will be incident to life during the millennial era, yet mortality as such will continue. Children will be born, grow up, marry, advance to old age, and pass through the equivalent of death. Crops will be planted, harvested, and eaten; industries will be expanded, cities built, and education fostered; men will continue to care for their own needs, handle their own affairs, and enjoy the full endowment of free agency. Speaking a pure language (Zeph. 3:9), dwelling in peace, living without disease, and progressing as the Holy Spirit will guide, the advancement and perfection of society during the millennium will exceed anything men have supposed or expected.” (Mormon Doctrine, pp. 496–97.)

A great deal of information about the Millennium has been revealed in Doctrine and Covenants 101:23–31.

-sacrifice, priestcraft, works, righteousness: Isaiah 66:1–4. How Is “He That Killeth an Ox … As If He Slew a Man”?

Anciently God required animal sacrifice as a token of the coming of His Son, Jesus Christ, to atone for the sins of men. But the people took the form of worship that was to teach them faith in the coming of Christ and turned it into a mockery. They maintained the outer form of the ordinances but lost the spiritual meaning, for they showed no corresponding inward righteousness. Thus, the very forms of worship that were intended to save them became an abomination and worked to their condemnation. In strong language Isaiah revealed the Lord’s feelings for their hypocritical religious observances. Those who killed the ox for sacrifice were viewed as though they offered a man, an act of great wickedness. Other sacrificial offerings would mean nothing more than sacrificing a dog or pig, both of which were considered abominable (see v. 3). People had “chosen their own ways” (v. 3) instead of the Lord’s. When called by God through His prophets, they refused to hearken. The result was “delusions” and “fears” (v. 4), fit rewards for evildoers.

-Kingdom of God, last days events timing, appearances of Jesus Christ, events preceding the Millenuim: Isaiah 66:5–14. How Can a “Nation Be Born at Once” and the “Earth Be Made to Bring Forth in One Day”?

Even though the Jews have long rejected Jesus Christ as their Messiah, at a critical time in the future He will appear to them. Elder Charles W. Penrose described that great event, which will occur during the battle of Armageddon:

“His next appearance will be among the distressed and nearly vanquished sons of Judah. At the crisis of their fate, when the hostile troops of several nations are ravaging the city and all the horrors of war are overwhelming the people of Jerusalem, he will set his feet upon the Mount of Olives, which will cleave and part asunder at his touch.

“Attended by a host from heaven, he will overthrow and destroy the combined armies of the Gentiles, and appear to the worshiping Jews as the mighty Deliverer and Conqueror so long expected by their race; and while love, gratitude, awe, and admiration swell their bosoms, the Deliverer will show them the tokens of his crucifixion and disclose himself as Jesus of Nazareth, whom they had reviled and whom their fathers put to death. Then will unbelief depart from their souls, and ‘the blindness in part which has happened unto Israel’ [see Romans 11:25] be removed. ‘A fountain for sin and uncleanness shall be opened to the house of David and the inhabitants of Jerusalem’ [see Zechariah 13:1], and ‘a nation will be born’ unto God ‘in a day’ [see Isaiah 66:8]. They will be baptised for the remission of their sins, and will receive the gift of the Holy Ghost, and the government of God as established in Zion will be set up among them, no more to be thrown down for ever.” (In “The Second Advent,” p. 583.)

The allusion to a woman giving birth who is “delivered of a man child” recalls a similar reference in Revelation 12:1–7in which a woman is depicted as struggling to give birth and bringing forth “a man child.” This child is identified in the Joseph Smith Translation as the millennial kingdom of God (see JST, Revelation 12:7). The man child referred to in Isaiah (Zion), and the child referred to by John in Revelation are probably the same. This is good news for Jerusalem, who will rejoice at the word.

-Gentiles, priesthood, events preceding the Second Coming of Christ, destruction, armageddon: Isaiah 66:15–24. The Final Scenes

These verses relate to the Second Coming of the Lord and the events that will immediately precede it. Verses 15–16 refer to the destruction of the great army that will gather against Jerusalem just before the Millennium begins (compare Isaiah 34:1–10;Jeremiah 25:31–33; Ezekiel 38:17–23; 39:1–16; Joel 3:1–2, 11–14; Enrichment I).

Zechariah taught that once the battle was over, those of the heathen nations who survived would eventually turn to Jehovah, and great holiness would prevail in Jerusalem or among God’s people (seeZechariah 14:16–21). This teaching closely parallels what Isaiah revealed here. The wicked will be gathered for destruction (see Isaiah 66:15–18), those who are scattered throughout the heathen nations (Tarshish, Pul, Lud, and so forth) will bring an offering to Jerusalem, and the holy people of God (see vv. 19–23) will marvel at what God has done to the wicked (see v. 24).

Evidently many will then join the Church, for the Lord said He will take of the Gentiles “for priests and for Levites” (v. 21); in other words, they shall receive the priesthood.

–-see Destruction, Escape, Flee to Zion, The Saints shall hardly escape, Satan, judgement, peace, When Shall These Things Be?, Last Days events Timing, Priesthood-only Protection : Calamities and Troubles Are Increasing in the Earth, but There Is a Place of Deliverance:

Prophets in every age have warned their people against sin. These are the last days, the period just before the return of Jesus Christ to earth. Satan is making one final effort to lead people away from God. In June 1894 President Wilford Woodruff said: “When I have the vision of night opened continually before my eyes, and can see the mighty judgments that are about to be poured out upon this world, when I know these things are true, … while I am holding this position before God and this world, can I withhold my voice from lifting up a warning to this people, and to the nations of the earth? … And from this very day they shall be poured out. Calamities and troubles are increasing in the earth, and there is a meaning to these things. … Read the scriptures and the revelations. They will tell you about these things.” (“A Remarkable Statement,” Improvement Era, 22 June 1894, pp. 1164–65.)

It should therefore not surprise us that the world is in turmoil, that wars spring up constantly, that wickedness increases. These things have been prophesied. President Joseph Fielding Smith, commenting on Doctrine and Covenants 1, taught: “There is in the world today distress, turmoil, trouble, commotion, and contention among the nations. There is no peace. There will be no peace until the Prince of Peace comes to bring it. And his warning is to the world to repent. This I might have read, for it is the first verse of this revelation I have been quoting. The righteous have been called on to come out of Babylon, or the world, to receive the gospel of Jesus Christ as it has been restored, and find a place in the kingdom of God.” (In Conference Report, Apr. 1953, p. 20.)

President Marion G. Romney, also citing the promise that peace would be taken from the earth (see D&C 1:35), said:

“Today, more than 140 years since the foregoing words were spoken, peace has been taken from the earth. The devil now has power over his dominion, and the Lord has power over his saints. The day approaches when he will ‘come down in judgment upon … the world’ and reign in the midst of his people.

“Between now and then, however, if men and nations continue on their present course, great tribulation will come upon us. There shall be more ‘wars and rumors of wars, … there shall be earthquakes also in divers places, and many [other] desolations. … the whole earth shall be in commotion. …’ (D&C 45:26, 33.) Those are the words of the Lord himself.

“The Lord foresaw the coming of these calamities and gave warning of them. He restored his gospel and re-established his church as a means of escape therefrom.” (“Why the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints,” Ensign, Jan. 1973, p. 32.)

President Hugh B. Brown spoke words of comfort and assurance: “I want to say to you, brethren, that in the midst of all the troubles, the uncertainties, the tumult and chaos through which the world is passing, almost unnoticed by the majority of the people of the world, there has been set up a kingdom, a kingdom over which God the Fatherpresides, and Jesus the Christ is the King. That kingdom is rolling forward, as I say, partly unnoticed, but it is rolling forward with a power and a force that will stop the enemy in its tracks while some of you live.” (“The Kingdom Is Rolling Forth,” Improvement Era, Dec. 1967, p. 93.)

President Woodruff asked: “Can you tell me where the people are who will be shielded and protected from these great calamities and judgments which are even now at our doors? I’ll tell you. The priesthood of God who honor their priesthood, and who are worthy of their blessings are the only ones who shall have this safety and protection. They are the only mortal beings. No other people have a right to be shielded from these judgments. They are at our very doors; not even this people will escape them entirely. They will come down like the judgments of Sodom and Gomorrah. And none but the priesthood will be safe from their fury.” (In Young Women’s Journal, Aug. 1894, p. 512.)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Appendix E: Scriptures on the Signs of the Times, an Appendix from Donald Parry’s Understanding the Signs of the Times

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

This is from an appendix of Parry’s “Understanding the Signs of the Times”. The full text I most highly recommend, it is a very non-speculative & non-dogmatic treatise of this topic.

Table of Contents:
-Gathering of Israel
-Events that will prepare the earth for the Millennuim
-Physical Conditions of the Earth In the Millennium
-Conditions of those who dwell on the earth in the Millennium:
-Spiritual Blessings of those who dwell on the earth in the Millennium+
-Political Conditions in the Millennium
-Conditions at the end of the Millennium
-The Celestial World
-Sinners and those who are not members of Christ’s Church in the Millennium
-Signs of the Second Coming
-Building of the New Jerusalem
-The Second Coming of Jesus Christ
-How Knowing the Signs of the Times can help us
-The Millennium
-The Struggle After the Millennium

Scriptures on Gathering of Israel

-“I will gather the remnant of my flock out of all countries whither I have driven them” (Jeremiah 23:3).
–The power and authority to direct the work of gathering the house of Israel was given to Joseph Smith by the prophet Moses, who appeared in 1836 in the Kirtland Temple (see D&C 110:11)
-spiritual precedes physical
-Deut 30:1-5 gather
–The physical gathering of Israel will not be complete until the Second Coming of the Savior and on into the Millennium (see Joseph Smith—Matthew 1:37).
-Gather to lands of our fathers (Jeremiah 16:14–15).
-The physical gathering of Israel means that the covenant people will be “gathered home to the lands of their inheritance, and shall be established in all their lands of promise” (2 Nephi 9:2).
-The tribes of Ephraim and Manasseh will be gathered in the Americas. The tribe of Judah will return to the city of Jerusalem and the area surrounding it. The ten lost tribes will receive from the tribe of Ephraim their promised blessings (see D&C 133:26–34). (they go to Zion also (Zion is America)
-Zion is America, Jerusalem is Palestine
– James 1:1 (twelve tribes scattered abroad)
– Genesis 17:1–8 (God’s covenant with Abraham)
–Romans 9:4–8; Galatians 3:29 (those who follow Jesus Christ and His word are the children of the covenant)
–Jeremiah 3:14–18 (one from a city, two from a family)
–Ezekiel 20:33–36 (Israel will be gathered from all countries)
– 3 Nephi 20:29–46 (Jews will be gathered to Jerusalem)
–1 Nephi 15:13–18; 3 Nephi 21:26–29 (gathering starts with Restoration of the gospel)
–D&C 38:31–33 (the Lord’s covenant people will be saved)
–Isaiah 11:11–13 (the Lord will recover His people)
–Revelation 18:4–8 (a voice will proclaim the gathering)
–D&C 133:6–15 (Gentiles to Zion, Jews to Jerusalem)
-Ether 13:11 Shows that the old Jerusalem is to be built up unto the Lord after the destructions happen as well (when the new heaven and new earth come, which is the destructions making all things ready; see Ether 13). The lost 10 tribes have been scattered in the 4 quarters of the earth and in the north countries, see Ether 13:11. They return unto this place (this, the land of Israel, this is their inheritance! This is where they were before they were scattered! The place of inheritance for the seed of Joseph (Ephraim and Manasseh) is in the New Jerusalem on the American continent) after the new heaven and new earth:  see Ether 13:11: “And then also cometh the Jerusalem of old; and the inhabitants thereof, blessed are they, for they have been washed in the blood of the Lamb; and they are they who were scattered and gathered in from the four quarters of the earth, and from the north countries” (see Ether 13:11, also verses 8-10)
-“The gospel will be taught far more intensely and with greater power during [the] millennium, until all the inhabitants of the earth shall embrace it.“(“Churches on Earth During the Millennium,” Improvement Era, Mar. 1955, 176; see also Doctrines of Salvation, 3:64.)25 (Teachings of the Prophet Joseph Fielding Smith Manual: Ch.26 “Preparing for the Coming of Our Lord”)
-“Instead of being a time of rest, the Millennium is to be a time for all to labor. Idleness will not be found, better methods will be employed, not so much time will be consumed in the daily pursuits and more time will be given to the things of the Kingdom. The saints will be kept busy in the temples which shall be built in all parts of the land. In fact, so busy will they be that the temples will be occupied most of the time.”(The Way to Perfection (1931), 323–24.)” 26 cu (Teachings of the Prophet Joseph Fielding Smith Manual: Ch.26 “Preparing for the Coming of Our Lord”

Scriptures on Events that will prepare the earth for the Millennuim

-When the Lord comes, every corruptible things will “melt with fervent heat” and the works of the world will be burned up (2 Pet. 3:10-12; D&C 101:24-25)
-After the earth is cleansed by burning, the Lord will bring “new heavens and a new earth” (2 Pet. 3:10-13; D&C 101:24-25); the Lord said “old things shall pass away, and all things become new” (D&C 63:49)
– The Lord will separate the righteous from the wicked (D&C 63:54). The righteous remain on earth for the Millennium, whereas the wicked will be destroyed by burning (Mal. 4:1; D&C 29:9; 64:23-24; 133:63-64).
-The Lord will make a full end of all nations (D&C 87:6).
-The Lord will bring the city of Enoch back to earth, there to dwell in Zion (Moses 7:62-64)
-The wicked will remain in the spirit world until after the Millennium has ended (D&C 88:101; Rev. 20:5).

Scriptures on Physical Conditions of the Earth In the Millennium

-“In the beginning of the seventh thousand years…the Lord God [will] sanctify the earth” (D&C 77:12).
– The mountains and valleys will be made smooth (D&C 133:22)
– The land will all be brought into one continent, “like as it was in the days before it was divided” (D&C 133:23-24)
-“The earth shall be transfigured” (D&C 63:20-21)
-“The earth will be renewed and receive it’s paradicical glory” (A of F 1:10), becoming like the Garden of Eden (Ezek. 36:35). Like the Garden of Eden, the earth will be devoid of thorns and thistles (Gen. 3:18).
– Earth will rest for a thousand years (Moses 7:64)
– The enmity between animals will cease (Isa. 11:6, 8; D&C 101:26)
– The enmity between animals and man will cease (Isa. 11:6, 8; D&C 101:26)
-The curse between the serpent and the seed of the woman will be removed (Gen. 3:15; Isa. 11:8)
-Man’s perfect dominion over the animals will be restored (Gen. 1:28; Isa. 11:6)
-People will enjoy the fruits of their labors (Isa. 65:21-23; D&C 101:101)
-Time will be no longer (D&C 84:100; 88:110)

Scriptures on Conditions of those who dwell on the earth in the Millennium

-Children will grow up and grow old (D&C 63:51)
-People will die only after they reach a hundred years old (Isa. 65:20), and then they will “be changed in the twinkling of an eye” to a glorious state (D&C 43:32; 63:51; 101:30-31)
-There will be no death as we know it: “there shall be no sorrow because there is no death” (D&C 101:29)
-It will be a state of gladness, rejoicing, and joy; “and the voice of weeping shall be no more heard in her, nor the voice of crying” (Isa. 65:18-19)
– Those who are resurrected will dwell in the New Jerusalem (D&C 63:49)
– Family history and temple work will be accelerated, without the obstacles we now know. (Smith, Doctrines of Salvation, 2:251-52)

Scriptures on the Spiritual Blessings of those who dwell on the earth in the Millennium

-Satan will be bound by the power of God (Rev. 20:1-3; see also D&C 43:31; 45:55; 88:110), leaving him “no place in the hearts of the children of men” and “no power over [their] hearts” (D&C 45:55; 1 Ne. 22:26; see also 2 Ne. 30:18; D&C 101:28). Satan will also have no power “because of the righteousness of [the] people” (1 Ne. 22:26).
-Children will “grow up without sin unto salvation” (D&C 45:58).
-The Lord’s glory will dwell on the earth, that all may see it (Isa. 35:2; D&C 84:101; 101:25)
-The entire earth will be as a temple, which God calls “my holy mountain” (Isa. 65:25)
-The Lord himself will dwell “with men on earth” (D&C 29:11; see also Zech. 2:10; D&C 84:101; 133:25)
-“The earth shall be full of the knowledge of the Lord” (Isa. 11:9; Hab. 2:14; 2 Ne. 30:15); everyone will know the Lord (Jer. 31:34; D&C 84:98)
-Eventually, all will come to worship the Lord (Isa. 66:23)
-All things will be revealed to the children of men (2 Ne. 30:16-18; D&C 101:32-34)
-Man’s every request of the Lord will be granted (D&C 101:27), surely because no one will ask amiss (James 4:3; 2 Ne. 4:35).
-The prayer of one’s heart will be answered even before it is uttered (Isa. 65:24)

Scriptures on Political Conditions in the Millennium

-The Lord will reign over the earth as king (Dan. 7:13-14; D&C 38:21; 133:25; A of F 10).
-Jesus Christ will be our lawgiver (D&C 38:22; 45:59).
-The Saints will rule with Jesus Christ (Dan. 7:27; Rev. 5:10; Rev. 20:4, 6; D&C 43:29)
-There will be two world capitals, Zion and Jerusalem (Isa. 2:3)

Scriptures on Conditions at the end of the Millennium

-When the thousand years are over, meant will “again begin to deny their God” (D&C 29:22)
-Satan will be loosed to reign for a “little season” (Rev. 20:3, 7; D&C 43:31)
-Satan will go forth again to “deceive the nations” (Rev. 20:8)
-Satan will gather his armies to fight against Michael and his armies (D&C 88:111-13). The number of Satan’s followers will be “as the sand of the sea” (Rev. 20:8) In the “battle of the great God,” Satan and his armies will surround the Saints and “the beloved city,” but “fire [will come] down from God out of heaven, and [devour] them” (D&C 88:114; Rev. 20:9)
-The devil will be cast into “the lake of fire and brimstone,” where he “shall be tormented day and night for ever and ever” (Rev. 20:10)
-The remaining dead will all be resurrected (D&C 29:26-28)
-The family of man will be judged, to receive a blessing or a cursing (Rev. 20:11-15; 21:7-8; D&C 29:26-28)
-“And the end shall come, and the heaven and the earth shall be consumed and pass away” (D&C 29:23)

Scriptures on The Celestial World

-A celestial glory will be established on the earth; it is called “a new heaven and a new earth.” The celestialized earth will have no sea (Rev. 21:1; D&C 29:23-24).
-The earth will be “crowned with glory” and “sanctified” (D&C 88:19, 26)
-The righteous will inherit the glorified earth (D&C 88:26)
-God himself will dwell with mankind on the celestialized earth (Rev. 21:3; D&C 88:19)
-“There shall be no more death, neither sorrow, nor crying, neither shall there be any more pain: for the former things are passed away” (Rev. 21:4)

Scriptures on Sinners and those who are not members of Christ’s Church in the Millennium

-At least for a time, there will be some who worship other gods (Mic. 4:5; Zech. 14:16-19)
-At least for a time, there will be those who are called “sinners” during the Millennium (Isa. 65:20).

Scriptures on the Signs of the Second Coming

–“I will reveal myself from heaven with power and great glory … and dwell in righteousness with men on earth a thousand years, and the wicked shall not stand” (D&C 29:11
–all faithful followers of Christ will know what the signs are and will be watching for them (seeD&C 45:39)
-prophet Daniel said that the time before the Second Coming would be a time of trouble such as the earth has never known (see Daniel 12:1).
-The Lord said, “The love of men shall wax cold, and iniquity shall abound” (D&C 45:27).
-“And all things shall be in commotion; and … fear shall come upon all people” (D&C 88:91).
-We can expect earthquakes, disease, famines, great storms, lightnings, and thunder (see Matthew 24:7; D&C 88:90).
-Hailstorms will destroy the crops of the earth (see D&C 29:16).
-Jesus told His disciples that war would fill the earth: “Ye shall hear of wars and rumours of wars. … For nation shall rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom” (Matthew 24:6–7).

Scriptures on the Building of the New Jerusalem

–3 Nephi 21:23–25 Jesus and power from heaven comes after we build New Jerusalem
-Moses 7:62 The New Jerusalem will be built before the Second Coming of Jesus Christ
-Moses 7:63  city of Enoch comes after we have built the New Jerusalem
-Moses 7:64 Christ will dwell at the New Jerusalem “his abode”
–Articles of Faith 1:10.)
-The Lord said the city will be built in the state of Missouri in the United States (see D&C 84:2–3).
-Ether 13 speaks of several holy cities to come in the last days
-Ether 13:8-13 shows that the New Jerusalem will be built after there comes a new heaven and a new earth (after the destructions which wipe out much): “Wherefore, the remnant of the house of Joseph shall be built upon this land; and it shall be a land of their inheritance; and they shall build up a holy city unto the Lord, like unto the Jerusalem of old; and they shall no more be confounded, until the end come when the earth shall pass away. And there shall be a new heaven and a new earth; and they shall be like unto the old save the old have passed away, and all things have become new. And then cometh the New Jerusalem; and blessed are they who dwell therein”
-Ether 13:11 Shows that the old Jerusalem is to be built up unto the Lord after the destructions happen as well. The lost 10 tribes have been scattered in the 4 quarters of the earth and in the north countries. They return unto this place (this, the land of Israel, this is their inheritance! This is where they were before they were scattered! The place of inheritance for the seed of Joseph (Ephraim and Manasseh) is in the New Jerusalem on the American continent): “And then also cometh the Jerusalem of old; and the inhabitants thereof, blessed are they, for they have been washed in the blood of the Lamb; and they are they who were scattered and gathered in from the four quarters of the earth, and from the north countries”

Scriptures on The Second Coming of Jesus Christ

– “Ye men of Galilee, why stand ye gazing up into heaven? this same Jesus, which is taken up from you into heaven, shall so come in like manner as ye have seen him go” (Acts 1:11).
-D&C 76:51-52, 63 those who are baptized- buried in the water in his name- and keep the commandments are whom will come with Christ in glory at the Second Coming.
– All things that are corrupt will be burned, and the earth will be cleansed by fire (see D&C 101:24–25).
-He will judge the nations and will divide the righteous from the wicked (see Matthew 25:31–46; see also chapter 46 in this book). John the Revelator wrote about this judgment: “I saw thrones, and they sat upon them, and judgment was given unto them: and I saw the souls of them that were beheaded for the witness of Jesus, and for the word of God, … and they lived and reigned with Christ a thousand years.” The wicked he saw “lived not again until the thousand years were finished” (Revelation 20:4–5; see also D&C 88:95–98).
-The righteous will be “quickened and caught up to meet” Jesus at His coming (see D&C 88:96)
-D&C 88:84-116

Scriptures on how Knowing the Signs of the Times can help us

– “The hour and the day no man knoweth, neither the angels in heaven” (D&C 49:7).
-He taught this with the parable of the fig tree. He said that when we see a fig tree putting forth leaves, we can tell that summer will soon come. Likewise, when we see the signs described in the scriptures, we can know that His coming is near. (SeeMatthew 24:32–33.)
– “Be not troubled, for, when all these things [the signs] shall come to pass, ye may know that the promises which have been made unto you shall be fulfilled” (D&C 45:35)
-He said those who are righteous when He comes will not be destroyed “but shall abide the day. And the earth shall be given unto them for an inheritance; … and their children shall grow up without sin. … For the Lord shall be in their midst, and his glory shall be upon them, and he will be their king and their lawgiver” (D&C 45:57–59)
–1 Corinthians 15:22–28 (the end cometh; death is done away)
–Matthew 16:1–4 (discern signs of the times)
–Matthew 24; D&C 29:14–23; 45:17–57; 88:87–94;Joseph Smith—Matthew 1 (signs of the Second Coming)
–1 Thessalonians 5:1–6 (watch for the signs and prepare)
–D&C 38:30 (prepare so we might not fear)
–D&C 68:11 (we can know the signs)

Scriptures on The Millennium

-During the Millennium, mortals will still live on earth, and they will continue to have children (whom grow up without sin) as we do now (see D&C 45:58)
-During the Millennium, Jesus will “reign personally upon the earth” (Articles of Faith 1:10)
-Eventually there will be no need to teach others the first principles of the gospel because “they shall all know me, from the least of them unto the greatest of them, saith the Lord” (Jeremiah 31:34)
-during the Millennium, “the earth will be renewed and receive its paradisiacal glory” (Articles of Faith 1:10)
-During the Millennium, Satan will be bound. This means he will not have power to tempt those who are living at that time (see D&C 101:28)
– “Because of the righteousness of [the Lord’s] people, Satan has no power; wherefore, he cannot be loosed for the space of many years; for he hath no power over the hearts of the people, for they dwell in righteousness, and the Holy One of Israel reigneth” (1 Nephi 22:26).
-“They shall beat their swords into plowshares, and their spears into pruninghooks: nation shall not lift up sword against nation, neither shall they learn war any more” (Isaiah 2:4; see also Isaiah 11:6–7; D&C 101:26 (enmity of all flesh man and beast ceases).
-During the Millennium, there will be no death as we know it. When people have lived to an old age, they will not die and be buried. Instead, they will be changed from their mortal condition to an immortal condition in “the twinkling of an eye.” (See D&C 63:51; 101:29–31.)
-Some truths have not been revealed to us. All things will be revealed during the Millennium. The Lord said He will “reveal all things—things which have passed, and hidden things which no man knew, things of the earth, by which it was made, and the purpose and the end thereof—things most precious, things that are above, and things that are beneath, things that are in the earth, and upon the earth, and in heaven” (D&C 101:32–34).
-People will continue to plant and harvest crops and build houses (see Isaiah 65:21)
– Zechariah 14:4–9; 1 Nephi 22:24–25 (Jesus to reign on earth)
– Daniel 7:27 (Saints to be given the kingdom)
– D&C 88:87–110 (conditions during the Millennium)
– Revelation 20:1–3; 1 Nephi 22:26 (Satan to be bound)
– D&C 101:22–31 (enmity to cease; no death; Satan to have no power to tempt)
–Isaiah 11:1–9 (wolf and lamb to dwell together)

Scriptures on the Struggle After the Millennium

-Satan will gather his armies, and Michael (Adam) will gather the hosts of heaven. In this great struggle, Satan and his followers will be cast out forever. The earth will be changed into a celestial kingdom. (See D&C 29:22–29; 88:17–20, 110–15.)
–D&C 43:31; Revelation 20:7–10 (Satan loosed for a little season)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Appendix F: Quotes & Their Sources in Full from “The Prophet Joseph: More Than We Know (DVD)”
by The Joseph Smith Foundation

http://josephsmithfoundation.org/research/the-prophet-joseph-more-than-we-know-dvd/

This is the text found in the above link containing the full quotes including their citations which were used in the documentary.

Home » The Prophet Joseph: More Than We Know (DVD) By The Joseph Smith Foundation
Ground-breaking research on latter-day prophecy! Is the Prophet Joseph the Angel in Revelation 14, the designator of Zion inheritances, the Messenger in Malachi, the Servant in Isaiah, the passport to Celestial glory, the Voice crying in the wilderness?
Discover the Prophet Joseph Smith in a way you have never imagined! For the first time, the Joseph Smith Foundation releases their groundbreaking research revolutionizing Latter-day prophecy and the Signs of the Times.
Documents Referenced in Presentation
Sermon by the Prophet Joseph Smith discussing Revelation 14 Angel, Messenger and Witness(Sermon delivered at Nauvoo temple grounds on Friday May 12, 1844)

Statements Referenced in Presentation

Joseph Smith
“I shall read the 24th. ch of Matthew and give it a litteral rendering and reading, and when it is rightly understood it will be edifying (he then read & translated it from the German) . . . “And it will preached be; the Gospel of the Kingdom in the whole world, to a witness overall people, and then will the end come.” I will now read it in German (which he did, and many Germans who were present said he translated it correct) the Savior said, when those tribulations should take place, it should be committed to a man, who should be a witness over the whole world, the keys of knowledge, power, and revelations, should be revealed to a witness who should hold the testimony to the world; it has always been my province to dig up hidden mysteries, new things, for my hearers just at the time when some men think that I have no right to the keys of the Priesthood just at that time, I have the greatest right the Germans are an exalted people. The old German translators are the most correct; most honest of any of the translators, and therefore I get testimony to bear me out in the revelations that I have preached for the last 14 years the old German, Latin, Greek and Hebrew translations all say it is true, they cannot be impeached, and therefore I am in good company all the testimony is, that the Lord in the last days would commit the keys of the Priesthood to a witness over all people has the Gospel of the Kingdom commenced in the last days? and will God take it from the man, until he takes him, himself?
I have read it precisely as the words flowed from the lips of Jesus Christ–John the Revelator saw an angel flying thro’ the midst of heaven, having the everlasting Gospel to preach unto them that dwell on the earth, &c. the Scripture is ready to be fulfilled when great wars, famines, pestilence, great distress, judgments, &c are ready to be poured out on the Inhabitants of the Earth–John saw the angel having the holy Priesthood who should preach the everlasting gospel to all nations,–God had an angel, a special messenger, ordained, & prepared for that purpose in the last days.
Woe! Woe! be to that man, or set of men, who lift up their hands against God and his Witness in these last days. For they shall deceive almost the very chosen ones” (Joseph Smith, Sermon delivered at Nauvoo temple grounds on Friday May 12, 1844)
“The building up of Zion is a cause that has interested the people of God in every age; it is a theme upon which prophets, priests and kings have dwelt with peculiar delight; they have looked forward with joyful anticipation to the day in which we live [the Prophet Joseph Smith’s day]; and fired with heavenly and joyful anticipations they have sung and written and prophesied of this our day; but they died without the sight; we are the favored people that God has made choice of to bring about the Latter-day glory; it is left for us to see, participate in and help to roll forward the Latter-day glory,” (History of the Church, 4:609–10; from “The Temple,” an editorial published in Times and Seasons, May 2, 1842, p. 776; Joseph Smith was the editor of the periodical.)
“Why do not my enemies strike a blow at the doctrine? They cannot do it: it is truth, and I defy all men to upset it. I am the voice of one crying in the wilderness, “Repent ye of your sins and prepare the way for the coming of the Son of Man; for the kingdom of God has come unto you, and henceforth the ax is laid unto the root of the tree; and every tree that bringeth not forth good fruit, God Almighty (and not Joe Smith) shall hew it down and cast it into the fire.” (History of the Church 6:273-74., Discourses of Joseph Smith, pg. 200)
Brigham Young
“Joseph, Hyrum, father Smith, and many others will be there to dictate and preside. Joseph will stand at the head of this dispensation and hold the keys of it, for they are not taken from him: they never were in time; they never will be in eternity. I shall be there if I live or if I die.” (Brigham Young, “Heirship”, Journal of Discourses, vol. 6, pp. 306-308, April 8th, 1853.)
“I said to Brother Joseph, the spring before he was killed, ‘You are laying out work for twenty years.’ He replied, ‘You have as yet scarcely begun to work; but I will set you enough to last you during your lives, for I am going to rest.’ All I can do or ask now is to do the work, so that it will be right and acceptable to him when he comes here again.” (Brigham Young, Journal of Discourses, vol. 5, pp. 327-333, October 7th, 1857.)
“Joseph Smith Junior will again be on this earth dictating plans . . . And he will never cease his operations, under the directions of the Son of God, until the last ones of the children of men are saved that can be, from Adam till now.” (Brigham Young, Journal of Discourses, vol. 7, pp. 282-291, October 9th, 1859.)
“There is an almighty work to perform in the spirit world. Joseph has not yet got through there. When he finishes his mission in the spirit world, he will be resurrected, but he has not yet done there. . . . When his spirit again quickens his body, he will ascend to heaven, present his resurrected body to the Father and the Son, receive his commission as a resurrected being, and visit his brethren on this earth as did Jesus after his resurrection.” (Brigham Young, Journal of Discourses, vol. 4, pp. 279-291, March 15th, 1857.)
“. . . five years ago last July I was here, and saw in the Spirit the Temple not ten feet from where we have laid the Chief Corner Stone. I have not inquired what kind of a Temple we should build. Why? Because it was represented before me. I have never looked upon that ground, but the vision of it was there. I see it as plainly as if it was in reality before me.” (Brigham Young, Journal of Discourses, vol. 1, pp. 131-137, April 6th, 1853.)
“Joseph Smith holds the keys of this last dispensation, and is now engaged behind the vail in the great work of the last days. I can tell our beloved brother Christians who have slain the Prophets and butchered and otherwise caused the death of thousands of Latter-day Saints, the priests who have thanked God in their prayers and thanksgiving from the pulpit that we have been plundered, driven, and slain, and the deacons under the pulpit, and their brethren and sisters in their closets, who have thanked God, thinking that the Latter-day Saints were wasted away, something that no doubt will mortify them-something that, to say the least, is a matter of deep regret to them-namely, that no man or woman in this dispensation will ever enter into the celestial kingdom of God without the consent of Joseph Smith. From the day that the Priesthood was taken from the earth to the winding-up scene of all things, every man and woman must have the certificate of Joseph Smith, junior, as a passport to their entrance into the mansion where God and Christ are-I with you and you with me. I cannot go there without his consent. He holds the keys of that kingdom for the last dispensation-the keys to rule in the spirit-world; and he rules there triumphantly, for he gained full power and a glorious victory over the power of Satan while he was yet in the flesh, and was a martyr to his religion and to the name of Christ, which gives him a most perfect victory in the spirit-world. He reigns there as supreme a being in his sphere, capacity, and calling, as God does in heaven. Many will exclaim-“Oh, that is very disagreeable! It is preposterous! We cannot bear the thought!” But it is true.” (Brigham Young, Journal of Discourses, vol. 7, pp. 282-291, October 9th, 1859.)
“Jesus Christ excepted, no better man ever lived or does live upon this earth.” (Brigham Young, Journal of Discourses, vol. 9, pp. 329-334, August 3rd, 1862.)
Heber C. Kimball
“I am pretty sure of one thing: we shall go to Jackson County, Missouri; that is, those who do right and honor their callings, doing what they have been told to do. You will be blessed, and you will see the day when Presidents [Brigham] Young, [Heber C.] Kimball, and [Daniel H.] Wells, and the Twelve Apostles will be in Jackson County, Missouri, laying out your inheritances. In the flesh? Of course. We should look well without being in the flesh! We shall be there in the flesh, and all our enemies cannot prevent it. Brother Wells, you may write that. You will be there, and Willard [Richards] will be there, and also Jedediah [Grant], and Joseph and Hyrum Smith . . . the day will be when I will see those men in the general assembly of the Church of the First Born, in the great council of God in Jerusalem too. Will we want you to be along? I heard Joseph say twice that Brother Brigham and I should be in that council in Jerusalem, when there should be a uniting of the two divisions of God’s government.” (Heber C. Kimball, Journal of Discourses 9:27)
Persecution comes next and all true Latter-day Saints will be tested to the limit. Many will apostatize and others will be still not knowing what to do. Darkness will cover the earth and gross darkness the minds of the people. The judgments of God will be poured out on the wicked to the extent that our Elders from far and near will be called home, or in other words the gospel will be taken from the Gentiles and later on carried to the Jews.
The western boundary of the State of Missouri will be swept so clean of its inhabitants that as President Young tells us, when you return to that place, there will not be left so much as a yellow dog to wag his tail.
Before that day comes, however, the Saints will be put to a test that will try the integrity of the best of them. The pressure will become so great that the more righteous among them will cry unto the Lord day and night until deliverance comes.
Then the Prophet Joseph and others will make their appearance and those who have remained faithful will be selected to return to Jackson County, Missouri and take part in the building of that beautiful city, the New Jerusalem. (An Army of Elders, May 1868, Heber C. Kimball Reported by his son J. Golden Kimball, CR October 1930, p. 58. See also Prophetic Sayings of Heber C. Kimball to Sister Amanda H. Wilcox)
Parley P. Pratt
“I walked onward, weighed down as it were unto death. When I could endure it no longer, I cried out aloud, saying, ‘Oh Lord, in the name of Jesus Christ I pray Thee, show me what these things mean, and what I shall say to Thy people?’
Suddenly the Spirit of God came upon me, and filled my heart with joy and gladness indescribable; and while the spirit of revelation glowed in my bosom with as visible a warmth and gladness as if it were fire, (c) the Spirit said unto me, ‘Lift up your head and rejoice. For behold, it is well with my servants Joseph and Hyrum. My servant Joseph still holds the keys of my kingdom in this dispensation, and he shall stand in due time on the earth, in the flesh, and fulfill that to which he is appointed.” (Parley P. Pratt, Autobiography pg. 333)
Wandle Mace
“Those who are your friends are my friends, and I promise you when I come again, I will lead you forth, so that where I am you shall be with me.” (Autobiography of Wandle Mace)
“While they were taking our arms, Joseph . . . looking around him at his friends the Nauvoo Legion, and seeing our sad faces he said, ‘Boys,’ he always called us boys, ‘His Boys,’ ‘Don’t be sad, don’t be cast down, I will come back again.’ After a little hesitation he added, ‘as soon as I can.’ That expression, ‘As soon as I can’, sank deep into my heart and confirmed my fears. I never expected to see him again alive. The sad expression upon his face as he looked upon us, ‘His Boys’ for the last time I shall never forget. I felt in my inmost soul that he was going to be butchered, and we should see him no more alive.” (Autobiography of Wandle Mace)
Joseph Fielding Smith
“Malachi [as Isaiah] speaks of the Lord sending his messenger to prepare the way before him, and while that does have reference to the coming of John the Baptist, it is one of those prophecies in the scriptures that has a double fulfilment. It has reference also to the coming of the Prophet Joseph Smith, because that messenger which was to come and prepare the way before him, was to come in this day [the latter days]. …
“The Lord in the former dispensation sent a messenger to prepare the way before him, and in this dispensation it was just as necessary that a messenger be sent to prepare the way for the coming of the Lord and the establishment of the reign of peace. If Joseph Smith was not that man, then we must look for another. . . .
“The Lord declared, through one of his prophets, that before his second coming a messenger should be sent to prepare the way and make it straight. You may apply this to John if you will [speaking of John the Baptist], and it is true. John, the messenger who came to prepare the way before the Lord in the former dispensation, also came in this dispensation as a messenger to Joseph Smith; so it applies, if you wish to apply it so, to John who came as a messenger to prepare the way before the Lord.
“But I go farther and maintain that Joseph Smith was the messenger whom the Lord sent to prepare the way before him. He came, and under direction of holy messengers laid the foundation for the kingdom of God and of this marvelous work and a wonder that the world might be prepared for the coming of the Lord.” (Doctrines of Salvation, 1:193–95.)
Bruce R. McConkie
“Are we amiss in saying that the prophet here mentioned is Joseph Smith, to whom the priesthood came, who received the keys of the kingdom, and who raised the ensign for the gathering of the Lord’s people in our dispensation? And is he not also the ‘servant in the hands of Christ, who is partly a descendant of Jesse as well as of Ephraim, or of the house of Joseph, on whom there is laid much power’? (D&C 113:4-6.) Those whose ears are attuned to the whisperings of the Infinite will know the meaning of these things.” (Bruce R. McConkie, The Millennial Messiah: The Second Coming of the Son of Man [Salt Lake City: Deseret Book Co., 1982], 339.)
Perrigrine Sessions
“representation of an angel in his priestly robes with a Book of Mormon in one hand and a trumpet in the other which [was] overlaid with gold” (Perrigrine Sessions Journal, 30 Jan 1846, Church Archives)
David B. Haight
The Restoration of the gospel is true. Someday we’ll know of the greatness of the Prophet Joseph Smith. David B. Haight (David B. Haight, April General Conference 1996)